2017StandardPlansEnglish PDF

2017 ENGLISH STANDARD PLANS
FOREWORD
The Nevada Department of Transportation (NDOT) English Standard Plans are updated
and republished when significant changes and additions warrant.
The 2017 revisions to the 2010 Standard Plans will be shown in “RED” and new 2017
plan sheets are shown entirely in “RED”.
An index of the changes and new plan sheet inclusions are shown at the back of the
publication.
If you find an error/omission or want to make a comment, make a copy of that sheet
marked with your comments. Email: jeiche@dot.nv.gov
Mail to:
Standards and Manuals Engineer
Roadway Design Division
1263 S. Stewart Street
Carson City NV 89712
Printed hardcopies of the Standard Plans are available from:

Administrative Services
1263 S. Stewart Street
Carson City NV 89712, (775)-888-7070, Fax (775)-888-7101.
An electronic version of this document can be found at: http://www.nevadadot.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS
2017 BRIDGE DESIGN
SHEET DESCRIPTION PAGE
CULVERTS AND HEADWALLS

B-20.1.1 RCB CULVERTS, NOTES B-1
B-20.1.2 RCB CULVERTS SINGLE B-2
B-20.1.2.1 RCB CULVERTS SINGLE B-3
B-20.1.3 RCB CULVERTS DOUBLE B-4
B-20.1.3.1 RCB CULVERTS DOUBLE B-5
B-20.1.3.2 ADDITIONAL CELLS USED W/DOUBLE RCB CULVERTS MULT. CELL CULVERTS B-6
B-20.1.4 RCB CULVERTS TYPE I HEADWALLS B-7
B-20.1.4.1 RCB CULVERTS TYPE I HEADWALLS B-8
B-20.1.5 ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES TYPE I HEADWALLS B-9
B-20.1.6 RCB CULVERTS TYPE II HEADWALLS B-10
B-20.1.6.1 RCB CULVERTS TYPE II HEADWALLS B-11
B-20.1.7 RCB CULVERTS METHOD OF EXTENDING AND PLUGGING B-12
B-20.1.8 PRECAST CONCRETE BOX CULVERT B-13
PEDESTRIAN RAIL
B-25.1.4 PEDESTRIAN RAIL TYPE "M" B-14
B-25.1.5 PEDESTRIAN RAIL TYPE "R" B-15
B-25.1.6 PEDESTRIAN RAIL TYPE "R" (MODIFIED) B-16
B-25.1.7 PEDESTRIAN RAIL TYPE "V" B-17
SLOPE PAVING, GIRDERS, APPROACH SLAB

B-26.1.1 CONCRETE SLOPE PAVING DETAILS B-18
B-28.1.1 CAST-IN-PLACE PRESTRESSED GIRDER DETAILS B-19
B-29.1.1 APPROACH SLAB B-20
CANTILEVER RETAINING WALLS

B-30.1.1 CANTILEVER CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPE 1A B-21
B-30.1.1.1 CANTILEVER CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPES 1B & 1C B-22
B-30.1.2 CANTILEVER CONCRETE RETAINING WALL TYPE 2A THRU 2E B-23
B-30.1.3 CANTILEVER CONCRETE RETAINING WALL DETAILS No. 1 B-24
I
2017 ROAD DESIGN
APPROACH ROADS
R-S2.1 TYPE 1, 2, 3, 4 AND 5 APPROACH ROADS R-1
SAFETY EDGE
R-1.1 SAFETY EDGE DETAIL R-2
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

R-1.1.1 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL (METHOD OF MEASUREMENT) R-3
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND HYDRAULICS

R-1.1.6 CULVERT BEDDING AND ALLOWABLE FILL HEIGHT FOR RCP AND HE RCP R-8
R-1.3.1.2 ALLOWABLE FILL HEIGHTS FOR STEEL CULVERTS R-9
R-1.4.1 DRAINAGE DITCHES AND DIKES R-10
R-1.4.1.1 DRAINAGE DITCHES AND DIKES R-11
R-2.1.1 CULVERT INSTALLATION R-12
R-2.1.3 SLOTTED CMP DRAIN DETAILS R-13
R-2.1.4 CULVERT INSTALLATION R-14
R-2.2.1 METAL END SECTIONS, 12" to 84" CMP, AND 17" x 13" CMAP to 83" x 57" CMAP R-15
R-2.2.1.1 METAL END SECTIONS, 12" to 84" CMP, AND 17" x 13" CMAP to 83" x 57" CMAP R-16
R-2.2.2 METAL END SECTION (SAFETY TYPE) FOR METAL PIPES R-17
R-2.2.2.1 METAL END SECTION (SAFETY TYPE) FOR METAL PIPES R-18
R-2.2.3 METAL END SECTION (SAFETY TYPE) FOR CONCRETE AND HDPE PIPES R-19
R-2.2.3.1 METAL END SECTION (SAFETY TYPE) FOR CONCRETE AND HDPE PIPES R-20
R-2.3.1 RCP END SECTION, 18" to 54" RCP R-21
R-2.3.1.1 CULVERT END SAFETY GRATE 30" to 60" CMP or RCP R-22
R-2.4.1 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 12" to 42" CMP R-23
R-2.4.1.1 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 12" to 42" CMP R-24
R-2.4.2 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 48" to 72" CMP R-25
R-2.4.2.1 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 48" to 72" CMP R-26
R-2.5.1 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 12" to 36" RCP/HDPE R-27
R-2.5.1.1 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 12" to 36" RCP/HDPE R-28
R-2.5.2 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 42" to 72" RCP & 42" to 60" HDPE R-29
R-2.5.2.1 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 42" to 72" RCP & 42" to 60" HDPE R-30
R-2.6.1 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 17" x 13" to 83" x 57" CMAP R-31
R-2.6.1.1 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 17" x 13" to 83" x 57" CMAP R-32
R-2.7.1 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 23" x 14" to 60" x 38" OVAL RCP R-33
R-2.7.1.1 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 23" x 14" to 60" x 38" OVAL RCP R-34
R-2.7.2 CULVERT HEADWALLS, 68" x 43" to 91" x 58" OVAL RCP R-35
R-2.8.1 COUPLING BAND DETAILS, CMP AND PIPE ARCHES R-36
R-2.8.2 CMP COUPLING BAND DETAILS R-37
R-2.9.1 HDPE PIPE CONNECTION DETAILS AND FILL HEIGHT TABLE R-38
R-3.1.2 EMBANKMENT PROTECTOR, TYPE 5 R-39
R-3.1.3 EMBANKMENT PROTECTOR, TYPE 5-2G R-40
R-3.1.4 GABIONS LACING DETAIL R-41
R-3.1.5 RIPRAP APRON FOR CULVERT HEADWALLS, TYPE 1 & 2 RCB HEADWALLS R-42
R-4.2.1 DROP INLET TYPE 2 R-43
II
2017 ROAD DESIGN (CONTINUED)
R-4.2.1.1 DROP INLET TYPE 2A R-44

R-4.2.2 DROP INLET TYPE 2B R-45
R-4.2.3.1 DROP INLET TYPE 3 R-47
R-4.2.3.2 ADJUST DROP INLET TO GRADE R-48
R-4.2.4.1 DROP INLET TYPE 8 R-50
R-4.2.7 DROP INLET CONCRETE APRON R-53
R-4.2.8 TRENCH DRAIN AND DROP INLET CONNECTION R-54
R-4.2.9 SIDEWALK UNDER DRAIN R-55
R-4.3.1 MANHOLES TYPE 1, 2 & 3 AND TYPE 1, 2 & 3 MODIFIED R-56
R-4.3.1.1 MANHOLES TYPE 1, 2 & 3 AND TYPE 1, 2 & 3 MODIFIED R-57
R-4.3.2 MANHOLE TYPE 4 R-58
R-4.3.3 MANHOLE COVER, FRAME, AND CONCRETE COLLAR R-59
CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS

R-5.1.1 CURB AND GUTTERS R-60
R-5.2 SIDEWALKS R-61
R-5.2.1 CURB RAMP AND DETECTABLE WARNING R-62
R-5.2.2 PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP R-63
R-5.2.2.1 PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP R-64
R-5.2.2.2 PARALLEL CURB RAMP R-65
R-5.2.2.3 PARALLEL CURB RAMP R-66
R-5.2.3 MEDIAN ISLAND CURB RAMPS AND ISLAND PAVING R-67
R-5.2.4 CHANNELING ISLAND CURB RAMPS R-68
R-5.2.4.1 SPLITTER ISLAND CROSSING R-69
R-5.2.5 RAMPED MEDIAN ISLAND NOSE R-70
R-5.3.1 DRIVEWAY GEOMETRICS R-71
R-5.3.2 RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY R-72
R-5.3.2.1 RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY R-73
R-5.3.2.2 RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY R-74
R-5.3.3 MULTI-FAMILY, COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL DRIVEWAY DETAILS R-75
CONDUIT INSTALLATION
R-5.4.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION FOR FUTURE WATER LINES R-76
FENCES AND CATTLEGUARDS

R-6.1.1 FENCE DETAILS R-77
R-6.1.1.1 96 INCH WILDLIFE FENCE R-78
R-6.1.1.2 TYPE A-3S WITH TORTOISE FENCE R-79
R-6.1.1.3 TORTOISE GUARD R-80
R-6.1.2 NEVADA 4-WIRE FENCE PANEL DETAILS (TYPE C-NV-4B) R-81
R-6.1.2.1 NEVADA 4-WIRE FENCE PANEL DETAILS (TYPE C-NV-4B) R-82
R-6.1.2.2 NEVADA 4-WIRE FENCE GATE DETAILS (TYPE C-NV-4B) R-83
R-6.1.3 GATE AND FENCE DETAILS R-84
R-6.1.3.1 METAL GATE R-85
R-6.1.4 HIGH-TENSILE 8-WIRE RANGE FENCE R-86
R-6.2.1 BENCH FENCE AND CATTLE PASS FENCING R-87
III
R-6.2.2 DEER JUMP OUTS R-88

R 6.3.2 FENCE DETAILS SWING GATES FOR UP TO 72” CHAIN LINK 3B FENCE R-89
R-6.3.2.1 FENCE DETAILS CHAIN LINK FENCE R-90
R-6.3.3 FENCE DETAILS SWING GATE FOR UP TO 72” CHAIN LINK FENCE R-91
R-7.1.1 STEEL CATTLE GUARD, 12' to 20' ROADBED R-92
R-7.1.1.1 STEEL CATTLE GUARD, 12' to 20' ROADBED R-93
R-7.1.2 STEEL CATTLE GUARD, 26', 32’ AND 40' ROADBED R-94
R-7.1.2.1 STEEL CATTLE GUARD, 26', 32’ AND 40' ROADBED R-95
R-7.1.3 STEEL CATTLE GUARD TYPE B R-96
R-7.1.3.1 STEEL CATTLE GUARD TYPE B R-97
R-7.1.4 STEEL CATTLE GUARD TYPE C R-98
R-7.1.4.1 STEEL CATTLE GUARD TYPE C R-99
R-7.1.5 STEEL CATTLE GUARD TIMBER FOUNDATION R-100
R-7.1.5.1 STEEL CATTLE GUARD TIMBER FOUNDATION R-101
R-7.1.6 PRECAST CATTLE GUARD R-102
R-7.1.6.1 PRECAST CATTLE GUARD R-103
R-7.1.9 STEEL CATTLE GUARD GRID, WINGS, AND FOUNDATION (BLM) R-106
R-7.1.9.1 STEEL CATTLE GUARD GRID, WINGS, AND FOUNDATION (BLM) R-107
TRAFFIC BARRIERS
R-8.1.1 TYPICAL GUARDRAIL INSTALLATION R-108
R-8.1.2 TYPICAL GUARDRAIL INSTALLATION R-109
R-8.2.1 GUARDRAIL TERMINALS GRADING PLAN R-110
R-8.2.2 TRAILING END ANCHOR R-111
R-8.2.3 BURIED END ANCHOR W-BEAM AND THRIE-BEAM R-112
R-8.2.4 SPECIAL GUARDRAIL INSTALLATION CRT R-113
R-8.2.4.1 ANCHOR TERMINAL R-114
R-8.3.1 GUARDRAIL INSTALLATION DEFLECTIONS AND BACK SPACING R-115
R-8.3.2 GUARDRAIL INSTALLATION MODIFIED POST R-116
R-8.4.1 GALVANIZED GUARDRAIL THRIE-BEAM WOOD POST R-117
R-8.4.1.1 GALVANIZED GUARDRAIL THRIE-BEAM STEEL POST R-118
R-8.4.2 GUARDRAIL-BRIDGE RAIL CONNECTION THRIE-BEAM R-119
R-8.4.3 GUARDRAIL-BARRIER RAIL CONNECTION THRIE-BEAM R-120
R-8.5.1 GALVANIZED GUARDRAIL W-BEAM R-121
R-8.5.2 GUARD RAIL-BRIDGE RAIL CONNECTIONS W-BEAM R-122
R-8.5.3 GUARD RAIL-BARRIER RAIL CONNECTIONS W-BEAM R-123
R-8.6.1 CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL R-124
R-8.6.2 CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL R-125
R-8.6.2.1 54 INCH CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL R-126
R-8.6.2.2 CONCRETE BARRIER GORE TRANSITION R-127
R-8.6.3 CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL TYPE A TO TYPE FA R-128
R-8.6.4 CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL TYPE A TO F-SHAPE TYPE A R-129
R-8.6.5 CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL VERTICAL TAPER R-130
R-8.7.1 CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL PORTABLE PRECAST R-131
R-8.7.1.1 CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL PORTABLE PRECAST R-132
R-8.8.1 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SCREEN "F" R-133
DELINEATORS, MISC.
R-9.1.1 GUIDE POSTS R-134
R-9.1.2 REFLECTORS GUARDRAIL - GUIDE POST R-135
IV
R-9.2 MILEPOST/REFERENCE PANEL MARKERS R-136

R-9.3 OBJECT MARKERS R-137
R-9.4 FACE OF RAIL MARKINGS R-138
R-9.5 SURVEY MONUMENTS R-139
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
R-10.1.1 PLAIN JOINTED CONCRETE PAVEMENT DETAILS R-140
R-10.1.2 DOWELED CONCRETE PAVEMENT DETAILS R-141
R-10.1.3 WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS CONCRETE R-142
RUMBLE STRIPS
R-10.1.4 RUMBLE STRIPS-RURAL PLANTMIX BITUMINOUS SURFACE R-143
R-10.1.5 RUMBLE STRIPS-RAMPS/STRUCTURES R-144
R-10.1.6 RUMBLE STRIP-CENTERLINE R-145
R-10.1.6.1 RUMBLE STRIP-CENTERLINE R-146
R-10.1.7 RUMBLE STRIP-BICYCLE R-147
R-10.1.8 RUMBLE STRIP-QUIET R-148
R-10.1.9 CONCRETE PAVEMENT RUMBLE STRIP R-149
R-10.1.10 TRANSVERSE RUMBLE STRIP R-150
MAILBOXES
R-12.1.1 MAILBOX TURNOUTS R-151
R-12.1.2 MAILBOX SUPPORTS R-152
R-12.1.3 MAILBOX SUPPORTS R-153
V
2017 TRAFFIC DESIGN
GENERAL
T-30.1.1 SIGNAL, LIGHTING, AND ITS SYMBOLS T-1
T-30.2.1 100 AND 200 AMP UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL SERVICE T-2
T-30.2.2 TRANSFORMER CABINET AND FOUNDATION T-3
T-30.2.3 TRANSFORMER PAD BARRIER POST T-4
T-30.2.4 TRAFFIC CONDUIT TRENCHING DETAIL T-5
T-30.3.1 FIBER OPTIC MARKER T-6
T-30.3.2 DIRECTIONAL DRILLING DETAILS T-7
T-30.4.1 CONDUIT AND PULL BOX DETAIL (EXISTING SIDEWALK) T-8
T-30.4.2 BRIDGE/BARRIER RAIL JUNCTION BOX DETAIL T-9
T-30.4.3 PULL BOXES / ELECTRICAL MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER T-10
T-30.4.4 NO. 7 PULL BOX (MODIFIED) T-11
T-30.4.5 ITS CONDUIT AND ITS VAULT T-12
T-30.4.6 PULL BOX AND VAULT LOCKING DETAIL T-13
T-30.5.2 PILE FOUNDATION, POLE GROUNDING, CONDUCTOR SPLICE METHOD T-14
T-30.6.1 LOOP DETECTORS T-15
T-30.6.2 NO. 5 (MODIFIED) PULL BOX AND PAVEMENT JOINT LOOP CROSSING DETAILS T-16
T-30.6.3 AVC DETECTOR CONFIGURATION T-17
T-30.6.4 SPEED DETECTOR LOOP CONFIGURATION T-18
T-30.6.5 ATR DETECTOR LOOP CONFIGURATION T-19
SIGNALS
T-31.1.1 CONTROLLER CABINETS T-20
T-31.2.1 SIGNAL MOUNTING PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS T-21
T-31.2.2 SIGNAL MOUNTING DETAIL T-22
T-31.2.3 SIGNAL HEAD BACKPLATE T-23
T-31.2.4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SIGN PLACEMENT T-24
T-31.3.1 SIGNAL POLE AND LOOP DETECTOR LOCATIONS FOUNDATION ISLAND T-25
T-31.3.2 INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED STREET NAME SIGNS T-26
T-31.3.3 FLASHING WARNING SIGN AND SCHOOL ZONE FLASHER T-27
T-31.3.4 ACTIVE ADVANCED RAILROAD FLASHING WARNING SIGN T-28
T-31.4.1 TYPE 1A AND 1B POLES, OPTICAL MOUNT AND TERMINAL COMPARTMENTS T-29
T-31.4.2 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON DETAILS T-30
T-31.4.3 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON EXTENSION T-31
T-31.4.4 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON EXTENSION (DUAL BUTTONS) T-32
T-31.5.1 TYPE 30, 30A, 30B AND TYPE 35, 35A, 35B POLES T-33
T-31.5.2 TYPE 30, 30A AND TYPE 35, 35A DETAILS T-34
T-31.5.3 TYPE 30, 30A, 30B AND TYPE 35, 35A, 35B LOADING INFORMATION T-35
T-31.6.1 TYPE 1 (RRFB) RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON T-36
T-31.6.2 TYPE 1S (RRFB) RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON T-37
T-31.6.3 TYPE 2 (RRFB) RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON T-38
T-31.6.4 TYPE 2S (RRFB) RECTANGULAR RAPID FLASHING BEACON T-39
T-31.6.5 MIDBLOCK CROSSWALK LIGHTING T-40
LIGHTING
T-32.1.1 LIGHTING AND SIGNAL LIGHT POLES TYPE 7 AND 14 T-41
T-32.1.2 SAFETY BASE T-42
T-32.1.3 HIGH MAST LIGHT POLE AND FOUNDATION DETAILS T-43
T-32.1.4 HIGH MAST LIGHT POLE AND FOUNDATION DETAILS T-44
T-32.1.5 PULL BOX IN MEDIAN BARRIERS T-45
T-32.1.6 UNDERPASS LUMINAIRES AND JUNCTION BOX T-46
VI
2017 TRAFFIC DESIGN (CONTINUED)
T-32.1.7 SIGN LIGHTING FIXTURES T-47
ITS
T-33.1.1 ITS CABINET LABELING T-48
T-33.1.2 COMMUNICATION CABINET WITH TYPE 1 FOUNDATION T-49
T-33.1.3 COMMUNICATION CABINET TYPE 2 FOUNDATION T-50
T-33.1.4 COMMUNICATION CABINET POLE MOUNTED T-51
T-33.1.5 COMMUNICATION DISTRIBUTION CABLE ASSEMBLY (CDCA) IN CABINET T-52
T-33.2.1 SOLAR POLE T-53
T-33.2.2 SOLAR POLE T-54
T-33.3.1 STEEL POST 20 FOOT T-55
T-33.5.1 ITS POLE (30 FOOT) T-59
T-33.8.1 COMMUNICATION POLE T-70
T-33.9.1 RWIS SITE WITH AC POWER T-74
T-33.9.2 RWIS SITE WITH SOLAR POWER T-75
T-33.10.1 (HAR) AC/SOLAR POWER AND GROUND/POLE MOUNTED CABINETS T-76
T-33.10.2 (HAR) INSTALLATION DETAIL T-77
T-33.10.3 (HAR) INSTALLATION DETAIL T-78
T-33.11.1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) CAMERA MOUNTING T-79
T-33.11.2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) CAMERA MOUNTING T-80
T-33.11.3 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) LOWERING DEVICE DETAILS T-81
ROADSIDE SIGNS
T-34.1.1 GENERAL SIGN LOCATION T-82
T-34.1.2 GENERAL POST SELECTION CHARTS T-83
T-34.1.3 GENERAL SIGN PANEL BRACING T-84
T-34.1.6 GENERAL SIGN ISLANDS T-87
T-34.2.1 SQUARE METAL POSTS T-88
T-34.2.2 6 INCH BARRIER SADDLE BRACKET (SQUARE POST) T-89
T-34.2.3 ROUND METAL POSTS UNBRACED T-90
T-34.2.4 6 INCH BARRIER SADDLE BRACKET (ROUND POST) T-91
T-34.2.5 ROUND METAL POSTS MULTI-DIRECTIONAL SLIP BASE T-92
T-34.2.6 ROUND METAL POSTS BRACED T-93
VII

T-34.3.1 TIMBER GENERAL T-96
T-34.3.2 TIMBER GORE SIGNS T-97
T-34.4.1 SPECIAL PIVOT POST T-98
TRAFFIC CONTROL
T-35.1.1 TRAFFIC CONTROL TABLES/NOTES FOR SHEETS T-35.1.1 thru T-35.1.17 T-99
T-35.1.2 ONE LANE CLOSURES T-100
T-35.1.3 PORTABLE PRECAST CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL CLOSURES T-101
T-35.1.4 MULTILANE CLOSURES T-102
T-35.1.5 HALF ROAD CLOSURE (MULTILANE UNDIVIDED) T-103
T-35.1.6 MULTILANE SHIFT T-104
T-35.1.7 MEDIAN CROSSOVER (MULTILANE DIVIDED) T-105
T-35.1.9 EXIT RAMP AND SHOULDER WORK T-106
T-35.1.10 HAUL ROAD T-107
T-35.1.11 SHOULDER DROP OFF/UNEVEN LANES/LOOSE GRAVEL/DUST HAZARD/BUMP T-108
T-35.1.12 INTERSECTION WORK (OUTSIDE LANE) T-109
T-35.1.13 INTERSECTION WORK (MEDIAN WITH ISLAND) T-110
T-35.1.14 INTERSECTION WORK (MEDIAN WITH NO ISLAND) T-111
T-35.1.15 INTERSECTION WORK-NO FLAGGERS (OUTSIDE LANE) T-112
T-35.1.16 INTERSECTION WORK-NO FLAGGERS (MEDIAN WITH ISLAND) T-113
T-35.1.17 INTERSECTION WORK-NO FLAGGERS (MEDIAN WITH NO ISLAND) T-114
T-35.2 TRAFFIC CONTROL BARRICADES T-115
RAILROAD CROSSING
T-35.3 SIGNAL AND GATE PLACEMENT/PAVEMENT MARKINGS T-116

T-35.3.1 GUARDRAIL DETAILS T-117
MEDIAN CROSSOVER AND PAVED CHAIN AREAS

T-35.4 SIGNAGE FOR PAVED CHAIN INSTALLATION AREA T-118
T-35.5 MEDIAN CROSSOVER DETAIL T-119
OVERHEAD SIGNS
T-36.1.1 INSTRUCTIONS AND EXAMPLES T-120
T-36.1.2 SINGLE POST TYPES II THRU IX T-121
T-36.1.3 TWO POST TYPES II-S THRU VIII-S T-122
T-36.1.4 SINGLE POST STRUCTURAL FRAME MEMBERS T-123
T-36.1.5 TWO POST STRUCTURAL FRAME MEMBERS T-124
T-36.1.6 STRUCTURAL FRAME DETAILS T-125
T-36.1.7 FRAME JUNCTURE DETAILS T-126
T-36.1.8 REMOVABLE SIGN PANEL FRAMES T-127
T-36.1.8.1 REMOVABLE SIGN PANEL FRAMES 110" AND 160" SIGN PANELS T-128
T-36.1.8.2 EXTENSION BRACKET RETRO METHOD A T-129
T-36.1.8.3 EXTENSION BRACKET RETRO METHOD B T-130
T-36.1.9 WALKWAY DETAILS NO. 1 T-131
T-36.1.10 WALKWAY DETAILS NO. 2 T-132
T-36.1.10.1 LUMINAIRE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MOUNTING DETAIL T-133
T-36.1.11 WALKWAY SAFETY RAILING DETAILS T-134
T-36.1.12 ALTERNATE PILE FOUNDATION T-135
T-36.2.1 DMS OVERHEAD SIGN SINGLE POST NOTES T-136
T-36.2.2 DMS OVERHEAD SIGN SINGLE ELEVATION T-137
VIII
T-36.2.3 DMS OVERHEAD SIGN SINGLE POST STRUCTURAL FRAME MEMBERS T-138
T-36.2.4 DMS OVERHEAD SIGN SINGLE POST STRUCTURAL FRAME DETAILS T-139
T-36.2.5 DMS OVERHEAD SIGN SINGLE POST POST DETAILS T-140
T-36.2.6 DMS OVERHEAD SIGN SINGLE POST FRAME JUNCTURE DETAILS T-141
T-36.2.7 DMS OVERHEAD SIGN SINGLE POST SUPPORT DETAILS T-142
T-36.2.8 DMS OVERHEAD SIGN SINGLE POST CATWALK LAYOUT T-143
T-36.2.9 DMS OVERHEAD SIGN SINGLE POST FOUNDATION DETAILS T-144
T-36.2.10 DMS OVERHEAD SIGN MAINTENANCE PAD T-145
T-36.3.1 LIGHTWEIGHT TYPE C CONNECTION DETAILS T-146
T-36.3.2 LIGHTWEIGHT SIGN PANEL MOUNTING DETAILS T-147
T-36.3.3 LIGHTWEIGHT LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING DETAILS T-148
T-36.3.4 LIGHTWEIGHT POST DETAILS T-149
T-36.3.5 LIGHTWEIGHT FOUNDATION T-150
T-36.4.1 TYPE 2 DMS ELEVATION AND MOUNTING DETAIL T-151
T-36.4.2 TYPE 2 DMS FOUNDATION AND CONNECTION DETAIL T-152
STRIPING
T-37.1.1 PERMANENT RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS T-153

T-37.1.2 DUAL EXIT RAMP PAVEMENT MARKINGS T-154
T-37.1.3 TEMPORARY LANE LINE MARKERS T-155
T-38.1.1 PERMANENT PAVEMENT MARKINGS: BICYCLE/HOV/ARROWS T-156
T-38.1.2 PERMANENT STORAGE LANES, TURN ARROWS, AND ONLY’S T-157
T-38.1.3 PAVEMENT MARKINGS CROSSWALKS STOP AND YELD BARS T-158
T-38.1.4 PERMANENT PAVEMENT MARKINGS LETTERS AND NUMBERS T-159
T-38.1.5 MEDIAN NOSE ISLAND MARKING T-160
T-38.1.7 PAVEMENT MARKINGS RAMP METERING AND HOV T-161
T-38.1.8 PASSING LANE T-162
IX
NOTES:
RCB Reinforcing
1. DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS : "AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 2012".
2. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS: State of Nevada Department of
C
C Interior Wall Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
C RCB Reinforcing
(Multiple Span) Construction, 2014".
T/2 Rounding Radius 3. LIVE LOADS:

C
C
C
C C Upstream End HL-93 Design Truck (32.0 KIP Axle)
Skew T >
HL-93 Design Tandem (Two 25.0 KIP Axles
C
Spaced 4 feet Apart)
Length of Culvert (Live Load Impact Factor for Top Slab is
Skew C
C
C
C
33% up to 2 feet of Cover)
C 2' Min. See Note 9 C

C C
LATERAL LIVE LOAD PRESSURE:
C
Equivalent to 2 feet of Earth Surcharge Applied

12" C C 12" Horizontally = 240 PSF
C C
SINGLE SPAN MULTIPLE SPAN (No surcharge Added to Headwalls Type I and II)
PLAN PLAN
DEAD LOADS: Soil Unit Weight = 120 PCF
Min Lateral Earth Pressure = 30 PCF
Max Lateral Earth Pressure = 60 PCF
(Type I Headwalls Designed to 36 PCF)
4. CONCRETE: Class DA Modified (Major) F'C=4,500 PSI @ 28 Days.

ELEVATION
(Class D in Clark County)
5. REINFORCING STEEL: All reinforcing steel to be ASTM A615 grade 60 or A706.

Dimension relating to bar spacing are center to center
Length of Culvert
C Length of Culvert
C C 6. FOUNDATION PRESSURE: The RCB culverts are designed to the following
C C C
soil bearing pressures:
2' Min.
2' Min.
See Note 9
See Note 9
12"
C C C 12"
C
C C C C
No. 4 Bars COVER HEIGHTS 10 ft 20 ft

6- #7 Bars
No. 4 Hoop Bars @ 12" RCB HEIGHT Ton/ftò
No. 4 Hoop Bars @ 12"
B-1
C
C
C
T1 + 6" 6 ft 1.0 1.6
T1+ 6"
C
C
C
C 8 ft 1.1 1.7
6" Rounding Radius C
6" Rounding Radius 10 ft 1.2 1.8
Upstream End Upstream End
C 12 ft 1.3 1.9
C
3- #7 Bars T/2 Rounding Radius 14 ft 1.4 2.0
Upstream End
Inner Wall 7. SPECIAL DESIGN: Culverts with conditions, loading, or sizes dissimilar to
RCB Reinforcing From the Walls
those given on these RCB culvert sheets may require a special design.
and Slabs to Extend into Headwall
to 2" Clear of the Headwall Face
8. DESIGNATION: Box culverts are shown on plans as span times height
times length (10' x 8' x 196' RCB).
SINGLE SPAN MULTIPLE SPAN
9. ADDITIONAL LENGTH: Length of culvert shall be increased as follows:
Add 2 feet to each end when cover at shoulder is 0 feet to 5 feet.
ELEVATION Add an additional 1 foot to each end for each succeeding 5 feet of
cover or portion thereof.
(T1= Minimum 9")
10. HEADWALLS: All RCB culverts shall have Type I headwalls unless otherwise
noted on the plans.
11. QUANTITIES: Quantities do not include "d" bars, nor splices in bars, nor
temperature bars for exposed top slab, nor concrete or reinforcement
C Concrete Barrier Rail
for parapets or paving ledges.
12. THREE OR MORE CELLS: For culverts with more than two cells, use
No. 4 Bars @ 12"
dimensions and reinforcement for the "double box culvert" and adjust
C
the quantities accordingly.
C
8"
C
C
T1 STATE OF NEVADA
C
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
6- #7 Bars
RCB CULVERTS
NOTES
PARAPET DETAILS
COPING REINFORCING INCLUDED IN THE HEADWALL QUANTITIES
B-20.1.1 (502,505) Signed Original On File
(T1= Minimum 9") ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/73 10/15
No. 4@ 12"
Max (Typ.)
NOTES:
No. 4@ 16"
1' 1. DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS: "AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design 5. REINFORCING STEEL: All reinforcing steel to be
2"Clr. Typ. "B"
Specifications 2012" ASTM A615 grade 60 or A706. Dimension relating to
Lap bar spacing are center to center
2. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS: "State of Nevada
T1
Department of Transportation Standard 6. DESIGNATION: Box culverts are shown on plans
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 2014" as span times height times length (10' x 8' x 196' RCB).
3. LIVE LOADS: 7. Where traffic loads will be placed directly on

"a" Bars HL-93 Design Truck (32.0 KIP Axle) the top surface of the culvert, (and/or up to 2 feet
Optional
HL-93 Design Tandem (Two 25.0 KIP Axles of fill), increase top slab thickness by • inch and cover
Const. Jt.
ƒ" Min Spaced 4 Feet Apart) for top reinforcement from 2 inches to 2• inches. Provide
Fillets (Live Load Impact Factor for Top Slab is epoxy coated reinforcement in top slab (except in
"c" Bars 33% up to 2 Feet of Cover) Clark County). Decrease spacing of top slab bottom
longitudinal bars (#4 @ 12) to 6 inch spacing. Use EA
No. 4@ 12" LATERAL LIVE LOAD PRESSURE: Modified Major concrete (Class E in Clark County)
Max (Typ.) Equivalent to 2 Feet of Earth Surcharge Applied in lieu of Class DA. Adjust quantities accordingly.
Horizontally = 240 PSF
8. Provide 2 foot wide Type 1 or Type 2 drain backfill
DEAD LOADS: wrapped in Class 1 or Class 2 non-woven geotextile
H
"b" Bars Soil Unit Weight = 120 PCF along full height of each culvert exterior wall
Min Lateral Earth Pressure = 30 PCF face.
9. Provide paving notch when top slab is exposed
4. CONCRETE: Class DA Modified (Major) and when pavement is concrete. Adjust quantities
F'C=4,500 PSI @ 28 Days. accordingly.
(Class D in Clark County)
10. For additional notes, see sheet B-20.1.1
Const. Jt.
"a" Bars
(Typ.)
T3
B-2
No. 4 Corner
"B"
Bars (Typ.)
No. 4@ 16"
Culvert Per Plan 12"
12"
See Note 9
12"
No. 4 Bars
BENT BARS
1
12"
1:
"B"
es
No. 5,
"b" Bars
Vari
@ 12"
SHEET 1 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
PAVING NOTCH DETAIL
RCB CULVERTS
SINGLE
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/70 10/15
SPAN, "S" FT. 5 6 7 8 10
HEIGHT, "H" FT. 3 4 5 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 10
MAXIMUM EARTH COVER FT. 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20

CONC.
ROOF T1 IN. 9• 9• 9• 9• 9• 9• 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
WALLS T2 IN. 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
INVERT T3 IN. 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 10• 12 13 12 13 12 13 12 13 12 13 12 13
BAR SIZE 4 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 7 5 7 5 7 5 7 5 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7
"a" SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

NFORCEMENT
LENGTH ft-in 6-0 6-0 6-0 6-0 6-0 6-0 7-0 7-0 7-0 7-0 7-0 7-0 7-0 7-0 8-0 8-0 8-0 8-0 8-0 8-0 8-0 8-0 8-0 8-0 9-0 9-0 9-0 9-0 9-0 9-0 9-0 9-0 9-0 9-0 11-4 11-4 11-4 11-4 11-4 11-4 11-4 11-4 11-4 11-4 11-4 11-4
BAR SIZE 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 6 4 6 6 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 7
SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
"b"
LENGTH ft-in 5-7 5-7 6-1 6-1 6-7 6-7 5-9 5-9 6-3 6-3 6-9 6-9 7-3 7-3 5-11 5-11 6-4 6-5 6-10 6-11 7-4 7-5 7-11 8-6 6-6 7-2 7-0 7-8 7-6 8-10 8-0 8-8 9-10 9-10 8-1 8-9 8-7 9-3 9-1 9-9 9-7 10-3 10-1 10-9 10-7 11-11
B ft-in 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-11 3-4 3-0 3-5 3-0 3-5 3-0 3-10 3-0 3-5 3-10 3-10 3-10 4-3 3-10 4-3 3-10 4-3 3-10 4-3 3-10 4-3 3-10 4-8
BAR SIZE 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5
REI
"c" SPACING IN. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
LENGTH ft-in 4-0 4-0 5-0 5-0 6-0 6-0 4-2 4-2 5-2 5-2 6-2 6-2 7-2 7-2 4-3 4-3 5-3 5-3 6-3 6-3 7-3 7-3 8-3 8-3 5-4 5-4 6-4 6-4 7-4 7-4 8-4 8-4 9-4 9-4 6-6 6-7 7-6 7-7 8-6 8-7 9-6 9-7 10-6 10-7 11-6 11-7
#4@ 12" LENGTH ft-in 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-7 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 3-5 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 3-4 5-0 4-2 5-0 4-2 5-0 3-4 5-0 4-2 3-4 3-4 5-9 4-11 5-9 4-11 5-9 4-11 5-9 4-11 5-9 4-11 5-9 4-1
#4@ 12" NUMBER* 40 40 44 44 48 48 44 44 48 48 52 52 56 56 48 48 52 52 56 56 60 60 64 64 56 56 60 60 64 64 68 68 72 72 68 68 72 72 76 76 80 80 84 84 88 88

QUANT.
CONCRETE CF/LF 13.2 13.2 14.6 14.6 15.9 15.9 15.6 15.6 16.9 16.9 18.3 18.3 19.6 19.6 17.9 17.9 19.2 19.2 20.6 20.6 21.9 21.9 23.2 23.2 21.7 21.7 23.0 23.0 24.3 24.3 25.7 25.7 27.0 27.0 30.7 31.7 32.4 33.3 34.0 35.0 35.7 36.7 37.4 38.3 39.0 40.0
REINFORCEMENT LB/LF 81 90 88 97 95 104 99 99 106 106 113 113 119 119 108 123 115 129 121 136 128 143 135 184 124 183 130 192 137 236 144 253 220 263 198 264 206 275 214 285 222 296 230 307 238 376
B-3
SPAN, "S" FT. 12 14
HEIGHT, "H" FT. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
MAXIMUM EARTH COVER FT. 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20

CONC.
ROOF T1 IN. 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13 13 15 13 15 13 15 13 15 13 15 13 15 13 15 13 15
WALLS T2 IN. 10 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 12 13 12 13 12 13 12 13 12 13 12 13 12 13 12 14
INVERT T3 IN. 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 12 15 14 17 14 17 14 17 14 17 14 17 14 17 14 17 14 17
BAR SIZE 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8
"a" SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

NFORCEMENT
LENGTH ft-in 13-4 13-8 13-4 13-8 13-4 13-8 13-4 13-8 13-4 13-8 13-4 13-8 13-4 13-8 15-8 15-10 15-8 15-10 15-8 15-10 15-8 15-10 15-8 15-10 15-8 15-10 15-8 15-10 15-8 16-0
BAR SIZE 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 7 8
SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
"b"
LENGTH ft-in 9-5 10-5 9-11 10-11 10-5 11-5 10-11 11-11 11-5 12-5 11-11 12-11 12-5 13-5 10-6 11-5 11-0 11-11 11-6 12-5 12-0 12-11 12-6 13-5 13-0 13-11 13-6 14-5 14-7 16-1
B ft-in 4-5 5-0 4-5 5-0 4-5 5-0 4-5 5-0 4-5 5-0 4-5 5-0 4-5 5-0 4-9 5-4 4-9 5-4 4-9 5-4 4-9 5-4 4-9 5-4 4-9 5-4 4-9 5-4 5-3 6-1
BAR SIZE 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 5 6 4 5 4 6 4 6 4 6 4 6 4 6 5 6 6 7
REI
"c" SPACING IN. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
LENGTH ft-in 7-6 7-11 8-6 8-11 9-6 9-11 10-6 10-11 11-6 11-11 12-6 12-10 13-6 13-11 8-10 9-3 9-10 10-3 10-10 11-3 11-10 12-3 12-10 13-3 13-10 14-3 14-10 15-3 15-10 16-3
#4@ 12" LENGTH ft-in 6-6 5-8 6-6 5-8 6-6 5-8 6-6 5-8 6-6 5-8 6-6 5-8 6-6 5-8 8-1 7-3 8-1 7-3 8-1 7-3 8-1 7-3 8-1 7-3 8-1 7-3 8-1 7-3 7-3 5-10
#4@ 12" NUMBER* 80 80 84 84 88 88 92 92 96 96 100 100 104 104 92 92 96 96 100 100 104 104 108 108 112 112 116 116 120 120
QUANT.
CONCRETE CF/LF 36.2 44.7 37.9 46.7 39.5 48.7 41.2 50.7 42.9 52.7 44.5 54.7 46.2 56.7 50.0 58.3 52.0 60.4 54.0 62.6 56.0 64.8 58.0 66.9 60.0 69.1 62.0 71.3 64.0 76.2
REINFORCEMENT LB/LF 295 394 305 407 315 420 325 433 335 446 345 459 365 485 338 446 348 468 358 482 368 496 378 510 388 524 409 538 504 668
* QUANTITY INCLUDES #4 CORNER BARS SHEET 2 OF 2

STATE OF NEVADA
RCB CULVERTS
SINGLE
B-20.1.2.1 (502,505) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/70 10/15
No. 4@ 12"
r.
> Interior Wall
2"Cl
(Symm. About >) Max (Typ.)*
7
te
2"Clr. 2"Clr.
"B"
o
(Typ.) (Typ.) "d" Bars
N
NOTES:
T1
1. DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS: "AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design 5. REINFORCING STEEL: All reinforcing steel to be
Specifications 2012" ASTM A615 grade 60 or A706. Dimension relating to
bar spacing are center to center
r.
2. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS: "State of Nevada
1• " Cl
"a" Bars
Optional Department of Transportation Standard 6. DESIGNATION: Box culverts are shown on plans
Const. Jt. Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 2014" as span times height times length (10' x 8' x 196' RCB).
ƒ" Min
Fillets 3. LIVE LOADS: 7. Where traffic loads will be placed directly on
No. 4 U @ 6" "c" Bars HL-93 Design Truck (32.0 KIP Axle) the top surface of the culvert, (and/or up to 2 feet
HL-93 Design Tandem (Two 25.0 KIP Axles of fill), increase top slab thickness by • inch and cover
No. 4@ 12"
Spaced 4 Feet Apart) for top reinforcement from 2 inches to 2• inches. Provide
Max (Typ.)*
(Live Load Impact Factor for Top Slab is epoxy coated reinforcement in top slab (except in
33% up to 2 Feet of Cover) Clark County). Decrease spacing of top slab bottom
"b" Bars
longitudinal bars (#4 @ 12) to 6 inch spacing. Use EA
LATERAL LIVE LOAD PRESSURE: Modified Major concrete (Class E in Clark County)
H
2"Clr. Equivalent to 2 Feet of Earth Surcharge Applied in lieu of Class DA. Adjust quantities accordingly.
(Typ.) Horizontally = 240 PSF
8. Provide 2 foot wide Type 1 or Type 2 drain backfill
DEAD LOADS: wrapped in Class 1 or Class 2 non-woven geotextile
Soil Unit Weight = 120 PCF along full height of each culvert exterior wall
Min Lateral Earth Pressure = 30 PCF face.
9. Provide paving notch when top slab is exposed
8" S T2
4. CONCRETE: Class DA Modified (Major) and when pavement is concrete. Adjust quantities
Interior 2"Clr. F'C=4,500 PSI @ 28 Days. accordingly.
Wall (Class D in Clark County)
Const. Jt.
"a" Bars
(Typ.) 10. For additional notes, see sheet B-20.1.1
T3
r.
"d" Bars No. 4 Corner

3"Cl
Bars (Typ.)*
B-4
Note 8
Culvert Per Plan 12"

12"
See Note 9
12"
No. 4 Bars
1
12"
1:
BENT BARS
No. 5,
"B"
@ 12"
No.4 @ 6"
es
Int. wall
Vari
es
"b" Bars Reinf.

Vari
SHEET 1 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
4"
PAVING NOTCH DETAIL

RCB CULVERTS
DOUBLE
B-20.1.3 (502) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/70 10/15
SPAN, "S" FT. 5 6 7 8 10
HEIGHT, "H" FT. 3 4 5 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 10

CONC.
ROOF T1 IN. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 10 11 10 11 10 11 10 11 10 13 10 13 10 13 10 13 10 13 11 15 11 15 11 15 11 15 11 15 11 15
WALLS T2 IN. 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 11 8 11 8 11 8 11 8 11 8 12 8 12 8 12 8 12 8 12 9 12
INVERT T3 IN. 8 10 8 10 8 10 9• 10• 9• 10• 9• 10• 9• 10• 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 15 11 15 11 15 11 15 11 15 12 17 12 17 12 17 12 17 12 17 12 17
BAR SIZE 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
"a" SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

NFORCEMENT
LENGTH ft-in 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 15-8 16-0 15-8 16-0 15-8 16-0 15-8 16-0 15-8 16-0 17-8 18-2 17-8 18-2 17-8 18-2 17-8 18-2 17-8 18-2 21-8 22-4 21-8 22-4 21-8 22-4 21-8 22-4 21-8 22-4 21-10 22-4
BAR SIZE 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
SPACING IN. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
"b"
LENGTH ft-in 5-9 5-10 6-3 6-4 6-9 6-10 5-10 5-10 6-4 6-4 6-10 6-10 7-4 6-8 5-3 5-6 5-9 6-0 6-3 6-6 6-9 7-0 7-3 7-6 5-9 6-3 6-3 6-9 6-9 7-3 7-3 8-5 7-9 8-11 6-11 7-8 7-5 8-2 7-11 8-8 8-5 9-2 8-11 9-8 9-6 10-2
B ft-in 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-2 2-2 2-4 2-2 2-4 2-2 2-4 2-2 2-4 2-2 2-4 2-2 2-5 2-2 2-5 2-2 2-5 2-2 2-11 2-2 2-11 2-8 2-12 2-8 2-12 2-8 2-12 2-8 2-12 2-8 2-12 2-9 2-12
BAR SIZE 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
REI
"c" SPACING IN. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
LENGTH ft-in 4-1 4-3 5-1 5-3 6-1 6-3 4-3 4-4 5-3 5-4 6-3 6-4 7-3 7-4 4-4 4-7 5-4 5-7 6-4 6-7 7-4 7-7 8-4 8-7 5-4 5-11 6-4 6-11 7-4 7-11 8-4 8-11 9-4 9-11 6-6 7-3 7-6 8-3 8-6 9-3 9-6 10-3 10-6 11-3 11-6 12-3
BAR SIZE 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
"d" SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
LENGTH ft-in 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 11-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 13-8 15-8 16-0 15-8 16-0 15-8 16-0 15-8 16-0 15-8 16-0 17-8 18-2 17-8 18-2 17-8 18-2 17-8 18-2 17-8 18-2 21-8 22-4 21-8 22-4 21-8 22-4 21-8 22-4 21-8 22-4 21-10 22-4
#5@ 6" LENGTH ft-in 8-4 8-8 10-4 10-8 12-4 12-8 8-7 8-9 10-7 10-9 12-7 12-9 14-7 14-9 8-10 9-4 10-10 11-4 12-10 13-4 14-10 15-4 16-10 17-4 10-10 12-0 12-10 14-0 14-10 16-0 16-10 18-0 18-10 20-0 13-2 14-8 15-2 16-8 17-2 18-8 19-2 20-8 21-2 22-8 23-2 24-8
#4@ 12" NUMBER* 70 70 76 76 82 82 78 78 84 84 90 90 96 96 86 86 92 92 98 98 104 104 110 110 100 100 106 106 112 112 118 118 124 124 122 122 128 128 134 134 140 140 146 146 152 152
QUANT.
CONCRETE CF/LF 24.0 26.0 26.0 28.0 28.0 30.0 28.8 29.9 30.8 31.9 32.8 33.9 34.8 35.9 34.0 39.7 36.0 42.0 38.0 44.3 40.0 46.7 42.0 49.0 39.5 53.2 41.5 55.7 43.5 58.2 45.5 60.7 47.5 63.2 52.2 73.8 54.2 76.4 56.2 79.1 58.2 81.8 60.2 84.4 64.2 87.1
SPAN, "S" FT. 12 14

B-5
HEIGHT, "H" FT. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

CONC.
ROOF T1 IN. 12• 17• 12• 17• 12• 17• 12• 17• 12• 17• 12• 17• 12• 17• 13 19 13 19 13 19 13 19 13 19 13 19 13 19 13 19
WALLS T2 IN. 9 14 9 14 9 14 9 14 9 14 9 14 10 14 10 16 10 16 10 16 10 16 10 16 10 16 10 16 11 16
INVERT T3 IN. 13 19 13 19 13 19 13 19 13 19 13 19 13 19 15 21 15 21 15 21 15 21 15 21 15 21 15 21 15 21
BAR SIZE 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
"a" SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
LENGTH ft-in 25-10 26-8 25-10 26-8 25-10 26-8 25-10 26-8 25-10 26-8 25-10 26-8 26-0 26-8 30-0 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-2 31-0
BAR SIZE 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 5 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
NFORCEMENT
"b"
LENGTH ft-in 7-8 9-2 8-2 9-8 8-8 10-2 9-2 10-8 9-8 11-2 10-9 11-8 11-4 12-2 8-4 9-11 8-10 10-5 9-11 10-11 10-5 11-5 10-11 11-11 11-5 12-5 11-11 12-11 12-6 13-5
B ft-in 2-9 3-7 2-9 3-7 2-9 3-7 2-9 3-7 2-9 3-7 3-2 3-7 3-3 3-7 2-10 3-9 2-10 3-9 3-3 3-9 3-3 3-9 3-3 3-9 3-3 3-9 3-3 3-9 3-4 3-9
BAR SIZE 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 4 6 4 6
"c" SPACING IN. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 12 6 12
LENGTH ft-in 7-9 8-8 8-9 9-8 9-9 10-8 10-9 11-8 11-9 12-8 12-9 13-8 13-9 14-8 8-11 9-11 9-11 10-11 10-11 11-11 11-11 12-11 12-11 13-11 13-11 14-11 14-11 15-11 15-11 16-11
BAR SIZE 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 9
REI
"d" SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
LENGTH ft-in 25-10 26-8 25-10 26-8 25-10 26-8 25-10 26-8 25-10 26-8 25-10 26-8 26-0 26-8 30-0 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-8 31-0 30-0 31-0 30-2 31-0
#4@ 6" LENGTH ft-in 15-7 17-5 17-7 19-5 19-7 21-5 21-7 23-5 23-7 25-5 25-7 27-5 27-7 29-5 18-0 20-0 20-0 22-0 22-0 24-0 24-0 26-0 26-0 28-0 28-0 30-0 30-0 32-0 32-0 34-0
#4@ 12" NUMBER* 144 144 150 150 156 156 162 162 168 168 174 174 180 180 166 166 172 172 178 178 184 184 190 190 196 196 202 202 208 208
QUANT.
CONCRETE CF/LF 68.6 100.170.8 103.172.9 106.1 75.1 109.177.3 112.1 79.4 115.1 84.0 118.1 87.1127.8 89.4 131.1 91.8 134.4 94.1137.8 96.4 141.1 98.8 144.1101.1147.8106.2 151.1
* QUANTITY INCLUDES #4 CORNER BARS

SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
RCB CULVERTS
DOUBLE
B-20.1.3.1 (502) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/70 10/15
SPAN, "S" FT. 5 6 7 8 10
HEIGHT, "H" FT. 3 4 5 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 10

QUANT.
CONCRETE CF/LF 10.5 11.4 11.2 12.1 11.8 12.8 12.8 13.4 13.5 14.1 14.2 14.7 14.8 15.4 15.4 17.3 16.1 18.0 16.8 18.7 17.4 19.3 18.1 20.0 17.8 22.9 18.5 23.6 19.2 24.2 19.8 24.9 20.5 25.6 23.8 31.8 24.4 32.4 25.1 33.1 25.8 33.8 26.4 34.4 27.1 35.1
SPAN, "S" FT. 12 14
HEIGHT, "H" FT. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

QUANT.
CONCRETE CF/LF 30.9 42.5 31.6 43.2 32.3 43.9 32.9 44.5 33.6 45.2 34.3 45.9 34.9 46.5 38.9 53.6 39.6 54.2 40.2 54.9 40.9 55.6 41.6 56.2 42.2 56.9 42.9 57.6 43.6 58.2
QUANTITIES ARE FOR EACH ADDITIONAL INTERIOR CELL BEYOND

DOUBLE RCB CULVERT.
NOTES:
1. Notes 1 thru 10 of "Double RCB Culverts" sheet
shall apply.
2. When the addition of cells causes the lengths

of the "a" and "d" bars to exceed 60 feet, the bars
will require splicing. Splices for the "d" bars shall
not be centered about the centerline of the
interior walls. Splices for the "a" bars shall not
be done at within the middle third of a span. Splice
lengths for the "a" and "d" bars shall be as follows:
No. 4 Bars - 21 Inches
C r
R o
No. 4@ 12" > Interior Wall
> Interior Wall r.
F
B
2"Cl
Max (Typ.) (Symm. About >)
7
(Symm. About >) No. 6 Bars - 31 Inches
te
le
2"Clr. 2"Clr. No. 7 Bars - 36 Inches
B-6
b
o
u
N
o
(Typ.) (Typ.) "d" Bars No. 8 Bars - 48 Inches
D
T1
3. For dimensions, bar sizes, bar spacing, see detail
on "Double RCB Culverts" sheet.
r.
1• " Cl
"a" Bars
Optional
Const. Jt.
ƒ" Min
Fillets
No. 4 U @ 6" No.4 U @ 6"
No. 4@ 12"
Max (Typ.)
H
2"Clr.
(Typ.)
8" S 8"
Interior 2"Clr. Interior
Wall Wall
Const. Jt.
"a" Bars
(Typ.)
T3
STATE OF NEVADA
r.
"d" Bars
3"Cl
ADDITIONAL CELLS TO BE USED

WITH DOUBLE RCB CULVERTS
TO PROVIDE FOR
MULTIPLE CELL CULVERTS
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
8/84 10/15
12"
12"
12"
NOTES:
C
C
C
C
1. For additional notes see sheet B-20.1.1.
C
0°SKEW 15°SKEW 30°SKEW 45°SKEW
es
Vari
No. 4 Bars @ 12" C
C
C
Extend Top Bars Into
C
Box 3' From Bend
C
C AA C BB
C
C C
C
C
C
2-No. 4 Bars
C
2-No. 4 Bars C Stop Alternate J
Bars @ 12"
C
Bars At This Point
T + 6"
C
C
When H Is 8' or
More
C
1
C
"J" Bars
C
C
C D
No.4
H/2
C
DD
6"
"K" Bars
CC
C
C
C
C C
J Bars F.F. C C
C
C
C C
C
C
C
No. 4 Bars @
C
C
1'
Approx. 2'
1' - 4" for H> 8'
2'-6" Max.
No. 4 Bars @ 12" E.F. No. 4 Bars @ 12" Max. F.F. When
Bend Bars On Far Face 1'-6" Into Barrel. Distance Between Last G Bar And
Bend Line Of Horizontal Bars Is
18" Or More. SECTION OF WALLS A AND B
For Boxes With 0° Skew Both
Wings Are As Shown For Wing A.
B-7
WALL A WALL B
Roadway
C
L
C
12"
C
of
ope
T + 6"
C
SKEW ANGLE C
See Sheet B-20.1.1 For Details
9
C
lSl
ng
C
0
C C
°
nni
"
al
K"
1
C
Bar
s
i
C
See
ngw
CL H
Beg
Tab
R.
le)
Wi
C
ea
.B
C
Beg
dw
i
nni
ng
&
Wi of
al
ngw
al
l
lSl
ope C
H
C
Extend 2 No. 4 Bars
12"
C
12"
C
2' Min. Into Footing

C
C
C
Of Each Wing
C
C
C
C
C
5
C
C
e)
C
"a"C
1'
C
s
abl
C
Bar
C C
C
C
1'
9
.
45°
C
0
e T
rox
C
°
C
K
C
App
(Se
C C
C 1'
D
C
C
"
F
b" C
C
No 1' - 4" for H> 8'

.4
ax.
C
s @
2' Bar
E
C
,2 s@
C
'
AA
-6 App
"M
Bar
r
" M
ax. ox.
C
C
-6
BB
SECTION C-C
C
.4
'
SHEET 1 OF 2
,2
C
(T1= Minimum 9")

No
2'
WA C STATE OF NEVADA
C LL DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
B
C
C
C E C
C
C C
C
D
RCB CULVERTS
"a"= 1' + C tan (45°- Skew)
F
C "b"= 1' + C tan (45°+ Skew)
>
3'
TYPE I HEADWALLS
WA
LL
A PLAN B-20.1.4 (502) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/70 10/15
TYPE I HEADWALL DIMENSIONS AND REINFORCING STEEL
0 Degree Skew 15 Degree Skew 30 Degree Skew 45 Degree Skew

H AA BB CC DD AA BB CC DD AA BB CC DD AA BB CC DD
(Ft.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.)*
3 6 3 6 3 3 2 3 2 5 9 7 3 3 0 3 7 5 3 9 0 2 10 4 3 5 3 12 6 2 10 5 4
4 7 9 7 9 3 8 3 8 7 0 9 0 3 5 4 2 6 6 11 3 3 4 4 11 6 3 15 3 3 3 6 4
5 9 3 9 3 4 3 4 3 8 3 10 9 3 11 4 10 7 9 13 6 3 9 5 9 7 9 18 3 3 8 7 5
6 10 9 10 9 4 10 4 10 9 9 12 9 4 5 5 6 9 3 15 9 4 3 6 7 9 0 21 6 4 2 8 7
7 12 3 12 3 5 4 5 4 11 0 14 3 4 11 6 1 10 6 18 0 4 8 7 4 10 3 24 6 4 7 9 7
8 13 9 13 9 5 10 5 10 12 3 16 0 5 4 6 8 11 6 20 0 5 1 8 1 11 3 27 3 5 0 10 7
9 15 0 15 0 6 4 6 4 13 6 17 9 5 10 7 3 12 9 22 0 5 6 8 9 12 6 30 0 5 5 11 7
10 16 6 16 6 6 10 6 10 14 9 19 3 6 3 7 10 14 0 24 0 5 11 9 6 13 9 33 0 5 10 12 7
11 18 0 18 0 7 4 7 4 16 0 21 0 6 8 8 5 15 3 26 3 6 4 10 3 14 9 35 9 6 3 13 7
12 19 3 19 3 7 10 7 10 17 6 22 9 7 2 9 0 16 3 28 3 6 9 11 0 16 0 38 6 6 8 14 7
13 20 9 20 9 8 4 8 4 18 9 24 3 7 7 9 7 17 6 30 3 7 2 11 9 17 3 41 3 7 1 15 7
14 22 3 22 3 8 10 8 10 20 0 26 0 8 1 10 2 18 9 32 6 7 8 12 5 18 6 44 3 7 6 16 7
*DD varies, DD = H + T 1+ 1'6"
(T1= Minimum 9")
0 Degree Skew 15 Degree Skew 30 Degree Skew 45 Degree Skew

Wall A & B Wall B Wall A Wall B Wall A Wall B Wall A
H C D J J K K E F E E F E F E F E F E F
F
(Ft. In.) (Ft. In.)
B-8
(Ft.) (In.) (In.) (Size) (Spacing) (Size) (Spacing) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.) (Ft. In.)
(Ft. In.)
3 8 10 5 12 5 12 1 0 3 3 1 0 3 3 1 0 3 3 1 0 3 3 1 0 3 6 1 0 3 3 1 0 3 6
4 8 10 5 12 5 12 1 0 3 6 1 0 3 6 1 0 3 6 1 0 3 6 1 3 3 9 1 0 3 6 1 3 4 0
5 8 12 5 12 5 12 1 3 3 9 1 3 3 9 1 3 3 9 1 3 3 9 1 3 4 3 1 3 3 9 1 6 4 9
6 8 12 5 6 5 6 1 3 4 0 1 3 4 0 1 3 4 0 1 3 4 0 1 6 4 9 1 3 4 0 1 9 5 3
7 10 14 5 6 5 6 1 6 4 6 1 6 4 6 1 6 4 6 1 6 4 6 1 9 5 3 1 6 4 6 2 3 6 0
8 10 14 5 6 5 6 1 9 5 0 1 9 5 0 1 9 5 0 1 9 5 0 2 3 6 0 1 9 5 0 2 6 6 6
9 10 16 6 6 5 6 2 0 5 6 2 0 5 6 2 0 5 6 2 0 5 6 2 6 6 6 2 0 5 6 2 9 7 0
10 10 16 6 6 6 6 2 3 6 0 2 3 6 0 2 3 6 0 2 3 6 0 2 9 7 0 2 3 6 0 3 3 7 9
11 12 18 6 6 6 6 2 6 6 6 2 6 6 6 2 6 6 6 2 6 6 6 3 0 7 6 2 6 6 6 3 6 8 3
12 12 18 7 6 6 6 2 9 7 0 2 9 7 0 3 0 7 3 2 9 7 0 3 3 7 9 2 9 7 0 4 0 9 0
13 12 20 7 6 7 6 3 0 7 6 3 0 7 6 3 3 7 9 3 0 7 6 3 6 8 3 3 0 7 6 4 3 9 6
14 12 20 7 6 7 6 3 3 8 0 3 3 8 0 3 6 8 3 3 3 8 0 4 0 9 0 3 3 8 0 4 6 10 3
SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
RCB CULVERTS
TYPE I HEADWALLS
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/70 10/15
NOTE:
Quantities shown are cubic yards

of concrete and pounds of reinforcing
for two headwalls at the inlet and outlet.
Single Box Double Box Triple Box

Height
Span
0 Skew 15 Skew 30 Skew 45 Skew 0 Skew 15 Skew 30 Skew 45 Skew 0 Skew 15 Skew 30 Skew 45 Skew
Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf.
3 8.90 839.7 9.34 882.9 10.56 959.6 13.32 1180.7 10.82 1084.9 11.33 1136.7 12.78 1242.7 16.04 1527.5 12.74 1269.3 13.32 1327.7 15.00 1455.6 18.76 1788.3
5 4 11.44 1132.5 11.94 1120.0 13.65 1246.9 17.02 1458.1 13.36 1377.7 13.93 1373.9 15.87 1530.0 19.74 1804.8 15.29 1562.1 15.92 1564.8 18.09 1742.9 22.46 2065.6
5 15.15 1379.4 15.75 1426.0 18.17 1611.5 22.98 1903.5 17.07 1624.6 17.74 1679.8 20.39 1894.6 25.70 2250.2 18.99 1809.0 19.73 1870.7 22.61 2107.6 28.42 2511.0
3 9.24 862.7 9.69 906.7 10.96 986.1 13.80 1213.2 11.50 1150.0 12.03 1204.1 13.57 1317.8 17.00 1619.5 13.76 1367.0 14.37 1428.7 16.18 1568.4 20.20 1926.3
6 4 11.78 1155.5 12.29 1143.8 14.04 1273.4 17.50 1490.6 14.04 1442.8 14.63 1441.2 16.65 1605.1 20.70 1896.9 16.30 1659.7 16.98 1665.8 19.26 1855.7 23.90 2203.7
5 15.49 1402.4 16.10 1449.7 18.56 1638.0 23.46 1936.0 17.75 1689.7 18.44 1747.2 21.17 1969.8 26.66 2342.3 20.01 1906.6 20.79 1971.8 23.78 2220.3 29.86 2649.1
6 19.14 2318.8 20.19 2363.3 23.19 2608.4 29.47 3179.2 21.40 2606.1 22.53 2660.8 25.80 2940.2 32.67 3585.5 23.67 2823.1 24.87 2885.4 28.41 3190.7 35.87 3892.4
3 9.57 885.7 10.04 930.5 11.35 1012.6 14.28 1245.7 12.18 1215.1 12.73 1271.5 14.35 1393.0 17.96 1711.6 14.78 1464.6 15.42 1529.8 17.35 1681.1 21.64 2064.4
4 12.12 1178.4 12.64 1167.6 14.43 1299.9 17.98 1523.0 14.72 1507.9 15.34 1508.6 17.44 1680.3 21.66 1988.9 17.32 1757.4 18.03 1766.9 20.44 1968.4 25.34 2341.8
7 5 15.83 1425.3 16.45 1473.5 18.95 1664.5 23.94 1968.4 18.43 1754.8 19.15 1814.6 21.95 2044.9 27.62 2434.3 21.03 2004.3 21.84 2072.9 24.96 2333.0 31.30 2787.2
6 19.48 2341.8 20.54 2387.1 23.58 2634.9 29.95 3211.7 22.08 2671.2 23.23 2728.1 26.58 3015.3 33.63 3677.6 24.68 2920.7 25.93 2986.5 29.59 3303.4 37.31 4030.4
7 26.56 2864.3 27.73 2944.9 32.11 3315.4 41.01 3923.2 29.16 3193.8 30.43 3286.0 35.11 3695.8 44.68 4389.1 31.76 3443.3 33.12 3544.3 38.12 3983.9 48.36 4741.9
4 12.46 1201.4 13.00 1191.3 14.82 1326.4 18.46 1555.5 15.40 1573.0 16.04 1576.0 18.22 1755.4 22.62 2081.0 18.34 1855.0 19.08 1868.0 21.61 2081.1 26.78 2479.8
5 16.17 1448.3 16.81 1497.3 19.34 1691.0 24.42 2000.9 19.11 1819.9 19.85 1881.9 22.74 2120.1 28.58 2526.4 22.05 2101.9 22.89 2173.9 26.13 2445.8 32.74 2925.3
8 6 19.82 2364.7 20.89 2410.9 23.97 2661.4 30.43 3244.2 22.76 2736.3 23.94 2795.5 27.37 3090.5 34.59 3769.6 25.70 3018.3 26.98 3087.5 30.76 3416.2 38.75 4168.5
7 26.89 2887.3 28.08 2968.7 32.50 3341.9 41.49 3955.7 29.83 3258.9 31.13 3353.4 35.90 3771.0 45.64 4481.1 32.77 3540.9 34.17 3645.4 39.29 4096.7 49.80 4880.0
B-9
8 36.16 3337.1 37.58 3353.4 43.03 3733.2 54.93 4463.3 39.53 3708.7 41.07 3738.1 46.92 4162.2 59.69 4988.8 42.89 3990.7 44.56 4030.1 50.81 4487.9 64.45 5387.7
5 16.85 1494.2 17.51 1544.8 20.13 1744.0 25.38 2065.8 20.46 1950.0 21.25 2016.7 24.30 2270.4 30.50 2710.5 24.08 2297.2 25.00 2376.1 28.48 2671.2 35.62 3201.4
6 20.50 2410.6 21.59 2458.4 24.75 2714.4 31.39 3309.1 24.12 2866.5 25.34 2930.3 28.93 3240.8 36.51 3953.7 27.74 3213.6 29.09 3289.7 33.11 3641.6 41.63 4444.7
10 7 27.57 2933.2 28.79 3016.2 33.28 3394.9 42.45 4020.6 31.19 3389.0 32.53 3488.1 37.46 3921.3 47.56 4665.2 34.81 3736.2 36.28 3847.5 41.64 4322.1 52.68 5156.2
8 36.93 3383.0 38.39 3400.9 43.93 3786.2 56.03 4528.2 41.08 3838.9 42.68 3872.8 48.71 4312.5 61.89 5172.9 45.23 4186.0 46.97 4232.2 53.50 4713.4 67.75 5663.8
9 45.03 4617.0 47.40 4741.1 54.09 5157.4 69.38 6275.8 49.24 5081.4 51.76 5221.9 58.95 5693.7 75.34 6932.7 53.45 5434.0 56.12 5586.9 63.81 6100.8 81.29 7431.3
10 52.66 5763.6 54.88 5747.6 62.98 6417.1 81.37 7804.1 56.87 6228.1 59.24 6228.4 67.84 6953.4 87.32 8460.9 61.08 6580.6 63.60 6593.4 72.70 7360.5 93.28 8959.5
6 21.18 2456.5 22.30 2505.9 25.54 2767.4 32.35 3374.0 25.47 2996.6 26.74 3065.1 30.50 3391.1 38.43 4137.8 29.77 3408.9 31.19 3491.8 35.46 3867.1 44.50 4720.8
7 28.25 2979.1 29.49 3063.7 34.07 3448.0 43.40 4085.5 32.55 3519.2 33.94 3622.9 39.03 4071.6 49.48 4849.3 36.85 3931.4 38.39 4049.7 43.99 4547.6 55.56 5432.3
8 37.71 3428.9 39.19 3448.4 44.82 3839.2 57.13 4593.2 42.64 3969.1 44.29 4007.6 50.51 4462.8 64.09 5357.0 47.56 4381.3 49.39 4434.4 56.19 4938.8 71.05 5940.0
12 9 45.81 4662.9 48.20 4788.6 54.98 5210.4 70.48 6340.8 50.80 5211.6 53.37 5356.7 60.74 5844.0 77.53 7116.8 55.79 5629.3 58.53 5789.1 66.50 6326.3 84.59 7707.4
10 53.43 5809.5 55.68 5795.1 63.88 6470.1 82.47 7869.0 58.42 6358.2 60.85 6363.2 69.63 7103.7 89.52 8645.0 63.41 6775.9 66.01 6795.6 75.39 7586.0 96.57 9235.7
11 67.16 6695.8 69.90 6796.5 80.28 7416.0 103.13 8988.7 72.14 7244.5 75.07 7364.5 86.04 8049.6 110.18 9764.7 77.13 7662.2 80.23 7796.9 91.80 8531.9 117.24 10355.4
12 76.04 8590.2 80.36 8856.8 91.21 9620.7 117.95 11808.1 81.02 9138.9 85.52 9424.9 96.97 10254.4 125.01 12584.1 86.01 9556.5 90.68 9857.3 102.73 10736.6 132.06 13174.8
7 28.93 3025.0 30.19 3111.3 34.85 3501.0 44.36 4150.4 33.91 3649.4 35.34 3757.7 40.60 4221.9 51.40 5033.4 38.88 4126.7 40.49 4251.8 46.34 4773.1 58.44 5708.5
8 38.49 3474.8 40.00 3495.9 45.72 3892.2 58.22 4658.1 44.19 4099.2 45.90 4142.4 52.30 4613.2 66.29 5541.1 49.89 4576.5 51.80 4636.5 58.88 5164.3 74.35 6216.1
9 46.59 4708.8 49.01 4836.1 55.88 5263.4 71.58 6405.7 52.35 5341.8 54.98 5491.5 62.54 5994.3 79.73 7300.9 58.12 5824.5 60.94 5991.2 69.19 6551.8 87.89 7983.6
14 10 54.21 5855.4 56.49 5842.6 64.77 6523.1 83.57 7933.9 59.97 6488.4 62.46 6498.0 71.43 7254.1 91.72 8829.1 65.74 6971.1 68.42 6997.8 78.09 7811.5 99.87 9511.8
11 67.93 6741.7 70.71 6844.0 81.18 7469.0 104.23 9053.6 73.70 7374.7 76.68 7499.3 87.83 8199.9 112.38 9948.8 79.46 7857.4 82.64 7999.1 94.49 8757.3 120.53 10631.5
12 76.81 8636.1 81.16 8904.4 92.11 9673.7 119.05 11873.0 82.58 9269.1 87.13 9559.7 98.77 10404.7 127.20 12768.2 88.34 9751.8 93.10 10059.5 105.42 10962.1 135.36 13450.9
13 90.57 10482.8 94.94 10638.8 108.37 11749.0 140.48 14253.9 96.33 11115.8 100.91 11294.2 115.02 12479.9 148.63 15149.1 102.10 11598.6 106.88 11793.9 121.68 13037.3 156.78 15831.8
14 102.12 11942.1 106.89 12222.9 122.34 13456.7 158.77 16260.8 107.89 12575.1 112.86 12878.3 128.99 14187.6 166.92 17156.1 113.65 13057.8 118.82 13378.0 135.65 14745.0 175.08 17838.8
STATE OF NEVADA
ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES
TYPE I HEADWALLS
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/70 10/15
C No.4 Bars @ 12" N.F. &
C
J-Bars F.F. (See Table)
.
No.4 Bars @ 12" Both
nto Barrel
Faces. Bend Far Face
(Typ. Both Sides)
Extend 2-No. 4 Bars 1' Into Coping
1'
des)
B B
C
(Typ.Both Si
C
-6" I
C
NOTES:
Bars 1'
1. For additional notes see sheet B-20.1.1.
H
2. For quantities see sheet B-20.1.6.1
C
6"
B B
ELEVATION
TABLE
ght
nches
nches
nches
nches
90° C
Feet
No.4 Bars @ Approx.
E = Feet
F = Feet
Skew Angle
ze
No.4 Bars @ Approx.
C
ng
ng
H = Hei
ze
K = Si
C
Spaci
Spaci
J = Si
K =
J =
= I
D = I
C
L Roadway
I
When Tip of Wing Footing is
K-Bars (See Table)
-6"Max.
C
Below Bottom of Box, Space
-6"Max.
3"
C C 1•" to 6"
C C
Shall Be Filled With Concrete.
3 12 12 1 3-6 5 12 5 12
B
C
4 12 12 1-3 4 5 12 5 12
,2'
,2'
C
5 12 12 1-6 4-9 5 12 5 12
2'
2'
6 12 12 1-9 5-3 5 6 5 6
7 12 14 2-3 6 5 6 5 6
8 12 14 2-6 6-6 5 6 5 6
B-10
9 12 16 2-9 7 6 6 5 6
C
10 12 16 3-3 7-9 6 6 6 6
11 12 18 3-6 8-3 6 6 6 6
12 12 18 4 9 7 6 6 6
B C K-Bars (See Table)
C 1•" to 6" C C 13 12 20 4-3 9-6 7 6 7 6
C
2(H + T + 18")/Cos (Skew)
C C 14 12 20 4-6 10-3 7 6 7 6
1
2H + T + 18"
1
No. 4 Bars Continuous
From Wingwall Footings
A
WALL B WALL A
PLAN
C
C
T + 6"
C
1
1'
See B-20.1.1 For C C J-Bars
Coping Detail
C
C Stop Alt. J-Bars

H + T1+ 1'- 6"
Bars @ 12"
@ This Point When
H=8' or More
C
-4" For H > 8'

Less Than 8'
6"R C
No.4
-4" For H > 8'
H
H/2
C E K-Bars
See Table
1'
1'
H
1'For =
SHEET 1 OF 2
C
C
1'
STATE OF NEVADA
C C
1'
1' DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

C
C
C C
C
C
C
C
6"
C C
C
C D
No. 4 Bars @ Approx. C
2', 2'-6"Max.
F
C RCB CULVERTS
No. 4 Bars TYPE II HEADWALLS
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B

(T1= Minimum 9")
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/70 10/15
NOTE:
Quantities shown are cubic yards

of concrete and pounds of reinforcing
for two headwalls at the inlet and outlet.
Single Box Double Box Triple Box

Height
Span
0 Skew 15 Skew 30 Skew 45 Skew 0 Skew 15 Skew 30 Skew 45 Skew 0 Skew 15 Skew 30 Skew 45 Skew
Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf. Conc. Reinf.
3 12.28 971.5 12.54 983.7 13.45 1058.2 15.42 1214.4 14.20 1216.6 14.53 1237.5 15.67 1341.3 18.14 1561.1 16.12 1401.1 16.52 1428.4 17.89 1554.2 20.86 1821.9
5 4 17.33 1359.4 17.69 1374.3 18.91 1502.6 21.55 1690.2 19.26 1604.6 19.68 1628.2 21.13 1785.7 24.27 2037.0 21.18 1789.0 21.67 1819.1 23.35 1998.7 26.99 2297.8
5 23.47 1822.1 23.94 1885.1 25.54 1991.1 29.00 2258.5 25.40 2067.3 25.93 2138.9 27.76 2274.2 31.72 2605.2 27.32 2251.7 27.92 2329.8 29.98 2487.1 34.44 2866.1
3 12.62 994.4 12.90 1007.4 13.84 1084.7 15.90 1246.8 14.88 1281.7 15.24 1304.9 16.46 1416.4 19.10 1653.2 17.14 1498.7 17.58 1529.5 19.07 1667.0 22.30 1960.0
6 4 17.67 1382.4 18.05 1398.1 19.30 1529.1 22.03 1722.7 19.94 1669.7 20.39 1695.5 21.91 1860.9 25.23 2129.0 22.20 1886.6 22.73 1920.2 24.53 2111.4 28.43 2435.8
5 23.81 1845.0 24.30 1908.9 25.93 2017.6 29.48 2291.0 26.07 2132.3 26.64 2206.3 28.54 2349.3 32.68 2697.3 28.34 2349.3 28.98 2430.9 31.15 2599.8 35.88 3004.1
6 31.21 3276.9 31.82 3350.2 33.90 3596.8 38.43 4052.2 33.47 3564.2 34.16 3647.6 36.52 3928.5 41.63 4458.6 35.73 3781.1 36.51 3872.3 39.13 4179.1 44.83 4765.4
3 12.95 1017.4 13.25 1031.2 14.24 1111.2 16.38 1279.3 15.56 1346.8 15.94 1372.3 17.24 1491.6 20.06 1745.2 18.16 1596.3 18.63 1630.6 20.24 1779.7 23.74 2098.1
4 18.01 1405.3 18.40 1421.9 19.69 1555.6 22.51 1755.2 20.61 1734.7 21.09 1762.9 22.70 1936.0 26.19 2221.1 23.22 1984.2 23.78 2021.2 25.70 2224.1 29.87 2573.9
7 5 24.15 1868.0 24.65 1932.6 26.32 2044.1 29.96 2323.5 26.75 2197.4 27.34 2273.7 29.32 2424.5 33.64 2789.3 29.35 2446.9 30.03 2532.0 32.33 2712.6 37.32 3142.2
6 31.55 3299.8 32.17 3374.0 34.30 3623.3 38.91 4084.7 34.15 3629.3 34.87 3715.0 37.30 4003.7 42.59 4550.6 36.75 3878.8 37.56 3973.3 40.30 4291.8 46.26 4903.5
7 41.74 4287.7 42.55 4373.9 45.29 4665.0 51.25 5303.4 44.34 4617.1 45.24 4715.0 48.29 5045.4 54.93 5769.3 46.94 4866.6 47.94 4973.3 51.30 5333.5 58.60 6122.2
4 18.35 1428.3 18.75 1445.6 20.09 1582.1 22.99 1787.6 21.29 1799.8 21.79 1830.3 23.48 2011.2 27.15 2313.1 24.23 2081.9 24.84 2122.3 26.88 2336.9 31.31 2712.0
5 24.49 1890.9 25.00 1956.4 26.71 2070.6 30.44 2355.9 27.43 2262.5 28.04 2341.1 30.11 2499.6 34.60 2881.4 30.37 2544.6 31.09 2633.1 33.50 2825.3 38.75 3280.3
8 6 31.89 3322.8 32.53 3397.7 34.69 3649.8 39.39 4117.2 34.83 3694.3 35.57 3782.4 38.08 4078.9 43.55 4642.6 37.77 3976.4 38.61 4074.4 41.48 4404.5 47.70 5041.5
7 42.08 4310.6 42.90 4397.7 45.68 4691.5 51.73 5335.9 45.02 4682.2 45.95 4782.3 49.08 5120.6 55.89 5861.4 47.96 4964.2 48.99 5074.3 52.47 5446.2 60.04 6260.2
8 57.13 5029.9 58.23 5123.6 61.97 5476.9 70.11 6183.8 60.49 5401.4 61.72 5508.3 65.86 5905.9 74.87 6709.3 63.86 5683.5 65.21 5800.3 69.75 6231.6 79.63 7108.2
5 25.17 1936.9 25.70 2003.9 27.50 2123.6 31.40 2420.8 28.79 2392.7 29.45 2475.8 31.67 2649.9 36.52 3065.5 32.41 2739.8 33.19 2835.2 35.85 3050.8 41.63 3556.4
B-11
6 32.57 3368.7 33.23 3445.2 35.47 3702.8 40.35 4182.1 36.18 3824.5 36.97 3917.2 39.65 4229.2 45.47 4826.7 39.80 4171.7 40.72 4276.6 43.83 4630.0 50.58 5317.7
10 7 42.76 4356.5 43.60 4445.2 46.47 4744.5 52.69 5400.8 46.38 4812.4 47.35 4917.1 50.65 5270.9 57.80 6045.5 50.00 5159.5 51.10 5276.5 54.82 5671.7 62.92 6536.4
8 57.90 5075.8 59.04 5171.1 62.87 5529.9 71.21 6248.7 62.05 5531.6 63.33 5643.0 67.66 6056.2 77.07 6893.4 66.19 5878.7 67.62 6002.4 72.45 6457.1 82.93 7384.3
9 72.13 7054.6 73.52 7173.0 78.22 7633.8 88.44 8678.9 76.34 7519.0 77.88 7653.8 83.08 8170.1 94.39 9335.7 80.55 7871.6 82.24 8018.8 87.94 8577.2 100.35 9834.3
10 85.93 8969.1 87.56 9174.6 93.10 9740.4 105.14 11034.9 90.14 9433.6 91.92 9655.4 97.96 10276.7 111.09 11691.8 94.35 9786.2 96.28 10020.4 102.82 10683.8 117.05 12190.4
6 33.24 3414.6 33.93 3492.8 36.26 3755.8 41.31 4247.0 37.54 3954.7 38.38 4051.9 41.22 4379.5 47.38 5010.8 41.84 4366.9 42.83 4478.7 46.18 4855.5 53.46 5593.8
7 43.44 4402.4 44.31 4492.7 47.25 4797.5 53.65 5465.7 47.73 4942.5 48.76 5051.9 52.21 5421.2 59.72 6229.5 52.03 5354.8 53.20 5478.6 57.17 5897.2 65.80 6812.5
8 58.68 5121.7 59.84 5218.6 63.77 5582.9 72.31 6313.7 63.60 5661.8 64.94 5777.8 69.45 6206.5 79.27 7077.5 68.53 6074.0 70.03 6204.6 75.14 6682.5 86.23 7660.5
12 9 72.91 7100.5 74.32 7220.5 79.12 7686.8 89.54 8743.8 77.89 7649.2 79.49 7788.6 84.88 8320.4 96.59 9519.8 82.88 8066.9 84.65 8221.0 90.64 8802.6 103.64 10110.5
10 86.70 9015.1 88.37 9222.1 94.00 9793.4 106.24 11099.8 91.69 9563.8 93.53 9790.2 99.76 10427.0 113.29 11875.9 96.68 9981.4 98.69 10222.6 105.52 10909.3 120.34 12466.5
11 104.77 10624.6 106.75 10851.2 113.47 11552.2 128.07 12986.4 109.75 11173.3 111.91 11419.3 119.23 12185.8 135.12 13762.4 114.74 11591.0 117.08 11851.7 124.99 12668.0 142.18 14353.0
12 121.70 14253.3 123.98 14537.9 131.73 15415.5 148.55 17429.9 126.68 14802.0 129.15 15106.0 137.48 16049.1 155.61 18205.9 131.67 15219.7 134.31 15538.4 143.24 16531.4 162.66 18796.6
7 44.12 4448.3 45.01 4540.2 48.03 4850.5 54.61 5530.6 49.09 5072.7 50.16 5186.7 53.78 5571.5 61.64 6413.6 54.07 5550.0 55.31 5680.8 59.52 6122.6 68.68 7088.7
8 59.46 5167.6 60.65 5266.2 64.67 5635.9 73.41 6378.6 65.16 5792.0 66.55 5912.6 71.25 6356.9 81.47 7261.6 70.86 6269.3 72.45 6406.7 77.83 6908.0 89.53 7936.6
9 73.68 7146.4 75.13 7268.0 80.02 7739.8 90.64 8808.7 79.45 7779.4 81.10 7923.4 86.67 8470.7 98.79 9703.9 85.21 8262.1 87.06 8423.1 93.33 9028.1 106.94 10386.6
14 10 87.48 9061.0 89.17 9269.6 94.90 9846.4 107.34 11164.8 93.25 9694.0 95.14 9925.0 101.55 10577.3 115.49 12060.0 99.01 10176.7 101.11 10424.7 108.21 11134.7 123.64 12742.7
11 105.54 10670.5 107.56 10898.7 114.37 11605.2 129.17 13051.3 111.31 11303.5 113.52 11554.0 121.02 12336.1 137.32 13946.5 117.07 11786.3 119.49 12053.8 127.68 12893.5 145.48 14629.2
12 122.47 14299.2 124.79 14585.5 132.62 15468.5 149.65 17494.8 128.24 14932.2 130.76 15240.8 139.28 16199.4 157.80 18390.0 134.00 15414.9 136.72 15740.6 145.94 16756.8 165.96 19072.7
13 144.90 17398.9 147.61 17725.7 156.79 18876.0 176.75 21303.0 150.66 18031.9 153.58 18381.0 163.45 19606.9 184.90 22198.2 156.43 18514.6 159.55 18880.8 170.11 20164.3 193.06 22880.9
14 165.16 19761.4 168.23 20111.3 178.64 21342.9 201.25 24093.8 170.92 20394.4 174.20 20766.7 185.29 22073.8 209.40 24989.0 176.69 20877.1 180.17 21266.5 191.95 22631.2 217.56 25671.7
QUANTITIES FOR
ADDITIONAL CELLS
Concrete for two Type II headwalls for each

additional cell (cu. yards) (Add the difference SHEET 2 OF 2
between the triple box and double box quantities
STATE OF NEVADA
for each additional box) DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Reinforcing for two Type II headwalls for each

additional cell (pounds) (Add the difference RCB CULVERTS
between the triple box and double box quantities TYPE II HEADWALLS
for each additional box)
B-20.1.6.1 (502,505) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/70 10/15
S
lo
E p
m
b
e NOTES:
a O
n f
k
m Wi
e d 1. For additional notes see sheet B-20.1.1.
n e
t n
e
d
Existing RCB
2. Dowel holes shall be drilled 12" into existing concrete.
C
24" Long @ 12" O.C.

Diameter of hole shall be ‚ inch larger than diameter of bar.
C
Hole may be inclined no more than 5° off the horizontal.
Dowels shall be epoxied into clean holes. Epoxy shall
conform to the requirement of Section 728.
No. 4 Bars as Dowels
Place in Center of Walls & Slabs
C
C C
Extension
* * - 3" To Center Of Hole.
Old Headwalls to Remain in Place

C 9"
Unless Otherwise Noted Existing RCB C No. 4 Bent Bars
3" C @ 12" O.C.

PART LONGITUDINAL SECTION C
* *
C
C
C
C
6"
C
No. 4 Bars as Dowels 1'-6"
B-12
No. 4 Bars @ 12
Place in Center of Walls & Slabs
O.C., Ea. Way C
8"
es
Vari
C C
24" Long @ 12"O.C.

Existing RCB
No. 4 Bent Bar
With Type I or
Type II Headwall C
C
C
1•" Min. Cl.
C
C
1'
on
Extensi
C
C
C
45°
SECTION
C
Width And Height Varies
METHOD OF PLUGGING RCB
ELEVATION PLAN
RCB CULVERT EXTENSION

STATE OF NEVADA
RCB CULVERTS
METHOD OF EXTENDING
AND PLUGGING
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/70 1/09
No. 4 Bars @ 18" Both Ways
Plantmix Bituminous Paving
See Note 7
12" Min. Aggregate Base NOTES:
4' Min. 1. Concrete shall (ASTM C1577)

be as specified in AASHTO M259 or M273 , as modified
4' Min. in subsection 502.03.24.All precast concrete box culverts shall comply with
(Typ.)
ASTM C1577 - design according to AASHTO LRFD.
(Typ.)
2. Reinforcing steel shall be AASHTO M31 (ASTM A615) grade 60. Welded wire fabric
shall be AASHTO M55 (ASTM185) (smooth wire), or AASHTO M22 (ASTM A497)
(deformed wire). Reinforcing steel in the top slab shall have an epoxy coating
Top of Box To Be 2" Dia. Formed
conforming to AASHTO M284 (ASTM D3963) when there is 6 inches or less of cover
Clearly Marked With Holes See Note 9
on the RCB (clark county excluded).
Paint Or Imprinted CONCRETE PAVING
Letters, See Note 6 BITUMINOUS PAVING
3. Bedding material shall be granular backfill or type 2 class B aggregate meeting the
resistivity requirements for granular backfill. Bedding material will be paid for as
granular backfill.
MINIMUM COVER CONDITIONS
4. Headwall details shall be as shown in the standard plans. Exposed reinforcements
to tie cast-in-place headwall to precast box shall consist of either No. 4 bars
at 12 inch spacings or exposure of the precast box welded wire fabric. The No. 4
bars shall be cast a minimum of 18 inches into the precast box segment. Both the
No. 4 bar or welded wire fabric shall extend into headwall to 2 inches clear of the
headwall face.
ƒ" Max. Gap at Each Joint
5. Joint material shall be a preformed joint material meeting Section 707 of the NDOT
4•" Min.
Standard Specs. The material shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers
0.75t Max. recommendations. A single continious application of joint material shall be applied
LIFTING Outside to the tongue of each joint. The minimum size of joint material shall be 1 ‚ inch.
2" Min. For Spans Thru 8'
Any joint material extruding from the interior of the joint shall be removed flush with
10° 3‚" Min. For Spans Over 8'
the box wall.
6. In addition to the markings required by the AASHTO and ASTM specifications, mark
t
•"+
- each box section with the appropriate NDOT contract number.
GROOVE
TONGUE 7. Reinforcing steel shall extend full width of concrete pavement and shall have a
minimum clearance of 3 inches on the bottom. In areas of the state where road salts
Inside are used, the reinforcing shall be epoxy coated. Reinforcing is to be placed
parallel to the centerline of road for longitudinal reinforcement and parallel
Joint Material
to the precast box for transverse reinforcement.
See Note 5
ƒ" Max. Gap at Each Joint 8. Length of culvert shall be increased as follows: Add 2 feet to each end when cover
Vertical Face For Headwall See Typical
at shoulder is 0 feet to 5 feet, add an additional 1 foot to each end for each succeeding
Joint Detail
5 feet of cover or portion thereof.
TYPICAL JOINT
B-13
9. Fill cylindrical lifting holes (located by manufacturer) with an approved epoxy

non-shrink grout. Hole with an approved conical shape for the bottom 3 inches may be
filled with a concrete grout composed of one part by volume of cement to two
parts by volume of sand with only enough water to permit placing and tamping.
3" Space Between Adjacent Boxes An approved custom plug may be used. An optional method of lifting may be used
To Be Filled With Grout with approval.
See Note 4
3" Space Between Adjacent Boxes

To Be Filled With Grout
Flow
Precast Concrete Box

Culvert Inner Walls
4"
Bedding
Headwall Bedding See Note 3
MULTIPLE CULVERT INSTALLATION

#4 Bar Stirrups
CULVERT END With 6" Legs @ 12"
12"
#4 Bar Typ. Each Corner
Extend 16" Min. Into Coping Use 6" Rounding Radius For
#4 Bar 3' Long (Typ.) and Bottom Slab 2" Cl. Corners On Upstream End
Limits of Precast @ 2" Clear of Front Face
RCB Behind Headwall of Headwall
Length Of Precast Concrete Boxes As Shown On Plans
1'-7" MULTIPLE CULVERT INNER WALL END
2' Min. See Note 8 2' Min. See Note 8 Coping
#4 Bar PLAN
Stirrups @ 12"
Segment Length To Be As
Specified By Manufacturer STATE OF NEVADA
# 4 Bars H DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Headwall As Headwall As
Called For Called For
In Plans In Plans 2" Cl. (Typ.)
PRECAST CONCRETE
2'
Bedding Footing BOX CULVERT
Designer To Investigate The Availability

TYPICAL CULVERT INSTALLATION MULTIPLE SPAN INNER WALL END Of The Required Box Size.
ELEVATION ADOPTED
4/85
REVISED
10/15
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
9 Gauge Aluminum or Coated Chain Link Fence,
Knuckle Selvage at Bottom & Barbed Selvage At Top
8' Max.
C
Expansion Joint Same Dimension as Expansion Joint NOTES:

In Deck. Increase Sleeve Length Correspondingly
1. Railing assembly except chain link fabric, to be galvanized after
fabrication.
1‚" Std. Pipe

2. Railing shall conform to horizontal and vertical alignments. Posts
shall be vertical. Top, intermediate and bottom pipes shall be bent

if the radius is 150 feet or less: may be on 8 foot chords if radius
2•" Std.
is over 150 feet.
Pipe Post
1‚" Std. Pipe
3. Space posts to clear expansion joints by 6 inches min. to centerline

posts.
C
…" Dia. Truss Rods In The End Panels

4. All exposed corners to be smooth.
and At Deck Expansion Joints
C
‚"xƒ" 5. Peen all … inch bolts.

Tension Bar
6. When fence is on slope the fabric shall be placed parallel to the

slope.
Tension Bar Bands
@ 14" Max. Ctr. C
7. Alternative details may be submitted by the contractor for the

To Ctr.
1" Max. +
2" Engineers approval.
-
C
END POST TYPICAL INTERIOR PANEL AT EXPANSION JOINT
Same Dimension
…" Carriage Bolt C 2" C
Pre-Cast Cap 1" Std. Sleeve As Exp. Joint
Pre-Cast Cap
Welded to Post
B-14
C 3' ‚" Rivet
C
C
C
C
23° 2•" Std. Post 1‚" Std. Pipe
2•"Std. Post
C
‰
Pre-Cast Fitting
1•"2•" 2•"1•"
C
C C
C C
C C
C C
R
2
1• " 2• "2• "1• "

'-
C
8
C
"
ALTERNATE FOR
C
3'
C
C
INTERIOR POSTS
8"
C
C
C
1…" Dia. Holes
C
-3"
23° C
Š
C
Š
C
C
8'
-1"
C
C
C
7'
C R 1"
C
-1"
8"
2
5'
'-
8
"
BASE PLATE …" Vent Hole At Outside Face of Rail

‰
C
-7"
TYPICAL CONNECTION DETAILS

5'
-5"
4'
C
-5"
2'
TYPE M
…" Vent
1"+ Grout Pad
8" x 8" x ƒ" PLw/1…" O
Holes @ 5" Ctr. to Ctr.
n.
C
STATE OF NEVADA
8" Mi
Jam Nut & Cut Washer DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

C
C
C
C
ƒ"0 U Bolts w/4" Threaded
See Barrier Rail Sheet

Tack Weld 2-ƒ" O x 10" Bars
PEDESTRIAN RAIL
of Bridge Plans
TYPE M
TYPE M ANCHORAGE DETAILS
MODIFIED B-25.1.4 (506) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
8/85 6/09
‚" Slip Joint, See Detail
NOTES:
Every Two Posts Min.
C 12" C Varies - 7' Max. C Varies - 7' Max. 6" C
C C C
All Welds ‰" Steel Or Aluminum Railing Steel Or Aluminum Railing 1. All steel railing assembly shall be galvanized
& Grind Flush after fabrication.
1•" Std. Steel Pipe Or 4"x3"x•" Steel Or Alum. Plate
C
1•" Alum. Pipe, Schedule 40 2. All exposed surfaces of steel railing assembly
C
C shall be painted white.
3. Not intended to be used as handrail.
C
Standard Steel or
C
Aluminum 1 •" Tee
C
C LEGEND:
C
C 1 3"x2"x‰" Steel or Aluminum Post
C
1 - WHERE RAIL ENDS AT POST, DRILL POST
Standard Steel or C ONE SIDE ONLY AND END RAIL WITHIN POST.
Aluminum 1 •" Long
C
8"x8"xƒ" Steel or Aluminum Plate
Radius Elbows C
C
1
C 8"
C
End Of Deck C 1•"
C C2•" C2•" 1•"
C
C C C C
C
1" R
1• "
C
C
C
C
2• "
C
PART ELEVATION
C
8"
1…" Dia. Holes
C
2• "
C 3"
C
C
C
C 1•" C 1•" C
L 3"x 2"x ‰"
1• "
C
C C
Steel Posts
C
•" R C
C
C
C
1
2"
Grout
4"
C C
L Railing
L Railing
• "
C
3"
2"
‰ Standard Nut &

C
C
C
-
1"+
C
‰" Cut Washer
C
C
B-15
‰ ‰
C
C
C
C
L 3"x 2"x ‰"
6"
C
C
Steel Posts C
4"x3"x•" Plate
TYPICAL RAIL AND POST CONNECTION
C
All Corners &
C
Edges Rounded
C
STEEL
6"
•" Six-2" Dia.
C
Drilled Holes
C
C
C
3"
6"
-3"
‰
4-4019 @ 3" C
3'
C
C
C
Ea. Post
C
C
L Top 1•" Rail C
L 3"x 2"x ‰"
6"
Alum. Posts C
6009 Bars
C
C
C
C
C
1
‰
6"
‰
C
C C
C
…" Vent
C
L Railing
C
C 6"
6"
C ƒ" Dia. U Bolts
TOP POST PLATE DETAILS
C
Stainless Steel U-Bolts, Nuts & Washers
1"+ Grout Pad
C
- C To Be Used With Aluminum Rail Only
C C
6"
C
C
ƒ" Dia. U Bolts
…" Dia. Galv. Bolt,
BOTTOM PLATE DETAILS
C
Nut & Lock Washer

n.
C
On Exterior Side Of
5" Mi
C
L Post Railing C
C
C
‚" 4019 @ 3" Ea. Post
C
C 6" C
C
Two-•" Dia. Plug 2-6009 Bars As Shown
1•" 1•"
C
C C Welds Grind Flush Each Post Tack Weld

C C
1•" Dia. C
L To U-Bolts
Alum. Pipe
STATE OF NEVADA
C
C
C
TYPICAL SECTION
1•" O.D x 6" Long PEDESTRIAN RAIL
Tube Steel, Sliding Fit
TYPE R
TYPICAL RAIL AND POST CONNECTION
ALUMINUM
SLIP JOINT DETAILS B-25.1.5 (506) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/78 10/15
6" Varies - 7' Max. Varies - 7' Max. 6"
• "
3"
4"x 3"x •" Steel Plate
1•" Std. Steel Pipe
NOTES:
6" 6"
1. All steel railing assembly shall be galvanized after fabrication.
3"x 3"x ‰" Steel Corner Post 2. All exposed surfaces of steel railing assembly shall be painted white.
-3"
6" 6"
3"x 2"x ‰" Steel End Post
3'
3"x 2"x ‰" Steel Middle Post 3. Not intended to be used as handrail.
6" 6"
8"x 8"x ƒ" Steel Plate LEGEND:
*
- WHERE RAIL ENDS AT POST DRILL POST ONE SIDE
ONLY AND END RAIL WITHIN POST
End Of Concrete
PART ELEVATION
> Railing 8"
1•" 2•" 2•" 1•"

> 3"x 2"x ‰" Steel Posts
1• " 2• " 2• " 1• "

*
‰" > 3"x 2"x ‰" Steel Posts 1" R

C
*
> Railing
8"
> Railing > Railing
1…" Dia. Holes
C
‰"
3"x 3"x ‰" ‰ ‰
Steel Post
TYPICAL TYPICAL TYPICAL 8"x 8"x ƒ"
RAIL AND END POST RAIL AND CORNER POST RAIL AND MIDDLE POST
Steel Plate
CONNECTION CONNECTION CONNECTION

8"x 8"x ƒ"
B-16
Steel Plate
• "
‰
3"
Std. Nut &
‰" Cut Washer
> Railing +
1"
- Grout
4"
6"
2" 2" 3"
1•" 1•"
6"
•" R •" R (6) 2" Dia.
Drilled Holes
2"
2"
6009 Bars
6"
-3"
4"
4"
> Railing > Railing
3'
2"
2"
C
C
6"
ƒ" Dia. U Bolts
3"x 3"x ‰" 4"x 4"x •" Plate 3"x 2"x ‰" 4"x 3"x •" Plate
6"
Steel Posts > All Corner & Steel Posts > All Corner &
• "
Edges Rounded
• "
Edges Rounded
…" Vent
Stainless Steel U-Bolts, Nuts And Washers
8"x 8"x ƒ" 6"
6"
To Be Used With Aluminum Rail Only
Steel Plate
1"+ Grout Pad

-
BOTTOM PLATE DETAILS
3"
3"
‰" ‰"
n.
11" Mi
ƒ" Dia. U-Bolts

> Top > Top 1•" Rail
1•" Rail
C
2-6009 Bars As
C
STATE OF NEVADA
Shown Each Post
‰" Tack Weld To U-Bolts
‰" ‰
PEDESTRIAN RAIL
TOP POST PLATE TOP POST PLATE TYPICAL SECTION TYPE R MODIFIED
FOR 3" x 3" FOR 3" x 2" POSTS
CORNER POSTS DETAILS B-25.1.6 (506) Signed Original On File
DETAILS ADOPTED REVISED

CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
12/06 10/15
9 Gage Aluminum Or Coated Chain Link Fence, Knuckle
NPS = NOMINAL PIPE SIZE DESIGNATION Selvage At Bottom And Barbed Selvage At Top.
Expansion Joint Same Dimension as Expansion Joint

1" Mesh In Deck. Increase Sleeve Length Correspondingly.
NOTES:
1. Railing assembly, except chain link fabric, to be

galvanized after fabrication.
…" Dia. Tie Rods 2. Railing shall conform to horizontal and vertical
NPS 2•" Std. alignments. posts shall be vertical. Top, intermediate
In The End Panels
Pipe Post and bottom pipes shall be bent if the radius is
NPS 1 ‚" Std. Pipe & At Deck Expansion
150 feet or less; may be on 8 foot chords if radius
Joints
is over 150 feet.
3. All exposed corners to be smooth.

Tension Bar
‚" X ƒ"
4. Peen all … inch bolts.
NPS 1‚" Std. Pipe
Tension Bar Bands 5. When fence is on slope the fabric shall be placed
1" Max. 2" +
@ 14" Max. - parallel to the slope.
6. Alternative details may be submitted by the

contractor for the Engineers approval.
7. Steel base plates shall be grade ASTM A36 steel.
2" Open Joint
AT EXPANSION 2•" 2•"

END POST TYPICAL INTERIOR PANEL
JOINT
B-17
…" Vent Outside Face Of Deck
Top of Bridge Rail
…" Carriage Bolt

Pre-Cast Cap NPS 1" Std. 2" Same Dimension Nut & Cut Washer
Pre-Cast Cap Pipe Sleeve As Exp. Joint 1" + Grout Pad
-
‚" Rivet Welded to Pipe ƒ" Base Plate
NPS 2•" Std. Pipe

ed
Jam Nut &

fi
NPS 1 ‚"
ans
Cut Washer
H = 6'or 8'as speci
NPS 2•" Std. Pipe Post Pre-Cast Fitting

Std. Pipe
9"
n the contract pl
‰
NPS 2•" Std. Post
ƒ" Dia. U Bolts

ALTERNATE FOR INTERIOR POSTS w/4" Threaded
NPS 2•" Std. Tack Weld

• H
(2) - ƒ" Dia. x 10" Bars

i
Pipe Post
NPS 1‚"
Pre-Cast
Std. Pipe ANCHORAGE DETAILS
Fitting
…" Vent Hole At Š

(Typical)
Outside Face of Deck
1•" 2•" 2•" 1•"
1• "
l
dge Rai
‰
1 „" Dia.
Holes
Bri
TYPICAL CONNECTION DETAILS
3"
6"
3"
STATE OF NEVADA
Deck Slab
ƒ" PL
1" R.
PEDESTRIAN RAIL
1• "
(Typ.)
8"
Š TYPE V
SECTION
BASE PLATE B-25.1.7 (506) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
6/09 .
e)
cabl
C Column
L NOTES:
E D
i
f Appl
ope.
ope
Place Construction Joint Along
Radial at End of Redwood Strips 1. Slope paving is to be divided into equally spaced panels
red W here Sl
elTo Sl
E the width of each panel is to be as nearly 10 feet as site
(I
dimensions will permit.
Rough Finish
Berm
2. These details will not apply in total to any one site,
C
l
ng Ends Paral
Abutment but are intended to be general enough to cover all
C
possiblilities. To obtain limits of slope paving for
Cut-Off Requi
a specific site, consult the plan sheets.
C
C
C
C ‚" Preformed
C
3. Concrete shall be class A or AA with fiber reinforcing.
C
C Expansion Joint
2"x4" Redwood
C
Material
C C
C
Pavi
C
ps
Radial Portion e
op
Sl LEGEND:
Stri
Divided Into (3)
C C
F F
Equal Panels C
C
C
C
C A - SLOPE SHALL BE 50:1 MIN. OR ROADWAY GRADE MAX.
B C
C
C 3" B - 1' UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE IN PLANS.
C
Typical Cut-Off When Slope C A
C - END REDWOOD STRIPS AT TOP OF RADIAL SECTION
Paying Terminates At Toe Of Slope
C
WHEN THEIR INTERMEDIATE DISTANCE FROM EACH
B D OTHER REACHES 3 FEET
Cut-Off Not Required When Slope
Paving Abuts a Ditch or Sidewalk C10'+ 10'+
C -
-
C C
A Panel Panel SECTION B-B
AT PIER
PLAN VIEW
C C Abutment
C CC
‚" Preformed
C
Expansion Joint
e
op Material
Sl
C
C 50:1
C
C Concrete
C 3"
C
Sidewalk 6" Slope Paving
C
C C
C
B-18
-6"
C
e
C
Min. Varies Varies op
C
C C Sl
C
C C
1'
50:1 3"
C
C
C
3" C Ditch
L
C
C
C C
‚" Preformed C 3" Concrete
‚" Preformed Expansion Expansion Joint 6"
C
Slope Paving
Joint Material 4" Material
SECTION A-A SECTION A-A SECTION A-A SECTION C-C

WITH SIDEWALK WITH DITCH TOE OF SLOPE AT ABUTMENT
2"x4" Redwood
Saw as Shown And Reassemble,
Edger Finish
Remove Upper Portion After Concrete Cures
Rough Finish
1" Sawcut
‚" Preformed Expansion Joint Material 10d Galvanized Nail
C
C
C
C
Between Wingwall And Slope Paving
C
C
ope Pavem ent
B
3" Concrete
Bridge Rail C Abutment
C C
C
L C
C
A 1'-6"
C
C C
C
C 3"
C
Concrete Slope
C
Sl
Pavement
C
C
C
Berm
-6"
If Applicable
C C
1'
C
C
C
10d Galvanized @
C
C
6"
4' O.C. (Stagger)
C
C 6"
C 50:1 C
Wingwall
STATE OF NEVADA
3" Concrete Slope Paving Stake C

SECTION E-E
EDGE OF SLOPE CONCRETE SLOPE PAVING
DETAILS
SECTION D-D
AT WINGWALL SECTION F-F
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
11/78 2/05
DISTRIBUTION OF PRESTRESSING FORCE:
* Unless otherwise noted the prestressing force, P jack or Cable Shall Not Vary
No. 4 Duct Ties
PF, shall be distributed with an approximately equal amount in More Than 2° From
each girder and shall be placed symmetrically about the a Perpendicular to
Common the Plate
centerline of the structure. In slabs, the prestressing force
Bearing
shall be uniformly distributed across the slab.
Plates
*
6' * * STRESSING SEQUENCE:
No more than • of the prestressing force in any girder
3' See Plans For Flare Length may be stressed before an equal force is stressed in the
adjacent girders, at no time during the stressing operations Start Flares to
will more than 1/6 of the total prestressing force be applied Bearing Plates 0.1L Min.
eccentrically about the centerline of the structure.
Low Point of Cable Path (C.G.)
Girder stem shall be flared near anchorage to provide a
minimum of 1 • inch concrete covering the rebar, flare may be on
one side of the girder only. Bar reinforcement interfering with COMMON BEARING PLATE
the prestressing tendon alignment shall be adjusted as
approved by the engineer. PRESTRESSING PATH
Ducts Bars
* marked thusly are to be included in the cost of
NOTE: PLACE CLOSED END OF DUCT
TIES IN DIRECTION OF FLARE prestressing cast-in-place concrete.
*Concrete
* used in the bearing seats is to be included in
PLAN the cost of prestressing cast-in-place concrete.
STIRRUP REINFORCEMENT AT FLARE OF GIRDER STEM Add

** * additional No.4 stirrup bars, in pairs, as necessary to
maintain a 12 inch stirrup spacing. See plans for stirrup bending 2•" Min. Cl., Except 1•" Min.
dimensions and epoxy coating requirements. Additional No.4 Near Anchorage
stirrup bars to be included in cost of prestressing. 1 •" Min. Cl.
C Girder
L
C Girder
L
Concrete cap for anchorage to provide a
minimum of 2" of cover over stressing heads
DUCTS OVER 4" O.D.

12" Embedment From
Line of Backwall Concrete Cap Varies According l.
C
Abutment Reinforcing Continuous to Type of Post-Tensioning 1 .
• in
B-19
Through Anchorage " M

M "
C Abutment i
n •
L . 1
C
l.
12"
12
"
.
.
Cl
2"
2"
Cl
*4-No. 4 Eq. Spaced * 4-No. 4 Eq. Spaced

* 3 Pair Min.-No. 6 Eq. Spaced 2•" Min. Cl., Except 1•" Min.
1 •" Min. Cl.
* Grillage No. 4 @ 4" E.W. * No. 4 @ 12"
L 2"
2"
1 Near Anchorage
1
* Grillage No. 4 @ 4" E.W. Front Face of Stressing Head

A
P
LA
* No. 4 @ 12"
Concrete Cap Varies According Bearing Seat Concrete **
to Type of Post-Tensioning
SKEW OVER 20° PLAN SKEW 20° AND UNDER PLAN

BEARING SEAT FOR PRESTRESSED ANCHORAGE AT DIAPHRAGM TYPE ABUTMENTS
DUCTS 4" O.D. AND LESS
1. Duct patterns shown are for 12 inch wide girder stem,

Approach Slab Seat Shall Not Be for other widths the minimum clearances must be
Reduced at Bearing Seats From What maintained.
is Shown in the Contract Plans
2. Approval of the engineer is required for deviations.
1 •" Min.
Conc.
CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR DUCTS
No. 6 Anchor
12" Embed. Plates
From Line STATE OF NEVADA
No. 6
of Backwall 12" Embedment From
Line of Backwall
CAST-IN-PLACE
PRESTRESSED GIRDER
EXT.SLOPING GIRDER VERTICAL GIRDER EXT.SLOPING GIRDER DETAILS
Details May Be Modified To Suit Specific Anchorage
TYPICAL BEARING SEAT ILLUSTRATIONS ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
3/85 10/15
der
24' Approach Slab Varies See Note 6
der
Shoul
Where Practical Parapet NOTES:
Shoul
B
1. The concrete shall be "EA", f'c=4500 psi, or "A" f'c=4000 psi, as indicated
in the plans. When "EA" concrete is required, the reinforcing steel shall
have an epoxy coating. All reinforcing steel shall be ASTM A615 grade 60
See Note 2
or A706.
B
2. A. The contact joint between the concrete pavement and the approach
8" 1'-6"
A A slab shall parallel the back face of the structure for skews of 20°
A A
-6"
-6"
or less; for skews greater than 20° the contact joint shall be normal
Lane Line Lane Line See Note 5 AS5030
AS50210 to the roadway alignment control line. Joints shall be staggered on
1'
1'
lane lines for skewed structures. Stagger lines shall be at each lane
ed W ay
ed W ay
line for skews of 45° or more.
8"
3
8"
te B. The contact joint between asphalt pavement and approach slab shall
o
Travel
Travel
N See Note 4 parallel the back face of the structure.
-6"
Lane Line Lane Line
ee
S AS5068
1'
3. For skews greater than 20° the distance measured normal to and from
4'-6" the back face of the structure to the end of the approach slab shall be
See Note 2 a minimum of 15 feet.
Back Face of Structure
BENT BAR DETAIL 4. Longitudinal construction joints in the approach slab may be located on
B lane lines when permitted by the engineer.
5. Place ‚ inch expansion joint material between the concrete pavement and
the longitudinal face of the approach slab. The expansion joint material
der
der
is to be recessed • inch from the surface and the joint sealed identically
to the "longitudinal weakened plane joint" on sheet R-10.1.1.
Shoul
Shoul
Parapet
B
6. The length of the steps must be 15 feet or incremental intervals of 15 feet to
maintain a 15 foot spacing of the transverse weakened plane joints in the
concrete pavement. See section 409.03.09 of the special provisions
TYPICAL PLAN (NORMAL) TYPICAL PLAN (SKEWED) and sheet R-10.1.2 for saw-cutting details.
7. Fill material under approach slabs shall be a 12 inch layer of granular backfill
CONCRETE PAVING L 4" X 3" X •" compacted to not less that 95% of the maximum density in accordance
See Note 9 Full Penetration with subsection 207.03.01 of the standard specifications.
Butt Weld
8. See plans for expansion joint details.

†" Dia. x 6" Shear Studs
Alt. @ 6" As Shown
4" 9. Galvanize assembly after fabrication or use A588 steel. Assembly to
extend full width or to the face of any bridge or barrier rails. Full
Roadway
penetration butt weld any field splices.
B-20
C Abutment
L
•" or as Recommended
by the Manufacturer
9" Varies 12" Approach Slab
Preformed Expansion Joint
Approach Slab Restrainer @ 2' O.C. See DETAIL D

See Note 8 APPROACH SLAB JOINT PROTECTION
2•" Cl. No. 4 Bars @ 12" Preformed Joint Filler PLANTMIX BITUMINOUS PAVING
Full Width of Concrete Paving Note:
DETAIL E
12"
Maintain 2 inch Gap Between

Bridge Rail & Barrier Rail
When Applicable. Install Joint
Concrete Paving
Filler Up Interior Face of
30# Asphalt Felt Rail a Minimum of12 inches.
3" Cl. 4-No. 5 Bars
1'-3"
as Shown AS50210 @ 12"
No. 4 Bars @ 6" AS5068 @ 12" Parapet Approach 2" Concrete Paving
See Note 7 (Bottom of
Match Depth of
Deck Overhang
No. 7 Bars @ 6" Sleeper Slab) Slab Expanded Polystyrene
5'
CONCRETE PAVING OPTION
D5047 @ 12"
SEE DETAIL C FOR PLANTMIX BITUMINOUS PAVING DETAIL D
5036 @ 6"
SECTION A-A
No. 4 Bars @ 12"
2•" Cl.
.
1" Cl
1'
C Abutment 4"
L
See DETAIL E Plantmix Bituminous THIS SHEET IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION,
See Note 8
Paving FOR ACTUAL DIMENSIONS AND REINFORCING
3" Cl.
STEEL LAYOUTS SEE CONTRACT PLANS.
No. 7 Bars @ 6"
STATE OF NEVADA
3" No. 4 Bars @ 6"
2" Cl. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
2" Expanded
Wingwall or Polystyrene
AS5030 @ 6" E.F.
Retaining Wall
See Note 7 1'-3"
2-No. 4 Bars as Shown
9" When the Approach Slab Extends Beyond the Wingwalls, Extend APPROACH SLAB
the Expanded Polystyrene 2 Inches Beyond the Wingwall Ends, Adjust
PLANTMIX BITUMINOUS PAVING the Approach Slab to its Full Depth And Eliminate the 5036 Bars.
FOR INFORMATION & DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN SEE SECTION A-A

SECTION B-B B-29.1.1 (502) Signed Original On File
DETAIL C ADOPTED REVISED

CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
12/90 10/15
e NOTES:
lop
.S
ax
1' 1M
n
1. For additional notes see sheet B-30.1.3
4:
Mi
6"
2. For details not shown and drainage requirements see
sheets B-30.1.3 thru B-30.1.5.
a
3. Roughen construction joint surface to ‚ inch amplitude.
2" Clr
Typ. 4. Geotechnical Engineer will verify maximum allowable
bearing pressures for actual site soil conditions.
#5 @ 18"
#5 @ 18"
#5 @ 18"
gn H
b
Desi
Z
LOL Batter
12 REINFORCED CONCRETE
RETAINING WALL TYPES 1A, 1B & 1C
2
L
#5 @ 18" Wall Type Required for
12"
Backfill Condition Seismic Acceleration
4' Min
0.15g 0.25g 0.35g 0.40g 0.50g
L1
FG c
-2% Min Level backfill w/surcharge 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
Const Jt
-4"
1
2: pe (See Note 3)
Sloping backfill w/o surcharge
r
2"
Slo
Cl
2'
x d
Ma
Slope _
< 4:1 1A 1B 1B 1B 1B
n
-6" M i
F
C over
#5 @ 18" Top & Bot

1B 1B 1B 1B *
4:1 < 3:1
Slope _
1'
r
Cl
3"
e < 2:1 1C * * * *
3:1 Slope _
* Special design required
C
B-21
TYPICAL SECTION: TYPE 1A
TYPE 1A - REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL

TABLE OF DIMENSIONS AND REINFORCING STEEL STANDARD BAR LAPS
BAR # UNCOATED EPOXIED

Design H
nforcem ent data
4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22' 24' 26' 28' 30'
4 20" 24"
W 3'-5" 4'-10" 6'-2" 7'-8" 9' 10'-4" 11'-7" 12'-11" 14'-8" 16'-4" 18'-1" 19'-9" 21'-4" 22'-11"
5 26" 30"
F 1' 1' 1' 1'-4" 1'-4" 1'-4" 1'-4" 1'-6" 1'-8" 2' 2'-4" 2'-9" 3'-3" 3'-9"
6 31" 36"
C 1' 1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2'-1" 2'-5" 2'-10" 3'-3" 3'-9" 4'-3" 4'-10" 5'-5" 6' 6'-7"
7 39" 45"
8 51" 60"
Batter, Z • • • • • • • • • † † ƒ ƒ ‡ 9 64" 78"
a bars - - - - - - - - # 5@18" # 5@18" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" 82" 98"
Layout and rei
10
b bars - - - - # 5@12" # 5@12" # 6@12" # 5@6" # 5@6" # 5@6" # 6@6" # 6@6" # 7@6" # 7@6" 11 100" 120"
c bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@6" # 6@6" # 7@6" # 7@6" # 8@6" # 9@6" # 9@6" # 10@6" #10@6" # 11@6" # 11@6"
d bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@6" # 5@6" # 6@6" # 7@6" # 8@6" # 9@6" #9@6" # 9@6" # 9@6" # 9@6" # 9@6"
e bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 6@12" # 5@6" # 5@6" # 5@6" # 5@6" # 5@6" # 6@6" # 6@6" # 6@6"
L1 - - - - 5' 6' 6'-6" 7' 7'-6" 8' 8'-6" 9' 9'-6" 10'
L2 - - - - - - - - 14' 15'-6" 17' 18'-6" 20' 22'
d
3
Qtys
Est'
Concrete ft /ft 7.8 11.6 15.5 22.4 27.0 31.9 36.8 44.2 52.8 67.3 81.2 101.5 121.9 148.8
Reinf lbs/ft 31 42 53 88 108 151 193 259 329 364 455 514 629 679
Level Slope w/surch. 1.0 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.9 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.7 3.9 4.2
STATE OF NEVADA
Level Slope @ 0.15g 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.1 2.4 2.6 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.5 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Max Toe
Pressure
Level Slope @ 0.25g 0.9 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.1 4.5 4.8
(ksf)
Level Slope @ 0.35g 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.6 3.9 4.1 4.5 4.9 5.3
Level Slope @ 0.40g 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.5 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.6 5.1 5.5
CANTILEVER CONCRETE
Level Slope @ 0.50g 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.0 4.4 4.7 5.1 5.5 6.0 RETAINING WALL
Slope<
_ 4:1 0.7 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.6 3.8 4.1 4.5 4.9 TYPE 1A
Slope <
_ 4:1 @ 0.15g 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.1 2.5 2.8 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.2 4.6 4.9 5.4 5.8
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
12/02 10/15
TYPE 1B - REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL NOTES:
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS AND REINFORCING STEEL
1. For additional notes see sheet B-30.1.3
Design H 4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22' 24' 26' 28' 30'
nforcem ent data
W 4'-1" 6'-2" 8'-2" 10'-6" 12'-2" 14' 16' 18'-3" 20'-6" 22'-10" 25' 27'-7" 30' 32'-9" 2. For details not shown and drainage requirements see
5'-2" 6'-2" sheets B-30.1.3 thru B-30.1.5.

F 1' 1' 1' 1'-4" 1'-4" 1'-4" 1'-8" 2' 2'-6" 3'-2" 3'-8" 4'-4"
C 1'-2" 1'-8" 2'-2" 2'-8" 3'-4" 4' 4'-10" 5'-8" 6'-8" 7'-8" 8'-10" 10' 11'-2" 12'-4"
3. Roughen construction joint surface to ‚ inch amplitude.
K 0 0 0 0 1' 1' 1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-9" 2' 2' 2' 2' 2'
Batter, Z • • • • • • • • • † ƒ ‡ ‡ 1 4. Geotechnical Engineer will verify maximum allowable

a bars - - - - - - - - # 5@18" # 5@18" # 5@12" #5@12" #5@12" #5@12"
Layout and rei
b bars - - - - # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@6" # 5@6" # 6@6" # 6@6" # 7@6" #7@6" #8@6" #8@6"
c bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@6" # 6@6" # 7@6" # 8@6" # 9@6" # 10@6" # 11@6" # 11@6" #11@6" 2-#9@6" 2-#10@6"
d bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@6" # 5@6" # 7@6" # 8@6" # 9@6" # 9@6" # 9@6" # 9@6" # 10@6" #10@6" #10@6" #10@6"
e bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@6" # 5@6" # 6@6" # 6@6" # 7@6" # 7@6" # 8@6" #8@6" #8@6" #9@6"
Key Bars None None None None # 5@18" # 5@18" # 5@18" # 5@18" # 5@18" # 5@18" # 5@18" #5@18" #6@18" #6@18"
L - - - - 5' 6' 6'-6" 7' 7'-6" 8' 8'-6" 9' 9'-6" 10'
1
L - - - - - - - - 14' 15'-6" 17' 18'-6" 20'-6" 22'
2
d
3
Qtys
217.6 275.5
Est'
8.5 13.0 17.5 26.1 34.3 39.8 52.5 65.8 84.9 113.0 139.7 176.2
Concrete ft /ft
33 47 70 104 169 222 333 402 520 625 790 868 1,052 1,318
Reinf lbs/ft
Slope <
_ 4:1 @ 0.25g 2.0 2.3 2.5 2.7 3.1 3.3 3.5 3.9 4.3
0.8 1.0 1.3 1.6 1.8 1' ng
n
i
Mi
op i
6"
Slope <
_ 4:1 @ 0.35g 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.5 4.9 Sl fll
ack
Slope <
_ 4:1 @ 0.40g 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.4 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.8 4.1 4.4 4.8 5.3 B
2.2
Max Toe
Pressure
Slope <
_ 4:1 @ 0.50g 1.0 1.4 1.7 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.5 4.8 5.2 5.7 6.3
(ksf)
a
Slope<
_ 3:1 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.6
2" Clr
Slope <
_3.1 @ 0.15g 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.2 3.4 3.6 4.0 4.4
Typ.
Slope <
_3:1 @ 0.25g 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.7 5.1
Slope <
_3:1 @ 0.35g 1.0 1.4 1.7 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.2 5.7 6.2
Slope <
_3:1 @ 0.40g 1.1 1.5 1.9 2.4 2.8 3.1 3.6 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.4 5.8 6.4 7.0
#5 @ 18"
#5 @ 18"
Denotes a bundle of two bars
gn H
#5 @ 18" b
Desi
Z
Batter
LOL
B-22
TYPE 1C - REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL 12
2
#5 @ 18"
L
4' 6' 8' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22' 24' 26' 28' 30' 12"
Design H
W 4' 6'-2" 8'-2" 10'-5" 12'-4" 14' 16'-3" 18'-7" 20'-9" 22'-11" 25'-5" 27'-9" 30'-6" 33'-2"
nforcem ent data
4' Min
5'-7"
1
F 1' 1' 1' 1'-4" 1'-4" 1'-4" 1'-9" 2'-3" 2'-8" 3'-3" 4' 4'-8" 6'-6"
L
11'-4" FG c
C 1'-4" 1'-10" 2'-4" 2'-10" 3'-6" 4'-2" 5' 5'-10" 6'-10" 7'-10" 9' 10'-2" 12'-6" -2% Min
Const Jt
-4"
0 0 0 1' 1' 1'-6" 1'-9" 2' 2'-4" 2'-8" 2'-8" 2'-10" 2'-10" 2'-10" x
K
1Ma (See Note 3)
r
2:
Cl
2"
• • • • • • • • • † ƒ ‡ ‡ 1 e
op
2'
Batter, Z
Sl d
a bars - - - - - - - - #5@18" #5@18" #5@12" #5@12" #5@12" #5@12"
n
- - - - #5@12" #5@12" #6@12" #5@6" #5@6" #6@6" #7@6" #8@6" #9@6" #9@6"
-6" Mi
b bars
F
Layout and rei
#5 @ 18" Top & Bot
Cover
c bars #5@12" #5@12" #5@12" #5@6" #6@6" #7@6" #7@6" #8@6" #9@6" #10@6" #10@6" #10@6" #11@6" 2-#9@6"
#5@12" #5@12" #5@6" #5@6" #7@6" #8@6" #9@6" #9@6" #9@6" #10@6" #10@6" #10@6" #10@6" #10@6"
r
d bars
Cl
3"
1'
e 3" Clr
K
e bars #5@12" #5@12" #5@12" #5@6" #5@6" #6@6" #6@6" #7@6" #7@6" #7@6" #8@6" #8@6" #8@6" #9@6"
12" Typ Typ
Key Bars none none none #5@18" #5@18" #5@18" #5@18" #5@18" #5@18" #5@18" #6@18" #6@18" #6@18" #5@12"
L - - - - 5'-6" 6' 6'-6" 7' 7'-6" 8' 8'-6" 9' 9'-6" 10' #5's Eq
1 C Key Bar K K Spaced
L - - - - - - - - 14' 15'-6" 17' 18'-6" 20'-6" 22'
2
W/3
W
3
d
Qtys
Concrete ft /ft 8.4 13.0 17.5 29.0 34.5 41.3 55.1 72.6 90.7 117.1 151.7 188.7 235.4 291.6
Est'
Reinf lb/ft 33 48 70 111 169 237 306 402 476 626 756 857 955 1117
Max Toe
Pressure
< 2:1
Slope_ TYPICAL SECTION: TYPES 1B & 1C
(ksf)
0.8 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.9 4.2 4.6 5.0
<2:1 @ 0.15g
Slope _ 1.1 1.5 1.9 2.5 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.3 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 6.8 7.4
Denotes a bundle of two bars
STANDARD BAR LAPS
BAR # UNCOATED EPOXIED

STATE OF NEVADA
4 20" 24"
5 26" 30"
6 31" 36"
7 39" 45"
8 51" 60"
CANTILEVER CONCRETE
9 64" 78" RETAINING WALL
10 82" 98"
11 100" 120"
TYPE 1B AND 1C
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
10/15 .
TYPE 2A - REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL NOTES:
TYPE 2C - REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL
nforcem ent
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS AND REINFORCING STEEL 1. For additional notes see sheet B-30.1.3
nforcem ent
Layout and
Design H 4' 6' 8' 10' 12'
Layout and
data
Design H 4' 6' 8' 10' 12'

W 4' 5'-6" 7' 8'-9" 10'-3" 2. For details not shown and drainage requirements see
data
W 4'-4" 6'-4" 8'-3" 10'-6" 12'-6" sheets B-30.1.3 thru B-30.1.5.
F 1' 1' 1' 1'-4" 1'-4"
F 1' 1' 1' 1'-4" 1'-4"
0 1' 0 0 0
rei
K*
• • • • • 3. Roughen construction joint surface to ‚ inch amplitude.
rei
• • • • • Batter, Z
Batter, Z
a bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 6@12" # 5@6"
a bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@6" # 5@6"
# 5@6"
4. Geotechnical Engineer will verify maximum allowable
b bars # 5@12" # 6@12" # 6@6" # 8@6"
b bars # 5@12" # 6@12" # 6@12" # 6@6" # 6@6"
d
Qtys
# 5@18" 3
Pressure Est'
Key Bars None None None None
Concrete ft /ft 8.7 13.1 17.6 26.1 31.7
d
Qtys
3
Est'
Reinf lb/ft 30 45 63 94 149

Concrete ft /ft 8.4 12.3 16.4 23.8 28.7
Max Toe
Reinf lb/ft 29 42 54 93 109
(ksf)
Slope _
< 4:1 @ 0.40g 1.3 1.8 2.3 3.0 3.5
Level Slope w/srchg 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.8
< 3:1 @ 0.25g
Slope _ 1.3 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.6
Level Slope @ 0.15g 1.1 1.5 1.9 2.4 2.8
Max Toe Pressure (ksf)
1.5 2.0 2.5 2.9 ll

Level Slope @ 0.25g 1.1 fi
ck
1.6 2.0 2.6 3.0 Ba
Level Slope @ 0.35g 1.1 1' ng
i
op
n
Sl
Mi
1.6 2.1 2.6 3.1
6"
Level Slope @ 0.40g 1.2
Level Slope @ 0.50g 1.2 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.2
TYPE 2D - REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL
Slope _
< 4:1 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
nforcem ent
<4:1 @ 0.15g
Slope _ 1.1 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.3
Layout and
< 4:1 @ 0.25g
Slope _ 1.2 1.8 --- --- --- Design H 4' 6' 8' 10' 12'
data
< 3:1
Slope _ 1.1 1.6 2.1 2.7 3.3 W 4'-11" 7'-1" 9'-5" 11'-11" 14'-2"
a Bars
1.8 --- --- --- 1' 1' 1' 1'-4" 1'-4" #5@18"
Slope _
<3:1 @ 0.15g 1.2 F
2.0 --- --- --- • • • • •
rei
< 2:1
Slope _ 1.3 Batter, Z
a bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@6" # 6@6"
< 2:1
* Key only required for static slope_
b bars # 5@12" # 5@6" # 6@6" # 7@6" # 9@6"
Add 2 cuft/ft concrete and 8 lbs/ft reinf. Z
d
Qtys
3
Pressure Est'
LOL
Concrete ft /ft 9.3 13.9 18.8 28.0 33.9 Batter
Reinf lb/ft 31 52 77 122 195 12
gn H
Max Toe
(ksf)
1.8 2.4 3.0 3.6
Desi
Slope _
< 4:1 @ 0.50g 1.3
< 3:1 @ 0.35g
Slope _ 1.3 1.9 2.4 3.1 3.7
12"
#5@18"
TYPE 2B - REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL
nforcem ent
2" Clr
Layout and
Design H 4' 6' 8' 10' 12'

B-23
12"
data
W 4'-1" 6' 7'-10" 10' 11'-1" TYPE 2E - REINFORCED CONCRETE RETAINING WALL
F 1' 1' 1' 1'-4" 1'-4" TABLE OF DIMENSIONS AND REINFORCING STEEL Const Jt
nforcem ent
1% Minimum (See Note 3)
0 0 1' 1' 1'-6"
rei
K*
Layout and
Design H 4' 6' 8' 10' 12' b Bars

Batter, Z • • • • • FG
data
W 5'-7" 8'-4" 11' 14'-2" 17'-3"
a bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 6@12" # 5@6" #5 @ 18"
F 1' 1' 1' 1'-4" 1'-8" Top & Bot
b bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@6" # 6@6" # 7@6"
• • • • •
rei
Batter, Z
Key Bars None None # 5@18" # 5@18" # 5@18"
a bars # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@12" # 5@6" # 6@6"
r
d
Mi
Qtys
6"
Cl
3
2"
Est'
b bars # 5@12" # 5@6" # 7@6" # 9@6" # 11@6"

Concrete ft /ft 8.5 12.8 17.2 25.5 30.8
F
d
Qtys
Reinf lb/ft 29 41 61 92 129 3

Pressure Est'
Concrete ft /ft 10.0 15.1 20.4 31.0 43.8

Pressure
Max Toe
Slope _ --- 2.2 2.7 3.2 Reinf lb/ft 34 57 96 174 290

< 4:1 @ 0.25g ---
(ksf)
r
Max Toe
Cl
3"
K
< 4:1 @ 0.35g 1.8 2.3 3.0 3.5 #5 @ 18"
Slope _ 1.3
(ksf)
<3:1 @ 0.15g
Slope _ --- --- 2.2 2.8 3.4 Slope _
< 3:1 @ 0.40g 1.3 1.8 2.4 3.0 3.7
K K
< 2:1
Slope _ --- --- 2.5 3.2 3.8 <2:1 @ 0.15g
Slope _ 1.4 2.0 2.7 3.4 4.2
W/3
W
* Key only required for static slope_< 2:1
3
For 1' key, add 2 ft /ft concrete and 8 lb/ft reinf.
3
For 1'-6" key, add 4.5 ft /ft concrete and 10.1 lb/ft reinf.
TYPICAL SECTION: TYPE 2
REINFORCED CONCRETE
RETAINING WALL TYPES 2A & 2B
STANDARD BAR LAPS
WALL TYPE REQUIRED BAR # UNCOATED EPOXIED

BACKFILL CONDITION FOR SEISMIC ACCELERATION 4 20" 24"
0.00G 0.15G 0.25G 0.35G 0.40G 0.50G 5 26" 30"

6 31" 36"
7 39" 45"
Level Backfill w/surcharge 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 8 51" 60"
9 64" 78" STATE OF NEVADA
Sloping Backfill w/o surcharge 10 82" 98" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
11 100" 120"
< 4:1
Slope_ 2A 2A 2A, 2B 2B 2C 2D
CANTILEVER CONCRETE
4:1 Slope_
< 3:1 2A 2A, 2B 2C 2D 2E *
RETAINING WALL
3:1 Slope_
< 2.1 2A, 2B 2E
TYPE 2A THRU 2E
* * * *

* Requires special design
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
12/02 10/15
1
•" Exp jt
If Required
NOTES:
H
Offset = inches
200 1. Design Specifications: AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
Vertical LOL
# 5@16"
-6"
Specifications, 6th Edition 2012.
24"
2'
#5 @16" 1' Projected Top 2. Loading: Live load surcharge pressure equal
of Wall Width Stem As to 2 feet of earth.
FG Constructed
1' for H=4' to 22' 1 -4"
Seismic Acceleration = 0.15g, 0.25g, 0.35g,
# 5 6" @12"
1'
1'-6" for H=24' to 30' 0.40g and 0.50g, where • the peak ground
#5 acceleration is used in the design.
5050@12"
1
Typ Retaining Values For Offsetting Forms To Be 3. Concrete: All concrete shall be class A
Standard Batter 1
Wall Reinforcing Determined By The Engineer or AA modified (major) with f'c = 4 ksi
LOL
"
at 28 days.
18
2" Clr
#5 @12" APPROXIMATE WALL 4. Reinforcing Steel: All reinforcing steel
18
" 2 OFFSET VALUES shall be ASTM A615 grade 60 or A706.
FOOTING STEP 5. Design Data: Cantilevered Walls are designed

Dimension 1 (Barrier Rail Width) To Be As Shown In
based on the following parameters.
the Project Plans. Stem Width 2 At Base of Haunch
To Be Determined As Shown.
Soil Properties:
Internal Angle of Friction = 32 degrees
Ret wall reinf. STEM HAUNCH FOR BARRIER RAIL
48"
Unit Weight = 0.120 kcf

#5 Cohesion = 0.200 ksf
@12"
24" Equivalent Active Fluid Pressure = 0.036 kcf
Ret wall
(Level Backfill)
#5@16" reinf.
24"
48"
Equivalent Active Fluid Pressure = 0.060 kcf
#5 @12"
(2H: 1V Backfill)
#5 @ 16"
* 3" Equivalent Active Fluid Pressure = Rankine
24"
1' Method (Sloping Backfill)
24"
#5@16" Equivalent Passive Fluid Pressure = 0.360 kcf
# 16 # 5 Total 3
#5 See Waterstop Detail #5 @16" (Top of Footing Down)
Total 3
on Sheet B-30.1.4 Coefficient of Friction between Concrete
24"
* 3"
#5 @16" Footing and Foundation Soil = 0.450
1'
* 1'
Static + Seismic Earth Pressure Coefficient:
24"
K_ae: Mononobe-Okabe Method (If can be
* Omit When Waterstop
#5 #5 @16" determined. Otherwise, special design required.)
is Not Required * 1'
PLAN Ret wall reinf. 6. Footing Steps: Footing steps not required unless shown in
See Waterstop Detail * Omit When Waterstop
plans. For dimension (D), see project plans.
RETURN WALL TYPE A
72"
on Sheet B-30.1.4 is Not Required
B-24
# @13" 7. Return Walls: Return wall not required unless shown in

6
# 5@16" PLAN plans. For dimension (D), see project plans.
24"
24"
#6 #5
@13"
RETURN WALL TYPE C 8. Drainage: Drainage system (gutter, drain, pipe) not required
1' unless specified in the plans.
24"
#5 #5 9. Stability Factors (For check only):

@16"
* 1' Static Overturning = 2.0
Static Sliding = 1.5
* 3"
See Waterstop Detail Seismic Overturning = 1.5
5' Max * Omit When Waterstop
on Sheet B-30.1.4 Top of Wall Level Seismic Sliding = 1.1
is Not Required
3'
FG Near Side
LOL
PLAN
36"
2- #5,
RETURN WALL TYPE B
Total 4
#5 @16" Ret wall
reinf.
24"
24"
LOL
L L
Top of Wall Level 16' Max Top of Wall Level #5
2- # 5 10' Max @16"
2- #5 LOL #5
L FG Near Side
FG FG
14' Max LOL Total 3
Near Side Near Side 2-#5
1'
D
D
# 5@16"
D
# 5 Total 4
Use Where H=6' or Less
2- #
5@16" 1 1'-6" Min
1'-6" Min .5:
1 2- #
5@16" 1
.5: ELEVATION PLAN
1'-6" Min 1
. 2- #
5@16" 1
5:
1
Offset RETURN WALL TYPE D RETURN WALL TYPE D
1' Min
FG
6' Max
1
2"
Mi STATE OF NEVADA
n
1
2" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Mi
n
4'-3"
CANTILEVER CONCRETE
RETAINING WALL
Use Where H=8' or Less Use Where H=10' or More On Offset Walls Use Where H=10' or More On Straight Walls
DETAILS NO. 1
ELEVATION ELEVATION ELEVATION
RETURN WALL TYPE A RETURN WALL TYPE B RETURN WALL TYPE C
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
12/02 10/15
Top of Wall
96' Max
Expansion Joint
See Weephole Details Weakened Planes
Expansion Joint
24'
1' Min
Top of Footing
Max
See Note 3
WALL EXPANSION JOINTS

2-4020 E.F.
AND WEAKENED PLANES
DETAIL C
WEEP HOLE NOTES:
1. 4 inch dia. drains at 25 feet maximum center to center.
Exposed drains shall be located 3 inches| above finish grade.
Weep Hole
See Note 1
2. 2 cubic feet of type 2 drain backfill encapsulated in a
& Detail C
geotextile fabric securely tied. Geotexile shall meet the
See Note 2
following:
-2%
A. Meet at least class 2 strength requirement per AASHTO
M288 test method.
See Note 3
Joint May Be Formed With B. Have an AOS not greater than U.S. sieve No. 40.
Cut or Butt Every Other Front „" Hardboard and Cut Back
Face Horizontal Bar At to the Root of the Chamfer -1
C. Have a permittivity of at least 0.5 Sec.
Weakened Planes On the Exposed Face.
3. 6 inch square aluminum or galvanized steel wire mesh
.
.
.
hardware cloth (4 openings per inch and minimum
. .
ƒ" Chamfer
.
. wire diameter 0.03 inches).

. .
1 •" .
.
.
„"
See Detail A
WEEP HOLE
B-25
SECTION DETAIL A
WEAKENED PLANES
•" Premolded Expansion Joint Filler WATERSTOP NOTES:

Unles Other Thickness and/or Material
is Shown Elsewhere 1. Holes will be permitted in the outer
• inch of the web for wire, rings, etc.
2 ‚" Min „" Min Thickness tie web to No.3 reinforcing bars @ 16 inch
maximum intervals to support the
•" Min Seal Between waterstop in proper position during
#5 Filler & Waterstop
concrete placement. Alternative detail
2"
•" Premolded •"+ may be submitted for approval of
Expansion Joint Waterstop
the engineer.
Filler PLAN OF WALL WITH Waterstop
1"
6"
# 3 Bar
EXPANSION JOINT ONLY #3 Bar 2. Waterstop to have 5 or more pairs
ƒ" Chamfer of raised ribs to provide 0.1 square
* „" Min
inches minimum rib cross-section
ˆ"R
Bonding Strip area on each half of the waterstop.
Front Face of Wall
#5
Waterstop
WALL EXPANSION JOINT WATERSTOP
STATE OF NEVADA
WITH WATERSTOP DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
PLAN OF WALL WITH * For Wall Thickness Less Than 12",
Use • the Wall Thickness
EXPANSION JOINT AND WATERSTOP
CANTILEVER CONCRETE
RETAINING WALL
DETAILS NO. 2
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
12/02 6/04
Sidewalk or
n.
PCC Top Slab
3" Mi
n.
3" Mi
Top of wall
n
-4" Mi
2' 6" 6" 6" 6"
n
2‚" Min
1'Mi
3"2" 12" 2" 5" Gutter

Return wall
es,1'
Sl Flowline
op -1% Min
e #5 @ 16"
6"
as Top of wall
# 5 @ 16"
Vari
sp
ec
ifi
ed 1" Pourable #5 Deformed Metal
-1% Min Rectangular
Seal 6" Pipe 0.135" Thick
Opening 2‚" Min
8"
Gutter Sizes To Fit Standard Hubs

Area of Opening To Be Not Less Than That of Pipe
Elevation
4" From Wall Gutter. Make Opening Transition in Wall. GRATE DETAIL
•" Premolded Edge Opening in Curb Face to ƒ inch Minimum Radius.
SECTION A-A
Expansion Joint Filler
OUTLET DETAIL - SECTION B-B
TYPICAL GUTTER DETAIL
Return wall
A
Return wall
3" x 12" Overflow Scupper 10" #3 x 3'

10" 1"
Where Shown On Plans
B
A ƒ"
A A
Grate
See Detail
3"
B
2"
Transition
LOL
4" Plastic Pipe When Wall
Plastic Pipe
Drain is 4" or Less. For
Larger Pipe See "Outlet Detail".
PLAN-OFFSET WALL PLAN-CONTINUOUS WALL
WALL DRAIN DETAIL
DRAIN THROUGH RETURN WALL RETAINING WALL
B-26
RETAINING WALL
FACE OF WALL OUTLET GUTTER OUTLET
#5 45 Max
6" x 14" Std pipe
6 - ƒ" x 10"
# 5 x 7" Reinf., Tack slots in pipe equally
spaced A
Weld to Top of Pipe,
Max 4'
Ends Flush With Pipe
Limits of Special Reinforcing
1" Standard Vertical Reinforcing Standard vertical reinforcing
A A A
Standard Vertical Reinforcing Above Standard Vertical Reinforcement Plus Additional Vertical
3" Recess
and Below Opening (Both Faces) Bars Corresponding in Size and Number to Bars Cut By
For Pipe
the Opening. Place Half on Each Side. Extend the
Additional Bars Into the Footing the Same As Other
# 6 x (A+36") Total 2, Back Face Only Vertical Wall Reinforcement and To a Minimum of 60
1:1
(Omit For A Less Than 1') Bar Diameters Above the Top of Utility Opening if Wall
1" Min Height Permits. Bundle bars As Required.
12" A
#5 Total 6 Horizontal Reinforcing To Be Standard Except As Shown.
12" Plastic Pipe
Min All Reinforcing To Clear Opening By 2 inch Minimum.
A
+
2
Expansion Joints Shall Not Be Located Within

4
ALTERNATIVE WALL DRAIN

"
the Limits of Special Reinforcing.

A
s
#
S
2- 8
lo ci
Total 4
S
WITH PIPE DOME

p
p
2- #8 x (A+48") Total 4
e ied
Weakened Plane
e
90
(Omit For A Less Than 1')
f
(See B-30.1.4)
Approximate
S
10
Flowline
lo m
Return Wall
%
STATE OF NEVADA
e
Maximum Size of Opening (A) = 4' DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

in
RETAINING WALL UTILITY OPENING

LOL
CANTILEVER CONCRETE
RETAINING WALL
WALL DRAINAGE DETAILS NO. 3
WHERE GUTTER NOT REQUIRED
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF BRIDGE ENGR.
12/02 .
Design Speed
X Y V
> D D D NOTES:
26' Unless Otherwise Noted on Plans 100' 54' < 45 mph 1. See the current adopted edition of the AASHTO
Shoulder Line "A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets"
70' 150' 56' > 45 mph for further information on at-grade intersections and
3" Surfacing Unless Otherwise Noted on Plans
*
* See Note 4 design vehicles.
R
6
'
0
es
es
X
0
X
'
6
R
Pl
Vari
Vari
e an 2. Paved approaches shall have a seal coat unless otherwise noted.
op
Sl Sl
op
an
Pl e
10' 10'
3. Approaches to be paved to the throat or right-of-way,

6" Aggregate Base Unless Otherwise Noted On Plans
whichever occurs first, unless otherwise noted in the plans.
SECTION A-A 4. Approaches may require the standard stop sign and stop bars
as directed by the Engineer.
es
es
Y
Vari
Vari
Highway > TYPE 4 TYPICAL PLAN
LEGEND:
*
Paved Length 100'Max.
- ANGLE OF REPOSE
de R/W
Ap
Shoulder Line >

pr
4" Surfacing Min.

and Pavement Edge
oa
But Not Outsi

(See Details) More than 30' See Note 3 T
ch
*
A Plan Slope T1
>
2% 2%
Pl
an
Sl T2
op
e
Edge of
A
6" Aggregate Base Min. Pavement
SECTION D-D E Y
R1
26' Unless Otherwise
M
Noted On Plans
B B
Ed
PLAN
ge
of
Shoulder Line
R-1
31'
TYPE 1 R2
Pa
R
'
2
ve
es
3-CENTERED CURVE
es
5
5
50'
2
'
Vari
Vari
m
R
6' 6'
en
A1
t
A2
Highway >
es
es
Vari
Vari
50' 22'
25' But Not Outside R/W

(See Structure List For C C
25' R TYPE 5 TYPICAL PLAN
Length)
Unless Otherwise Noted

On Plans
>
20' 3 CENTERED CURVE
4" Surfacing Min. Given: , ,R1 and R2
30' or Less To Find: T, T
1 , T2, E, M, , v, and
TYPE 2 AND 3 See Note 3
Area External to Comp. Curve
*
*
Plan Slope
2% 2%
T1 = (R2 + o) tan Area = A1+ A 2
Pl
an
2
Sl T = T1 + (R1 - R 2) sin 2
op 2
R1
R
e T2 = T - R2 sin A1 = •[ R1 tan ]
1
180
R2+o
6" Aggregate Base Min. E = - R2 A2 = (R2 +o)[T
1 -(R
2 +o) tan ]
SECTION B-B cos
2 2
20' Unless Otherwise Noted on Plans M = R
2 - [R2 cos (2 - )] R2 (2
R
R )
180
3" Surfacing Unless -1 R1 -R2 -o
= cos
See Note 3 R1 -R2
Otherwise Noted on Plans
y = (R2 +o)-R cos
*
2
Approach Platform 50'
Desirable, 25' Min.
Pl
I
e Highway Roadbed
op I an
Sl Sl
an op
Pl e Shoulder Line STATE OF NEVADA
6" Aggregate Base
-2% DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Unless Otherwise Noted on Plans Approaching Road
Grades As Required
SECTION C-C
Pipe-Location, Type, and Size
APPROACH ROADS
As Required By Hydraulic
APPROACH TYPES Evaluation TYPE 1, 2, 3, 4, AND 5

Right Angle Road Connection
Type 2A - Place Base and Surface as Shown
Type 2B - Place 6" Aggregate Base Course Only TYPE 4 AND 5 TYPICAL PROFILE R-S2.1 (000) Signed Original On File
Type 3 - Grade Approach Area Only
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF ROAD DESIGN ENGR.
7/96 10/15
LEGEND:
- LIMITS OF REMOVAL (COLD MILLING)
*- ANGLE OF REPOSE
** - SAFETY EDGE
E.O.P.
Slope
Cold Milling
AS CONSTRUCTED
E.O.P.
Plantmix Bituminous 1'
Open-Graded Surface (Typ)
**
Match Exi
st.Sl
ope
R-2
3" Max. Lifts

Plantmix Bituminous
Surface 30°
E.O.P.
Plantmix Bituminous 1'
Open-Graded Surface (Typ)
NEW CONSTRUCTION
**
Match Exi
st.Sl
ope
Plantmix Bituminous
Surface 30°
SECTION OF IMPROVEMENT
STATE OF NEVADA
SAFETY EDGE DETAIL
R-1.1 (000) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
See Note 5 Subgrade NOTES:
1. Excavations for multiple pipe installations 12 feet and over in width will be paid as channel
or roadway excavation.
See Note 2
See Note 2 2. Structure excavation and backfill in excavation to be paid below subgrade and within
See Note 4
designated limits.
See Note 3
3. Embankment to be constructed to flowline prior to installation.
4. Backfill in embankment to be paid from flowline to the designated maximum limits.
CULVERT INSTALLATION IN ROUGH TERRAIN 5. Roadway excavation to be paid to subgrade.
6. CMP, HDPE or RCP ~ when the pipe is laid in a trench in rock, hard clay, shale
or other hard material, the unsuitable material shall be removed to a depth of not less
than 6 inches for RCP and 12 inches for CMP / HDPE below the bottom of the pipe
grade and the trench backfilled with a suitable material. In no place shall the pipe be
laid directly on unsuitable material. See sheet R-1.1.6.
See Note 8 7. No additional excavation is necessary under headwalls when rock or other hard material
is encountered.
I
8. When a firm foundation is not encountered all soft, spongy or other unsuitable material
See Note 6
See Note 7 See Note 8 under the culvert shall be removed, and the space filled with foundation fill. (depth of
foundation fill as indicated on the plans or ordered by the engineer, but not less
CULVERT INSTALLATION WITH UNSUITABLE FOUNDATIONS than 1'-6").
9. Grade to this elevation prior to installation.
5'
5'
LEGEND:
- STRUCTURE EXCAVATION - CHANNEL EXCAVATION
Slope Rounding
- GRANULAR BACKFILL - DRAINAGE EXCAVATION
Normal Roadway Slope - ROADWAY EXCAVATION

R-3
Cut Slopes Steeper than 5:1 will be Rounded, Except in Rock
P
p
ROUNDED OR TRANSITION SLOPES
la
lo
n
S
S
n
lo
la
p
P
I
e
No Additional Payment For
18" Varies 18" 18" Varies 18" Less than 12'
Material Placed In Dike
See Note 9 Ditch Ditch
See Note 9 Line Line
e
p
lo
S
P op
I
S
la e
n
l
la
n
P
12' and Over
TYPE 7 DROP INLET FLAT BOTTOM DITCH EXCAVATION
C 18" Varies 18"

C Ditch 18" Varies 18" Ditch
See Note 9 See Note 9 Line Line
STATE OF NEVADA
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
AND BACKFILL
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
R-1.1.1 (206,207) Signed Original On File

TYPE 8 DROP INLET ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 10/15
Normal Roadway Slope
Subgrade Subgrade
1' Min. NOTES:
es
es
Vari
Vari
1. For additional notes see sheet R.1.1.1.
2. Payment for backfill and structure excavation to be

included in price paid for slope paving or channel
C
C
lining.
18" Varies 18" 18" Varies 18"

3. Length of culvert shall be increased as follows:
Consider each side separately. Measure pipe from
Type 3 Drop Inlet Illustrated
existing headwall to the intersection of the top of
Culvert Length End Section Inlet or Outlet Ditch

DROP INLETS IN EXCAVATION pipe and fillslope. To this dimension add 1 foot when
cover at shoulder is 1 foot to 10 feet. Add an
Pay Limit For Pipe, additional • inch for each succeeding 5 feet
Structure Excavation and Classification and
Structure Excavation, Backfill Included in Price Payment As Specified or portion thereof.
and Backfill, Paid For End Sections
See Sheet R-1.1.1
Subgrade
es
PRECAST CONCRETE END SECTIONS
Vari
LEGEND:
Normal Roadway Slope - GRANULAR BACKFILL
5' Varies 5'

- STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
1' Min. 18" Varies 18"
18" 18"
- LIMITS OF EXISTING
Standard Band Coupling
Type 3 Drop Inlet Illustrated
- ROADWAY EMBANKMENT
DROP INLETS IN EMBANKMENT
Drainage
or
Original Ground
Channel
Culvert Length End Section Inlet or Outlet Ditch or Flowline
Excavation
Pay Limit For Pipe, Structure Excavation and Classification and

R-4
Structure Excavation, Backfill Included in Price Payment As Specified 3" Min. Class A or Extension
and Backfill, Paid For End Sections AA Concrete Collar See Note 3
C
See Sheet R-1.1.1 (For all sizes and types
specified) 4" 4" Exi New
Em st
ing
18" Varies 18" 18" Varies 18" ban Em
km ban
ent km
ent
Type 3 Connection Band Coupling
IN EXCAVATION IN EMBANKMENT
PREFABRICATED METAL END SECTION See End Section
CULVERT HEADWALLS Detail
New Flow Line
Roadway, Channel Excavation

or Drainage Excavation. Existing 4"
Roadway, Channel Excavation New

Grade Line or Drainage Excavation.
See
End Section
Detail
See Note 2
SLOPE PAVEMENT Flow Line

See Note 2
WITH CUTOFF WALL
8"
1 Existing
18" 4"
See Sheet R-2.1.1 For Pipe Culvert Extension
CHANNEL LINING CULVERT EXTENSION OF

EXISTING HEADWALL
STATE OF NEVADA
CONCRETE APRON Grade Line
See Note 2
18" STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
AND BACKFILL
Width and Depth To Be Specified
CHANNEL LINING AND SLOPE PAVEMENT
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
Subgrade Subgrade
NOTES:
1 1 1. Trenches more than 4 feet deep shall be shored, laid back

1 1 to at least the angle of repose for existing field
4' 4' conditions, or some other means of protection shall
18" 18" 18" be provided.
4' 30'
18" End of Bridge
1 1 2. If hazardous field conditions indicate ground movement
1 4' * 1 4' * may be expected, trenches less than 4 feet deep shall also
4' Subgrade be protected as indicated in Note 1.
18" 18" 3. For the purpose of payment, structure excavation and

18" 18"
1 backfill quantities are based on these standard drawings
Benching Not 3:
Required Slope as Detailed and no additional payment will be made for shoring.
Limits
on Bridge Plans
4. If shoring is used, payment will be made for structure
* Channel or Roadway Excavation
excavation and backfill based on these standard drawings
As Indicated On Plans
and no additional payment will be made for shoring.
5. Trench excavation shoring shall conform to OSHA

Subgrade Subgrade Regulations 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart P, Appendix C.
LIMITS OF SELECT BORROW

6. The quantity of structure excavation and backfill
1 See 1 See AT BRIDGE OPEN ABUTMENTS measured for payment shall be the number of cubic
1 Note 9 1 Note 9 yards calculated minus any duplication of limits
4' 4' which overlap.
18" 18" 18"
4'
18" 7. The limits of structure excavation and backfill shown
1 1 herein shall be used for the method of measurement and

* payment only. There shall be no additional compensation
1 4' 1 4' *
4' for any additional excavation or backfill required for
excavations to meet OSHA regulations.
18" 18"
18" 18"
8. Select borrow limits shall be used at all abutment locations.
FOOTING WIDTH IS FOOTING WIDTH IS Coordinate with Bridge Engineer.
6' OR LESS GREATER THAN 6' 9. Rock Mulch shall be placed as shown on slopes flatter
than 2:1. Class 150 Riprap shall be used for slopes 2:1
or steeper. Bedding is not required.
OPEN ABUTMENT BRIDGES
WITH SPREAD FOOTING
R-5
LEGEND:
1 1
1 4' 1 4'
** ** 4' - STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
18" 18" 18" 18"

1
1 - GRANULAR BACKFILL
4' 4' 4'
4' 4'
18" 18" 18" 18" 18" 18" 18" 18" - EMBANKMENT
Subgrade Subgrade - ROCK MULCH OR RIPRAP

** Neat Line After Channel Or Roadway
5' 5'
Excavation Has Been Completed
Subgrade Subgrade
See See
5' 5' Note 9 Note 9
18" 18"
1 1
1 1
4' 4'
** ** 4'
18" 18" 18" 18"

1 1
4' 1 1
4' 4'
4' 4' STATE OF NEVADA

18" 18" 18" 18" FOOTING WIDTH IS FOOTING WIDTH IS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
18" 18" 18" 18"
6' OR LESS GREATER THAN 6'

FOOTING WIDTH IS FOOTING WIDTH IS
OPEN ABUTMENT BRIDGES AND BACKFILL
6' OR LESS GREATER THAN 6'
ON PILES METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

CLOSED ABUTMENT BRIDGES
ADOPTED REVISED
11/73 10/15
LEGEND: NOTES:
Original Ground
or Subgrade
1. Trenches more than 4 feet deep shall be shored, laid back to at
- STRUCTURE EXCAVATION least the angle of repose for existing field conditions, or some
other means of protection shall be provided.
1 1
- GRANULAR BACKFILL
1 1 2. If hazardous field conditions indicate ground movement may be
expected, trenches less than 4 feet deep shall also be protected
4' 4" 4' 4" - EMBANKMENT as indicated in Note 1.
4' 4'
3. For the purpose of payment, structure excavation and backfill
18" 18" 18" - BEDDING quantities are based on these standard drawings and no additional
18"
payment will be made for shoring.
Less Than 12' Less Than 12' 4. Trench excavation shoring shall conform to OSHA Regulations 29
CFR Part 1926, Subpart P, Appendix C.
CULVERT IN EXCAVATION 5. The quantity of structure excavation and backfill measured for
payment shall be the number of cubic yards calculated minus any
duplication of limits which overlap.
6. The limits of structure excavation and backfill shown herein shall

be used for the method of measurement and payment only. There
shall be no additional compensation for any additional excavation
or backfill required for excavations to meet OSHA regulations.
12" 5'
7. Bedding material shall be granular backfill or Type 2 Class B
aggregate meeting the resistivity requirements for granular backfill.
bedding material will be paid for as granular backfill.
1 1 5'
1 1
4' 4" 4' 4"
4' 4'
18" 18" 18" 18"
Less Than 12' Less Than 12' 1 1

1 1
4'
4'
CULVERT IN EMBANKMENT
R-6
18" 18"
18" 18"
FOOTING WIDTH IS 6' OR LESS
5'
Subgrade
5' 5'
12"
Channel or Roadway Excavation
As Indicated On Plans
1 1
1 1
4' 4'
1 4' 4'
1 1 • 1
:
• : : •
• 1
:
1 1 1
18" 18" 18" 18"
4" 4"
18" 18" 18" 18" FOOTING WIDTH IS GREATER THAN 6'
12' And Over 12' And Over
RETAINING WALLS STATE OF NEVADA

CULVERT IN EXCAVATION OR EMBANKMENT
AND BACKFILL
ADOPTED REVISED
11/73 5/09
NOTES:
Existing or Existing or
1. Trenches more than 4 feet deep shall be shored, laid back
Sub/Finished Sub/Finished
to at least the angle of repose for existing field conditions,
Grade Grade
or some other means of protection shall be provided.
See Note 7 See Note 7
2. If hazardous field conditions indicate ground movement may

be expected, trenches less than 4 feet deep shall be protected
as indicated in Note 1.
6" 6" 6" 3. For purposes of payment, structure excavation and backfill
quantities are based on these standard drawings minus any
1 1 duplication in quantities which overlap. If shoring is used,
1 1 payment will be made for the structure excavation and

1 1
backfill based on these standard drawings and no additional
1 1 payment will be made for shoring.
H H
4. Trench excavation and shoring shall conform to current
OSHA regulations. Payment will be made based on these
4' 4'
* * Existing Existing standard drawings and there will be no additional
Grade Grade compensation for any additional excavation or backfill

4' 4'
required for excavations to meet OSHA regulations.
5. Granular backfill shall be placed for a minimum depth of 6"

above the top of pipe for the width of the trench. Complete
18" X/2 X/2 18" 18" X/2 X/2 18" the trench backfill with backfill, granular backfill may
be used at no additional payment.
IN EXCAVATION IN EMBANKMENT IN EXCAVATION IN EMBANKMENT 6. Provide adequate temporary cover over pipe, to protect
pipe from damage during construction.
* - Varies Per Bedding Class

BACKFILL 7. For installations in excavation,
the quantities for excavation
and backfill shall be calculated and paid from either existing
EXCAVATION X = Diameter For CMP grade or sub/finished grade, whichever is lower.
X = Span For CMAP
X = Outside Dimension For RCP or HDPE
LEGEND:
H EQUALS 6' OR LESS
- STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
R-7
- GRANULAR BACKFILL
- ROADWAY EMBANKMENT
Existing or Existing or - BACKFILL

Sub/Finished Sub/Finished
Grade Grade
- BEDDING SEE SHEET R-1.1.6
6" 6" 6"
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
H H
4' 4' 4' 4'

* * Existing Existing
Grade Grade
4' 18" X/2 X/2 18" 4' 4' 18" X/2 X/2 18" 4'
IN EXCAVATION IN EMBANKMENT IN EXCAVATION IN EMBANKMENT

STATE OF NEVADA
* - Varies Per Bedding Class BACKFILL
EXCAVATION X = Diameter For CMP
X = Span For CMAP
X = Outside Dimension For RCP or HDPE AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES
H EQUALS GREATER THAN 6'
R-1.1.5 (203,206,207) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
10/72 10/15
NOTES:
1. Minimum depths as specified on sheet R-1.1.1, Notes 6 and 8 will prevail when
these conditions are encountered.
2. Concrete shall be class A or AA. Additional excavation for class A bedding

to be included in the unit bid price per cubic yard of concrete.
3. Class C bedding shall be carefully shaped to fit pipe prior to installation.
18" O.D. 18" 18" O.D. 18" 4. See sheet R-2.1.1 or headwall details for appropriate pipe separation.
4" 4" RCP

Min Min O.D.
* Normal foundation, X= min (not less than 4" min).
24
of O.D.
O.D.
If rock foundation, X= min (not less than 6" min).
12
1/6 of O.D.
D CMP
‚
D * If rock foundation, X= •" per foot of average fill over pipe (12" min - 24" max).
HDPE
* X= 4" for D 24", X= 6" for D 30".
*
‚ of D. LEGEND:
X = 4" Min
- GRANULAR BACKFILL
Granular Backfill
- CLASS A SLURRY BACKFILL

CLASS A BEDDING (RCP)
CLASS C BEDDING
(RCP, CMP, AND HDPE)
STANDARD BEDDING
ALLOWABLE FILL HEIGHT
R-8
FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
FILL HEIGHT IN FEET FILL HEIGHT IN FEET
See Pipe Pipe

18" 18" III IV V III IV
Note 4 Class Class
Pipe Size Bedding Pipe Size Bedding

A C A C A C C C
Class HE RCP Class
I.D.
24" 23 17 35 26 53 40 19" X 30" 14 22
30" 23 17 35 26 53 40 24" X 38" 14 22
36" 23 17 35 26 52 40 29" X 45" 14 22
R 42" 23 17 34 26 52 40 34" X 53" 14 22
48" 23 17 34 26 52 40 38" X 60" 14 22

1/2 of R
54" 22 17 34 26 52 40 43" X 68" 14 22
*
60" 22 17 34 26 51 40 48" X 76" 14 22
X = 4" Min
66" 22 17 33 26 51 39 53" X 83" 14 22
72" 22 17 33 25 51 39 58" X 91" 14 22
84" 21 16 33 25 50 39 68" X 106" 14 22
90" 21 16 33 25 50 39 72" X 113" 14 22

BEDDING FOR MULTIPLE HE RCP CULVERTS 96" 21 16 32 25 50 39 77" X 121" 14 22
102" 21 16 32 25 49 39
108" 21 16 32 25 49 39
114" 20 16 32 25 49 39
STATE OF NEVADA
120" 20 16 31 25 49 39 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
126" 20 16 31 25 48 39
132" 20 16 31 25 48 39
CULVERT BEDDING AND
138" 20 16 31 25 48 39
ALLOWABLE FILL HEIGHT
144" 19 15 30 25 47 39
FOR RCP AND HE RCP
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF HYDRAULICS ENGR.
8/96 10/15
* ROUND CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE 2 2/3"x•" CORRUGATIONS
* CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE ARCH NOTES:
PLATE THICKNESS IN INCHES
PIPE ** MIN. 0.064 0.079 0.109 0.138 0.168 5" x 1" & 3" x 1" CORRUGATIONS
DIAMETER COVER R E R E R E R E R E PIPE MAX. COVER 1. Contact Hydraulics Engineer for materials or sizes
** MIN. EQUIV. MIN.
INCHES INCHES MAX. FILL HTS. ABOVE TOP OF PIPE IN FEET DIMENSIONS CORNER PRESSURE'S FOR not listed.
COVER DIA THICKNESS
12 12 63 83 SPAN-RAISE IN TONS PER SQ.FT.
15 12 50 66 INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES 2 TONS *** 3 TONS
18 12 42 55 84 60 x 46 12 54 0.064 12 18
24 12 32 42 61 75 12 60 0.064 12 18
66 x 51 LEGEND:
30 12 25 33 49 60 74 73 x 55 12 66 0.064 12 18
36 12 21 28 41 50 62 81 x 59 12 72 0.064 12 18
42 12 41 44 46 72 48 76 50 80 87 x 63 12 78 0.064 16 22 * - RIVETED OR HELICAL FABRICATION
48 12 35 38 45 63 46 67 47 70 95 x 67 18 84 0.079 15 21
54 12 34 43 56 44 59 45 63 103 x 71 18 90 0.079 14 20 ** - TOP OF PIPE TO TOP OF FINISHED GRADE AT
60 12 42 50 43 53 44 56 112 x 75 18 96 0.109 13 18 SHOULDER LINE FOR 2 TONS PER SQ. FT.
66 12 41 46 42 49 43 51 117 x 79 24 102 0.109 12 17
72 12 41 45 42 47 128 x 83 24 108 0.109 11 16 *** - SHALL BE USED ONLY AFTER FOUNDATION
78 12 43 36 44 137 x 87 24 114 0.109 10 15 INVESTIGATION
84 12 40 31 42 142 x 91 24 120 0.138 9 14
R = ROUND INSTALLATION E = VERTICAL ELONGATION
**** - FOR FIELD STRUTTING CMP DETAIL
(SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION SEC. 604.03.02) ****
SEE SHEET R-2.1.1
MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF COVER

FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL PLATE PIPE ARCH WITH 31" CORNER RADII
6" X 2" CORRUGATIONS
ALLOWABLE FILL HEIGHTS IN FEET

MIN.
2 TONS/SQ.FT. BEARING PRESSURE 3 TONS/SQ. FT. BEARING PRESSURE MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF COVER EQUIVALENT GAGE NUMBERS
SPAN RISE COVER
12 GAGE 10 GAGE 8 GAGE 7 GAGE 12 GAGE 10 GAGE 8 GAGE 7 GAGE FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL PLATE PIPE (5% ELONGATION) THICKNESS IN INCHES
INCHES GAGE
6" X 2" CORRUGATIONS STEEL
0.109 0.138 0.168 0.188 0.109 0.138 0.168 0.188 NUMBER AL.
ZN. COAT UNCOATED
13'-3" 9'-4" 36 11 17 DIAMETER MIN. ALLOWABLE FILL HEIGHTS IN FEET
16 0.064 0.0598 0.060
14'-2" 9'-10" 36 11 17 IN COVER 12 GAGE 10 GAGE 8 GAGE 7 GAGE 5 GAGE 3 GAGE 1 GAGE
14 0.079 0.0747 0.075
INCHES INCHES 0.109 0.138 0.168 0.188 0.218 0.249 0.280
15'-4" 10'-4" 36 10 16 12 0.109 0.1046 0.105
60 12 42 62 80 93
16'-3" 10'-10" 36 9 16 10 0.138 0.1345 0.135
66 12 39 57 73 85
17'-2" 11'-4" 36 9 15 8 0.168 0.1644 0.164
72 12 35 52 67 78 94
7 0.188 0.1838
18'-1" 11'-10" 36 8 14
78 12 33 48 62 72 87
5 0.218 0.2145
19'-3" 12'-4" 36 8 13 84 18 45 57
30 67 80 95 3 0.2451
0.249
19'-11" 12'-10" 36 7 13 90 18 28 42 54 62 75 88 96
1 0.280 0.2758
20'-7" 13'-2" 36 7 12 96 18 27 39 50 58 70 83 90
102 24 25 37 47 55 66 78 85
MAY BE USED ONLY WHEN SUPPORTED BY FOUNDATION STUDY
108 24 24 35 45 51 63 74 80
R-9
114 24 22 33 42 49 59 70 76
MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF COVER
120 24 21 31 40 47 56 66 72
FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL PLATE PIPE ARCH WITH 18" CORNER RADII
126 24 20 30 38 45 54 63 69
6" X 2" CORRUGATIONS
132 24 19 28 37 43 51 60 66
ALLOWABLE FILL HEIGHTS IN FEET 24 18 27 35 41 49 58 63
MIN. 138
144 24 18 26 34 47 55 60 HELICAL RIB LOCK SEAM PIPE
2 TONS/SQ.FT. BEARING PRESSURE 3 TONS/SQ. FT. BEARING PRESSURE 39
SPAN RISE COVER ALLOWABLE FILL HEIGHTS (FEET) ƒ"x 1" RIBS
12 GAGE 10 GAGE 8 GAGE 7 GAGE 12 GAGE 10 GAGE 8 GAGE 7 GAGE 150 24 17 25 32 38 45 53 58
INCHES OF 11•" PITCH
0.109 0.138 0.168 0.188 0.109 0.138 0.168 0.188 156 24 16 24 31 36 44 51 56
6'-1" 4'-7" 15 162 24 16 23 30 35 42 49 54 PIPE
7' 5'-1" 13 168 24 15 22 29 34 40 47 52 DIAMETER 16 GAGE 14 GAGE 12 GAGE
24 15 22 28 32 46 INCHES
7'-11" 5'-7" 12 16 174 39 50
180 36 14 21 27 31 38 44 48 24 46 64 90
8'-10" 6'-1" 10 16
36 14 20 26 30 36 43 47 30 37 51 72
9'-9" 6'-7" 9 15 186
192 36 20 25 29 35 42 45 36 31 43 60
10'-11" 7'-1" 8 13
198 36 19 25 29 34 40 44 42 26 37 51
12'-10" 8'-4" 8 11
48 23 32 45
14'-1" 8'-9" 7 11
54 21 29 40
15'-4" 9'-3" 10
60 19 26 36
16'-7" 10'-1" 8
66 23 33
72 21 30
MAY BE USED ONLY WHEN SUPPORTED BY FOUNDATION STUDY
78 28
84 26
* ROUND CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE 90 24
5" x 1" & 3" x 1" CORRUGATIONS
FILL HEIGHTS FOR 5"x1" CORRUGATION ARE 87% OF THOSE SHOWN. * CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE ARCH Based on H-20 loading, minimum
2 2/3"x•" CORRUGATIONS fill height is ‚ of the diameter
PLATE THICKNESS IN INCHES for pipe over 48" in diameter and
PIPE ** MIN. 0.064 0.079 0.109 0.138 0.168 PIPE MAX. COVERIN FEET 1' for all other diameters.
DIAMETER COVER ** MIN. EQUIV. MIN.
R E R E R E R E R E DIMENSIONS
COVER DIA. THICKNESS CORNER PRESSURE'S FOR
INCHES INCHES MAX. FILL HTS. ABOVE TOP OF PIPE IN FEET SPAN-RISE IN TONS PER SQ.FT.
54 12 27 29 36 38 56 59 57 64 65 71 INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES 2 TONS *** 3 TONS
60 12 25 26 32 34 50 53 51 56 58 64 17 x 13 12 15 0.064 13 19
66 12 22 23 29 31 45 48 46 52 53 58
21 x 15 12 18 0.064 12 18
72 12 21 22 28 29 42 44 43 48 49 53
24 x 18 12 21 0.064 10 16
78 12 19 20 25 26 38 41 42 44 44 49 STATE OF NEVADA
84 36 40 42 42 46 28 x 20 12 24 0.064 10 15
18 23 25 38 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
90 18 21 23 33 35 38 40 41 43 35 x 24 12 30 0.064 9 14
96 18 30 33 37 38 40 42 42 x 29 12 36 0.064 9 12
102 24 26 28 34 35 38 41
49 x 33 12 42 0.079 8 12
108 24 22 24 32 34 35 37 ALLOWABLE FILL HEIGHTS
57 x 38 12 48 0.109 8 12
114 24 21 23 31 32 34 36
64 x 43 12 54 0.109 8
FOR STEEL CULVERTS
120 24 20 22 30 32 32 33 12
126 24 26 27 31 33 71 x 47 12 60 0.138 8 12
132 24 25 26 30 31 77 x 52 12 66 0.168 8 12
R-1.3.1.2 (604,606) Signed Original On File
138 24 23 24 28 29 0.168
83 x 57 12 72 9 13
24 25 26 ADOPTED REVISED
144 CHIEF HYDRAULICS ENGR.
7/73 8/97
9 •"
Normal E.O.P.
R=1"
R=1" Level Line With Finished

X
Dense Grade
Plantmix Bituminous Surface 4:1o
rF
l
att
2" er
12"
> Station/Offset/ Finished or
(0.0060 Cubic Yards Per Foot) 4' Min Invert Elevation Existing Grade
Application Requires Chief Roadway Design Engineer Approval

W
TYPE 2 SHOULDER DIKE
SS SS SS
1 1 H 1
Varies, See Typical Section Sheet
2'
Normal E.O.P.
4"
Finished
Rounded Corners Optional
Dense Grade
EARTHEN DITCH
1
1:
1:
X
1
S
2: te
1 ep
er
th
an
4
:1
Shoulder Dike Location > Station/Offset/ Finished or
Shoulder Dike Location When Used
Without Guardrail 4' Min Invert Elevation Existing Grade
With Guardrail Offset 2' From
Normal Edge of Pavement
W
(Plantmix With Seal Coat)

Do Not Use Alone in Urban Areas for Design Speed Greater Than
50 mph or Rural Areas for Design Speed Greater Than 40 mph SS SS SS
1 1 H 1
TYPE 1 SHOULDER DIKE
3" Bituminous
Seal Coat
or 4" Concrete
When Bituminous
Pavement
NOTES: Surface
R-10
4" Aggregate Base

1. "X" = 3 inches plus depth of open grade.
2. Place shoulder dike on dense grade surface.
BITUMINOUS OR
CONCRETE DITCH
4' Min
>
Finished or Station/Offset/
6:
1
Existing Grade Invert Elevation
SS H SS
1 1 NOTES:
SS SS
Excavation to be Drifted 1
H
W 1 1. Location of ditches as indicated in the plans are
to Construct Dike
Cut Section approximate. Construct ditches to follow the natural
shape of the terrain as directed by the Engineer.
4' Min 2. W, H, T and SS as indicated in the plans.

V - TYPE DITCH
3. Construct triangular shape ditch when W=0
SS 6:
1 or is not specified.
H 1
4. Ditch linning materials will be paid for under

the appropriate section of the specifications.
4'
NOTES: Station/Offset
Top of Dike Elevation
1. 6:1 slope to be placed on the side

SHEET 1 OF 2
ate
t r 1
0:
0:
1 1orFl 1orFl
att
e r STATE OF NEVADA
adjacent to the main roadway.
H DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
2. Refer to ditch details if ditch

linnings are specified.
DRAINAGE DITCHES
3. W, H, T, and SS as indicated in the plans
or as directed by the Engineer. Construct Top of Dike to Elevation AND DIKES
or Height (H) as Indicated in The Plans
DITCH AND DIKE DIKE R-1.4.1 (203) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 10/15
> Finished or
Existing Grade
4' Min Station/Offset/
Invert Elevation
W
SS
SS SS
1
H
1 1
Decorative Rock
or Riprap Bedding
Geotextile
Thickness (T)
Material as Specified in The

Plans and/or Special Provisions
ROCK MULCH OR
RIPRAP BEDDING DITCH
R-11
> Finished or
Existing Grade
4' Min Station/Offset/
Invert Elevation
W
SS
SS SS
1
H
1 1
Decorative Rock
or Riprap Bedding
Geotextile
Thickness (T)
See Sheet R-3.1.5

For Riprap and Bedding Thickness
RIPRAP DITCH
SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
DRAINAGE DITCHES
AND DIKES
R-1.4.1.1 (203) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 10/15
2 Sills
ope
Sl ope Compression Caps
Sl
Existing
5%
Headwall Headwall
Headwall Existing
Compression
Pipe Culvert
am eter +
4" Min. Pipe Pipe
and Headwall Caps
Class A or AA Concrete Strut Struts
Footing Footing
WWF 4 x 4 - 8" Wide
a. Wrapped Around
Di
Di Pipe Culvert Pipe Culvert
de Perimeter of Dowels dened
si pe Extension ofW
i Extension dened
Ou Pi ope ofW
i
Sl men
t
of ank ope
Sl t
9-No.4 Bars @ 12" + Radially 9" Min. Emb ankmen Sill
A Emb
Epoxy Grouted 3" Into
Existing Headwall
Exist. Headwall
END VIEW
Existing Existing
Pipe Pipe
For Strut, Cap, Sill Size, and Spacing Use Manufacturers Recommendations.
Existing Existing Band Coupling (CMP)
Class A or AA Concrete Struts, Caps and Sills To Be the Same Dimension. For Maximum Fill Heights,
Footing Footing Or Concrete Collar
A See Sheet R-1.3.1.2 Under Columns Designated "E". Struts Shall Be Left in
Place Until Fill Has Been Completed and Compacted, Unless Otherwise Directed
SECTION A-A TYPE 2 MODIFIED TYPE 1 MODIFIED By the Engineer.
FIELD STRUTTING CMP

For Additional Information See Sheet R-1.1.2
- LIMITS OF REMOVAL
PIPE CULVERT EXTENSION
SEPARATION FOR MULTIPLE INSTALLATIONS WITH END SECTIONS NOTES:
CMP/HDPE CMAP RCP 1. Concrete collar to be used for making repair connections, connect dissimilar pipe
materials, extend or connect similar pipe materials where bell and spigot connections
DIA. X Y SPAN X Y DIA. X Y
are not possible, and where specified.
21" X 15" 5' - 2" 3' - 5" 18" 4' - 4" 2' - 6"
2. Maintain proper alignment, line, and grade across the joint. Secure pipe sections
24" X 18" 5' - 10" 3' - 10" 24" 5' - 5" 3'
adequately on each side of joint prior to casting concrete to prevent any inadvertent
28" X 20" 6' - 6" 4' - 2" 30" 6' - 6" 3' - 6" displacement or misalignment.
24" 6' - 8" 4' - 8" 35" X 24" 7' - 8" 4' - 9" 36" 7' - 7" 4'
30" 8' 5' - 6" 9' - 3" 4' 3. In lieu of a geotextile wrap, rubber boot adapters, coupling bands, or other special
1' 42" X 29" 5' - 9" 42" 8' - 2"
adapters specific to the application and as recommended by the manufacturer may
PRECAST END SECTIONS 36" 9' - 4" 6' - 4" 49" X 33" 10' - 3" 6' - 2" 48" 8' - 9" 4'
be used to facilitate construction and maintain joint integrity. Use appropriate
42" 10' - 8" 7' - 2" 57" X 38" 11' - 6" 6' - 9" 54" 8' - 7" 3' - 4" connection devices if required by the engineer or special provisions to provide a
R-12
48" 11' - 6" 7' - 6" 64" X 43" 12' - 6" 7' - 2" competent or water tight connection. Maintain a minimum of 6 inches of concrete cover
54" 12' - 6" 8' 71" X 47" 13' - 6" 7' - 7" on the outside of any special connection devices.
60" 13' - 6" 8' - 6" 77" X 52" 14' - 6" 8' - 1"
4. For HDPE pipe, use an embedded waterstop gasket on each side of the joint where
66" 14' 8' - 6" 83" X 57" 15' - 6" 8' - 7" water tight connections are required and where required by the Engineer.
72" 14' - 6" 8' - 6"
78" 15' 5. No direct payment for concrete collars or associated connection devices. Payment
1' 8' - 6"
to be included in the payment for pipe.
84" 15' - 6" 8' - 6"
METAL END SECTIONS
6. Where angle bends are specified, miter pipe ends to provide a tight joint connection
with a maximum 1 inch gap tolerance.
MULTIPLE INSTALLATIONS
7. Provide a minimum of 1 inch concrete cover from collar ends and 2 inches minimum
WITH END SECTIONS
clearance from inner to outer surface of concrete collar.
D
12" 12" Wrap Joint With 12" Wide
* Min Min Geotextile Centered On Joint.

See Note 3
6" Min
DIAMETER MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN PIPES Class A or AA Concrete
Diameter or Span 12" to 24" 1'
Culvert or
30" to 66" ONE HALF DIAMETER OF PIPE SD Pipe
72" to 84" 3'
O.D. O.D.
X
Y Culvert or
SD Pipe
S S
6" Min
* Double Wrap of 22" Wide

WWF 4x4. See Note 7
1'
SPAN MIN. SPACE BETWEEN PIPE ARCHES
STATE OF NEVADA
17" to 35" 1' DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
CONCRETE COLLAR
42" to 83" One Third Span of Pipe Arch
* When Headwalls Are Used or Anticipated

When Y Distance Exceeds 5', Structure Excavation and For Future Use, Space As Per Headwalls CULVERT
Backfill Quantities Shall Be Calculated For Each Culvert. Standard.
INSTALLATION
MULTIPLE INSTALLATIONS
R-2.1.1 (601-606) Signed Original On File
WITHOUT HEADWALLS
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
r l
ai
rer
i NOTES:
l
ai ar
rer
i r eB
et
ar cr
eB
et Con
cr
Con 1. Drain pipe seams may be continuous helical lock seam or helical weld seam.
2. Drain sections shall be assembled with the coupling band shown.

nt
nt me
ve
me Pa 3. The cross bar spacer shall be welded to the bearing bars in such a manner as to
ve of n
Pa n
ai ai
of Dr To
p Dr to develop a minimum tensile strength of 12,000 lbs. normal to the longitudinal
p ed ted
To ot
t ot axis of the bearing bars.
Sl Sl
ow
Fl ow
Fl
4. The maximum variance from a straight line between the extreme top corners
of the bearing bars shall be • inch in 20 feet.
Steel Sheet Plug
Cr Spot Welded 5. For continuous runs of SCMP in excess of 200 feet, cleanout DI or standard
os
Co Sl s flushing inlets shall be installed as shown on the plans.
op Type 2 Shown
up e
l
ing For Details Not Shown
Ba 6. Spot weld shall develop minimum required strength of strap.
nd See Sheet R-4.2.1
45°
7. Dimensions shown are minimums.
Culvert
Dr Dr 8. Contractor to provide an adequate method of keeping the plantmix out of
ai ai pipe during paving operations.
n n
9. Design shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the AASHTO

Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Section 12. Minimum live
SLOTTED DRAIN AND
load to be H20.
SLOTTED DRAIN,
CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL
10. Concrete shall be class A or AA.
(CAN BE USED WITH SHOULDER DIKE)
11. Hydraulics Engineer will state pipe size.
AND DROP INLET
12. The spacer plates shall be welded on both sides to each bearing bar with four
Cross Bar Spacers
1 ‚ inch long ‰ inch fillet welds.
At 6" Centers
B B 2‚"
13. H = height of bearing bar (2•" or 6") - • inch corrugation - gage of pipe in inches.
Cross Bar Spacers

14. The grate shall be welded with a ‰ inch fillet weld minimum 1 inch long to the
At 6" Centers
corrugated steel pipe on each side of the grate at every other corrugation.
Flow
Bearing Bar
Bearing Bars Coupling Band

R-13
PLAN VIEW
30° Concrete
See Note 14
20' + •" Max. 20' + •" Max.
1 Barrier Rail
‰
60°
10•" 9" •" Surfacing
Slotted Drain
C
3" Max.
A
Base C.M.P.
A C Concrete
SECTION B-B Slotted Drain

Typical Sizes 3"
Coupling Band
Vary From 3"
12" to 36" Dia., 4"
ELEVATION See Note 11.
O.D. Pipe +6"
For Details Not Shown
See Sheets R-3.1.2 and R-3.1.3.
2•" x 1•" x ‰" x 2‚"

BEDDING DETAIL EMBANKMENT PROTECTOR
1ƒ" ‰" Solid Web Spacer Long Band Angle
At 6" Centers •" Dia. Carriage Bolt
AND SLOTTED DRAIN
Pavement Surface
See Note
2• "or 6"
Bearing Bar ‰" Thick Attach to Band Sheet

H
13
With Tack or Fillet

‰ 1
See Note 14 Welds or Rivets STATE OF NEVADA
Coupling Band
SLOTTED CMP DRAIN

SECTION C-C DETAILS
2‚" For 2•" Grate, 3" For 6" Grate
Standard Grate Detail
R-2.1.3 (604) Signed Original On File

SECTION A-A ADOPTED REVISED
6/72 5/09
Shoulder Line
Finished Roadway Normal Roadway Slope
See Note 2
See Note 4
Normal Roadway Slope
See See
Note 5 Note 5
1
: Culvert
• Culvert
1
Break Slope Only When Normal Roadway Slope is Flatter Than 2:1
See Note 1
Roa
dsi
de
Rec
ove
WITHOUT HEADWALL WITH CONCRETE HEADWALL Area ry
Sh
ou
l
de
r
V
ar
i
es Tr
Normal Roadway Slope Normal Roadway Slope a
La vel
ne
See Note 3 s
See Note 4
Sh
ou
l
de
r
V
ar
i
es
Edge of Travel Lane

>
Roadside Recovery Area
** Inv. El. ** Inv. El.
Shoulder Varies Normal Plan Slope
Extended Safety Slope
2' Min.
R-14
A
Contoured Slope
PRECAST CONCRETE END SECTION METAL END SECTION
1'
MINIMUM CULVERT INSTALLATION
Culvert
NOTES:

Consider each side separately. Measure pipe from roadbed centerline to the intersection of pipe flow
line and fill slope. To this dimension add 2 feet when cover at shoulder is 1 foot to 10 feet add an additional 6 inches A End Treatment As Specified
for each succeeding 5 feet of cover or portion thereof.
2. Length of culverts shall be increased as follows:

METHOD OF CONTOURING OVER CULVERTS
Consider each side separately. Measure pipe from roadway centerline to the intersection of the top
of pipe and fillslope plus headwall thickness. To this dimension add 1 foot when cover at shoulder NOTES:
is 5 feet to 10 feet, add an additional 6 inches for each succeeding 5 feet of cover or portion thereof.
1. If, after extending the culvert and/or warping the fill slope
for safety and/or aesthetics, the extension does not fulfill
Consider each side separately. Measure pipe from roadway centerline to the intersection of the top
the requirements for a clear roadside recovery area, then
of pipe and fillslope. To this dimension add 1 foot when cover at shoulder is 1 foot to 10 feet add an
vehicular traffic may be protected by some other means, such
additional 6 inches for each succeeding 5 feet or portion thereof.
as guardrail, barrier rail or another acceptable safety feature.
Culvert Normal Structure Excavation
1' Min.
4. Contour this area to provide the minimum amount of obstruction exposure. and Backfill Limits.
Width
1 1
0:1
5. When less than 1 foot - 6 inches make modifications as determined by the Engineer. 0:
1
STATE OF NEVADA
LEGEND: DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Borrow or Roadway Excavation

** - FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY
CULVERT
To Provide Obstruction Clearance INSTALLATION
SECTION A-A
R-2.1.4 (601-606) Signed Original On File
SAFETY CULVERT INSTALLATION
ADOPTED REVISED
6/72 5/09
P P
lan lan
S 1' L
S L lop
lop No. 4 Bar Tied to Bolts
e e
Sl
op
( e
Slop Se Va
e e 3/4" x 6" Hex.
re
(
Se Va Ta i s Bolt and Nut
e ri
es bl
Ta e)
bl
e)
Connector Section Toe

Toe 8"
8" Plate
Plate
SECTION SECTION
pe Pay
Length
Span DETAIL A
pe Pay
Pi
Pipe
Length
Dia.
Pi
1'
Connector Section L
Rivets or Bolts
B B
L
L
12"
See Detail B
A W A 8"
A W A
PLAN SECTION
PLAN
Reinforced Edge
se
Type 1 Connector
Ri
Shown Reinforced Edge
Span
R-15
Pipe
Pipe
Dia.
Dia.
2"
H
2"
8"
H
8"
Rivets @ 12" Centers
Max. Spacing
Rivets @ 12" Centers
Bolts @ 18" Centers
Max. Spacing
ELEVATION
ELEVATION Length of Toe Plate To Be W + 10" Min. For Pipe
ELEVATION
Length of Toe Plate To Be W + 10" Min. For 12" to 30" Dia. Pipe Arches With Rise of 13" to 29" Inclusive and W + 18"
Inclusive and W +22" Min. For 36" Diameter Pipes and Larger. Min. For Pipe Arches With Rise of 33" and Larger. ANCHOR BLOCK DETAIL
See Note 6 Thru 9
TYPE 1 OR 2 CONNECTION TYPE 3 CONNECTION
Strap Bolt
1" X 0.109"
Standard 1/2" x 6" Bolts or Rivets LEGEND
Galvinized
Galvinized Bolt And
Strap
Matching Square Nut
- CONNECTOR SECTION
Flat Strap
Connector Threaded Rod
* - SEE DETAIL B FOR ATTACHING
TO HDPE & RCP PIPE
Rod Holder
Specified by Pi
pe
Pi Pi
pe Manufacture Pa
pe Le y
Pa Pa ng
Le
ng
y Le
ng
y th 1'
SHEET 1 OF 2
th th
Co STATE OF NEVADA
nn
ec DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Se tor
ction
METAL END SECTIONS

12" TO 84" CMP,
TYPE 2 12" TO 60" HDPE AND RCP
TYPE 1 For 30" Thru 84" CMP
TYPE 3
For 12" Thru 24" CMP Only 17"x 13" TO 83"x 57" CMAP
17" x 13" Thru 57" x 38" CMAP, 12" Thru 60" HDPE
For 64" x 43" Thru 83" x 57" CMAP or
and RCP * R-2.2.1 (604) Signed Original On File
42" Thru 84" CMP (Optional)
ADOPTED REVISED
STANDARD CONNECTIONS 8/75 10/15
NOTES:
1. The culvert lengths shown on the plans and structure list shall
be the pay length as indicated on the standard sheet including
PIPE ARCH DIMENSIONS connector section lengths when used.
TYPE
DIMENSIONS APPROX. *CONCRETE
CONNECTION GAGE
A B H L W SLOPE CU. YD.
2. Pipe on skew shall be mitered. Sufficient additional length of
SPAN RISE MAX 1" TOL. 1•" TOL. 2" TOL.
1" TOL. pipe shall be allowed to provide clearance for end sections.
17" 13" 16 7" 9" 6" 19" 30" 2•: 1
21" 15" 16 7" 10" 6" 23" 36' 2•: 1 3. Toe plates required on round pipe 24 inches and over in diameter and on
24" 18" 16 8" 12' 6" 28" 42" 2•: 1 arch pipe (28"x 20") and over unless otherwise specified on the
28" 20" 16 9" 14" 6" 32" 48" 2•: 1 plans or in the special provisions.
TYPE 2
35" 24" 14 10" 16" 6" 39" 60" 2•: 1
42" 29" 14 12" 18" 8" 46" 75" 2•: 1 4. Toe plates shall be punched with ‹ inch holes to match holes in lip
49" 33" 12 13" 21" 9" 53" 85" 2•: 1 of end section and bolted with … inch galvanized bolts.
57" 38" 12 18" 26" 12" 63" 90" 2•: 1 0.26
5. Reinforced edges to be supplemented with galvanized stiffener

64" 43" 12 18" 30" 12" 70" 102" 2‚: 1 0.29
angles for the 60 inch thru 84 inch round, pipe-arch sizes (77"x 52") and (83"x 57").
71" 47" 12 18" 33" 12" 77" 114" 2‚: 1 0.31
TYPE 3 The angles for the 60 inch thru 72 inch round will be (2"x 2"x ‚"),
77" 52" 12 18" 36" 12" 77" 126" 2 : 1 0.34
pipe arch sizes (77"x 52" and 83"x 57") and for 78 inch thru 84 inch round
83" 57" 12 18" 39" 12" 77" 138" 2 : 1 0.36
(2•" x 2•" x ‚"). The angles to be attached by …" galvanized nuts
and bolts.
6. Anchor block shall be used on inlet end only for 48 inch CMP and over
and for CMAP (57"x 38") and over unless otherwise specified
(see anchor block details).

CMP/ DIMENSIONS
TYPE HDPE APPROX. *CONCRETE
GAGE 8. Toe plate to be eliminated when anchor block is used.
CONNECTION PIPE A B H L W SLOPE CU. YD.
DIAM. 1" TOL. MAX 1" TOL. 1•" TOL. 2" TOL.
9. Reinforcing steel bar to clear 2 inches on ends of concrete anchor block.
12" 16 6" 6" 6" 21" 24" 2•: 1
TYPE 1
15" 16 7" 8" 6" 26" 30" 2•: 1 10. Actual dimensions of end section may vary by manufacturer.
CMP/
18" 16 8" 10" 6" 31" 36' 2•: 1 Provide appropriate metal end sections to specifically fit
TYPE 2
16 9" 42"
R-16
21" 12" 6" 36" 2•: 1 either HDPE or CMP as recommended by the manufacturer.
HDPE
24" 16 10" 13" 6" 41" 48" 2•: 1
11. Metal end sections installed on HDPE pipe shall engage 2 corrugations or
30" 14 12" 16" 8" 51" 60" 2•: 1
TYPE 2 be installed with a tapered sleeve - See Detail B.
36" 14 14" 19" 9" 60" 72" 2•: 1
42" 12 16" 22" 11" 69" 84" 2•: 1

48" 12 18" 27" 12" 78" 90" 2‚: 1 0.26
TYPE 2 54" 18" 30" 12" 84" 102" 2 : 1 0.29
12
OR 60" 12 18" 33" 12" 87" 114" 1ƒ: 1 0.31
TYPE 3 66" 12 18" 36" 12" 87" 120" 1•: 1 0.32
72" 12 18" 39' 12" 87" 126" 1 1/3 : 1 0.34
78" 12 18" 42" 12" 87" 132" 1‚: 1 0.35
84" 12 18" 45" 12" 87" 138" 1 1/6 : 1 0.36
* FOR INFORMATION ONLY

Mastic
Dia.
Where
Dia.- ‚"
Required
24" Smooth Sleeve To Be 12 Gage

Galvanized In Accordance With
es
AASHTO M218
Vari
Alternate View
For Female End 2
Form 2 3" x •" Corrugations
And Attach With Type 1 Strap Or
Type 2 Threaded Rod
See sheet R-2.2.3 for details not shown

SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
DETAIL B
METAL END SECTIONS
TAPERED SLEEVE FOR ATTACHING 12" TO 84" CMP,
STEEL END SECTIONS TO RCP AND HDPE 12" TO 60" HDPE AND RCP
17"x 13" TO 83"x 57" CMAP
ADOPTED REVISED
8/75 10/15
•" Dia. Galvanized Threaded Rod
Over Top Of End Section. Side Lugs
•" X 6" 48" Max
To Be Bolted To End Section.
Bolt w/Nut 1" flattened
Galvanized Section
B Side Lug
Strap 1"x •"
Slotted 4"
B
3 •" 3" Pipe Flatten End, Then Bend
Outside 4" To Match End Section
5"
Sides, Then Glavinize.
See Detail R-2.2.1 For Standard LONGITUDINAL BARS
Connection Details
TYPE 1 TYPE 2
TRANSVERSE BAR
CONNECTOR DETAIL CONNECTOR DETAIL
DETAIL
Through 24" Round CMP For 30" Dia. And Larger
21" x 15" And Larger Maximum Spacing
4'-Cross Drainage Structure
2'-Parallel Drainage Structure
Slope
Longitudinal Bar
See Note 5
A
4"
ng
Reinforced Edge Full Reinforced Edge Full aci
ze
4" 4" .Sp
Max
pe Si
Length Of End Section Top Of Slope End Section Length Of End Section A
See Section A-A See Section A-A
se
Ri
Pi
Pipe
…" x ƒ" Hex Bolts
Dia. Span
To Hold The Surfaces 6"
Tightly Together
2"
Transverse Bars (Typ.)
2"
2"
H
H Corrugation Sized
Optional Toe Plate H
To Fit Pipe
8" Extension (Same Gage
8"
6"
As End Section) 8" L
Holes @ 12"
Holes @ 12"
Ctrs. (Max.) ELEVATION
R-17
Ctrs. (Max.)
A W A
A W A
Overall Width Min.‹" Dia. Galvanized
Overall Width Edge Of Sidewall Sheet Steel Rod Or No. 4 Gal-
Rolled Snugly Against vanized Reinforcing Bar
FRONT VIEW Steel Rod
REAR VIEW
(A „
p "
p
Round Stub Shown ro
x
.)
For Illustration Only
Round Stub Shown Transverse

For Illustration Only 30" And Larger End Sections
Bars
May Be Multiple Panels. Seams
Shall Be Lapped 2" And Joined
With …" x‡" Bolts On 6" SECTION A A
Centers Max.
Longitudinal Bar
See Note 5
Bar
Bar
No. 1
No. 1 Corrugation Sized Threaded Rod
•" Dia.
To Fit Pipe
Carriage Head
End Section
•" Dia. Bolts (Typ.)
Pipe
Carriage
Head Bolts (Typ.)
SHEET 1 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
METAL END SECTION

SAFETY TYPE
SECTION B-B
PARALLEL FOR METAL PIPES
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE CROSS DRAINAGE STRUCTURE R-2.2.2 (604) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
9/00 10/15
ROUND
SAFETY SLOPE END SECTIONS FOR PIPES
PipeMin.Thick. Dimensions+/-2" L Dimensions+ / 2"

-
Dia. in. Ga. A H W Overall SlopeLengthSlope LengthSlope Length
In. Width in. in. in.
15 .064 16 8 6 21 37 4:1 20 6:1 30 10:1 50
18 .064 16 8 6 24 40 4:1 32 6:1 48 10:1 80
21 .064 16 8 6 27 43 4:1 44 6:1 66 10:1 110
24 .064 16 8 6 30 46 4:1 56 6:1 84 10:1 140
30 .109 12 12 9 36 60 4:1 80 6:1 120 10:1 200
36 .109 12 12 9 42 66 4:1 104 6:1 156 10:1 260
42 .109 12 16 12 48 80 4:1 128 6:1 192
48 .109 12 16 12 54 86 4:1 152 6:1 228
54 .109 12 16 12 60 92 4:1 176 6:1 264

60 .109 12 16 12 66 98 4:1 200 6:1 300 NOTES:
1. Galvanized steel shall meet AASHTO specifications.
2. Connector sizes thru 24 inch diameter attach to pipe with Type 1

straps. All other sizes attach with Type 2 rods and lugs.
3. When required, toe plate extensions are to be 8 inches high by

overall width less 6 inches. Do not include unless specified.
4. Fabricate transverse bars and longitudinal bars from

steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 Grade B Schedule 40
Specifications, hot dip galvanize bars after fabrication.
R-18
Slotted holes for transverse bar attachment shall be

provided for all end sections.
5. Longitudinal bars shown are for cross drainage structures

for pipes larger than 30 inches. Longitudinal bar required where
open span (as measured perpendicular to the flow line) is
SAFETY SLOPE END SECTIONS FOR ARCHED PIPES greater than 30 inches. Use additional longitudinal bars if after
placement of one longitudinal bar the open spacing still
Equiv. Inches Min.Thick Dimensions+/-2" L Dimensions + / 2"
- exceeds 30 inches on larger end sections. Where the open span
Dia. Span Rise in. Ga. A H W OverallSlope Length Slope LengthSlope Length
of any cross drainage structure is 30 inches or smaller, no
in. Width in. in. in. bars are required. Weld longitudinal bars to transverse bars.
18 21 15 .064 16 8 6 27 43 4:1 20 6:1 30 10:1 50
21 24 18 .064 16 8 6 30 46 4:1 32 6:1 48 10:1 80 6. All references made to pipe diameter apply to round pipe
diameters and their arched equivalents.
24 28 20 .064 16 8 6 34 50 4:1 40 6:1 60 10:1 100
30 35 24 .079 14 12 9 41 65 4:1 56 6:1 84 10:1 140
36 42 29 .109 12 12 9 48 72 4:1 76 6:1 114 10:1 190
42 49 33 .109 12 16 12 55 87 4:1 92 6:1 138
48 57 38 .109 12 16 12 63 95 4:1 112 6:1 168
54 64 43 .109 12 16 12 70 102 4:1 132 6:1 198
60 71 47 .109 12 16 12 77 109 4:1 148 6:1 222
72 83 57 .109 12 16 12 89 121 4:1 188 6:1 282
SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
METAL END SECTION

SAFETY TYPE
FOR METAL PIPES
ADOPTED REVISED
9/00 10/15
•" Dia. Galvanized Threaded Rod
Dia. Mastic •" X 6" 24"
Over Top Of End Section. Side Lugs
Where Bolt w/Nut 2 2/3"
Dia.- ‚" To Be Bolted To End Section.
Required Galvanized
Strap
24" Smooth Sleeve •"

To Be 12 Gage
Side Lug
Galvanized In B Nom. Dia. + „"
es
Nom. Dia.
Vari
Accordance With Before Corrugating
AASHTO M218 ‚"
Alternate View
Through 24"
For Female End
Round RCP/HDPE B
Form 2-2/3" x •" For 30" and Larger
Corrugations
TYPE 1 Round and All Elliptical RCP/HDPE
And Attach With
Type 1 Strap Or CONNECTOR DETAIL TYPE 2 SMOOTH TAPERED Form •" x 2 2/3" Corrugations.
Type 2 Threaded Rod Maintain Inside Diameter Of Sleeve.
CONNECTOR DETAIL SLEEVE DETAIL Finished End To Be The Same
Diameter As Corrugated Steel
TAPERED SLEEVE FOR ATTACHING
Pipe Diameter.
STEEL END SECTIONS TO RCP AND HDPE
Maximum Spacing
4'-Cross Drainage Structure
2'-Parallel Drainage Structure
Pipe Size Longitudinal Bar
Top Of Slope End Section See Note 5 Slope
Reinforced Edge Full

A
4"
ze
a.
.Sp
pe Si
Reinforced Edge Full Length Of End Section
Corrugation Sized
Length Of End Section See Section A A
Max A
To Fit Pipe
4"
See Section A A …" x ƒ" Hex Bolts
Pi
To Hold The Surfaces
2"
8"
Tightly Together 6"
Transverse Bars (Typ.)
4"
2"
se
Tapered Sleeve
Ri
8"
2"
8"
SECTION B B
6"
Holes @ 12"
L
Ctrs. (Max.)
H
R-19
A W A
Overall Width ELEVATION
Holes @ 12" FRONT VIEW

Ctrs. (Max.)
A W A
Overall Width
Optional Toe Plate
Extension (Same Gage
48" Max.
FRONT VIEW As End Section)
1" Flattened
Section Transverse
Bars
Round Stub Shown
For Illustration Only.
3•"
1" X •" Longitudinal Bar

Slotted See Note 5
4"
3" Pipe: Flatten End, Then Bend
LEGEND:
Outside 4" To Match End Section
5" Transverse
Sides, Then Galvanize.
Bar Bar * - NUMBER OF BARS REQUIRED WILL
No. 1 •" Dia. VARY DEPENDING ON THE LENGTH
TRANSVERSE BAR Carriage Head OF THE END SECTION. BAR NO. 1
Bolts (Typ.) IS ALWAYS LOCATED 6" ABOVE
DETAIL Bar
FLOW LINE.
No. 1
Min.‹" Dia. Galvanized •" Dia.

Edge Of Sidewall Sheet Steel Rod Or No. 4 Gal- Carriage
Rolled Snugly Against vanized Reinforcing Bar Head Bolts (Typ.) SHEET 1 OF 2
Steel Rod STATE OF NEVADA
(A „
p
p " 30" And Larger End Sections
ro
x May Be Multiple Panels. Seams METAL END SECTION
.)
Shall Be Lapped 2" And Joined
SAFETY TYPE
With …" x‡" Bolts On 6"
Centers Max. FOR CONCRETE AND
HDPE PIPES
PARALLEL CROSS DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
SECTION A A R-2.2.3 (604) Signed Original On File
DRAINAGE STRUCTURE
ADOPTED REVISED
1/05 10/15
SAFETY SLOPE END SECTIONS FOR ROUND PIPES
PipeMin.Thick. +- / 2"
Dimensions L Dimensions +-/ 2"
Dia. in. Ga. A H W Overall 4:1 Slope6:1 Slope10:1 Slope
(in.) Width L (in.) L (in.) L (in.)
15 .064 16 8 6 21 37 20 30 50
18 .064 16 8 6 24 40 32 48 80
21 .064 16 8 6 27 43 44 66 110
24 .064 16 8 6 30 46 56 84 140
27 .109 12 12 9 33 57 68 102 170
30 .109 12 12 9 36 60 80 120 200
33 .109 12 12 9 39 63 92 138 230
36 .109 12 12 9 42 66 104 156 260
42 .109 12 16 12 48 80 128 192
48 .109 12 16 12 54 86 152 228 NOTES:

54 .109 12 16 12 60 92 176 264
60 .109 12 16 12 66 98 200 300 1. Galvanized steel shall meet AASHTO specifications.
2. Connector sizes thru 24 inch diameter attach to pipe with Type 1

straps. All other sizes attach with Type 2 rods and lugs.
3. When required, toe plate extensions are to be 8 inches high by

overall width less 6 inches. Do not include unless specified.
4. Fabricate transverse bars and longitudinal bars from

steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 Grade B Schedule 40
R-20
Specifications hot dip galvanize bars after fabrication.

Slotted holes for transverse bar attachment shall be
provided for all end sections.
5. Longitudinal bars shown are for cross drainage structures

for pipes larger than 30 inches. Longitudinal bar required where
open span (as measured perpendicular to the flow line) is
greater than 30 inches. Use additional longitudinal bars if after
placement of one longitudinal bar the open spacing still
SAFETY SLOPE END SECTIONS FOR ELLIPTICAL PIPES exceeds 30 inches on larger end sections. Where the open span
of any cross drainage structure is 30 inches or smaller, no
+- / 2"
Equiv Inches MinThick Dimensions L Dimensions +- / 2"
bars are required. Weld longitudinal bars to transverse bars.
Dia.SpanRise in. Ga. A H WOverall4:1 Slope6:1 Slope10:1 Slope
in. Width L in. L in. L in.
6. All references made to pipe diameter apply to round pipe
18 23 14 .064 16 8 6 29 45 16 24 40
diameters and their arched equivalents.
24 30 19 .064 16 8 6 36 52 36 54 90
27 34 22 .079 14 12 9 40 64 48 72 120
30 38 24 .079 14 12 9 44 68 56 84 140
33 42 27 .109 12 12 9 48 72 68 102 170
36 45 29 .109 12 16 12 51 83 76 114 190
42 53 34 .109 12 16 12 59 91 96 144
48 60 38 .109 12 16 12 66 98 112 168
54 68 43 .109 12 16 12 74 106 132 198
60 76 48 .109 12 16 12 80 112 152 228
SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
METAL END SECTION

SAFETY TYPE
FOR CONCRETE AND
HDPE PIPES
ADOPTED REVISED
1/05 5/09
L
NOTES:
C B
1. Class and type of concrete shall be as specified for
reinforced concrete pipe.
2. Structural design of end section shall conform to that of

standard reinforced concrete culvert pipe.
A A 3. Length of pipe shown on the design plans does not include connector
section (length C).
am eter
4. Contact hydraulics Engineer for sizes not listed.
Di
5. Actual dimensions of end sections may vary by manufacturer.
Adjust pipe lengths as necessary to accommodate precast
end sections used. See sheets R-1.1.2 and R-2.1.4 for extension
beyond fill slope and pipe pay lengths.
PLAN
END VIEW
DIAMETER WEIGHT A B C * L W
18" 670 9" 27" 46" 73" 36"

24" 1300 9 •" 43 •" 30" 73 •" 48"
30" 1850 12" 54" 19 ƒ" 73 ƒ" 60"
36" 3500 15" 63" 34 ƒ" 97" 72"
am eter
42" 4930 21" 63" 35" 98" 78"

48" 6700 24" 72" 26" 98" 84"
Di
54" 7150 27" 65" 35" 100" 90"

R-21
A * For Reference Only
SECTION A-A
En
d
Se
ct
i
on
ISOMETRIC VIEW
STATE OF NEVADA
Culvert End Section DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
CROSS SECTION VIEW RCP END SECTION

18" TO 54" RCP 18" TO 54" RCP
ADOPTED REVISED
1/75 10/15
NOTES:
7"
A 1'-6" A B B 1. Concrete shall be class A or class AA.
D 7" 7"
See Detail F
2. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars with the maximum
I-Bar @ 12" spacing of 12 inches set 2 inches clear of surface of concrete.
B
See Detail B See Detail E
es
Reinforcing bars may be cut and bent in field.
Vari
>
W-Bent Bars @ 12"
B
Support Pipe See Detail C 6"
†" Dia. Holes
3" 2•"R
1•"
1'6"
D
7"
F Bars @ 12"
8" • "A"+ 9"
‚" 4Œ"
1ƒ"
Varies
A …" x 2"x 6" Plate Galv. A36
‚" x 3"x 8" Plate Galv. A36
SECTION D-D
SADDLE PLATE ANCHOR PLATE
PLAN
DETAIL DETAIL
7"
See DETAIL T
†" Dia. Holes
•" Cl.
B •" Cl. B
3"
A C C
6"
I-Bars @ 12"
H-Bars 3•" Nominal ID Galvanized Steel Pipe-6:1 Slope
4• "
10"
8"
See Table G For Wall Thickness
•" Dia. U-Bolt 4Œ"

1ƒ"
6" 8•" Long •" Dia. U-Bolt 8"
8•" Long
8"
1'6" DETAIL C DETAIL T
G-Bars @ 12" F-Bars @ 12"
8"
DETAIL B PLAN
6"
L-Bent Bars 2 @ 4"
STEEL PLATE
M-Bent Bars @ 12"
PLAN
R-22
7"
SECTION A-A 6"
E
4•"
7ƒ "
3•"
7 ‚ "
3•" Galv.
‰"
QUANTITY AND LENGTH OF No. 4 REINFORCING BARS Steel Grate Pipe
10"
10"
DIA. OF •"Cl.
F G H I M W
PIPE
30" 22-2'-2" 4-21' 2-3'-3" 3-19'-10" To 2'-6" 19-4'-10" To 2'
4-2'
33" 23-2'-5" 4-22' 2-3'-7" 3-20'-10" To -- 20-5'-2" To --
36" 24-2'-8" 5-23'-6" 2-3'-10" 3-22'-4" To -- 22-5'-5" To --
Saddle Plate •" Dia. U-Bolt E
Steel Support Pipe 10" Long
39" 26-2'-11" 5-25'-6" 2-4'-1" 4-24'-4" To -- 5-2' 24-5'-9" To --
3•" Galv.
42" 28-3'-2" 5-27' 2-4'-4" 5-25'-10" To -- 25-6' To -- ELEVATION SECTION E-E
2-Anchor Plate
45" 29-3'-5" 6-28'-6" 2-4'-7" 5-27'-4" To -- 27-6'-3" To --
48" 31-4'-10" 6-30' 2-4'-10" 5-28'-10" To -- 28-6'-6" To --
DETAIL F
6-2'
51" 33-4'-10" 6-32' 2-5'-1" 6-30'-10" To -- 30-6'-10" To -- DETAIL E
54" 34-5'-4" 6-33'-6" 2-5'-4" 6-32'-4" To -- 32-7'-1" To --
57" 37-5'-7" 7-35' 2-5'-7" 6-33'-10" To -- 33-7'-4" To --

7-2'
60" 38-5'-10" 7-37' 2-5'-10" 7-35'-10" To -- 35-7'-8" To -- 4"
8"
2•" 2•"
10"
n.
8" 2 •" R R
1 • " Mi
Threads
Threads
12"
n.
4" 18"|
TABLE G
2" Mi
‚" Glav. Steel Plate •" Cl.
3"
PIPE
12"
DIA. OF DIM. DIM.

M-Bar
PIPE A B CLASS
5"
30" 22' 1'-3"
•" Dia. U-Bolt
33" 23' 1'-4•" U- BOLT DETAILS
4"
es
8•" Long
36" 24'-6" 1'-6"
Vari
40 •" CL.
39" 26'-6" 1'-7•"
10"
STATE OF NEVADA
42" 28' 1'-9"
W-Bar
45" 29'-6" 1'-10•"
48" 31' 2' •" Dia. U-Bolt

12"
Top of Pipe
51" 33' 2'-1•"
8•" Long
CULVERT
CMP or RCP
6"
54" 34'-6" 2'-3"

80
L-Bar
END SAFETY GRATE
57" 36' 2'-4•" I-Bar @ 12" F-Bar @ 12"
60"
H-Bars 30" TO 60" CMP OR RCP
38' 2'-6" 12" 2-L Bent Bar @ 4"

SECTION B-B SECTION C-C ADOPTED REVISED
1/01 10/15
• Dia.-Min. 1'
a.
Di
Skew Angle
a.
Di
2•" Cl. 90°
8"
8"
8" 8"
8"
2•" Cl.
PLAN
8"
•" Dia./Cos Skew Angle
SINGLE CMP Min. 1'/Cos Skew Angle
8"
PLAN
DOUBLE CMP
a.
4"
Di
8" C
SECTION
FOR ALL HEADWALLS
•" Dia./Cos Skew Angle

Min. 1'/Cos Skew Angle
0.5L Dia./Cos Dia./Cos 0.6L 2•" Cl.

•" Dia. Min. 1' Skew Angle Skew Angle
0.5L Dia. Dia. 0.5L
Bar N
-8"
R-23
a.+ 1'
Bars K Bars M1
Bar N
-8"
a.+ 1'
Bars K Bars M
Di
Bars M
Bars M Bar N
Di
Bar N
2•" Cl. ELEVATION

DOUBLE CMP
ELEVATION
DOUBLE CMP
0.5L Dia. 0.5L

0.5L Dia./Cos 0.6L 2•" Cl.
Skew Angle
Bar N
C
-8"
Bar N
-8"
a.+ 1'
Bars K
a.+ 1'
Bars K
Bars M Bars M1
Bars M
Di
Bars M
Di
Bar N
Bar N
SHEET 1 OF 2
2•" Cl. STATE OF NEVADA
ELEVATION ELEVATION
SINGLE CMP SINGLE CMP CULVERT HEADWALLS
12" TO 42" CMP
0° SKEW 15° TO 45° SKEW
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR TWO HEADWALLS
SINGLE CMP DOUBLE CMP
CMP CORR CMP 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW
SIZE CMAP AREA L CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL
DIA SXR SQ. FT.
CU. YD. LBS CU. YD. LBS CU. YD. LBS CU. YD. LBS CU. YD. LBS CU. YD. LBS CU. YD. LBS CU. YD. LBS
12" 0.79 3'-6" 0.85 35 0.93 37 0.94 37 0.99 39 1.21 46 1.30 49 1.35 50 1.49 53
15" 18" x 11" 1.23 4'-3" 1.09 48 1.19 50 1.21 51 1.27 52 1.51 61 1.62 64 1.68 65 1.85 69
18" 22" x 13" 1.77 5' 1.36 55 1.48 59 1.51 59 1.57 61 1.83 70 1.96 73 2.05 75 2.24 80
24" 29" x 18" 3.14 6'-6" 1.95 78 2.12 83 2.16 84 2.25 86 2.53 95 2.73 100 2.84 103 3.08 108
30" 36" x 22" 4.91 8' 2.61 105 2.85 111 2.90 112 3.01 115 3.39 126 3.65 132 3.79 135 4.11 142
36" 43" x 27" 7.07 9'-6" 3.36 122 3.66 129 3.72 131 3.86 134 4.34 147 4.68 155 4.85 158 5.25 167
42" 50" x 31" 9.62 11' 4.18 167 4.56 177 4.64 179 4.81 182 5.39 196 5.81 206 6.03 210 6.52 220
QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR ONE HEADWALL
LENGTH OF REINFORCING BARS
SINGLE CMP SINGLE OR DOUBLE CMP DOUBLE CMP

CMP 0°-45° 0° 15° 30° 45° 0° 15° 30° 45° 0°-45° 0° 15° 30° 45°
L
SIZE NO. 4 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5
K N N N N M M M1 M M1 M M1 K N N N N
12" 3'-6" 4@ 2' -5" 2@4' -3" 2@4' -8" 2@4' -9" 2@5' 2@1' -6" 1@1' -4" 1@2' 1@1' -3" 1@2' -1" 1@1' 1@2' -4" 5@2' -5" 2@6' -3" 2@6' -9" 2@7' -1" 2@7' -10"
R-24
15" 4'-3" 6@ 2' -8" 2@5' -3" 2@5' -9" 2@5' -11" 2@6' -2" 2@1' -8" 1@1' -6" 1@2' -2" 1@1' -5" 1@2' -3" 1@1' -2" 1@2' -6" 7@2' -8" 2@7' -6" 2@8' -1" 2@8' -6" 2@9' -5"
18" 5' 6@ 2' -11" 2@6' -3" 2@6' -10" 2@7' 2@7' -4" 2@2' -3" 1@2' -1" 1@2' -11" 1@2' 1@3' 1@1' -9" 1@3' -3" 7@2' -11" 2@8' -9" 2@9' -5" 2@9' -10" 2@10' -11"
24" 6'-6" 6@ 3' -5" 2@8' -3" 2@9' 2@9' -3" 2@9' -9" 4@3' 2@2' -10" 2@3' -9" 2@2' -9" 2@3' -10" 2@2' -6" 2@4' -1" 7@3' -5" 2@11' -3" 2@12' -1" 2@12' -8" 2@14'
30" 8' 8@ 3' -11" 2@10' -3" 2@11' -2" 2@11' -5" 2@12' -1" 4@3' -9"2@3' -7" 2@4' -8" 2@3' -6" 2@4' -9" 2@3' -3" 2@5' 9@3' -11" 2@14' 2@15' 2@15' -9" 2@17' -5"
36" 9'-6" 8@ 4' -5" 2@12' -3" 2@13' -4" 2@13' -8" 2@14' -5" 4@4' -6"2@4' -4" 2@5' -7" 2@4' -3" 2@5' -8" 2@4' 2@5' -11" 9@4' -5" 2@16' -9" 2@18' 2@18' -10" 2@20' -10"
42" 11' 10@ 4' -11" 2@14' -3" 2@15' -6" 2@15' -11" 2@16' -10" 6@5' -3" 3@5' -1" 3@6' -6" 3@5' 3@6' -7" 3@4' -9" 3@6' -10" 11@4' -11" 2@19' -6" 2@20' -11" 2@21' -11" 2@24' -3"
NOTES:
2. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars with maximum spacing of

18 inches set 2 • inches clear of surface of concrete except as noted.
Bar ends shall be kept 1 • inches clear of surface of concrete. Reinforcing
bars may be cut and bent in field.
3. Footings shown are of minimum depth and shall be extended if soil

is unsuitable or liable to scour.
4. Culvert pipes to be set on a skew shall be mitered when headwalls

are constructed. When headwalls are not constructed the pipes
shall not be mitered except in overflow section.
5. For estimating headwall quantities on skewed culverts:

SHEET 2 OF 2
0° to 10° - use quantities for 0° skew.
11° to 25° - use quantities for 15° skew. STATE OF NEVADA
over 55° - calculate quantities required.
Culverts should be installed on 5° increments where it is feasible.
CULVERT HEADWALLS
12" TO 42" CMP
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 10/15
a.
Di
-4" **
•
-6" *
a. a.
Di
2'
2•"Cl. Di
1'
N-Bars
8"
3' *
4' **
**
10" *
N-Bars F-Bars @ 18" *
12"
F-Bars @ 12" **
PLAN
PLAN
PLAN
0.5L Dia. 0.5L
Bars E.F.
Bent G-Bars @
2•" Cl. 18" F.F.* K-Bars N.F.
M1 Bars E.F.
0.5L Dia. /Cos. 0.6L
M-Bars E.F.
Bent G Bars @ Skew Angle

ƒ" x6" Anchor Bolts
12" F.F.**
@ 1'-6" Ctrs. ƒ" Heavy Hex.
Bolts and Nuts.
M
N-Bar E.F. 2•"Cl.
C
Anchor Bolts To
Be Installed On
-8"
Inlet End Only,
2'
a.+ See Note 6.
C C
C C
Di
4" 4"
N-Bars
See DETAIL A
Typical
Section
R-25
N Bars
For Dimensions and Reinforcing Not Shown See 0° Skew
ELEVATION
8"
SINGLE CMP ELEVATION
0° SKEW SINGLE CMP
15° TO 45° SKEW
am eter
K-Bars Bent G-Bars
-8"
1•" Cl.
a.+2'
Di
2" Cl.
Di
• Dia./Cos. Skew Angle Additional
N-Bar
-4"
**
-1"
15° to 45° 0.5L Dia. /Cos. Dia. /Cos. 0.6L
1'
Skew Angle Skew Angle 1"Cl.
1'
C
8"
0° 0.5L Dia. •Dia. Dia. 0.5L
3' *
2-K Bars N.F. **
4' **
3-Bent G Bars F.F. **
TYPICAL SECTION
LEGEND:
* - FOR 48" AND 54" DIA. SHEET 1 OF 2

STATE OF NEVADA
** - FOR 60" AND 72" DIA. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
1 K-Bars N.F. *
1 Bent G-Bars F.F. *
For Dimensions and Reinforcing Not Shown See 0° Skew CULVERT HEADWALLS
48" TO 72" CMP
ELEVATION
DOUBLE CMP
0° TO 45° SKEW
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
CMP
SINGLE CMP
SIZE 0°SKEW 15°SKEW
DIA. NO.5 NO.4 NO.5 NO.4

NOTES:
F G M N K F G M M1 N K
48" 12@2' -9" 10@7' -7" 12@6' 9@16' -3" 10@5' -10" 13@2' -9" 11@7' -7" 6@5' -10" 6@7' -3" 9@17' -8" 11@5' -10" 1. Concrete shall be class A or AA.
54" 13@2' -9" 12@8' -1" 12@6' -9" 9@18' -3" 12@6' -4" 14@2' -9" 13@8' -1" 6@6' -7" 6@8' -1" 9@19' -10" 13@6' -4"
2. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars with maximum
60" 21@3' -9" 18@8' -9" 12@7' -6" 10@20' -3" 12@6' -10" 23@3' -9" 20@8' -9" 6@7' -4" 6@9' 10@22' 13@6' -10"
spacing of 18 inches set 2 • inches clear of surface of concrete
72" 25@3' -9" 20@9' -9" 16@9' 10@24' -3" 14@7' -10" 27@3' -9" 22@9' -9" 8@8' -10" 8@10' -10" 10@26' -4" 15@7' -10" except as noted. Bar ends shall be kept 1 • inches clear of
surface of concrete. Reinforcing bars may be cut and
DOUBLE CMP bent in field.
48" 16@2' -9" 11@7' -7" 12@6' 9@22' -3" 11@5' -10" 17@2' -9" 12@7' -7" 6@5' -10" 6@7' -3" 9@23' -10" 12@5' -10"
3. Footings shown are of minimum depth and shall be
54" 18@2' -9" 13@8' -1" 12@6' -9" 9@25' 13@6' -4" 19@2' -9" 14@8' -1" 6@6' -7" 6@8' -1" 9@26' -10" 14@6' -4" extended if soil is unsuitable or liable to scour.
60" 29@3' -9" 21@8' -9" 12@7' -6" 10@27' -9" 14@6' -10" 31@3' -9" 23@8' -9" 6@7' -4" 6@9' 10@29' -9" 15@6' -10"
4. Culvert pipes to be set on a skew shall be mitered when
72" 34@3' -9" 23@9' -9" 16@9' 10@33' -3" 16@7' -10" 36@3' -9" 25@9' -9" 8@8' -10" 8@10' -10" 10@35' -8" 17@7' -10"
headwalls are constructed. When headwalls are not constructed
the pipes shall not be mitered except in overflow section.
QUANTITIES SHOWN ABOVE ARE FOR ONE HEADWALL.
6. No direct payment for anchor bolts.

CMP
SINGLE CMP
SIZE
30°SKEW 45°SKEW
R-26
DIA. NO.5 NO.4 NO.5 NO.4

F G M M1 N K F G M M1 N K
48" 13@2' -9" 11@7' -7" 6@5' -8" 6@7' -3" 9@18' -2" 11@5' -10" 14@2' -9" 12@7' -7" 6@5' -6" 6@7' -3" 9@19' -2" 12@5' -10"
54" 15@2' -9" 14@8' -1" 6@6' -5" 6@8' -1" 9@20' -4" 14@6' -4" 15@2' -9" 14@8' -1" 6@6' -3" 6@8' -1" 9@21' -6" 14@6' -4"
60" 23@3' -9" 13@6' -10" 24@3' -9" 21@8' -9" 10@23' -11" 14@6' -10"
20@8' -9" 6@7' -2" 6@9' 10@22' -7" 6@7' 6@9'
72" 28@3' -9" 10@27' 16@7' -10" 29@3' -9" 24@9' -9" 8@8' -6" 8@10' -10" 17@7' -10"
23@9' -9" 8@8' -8" 8@10' -10" 10@28' -7"
DOUBLE CMP
48" 18@2' -9" 13@7' -7" 6@5' -8" 6@7' -3" 9@25' -1" 13@5' -10" 19@2' -9" 14@7' -7" 6@5' -6" 6@7' -3" 9@27' -8" 14@5' -10"
54" 20@2' -9" 15@8' -1" 6@6' -5" 6@8' -1" 9@28' -2" 15@6' -4" 22@2' -9" 17@8' -1" 6@6' -3" 6@8' -1" 9@31' -1" 17@6' -4"
60" 32@3' -9" 24@8' -9" 6@7' -2" 6@9' 10@31' -3" 16@6' -10" 36@3' -9" 28@8' -9" 6@7' 6@9' 10@34' -6" 18@6' -10"
72" 38@3' -9" 27@9' -9" 8@8' -8" 8@10' -10" 10@37' -5" 19@7' -10" 42@3' -9" 31@9' -9" 8@8' -6" 8@10' -10" 10@41' -4" 21@7' -10"
QUANTITIES SHOWN ABOVE ARE FOR ONE HEADWALL.
QUANTITIES SHOWN BELOW ARE FOR TWO HEADWALLS.
CMP CMP SINGLE CMP DOUBLE CMP

SIZE AREA L 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW
DIA. SQ FT CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL SHEET 2 OF 2
CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB
STATE OF NEVADA
48" 12.57 12' - 6" 6.72 597 7.31 651 7.45 656 7.75 696 8.76 715 9.43 772 9.82 815 10.65 874 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
54" 7.90 706 8.60 766 8.76 802 9.10 814 10.28 841 11.07 904 11.51 950 12.47 1045
15.90 14'
993 11.07 1089 11.28 1095 11.74 1147 13.28 1229 14.30 1328 14.87 1381 16.13 1547
60" 19.64 15' - 6" 10.17
1265 14.30 1377 14.56 1424 15.12 1481 17.07 1538 18.38 1654 19.11 1753 20.70 1937
72" 28.27 18' - 6" 13.13
CULVERT HEADWALLS
48" TO 72" CMP
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
Dia.
a. er
2•" Cl. Di et
8 am
8"
0. Di
er
et
8"
am
Di
8"
PLAN
8"
SINGLE RCP/HDPE
8"
X
2•" Cl.
am eter
8"
C
h
0.8 Dia./Cos. Skew Angle, Min. 1'-3"/Cos. Skew Angle
Di
PLAN
8"
Y
DOUBLE RCP/HDPE
SECTION
FOR ALL HEADWALLS
0.8 Dia. Min. 1'-3" 2•" Cl. 0.8 Dia./Cos. Skew Angle,
0.5L Dia. Dia. 0.5L Min. 1'-3"/Cos. Skew Angle
2•" Cl. C
0.5L Dia./Cos. Dia./Cos. 0.6L 2•" Cl.

R-27
Skew Angle Skew Angle
Bar N
Bar N
Bars K
h
Bars M Bars K
Bars M1
h
Bars M
Bars M
Bar N
Bar N
2•" Cl.
2•" Cl. 2•" Cl.

ELEVATION
ELEVATION
DOUBLE RCP/HDPE
DOUBLE RCP/HDPE
2•" Cl. 0.5L Dia./Cos. 0.6L

0.5L Dia. 0.5L 2•" Cl.
2•" Cl. Skew Angle
Bar N Bar N
Bars K
Bars K Bars M1
h
h
Bars M
Bars M SHEET 1 OF 2
Bars M
STATE OF NEVADA
Bar N Bar N
2•" Cl. 2•" Cl. CULVERT HEADWALLS

ELEVATION 12" TO 36" RCP/HDPE
ELEVATION
SINGLE RCP/HDPE SINGLE RCP/HDPE
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
QUANTITIES SHOWN BELOW ARE FOR ONE HEADWALL.
SINGLE RCP/HDPE SINGLE OR DOUBLE RCP/HDPE DOUBLE RCP/HDPE

RCP/
HDPE 0°-45° 0° 15° 30° 45° 0° 15° 30° 45° 0°-45° 0° 15° 30° 45°
SIZE NO. 4 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5
DIA.
12" 6@2' -9" 2@4' -9" 2@5' -2" 2@5' -4" 2@5' -7" 2@1' -7" 1@1' -5" 1@2' -1" 1@1' -4" 1@2' -2" 1@1' -1" 1@2' -5" 7@2' -9" 2@7' 2@7' -6" 2@7' -11" 2@8' -9"
15" 6@3' -1" 2@6' 2@6' -6" 2@6' -8" 2@7' 2@2' -1" 1@1' -11" 1@2' -8" 1@1' -10" 1@2' -9" 1@1' -7" 1@3' 7@3' -1" 2@8' -6" 2@9' -2" 2@9' -7" 2@10' -7"
18" 6@3' -4" 2@7' 2@7' -8" 2@7' -10" 2@8' -2" 4@2' -5" 2@2' -3" 2@3' -1" 2@2' -2" 2@3' -2" 2@1' -11" 2@3' -5" 7@3' -4" 2@9' -9" 2@10' -6" 2@11' 2@12' -1"
21" 6@3' -8" 2@8' 2@8' -9" 2@8' -11" 2@9' -5" 4@2' -9" 2@2' -7" 2@3' -6" 2@2' -6" 2@3' -7" 2@2' -3" 2@3' -10" 7@3' -8" 2@11' -2" 2@12' 2@12' -7" 2@13' -10"
24" 8@3' -11" 2@9' 2@9' -10" 2@10' -1" 2@10' -7" 4@3' -2" 2@3' 2@4' 2@2' -11" 2@4' -1" 2@2' -8" 2@4' -4" 9@3' -11" 2@12' -7" 2@13' -7" 2@14' -2" 2@15' -8"
27" 8@4' -2" 2@10' 2@10' -11" 2@11' -2" 2@11' -9" 4@3' -6" 2@3' -4" 2@4' -4" 2@3' -3" 2@4' -5" 2@3' 2@4' -8" 9@4' -2" 2@14' -1" 2@15' -1" 2@15' -10" 2@17' -6"
30" 8@4' -6" 2@11' -3" 2@12' -3" 2@12' -7" 2@13' -2" 4@4' 2@3' -10" 2@5' 2@3' -9" 2@5' -1" 2@3' -6" 2@5' -4" 9@4' -6" 2@15' -9" 2@16' -11" 2@17' -9" 2@19' -7"
33" 8@4' -10" 2@12' -3" 2@13' -4" 2@13' -8" 2@14' -4" 4@4' -3" 2@4' -1" 2@5' -3" 2@4' 2@5' -4" 2@3' -9" 2@5' -7" 9@4' -10" 2@17' -3" 2@18' -6" 2@19' -5" 2@21' -5"
36" 10@5' -1" 2@13' -3" 2@14' -5" 2@14' -9" 2@15' -7" 6@4' -8" 3@4' -6" 3@5' -9" 3@4' -5" 3@5' -10" 3@4' -2" 3@6' -1" 11@5' -1" 2@18' -8" 2@20' 2@21' 2@23' -2"

RCP/ RCP/ SINGLE RCP/HDPE DOUBLE RCP/HDPE
HDPE HDPE 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW X Y L h
SIZE AREA CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL
DIA. SQ FT CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB
12" 0.79 1.00 46 1.09 49 1.10 49 1.14 50 1.41 59 1.52 62 1.58 64 1.73 67 10" 1' - 2" 4' 3'
15" 1.23 1.32 55 1.45 58 1.47 59 1.52 60 1.80 70 1.93 73 2.01 75 2.18 79 10‚" 1' - 2‚" 5' 3' - 3•"
18" 1.77 1.62 69 1.77 73 1.80 74 1.85 75 2.15 85 2.31 89 2.40 91 2.60 96 10•" 1' - 2•" 5' - 9" 3' - 7"
21" 2.41 1.95 77 2.13 82 2.16 83 2.23 85 2.59 95 2.79 101 2.90 103 3.13 108 10ƒ" 1' - 2ƒ" 6' - 6" 3' - 10•"
24" 3.14 2.27 96 2.48 102 2.52 103 2.60 105 3.01 116 3.24 122 3.37 125 3.64 131 11" 1' - 3" 7' - 3" 4' - 2"
R-28
27" 3.98 2.62 105 2.86 111 2.90 112 2.99 114 3.48 128 3.75 134 3.89 137 4.21 144 11" 1' - 3" 8' 4' - 5"
30" 4.91 3.08 117 3.37 123 3.41 124 3.44 127 4.07 141 4.38 148 4.55 152 4.90 159 11•" 1' - 3•" 9' 4' - 9"
33" 5.94 3.50 125 3.82 132 3.87 134 3.98 137 4.62 153 4.98 160 5.17 164 5.56 172 11ƒ" 1' - 3ƒ" 9' - 9" 5' -•"
36" 7.07 3.93 161 4.29 169 4.34 171 4.47 174 5.19 190 5.59 200 5.80 204 6.24 213 1' 1' - 4" 10' - 6" 5' - 4"
NOTES:
2. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars with maximum

spacing of 18 inches set 2 • inches clear of surface of concrete
except as noted. Bar ends shall be kept 1 • inches clear of surface
of concrete. Reinforcing bars may be cut and bent in field.
3. Footings shown are of minimum depth and shall be extended

if soil is unsuitable or liable to scour.
4. Culvert pipes to be set on a skew shall be mitered when

headwalls are constructed. When headwalls are not
constructed the pipes shall not be mitered except in
overflow section.

41° to 55° - use quantities for 45° skew. SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
6. Dimensions X,Y,L, and h to remain constant reguardless

of minor variations in wall thickness due to class or
type of pipe used.
CULVERT HEADWALLS
7. See sheet R-2.9.1 for details if connecting to HDPE pipe. 12" TO 36" RCP/HDPE
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
0.8 Dia. a.
Di
3" For 42" and 48" Dia.

a.
4' For 54" and 60" Dia. Di
4'-9" For 72" Dia.
1'-6" For 42" and 48" Dia.

2'-2" For 54" to 72" Dia.
Bar N
8"
0.5L Dia./Cos. Dia./Cos. 0.6L
10" For 42" and 48" Dia. Bars K Bar N
Skew Angle Skew Angle
Bent Bars G
1'-2" For 54" and 60" Dia.
0.8 Dia./Cos. Skew Angle
1'-11" For 72" Dia.
Bars F @ 18" For 42" and 48" Dia.
@ 12" For 54" and 72" Dia. PLAN
PLAN
* 0.8 Dia./Cos. Skew Angle
* Dia./Cos. Skew Angle * Dia./Cos. Skew Angle
* 0.5L * 0.6L
2•" Cl.
** 0.8 Dia.
0.5L Dia. 0.5L
2•" Cl. C
**0.5L ** Dia. ** Dia. ** 0.5L
Bar N E.F. Bars K N.F.

Bent Bars G
@18" For 42" and 48" Dia.
@12" For 54" and 60" Dia.
@8" For 72" Dia. F.F.
Bars M E.F.
h
Bar N E.F.
9"
Bar N Bars M E.F.
8"
1 Bar G, 1 Bar K @ 42" and 48" Dia. * - 15° to 45° Skew
R-29
2•" Cl. 3 Bars G, 2 Bars K @ 54" and 60" Dia. ** - 0° to 14° Skew
5 Bars G, 3 Bars K @ 72" Dia.
ELEVATION
SINGLE RCP/HDPE
ELEVATION
0° SKEW
DOUBLE RCP/HDPE
0° TO 45° SKEW
8"
A.
1•" Cl. DI
2" Cl.
X
1'-6" For 42" and 48" Dia.

Dia./Cos. Skew Angle
0.5L 0.6L 2'-2" For 54" to 72" Dia. Bar N
Bent
Bars G Bar N E.F.
am eter
Bent Bars G
8"
Bars M @18" For 42" and 48" Dia.
@12" For 54" and 60" Dia.
Di
h
@8" For 72" Dia. F.F.

Bars K
Bars M E.F. Bars M1 E.F. 10" For 42" and 48" Dia. Bar N Bent Bars G
h
1'-2" For 54" and 60" Dia. Bent Bars G

Bars K N.F. Bars K N.F.
Additional 1'-11" For 72" Dia. Bars K N.F.
Bars F
9"
2" Cl. Bar N For Bar N

Y
54" to 72" Dia. See Section @18" For 42" and 48" Dia., @12" For 54" and 72" Dia.
2" Cl.
Bars F
Bar N E.F. Bars F PLAN
3'
Additional SHEET 1 OF 2
Bars N
42" and 48" Dia. ELEVATION
STATE OF NEVADA
For 4' SINGLE RCP/HDPE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
72" Dia. 54" and 60" Dia.
15° TO 45° SKEW
4'-9 "
CULVERT HEADWALLS
72" Dia.
42" TO 72" RCP AND
42" TO 60" HDPE
SECTION
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
SINGLE RCP/HDPE
RCP/ 0°SKEW 15°SKEW 30°SKEW 45°SKEW

HDPE
NO. 5 NO. 4 NO. 5 NO. 4 NO. 5 NO. 4 NO. 5 NO. 4
SIZE
DIA F G M N K F G M M1 N K F G M M1 N K F G M M1 N K
42" 12@2'-9" 10@7'-6" 12@5'-5" 9@15'-3" 10@5'-8" 13@2'-9" 11@7'-6" 6@5'-3" 6@6'-6" 9@16'-7" 11@5'-8" 13@2'-9" 11@7'-6" 6@5'-1" 6@6'-6" 9@17' 11@5'-8" 14@2'-9" 12@7'-6" 6@4'-11" 6@6'-6" 9@7'-11" 12@5'-8"
48" 13@2'-9" 12@8'-1" 12@6'-3" 9@17'-6" 12@6'-3" 14@2'-9" 13@8'-1" 6@6'-1" 6@7'-5" 9@19' 13@6'-3" 15@2'-9" 14@8'-1" 6@5'-11" 6@7'-5" 9@19'-6" 14@6'-3" 15@2'-9" 14@8'-1" 6@5'-9" 6@7'-5" 9@20'-6" 14@6'-3"
54" 21@3'-9" 16@9'-1" 16@7'-1" 10@19'-9" 12@6'-10" 23@3'-9" 18@9'-1" 8@6'-11" 8@8'-5" 10@21'-6" 13@6'-10" 23@3'-9" 18@9'-1" 8@6'-9" 8@8'-5" 10@22' 13@6'-10" 24@3'-9" 19@9'-1" 8@6'-7" 8@8'-5" 10@23'-2" 14@6'-10"
60" 23@3'-9" 18@9'-8" 16@7'-9" 10@21'-9" 14@7'-5" 25@3'-9" 20@9'-8" 8@7'-7" 8@9'-4" 10@23'-8" 15@7'-5" 25@3'-9" 20@9'-8" 8@7'-5" 8@9'-4" 10@24'-3" 15@7'-5" 27@3'-9" 22@9'-8" 8@7'-3" 8@9'-4" 10@25'-6" 16@7'-5"
72" 27@4'-6" 30@11'-7" 20@9'-11" 12@26' 16@8'-7" 29@4'-6" 33@11'-7" 10@9'-2" 10@11'-3" 12@28'-3" 18@8'-7" 30@4'-6" 34@11'-7" 10@9' 10@11'-3" 12@29' 18@8'-7" 32@4'-6" 37@11'-7" 10@8'-10" 10@11'-3" 12@30'-6" 19@8'-7"
DOUBLE RCP/HDPE
42" 16@2'-9" 11@7'-6" 12@5'-5" 9@21'-6" 11@5'-8" 17@2'-9" 12@7'-6" 6@5'-3" 6@6'-6" 9@23'-1" 12@5'-8" 18@2'-9" 13@7'-6" 6@5'-1" 6@6'-6" 9@24'-3" 13@5'-8" 20@2'-9" 15@7'-6" 6@4'-11" 6@6'-6" 9@26'-10" 15@5'-8"
48" 18@2'-9" 13@8'-1" 12@6'-3" 9@24'-9" 13@6'-3" 19@2'-9" 14@8'-1" 6@6'-1" 6@7'-5" 9@26'-6" 14@6'-3" 20@2'-9" 15@8'-1" 6@5'-11" 6@7'-5" 9@27'-10" 15@6'-3" 22@2'-9" 17@8'-1" 6@5'-9" 6@7'-5" 9@30'-9" 17@6'-3"
54" 23@3'-9" 19@9'-1" 16@7' 10@27'-10" 14@6'-10" 31@3'-9" 21@9'-1" 8@6'-11" 8@8'-5" 10@29'-10" 15@6'-10" 32@3'-9" 22@9'-1" 8@6'-9" 8@8'-5" 10@31'-4" 16@6'-10" 36@3'-9" 26@9'-1" 8@6'-7" 8@8'-5" 10@34'-8" 18@6'-10"
60" 32@3'-9" 21@9'-8" 16@7'-9" 10@30'-9" 14@7'-5" 35@3'-9" 24@9'-8" 8@7'-7" 8@9'-4" 10@33' 16@7'-5" 36@3'-9" 25@9'-8" 8@7'-5" 8@9'-4" 10@34'-8" 17@7'-5" 40@3'-9" 29@9'-8" 8@7'-3" 8@9'-4" 10@38'-3" 19@7'-5"
72" 37@4'-6" 35@11'-7" 20@9'-11" 12@36'-10" 19@8'-7" 40@4'-6" 39@11'-7" 10@9'-2" 10@11'-3" 12@39'-5" 21@8'-7" 42@4'-6" 42@11'-7" 10@9' 10@11'-3" 12@41'-5" 22@8'-7" 46@4'-6" 48@11'-7" 10@8'-10" 10@11'-3" 12@45'-10" 25@8'-7"
RCP/ RCP/ SINGLE RCP/HDPE DOUBLE RCP/HDPE

HDPE HDPE 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW X Y L h
SIZE AREA CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL
DIA. SQ FT CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB
42" 9.62 6.10 571 6.66 624 6.76 627 6.98 666 8.18 692 8.80 748 9.15 790 9.91 877 1' - 0‚" 2' - 0‚" 12' 6' - 6•"
R-30
48" 12.57 7.41 688 8.10 745 8.21 781 8.46 792 9.88 829 10.65 889 11.07 935 11.96 1030 1' - 1" 2' - 1" 13' - 9" 7' - 2"
54" 15.90 9.81 990 10.71 1091 10.87 1096 11.21 1146 13.11 1236 14.12 1340 14.68 1395 15.86 1562 1' - 1•" 2' - 1•" 15' - 6" 7' - 9"
60" 19.64 11.29 1137 12.32 1244 12.50 1250 12.88 1332 15.08 1407 16.25 1537 16.88 1596 18.25 1774 1' - 2" 2' - 2" 17' 8' - 4"
72" 28.27 15.62 1825 17.05 2002 17.30 2045 17.83 2170 20.87 2247 22.49 2464 23.36 2596 25.26 2881 1' - 3" 2' - 3" 20' - 3" 9' - 6"
NOTES:
1 . Concrete shall be class A or AA.

18 inches set 2 • inches clear of surface of concrete except as noted. Bar
ends shall be kept 1 • inches clear of surface of concrete. Reinforcing



41° to 55° - use quantities for 45° skew. SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
6. Dimensions X,Y,L, and h to remain constant reguardless of minor

variations in wall thickness due to class or type of pipe used.
CULVERT HEADWALLS
7. See sheet R-2.9.1 for details if connecting to HDPE pipe. 42" TO 72" RCP AND
42" TO 60" HDPE
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
1/3S/Cos. Skew Angle
(1'/Cos. Skew Angle Min.)
1/3S
S/Cos. Skew Angle S/Cos. Skew Angle
1' Min.
.5L .6L
.5L S S .5L
CMAP CMAP 2•" Bar K CMAP CMAP Bar K 2•"
2•" Bar K Bar K 2•"
2•"
2•"
-8"
-8"
Bar N
R + 1'
Bar N
R + 1'
Bar M1
Bar M
2•"
2•"
Bar M Bar N
Bar N Bar N
Bar K
Bar K
ELEVATIONS ELEVATIONS
S/Cos. Skew Angle
2• "
2• "
2• "
2• "
2• "
.6L
2• "
.5L
.5L S .5L
CMAP
Bar K CMAP
Bar K Bar K Bar K
Bar N
C
-8"
-8"
Bar M1
R + 1'
R + 1'
Bar N
R-31
2• "
Bar M
2• "
Bar M
Bar M Bar N
Bar N
ELEVATIONS ELEVATIONS
1/3S
1' Min. S
Bar N S
8"
S
2• "
Bar M or
Bar M1
R
8"
2• "
Bar K
8"
8"
Bar K
8" 4"
SHEET 1 OF 2
8"
8"
STATE OF NEVADA
8"
Bar N 1/3S/Cos. Skew Angle

Bar K
(1'/Cos. Skew Angle Min.)
CULVERT HEADWALLS
SECTION 17" x 13" CMAP
PLAN PLAN
FOR ALL HEADWALLS TO 83" x 57" CMAP
SINGLE CMAP DOUBLE CMAP
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
QUANTITIES SHOWN BELOW ARE FOR ONE HEADWALL
SINGLE CMAP SINGLE OR DOUBLE CMAP DOUBLE CMAP

CMAP
SIZE 0°-45° 0° 15° 30° 45° 0° 15° 30° 45° 0°-45° 0° 15° 30° 45°
S X R NO. 4 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 4 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5 NO. 5
17" X 13" 4@2'-4" 2@4'-6" 2@4'-11" 2@5'-1" 2@5'-6" 2@1'-4" 1@1'-2" 1@1'-9" 1@1'-9" 1@1'-10" 1@0'-10" 1@2'-1" 5@2'-4" 2@7' 2@7'-6" 2@7'-11" 2@9'
21" X 15" 4@2'-6" 2@5'-4" 2@5'-9" 2@6' 2@6'-6" 2@1'-7" 1@1'-5" 1@2'-1" 1@1'-4" 1@2'-2" 1@1'-1" 1@2'-5" 5@2'-6" 2@8'-2" 2@8'-8" 2@9'-3" 2@10'-6"
24" X 18" 6@2'-9" 2@6'-6" 2@7'-1" 2@7'-2" 2@7'-9" 2@2'-1" 1@2'-1" 1@2'-7" 1@2'-1" 1@2'-7" 1@2'-1" 1@2'-7" 7@2'-9" 2@9'-6" 2@10'-1" 2@10'-6" 2@11'-6"
28" X 20" 6@2'-11" 2@7'-2" 2@7'-9" 2@8' 2@8'-8" 2@2'-3" 1@2'-4" 1@2'-10" 1@2'-3" 1@2'-11" 1@2'-3" 1@3'-2" 7@2'-11" 2@10'-7" 2@11'-4" 2@12' 2@13'-6"
35" X 24" 6@3'-3" 2@8'-9" 2@9'-6" 2@9'-10" 2@10'-7" 2@2'-9" 1@2'-7" 1@3'-6" 1@2'-6" 1@3'-7" 1@2'-6" 1@3'-10" 7@3'-3" 2@12'-9" 2@13'-7" 2@14'-5" 2@16'-3"
42" X 29" 8@3'-8" 2@10'-7" 2@11'-5" 2@11'-10" 2@12'-9" 4@3'-4" 2@3'-2" 2@4'-2" 2@3'-1" 2@4'-3" 2@2'-10" 2@4'-6" 9@3'-8" 2@15'-4" 2@16'-5" 2@17'-4" 2@19'-6"
49" X 33" 8@4' 2@12'-2" 2@13'-2" 2@13'-8" 2@14'-9" 4@3'-10" 2@3'-8" 2@4'-9" 2@3'-7" 2@4'-10" 2@3'-4" 2@5'-1" 9@4' 2@17'-8" 2@18'-11" 2@20'-1" 2@22'-7"
57" X 38" 8@4'-5" 2@14'-1" 2@15'-2" 2@15'-9" 2@17' 4@4'-6" 2@4'-4" 2@5'-7" 2@4'-3" 2@5'-8" 2@4' 2@5'-11" 9@4'-5" 2@20'-6" 2@21'-11" 2@23'-3" 2@26'-2"
64" X 43" 10@4'-9" 2@15'-8" 2@16'-11" 2@17'-7" 2@19' 4@5' 2@4'-10" 2@6'-2" 2@4'-9" 2@6'-3" 2@4'-6" 2@6'-6" 12@4'-9" 2@22'-10" 2@24'-5" 2@25'-11" 2@29'-2"
71" X 47" 10@5'-1" 2@17'-3" 2@18'-7" 2@19'-4" 2@20'-11" 6@5'-6" 3@5'-4" 3@6'-9" 3@5'-3" 3@6'-10" 3@5' 3@7'-1" 12@5'-1" 2@25'-3" 2@26'-11" 2@28'-7" 2@32'-3"
77" X 52" 10@5'-9" 2@19'-3" 2@20'-8" 2@21'-6" 2@23'-1" 6@6'-3" 3@6'-3" 3@7'-7" 3@6'-3" 3@7'-7" 3@6'-3" 3@7'-7" 12@5'-9" 2@27'-9" 2@27'-9" 2@31'-4" 2@35'-2"
83" X 57" 10@6'-2" 2@20'-8" 2@22'-3" 2@23'-2" 2@24'-11" 6@6'-9" 3@6'-9" 3@8'-2" 3@6'-9" 3@8'-2" 3@6'-9" 3@8'-2" 12@6'-2" 2@29'-11" 2@31'-11" 2@33'-9" 2@38'
QUANTITIES SHOWN BELOW ARE FOR TWO HEADWALLS
SINGLE CMAP DOUBLE CMAP

CMAP CMAP
CMAP
SIZE AREA L 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW
DIA
S X R SQ FT CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL
CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB
17" X 13" 15" 1.1 3' -3" 0.87 35 0.94 37 0.97 38 1.03 39 1.30 48 1.38 51 1.46 53 1.64 57
R-32
21" X 15" 18" 1.6 3' -9" 1.05 40 1.13 42 1.17 43 1.24 45 1.54 55 1.64 58 1.74 60 1.94 65
24" X 18" 21" 2.3 4' -9" 1.45 50 1.53 54 1.58 54 1.67 55 1.99 66 2.13 69 2.24 72 2.47 78
28" X 20" 24" 2.9 5' 1.51 59 1.64 63 1.68 64 1.79 66 2.13 77 2.29 81 2.40 84 2.67 90
35" X 24" 30" 4.4 6' 1.93 70 2.09 74 2.15 75 2.28 79 2.67 91 2.86 95 3.00 99 3.32 106
42" X 29" 36" 6.4 7' -3" 2.49 101 2.70 107 2.78 109 2.94 112 3.41 126 3.66 132 3.84 136 4.24 145
49" X 33" 42" 8.5 8' -3" 2.99 114 3.25 120 3.34 122 3.52 127 4.10 143 4.39 150 4.61 155 5.08 165
57" X 38" 48" 11.4 9' -6" 3.69 130 4.00 137 4.10 140 4.33 145 5.03 163 5.39 171 5.66 177 6.24 189
64" X 43" 54" 14.5 10' -6" 4.27 156 4.63 164 4.75 166 5.01 172 5.82 199 6.24 208 6.55 214 7.21 228
71" X 47" 60" 17.5 11' -6" 4.90 184 5.32 194 5.45 197 5.74 204 6.66 231 7.14 242 7.49 249 8.24 265
77" X 52" 66" 21.2 12' -6" 5.83 214 6.33 225 6.48 228 6.82 235 8.35 263 8.46 275 8.88 284 9.74 302
83" X 57" 72" 25.0 13' -6" 6.61 246 7.18 254 7.35 260 7.72 267 9.44 294 9.57 308 10.00 319 10.98 339
NOTES:
2. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars with maximum spacing

of 18 inches set 2 • inches clear of surface of concrete except as noted.
Bar ends shall be kept 1 • inches clear of surface of concrete.
reinforcing bars may be cut and bent in field.
3. Footings shown are of minimum depth and shall be extended if

soil is unsuitable or liable to scour.

SHEET 2 OF 2
5. For estimating headwall quantities on skewed culverts: STATE OF NEVADA
0° to 10° - use quantities for 0° skew. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
41° to 55° - use quantities for 45° skew. CULVERT HEADWALLS
Culverts should be installed on 5° increments where it is feasible. 17" x 13" CMAP
TO 83" x 57" CMAP
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
0.5L W 0.5L A A
15°to 45° Skew 0.5L 0.6L
Bars M Bar N Bars K

0° Skew 0.5L W W 0.5L
B C
.
2• " Cl
H
LEGEND:
8"
A W/COS. SKEW ANGLE
Bar K
Bar N .8H/COS. SKEW ANGLE
2•" Cl. B
MIN. 1'/COS. SKEW ANGLE
For Reinforcing Not Shown See Single Culvert Headwalls

C .8H @ RIGHT ANGLE TO PIPE
ELEVATION ELEVATION
SINGLE OVAL RCP DOUBLE OVAL RCP
n.
i
W M 3"
W '- W
1
8H
.
2•" Cl.
R-33
8"
8" 8" 8"

8"
.
2• " Cl
x
8"
A B A
0.5L 0.6L
h
PLAN
PLAN
y
2'
SECTION
A
0.5L 0.6L FOR ALL HEADWALLS
Bar N
Bars K
2•" Cl.
Bars M Bars M1
H
Bars K
SHEET 1 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
PLAN
Bar N
CULVERT HEADWALLS
23" x 14" OVAL RCP TO
ELEVATION
60" x 38" OVAL RCP
SINGLE OVAL RCP
15° TO 45° SKEW R-2.7.1 (502) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09

OVAL
SINGLE OVAL RCP SINGLE OR DOUBLE OVAL RCP DOUBLE OVAL RCP
RCP
0°-45° 0° 15° 30° 45° 0° 15° 30° 45° 0°-45° 0° 15° 30° 45°
SIZE
No.4 No.5 No.5 No.5 No.5 No.4 No.4 No.4 No.4 No.4 No.4 No.4 No.4 No.5 No.5 No.5 No.5
W & H K N N N N M M M1 M M1 M M1 K N N N N
23"x14" 6@3'-1" 2@6'-5" 2@7' 2@7'-2" 2@7'-8" 2@1'-11" 1@1'-9" 1@2'-6" 1@1'-8" 1@2'-7" 1@1'-5" 1@2'-10" 7@3'-1" 2@9'-7" 2@10'-3" 2@10'-10" 2@12'-2"
30"x19" 6@3'-6" 2@8'-6" 2@9'-3" 2@9'-6" 2@10'-2" 4@2'-7" 2@2'-5" 2@3'-3" 2@2'-4" 2@3'-4" 2@2'-1" 2@3'-7" 7@3'-6" 2@12'-3" 2@13'-1" 2@13'-11" 2@15'-6"
34"x22" 6@3'-10" 2@9'-7" 2@10'-4" 2@10'-9" 2@11'-5" 4@3' 2@2'-10" 2@3'-9" 2@2'-9" 2@3'-10" 2@2'-6" 2@4'-1" 7@3'-10" 2@13'-11" 2@14'-10" 2@15'-8" 2@17'-6"
38"x24" 6@4'-1" 2@10'-5" 2@11'-3" 2@11'-8" 2@12'-6" 4@3'-2" 2@3' 2@4' 2@2'-11" 2@4'-1" 2@2'-8" 2@4'-4" 7@4'-1" 2@15'-2" 2@16'-3" 2@17'-2" 2@19'-3"
42"x27" 8@4'-4" 2@11'-6" 2@12'-5" 2@12'-11" 2@13'-9" 4@3'-7" 2@3'-5" 2@4'-6" 2@3'-6" 2@4'-9" 2@3'-3" 2@5' 9@4'-4" 2@16'-10" 2@17'-11" 2@19' 2@21'-3"
45"x29" 8@4'-7" 2@12'-6" 2@13'-6" 2@14' 2@14'-11" 4@3'-10" 2@3'-8" 2@4'-9" 2@3'-7" 2@4'-10" 2@3'-4" 2@5'-1" 9@4'-7" 2@18'-2" 2@19'-5" 2@20'-7" 2@23'
53"x34" 10@5'-1" 2@14'-5" 2@15'-7" 2@16'-2" 2@17'-3" 6@4'-6" 3@4'-4" 3@5'-7" 3@4'-3" 3@5'-8" 3@4' 3@5'-11" 11@5'-1" 2@21'-1" 2@22'-6" 2@23'-10" 2@26'-9"
60"x38" 10@5'-6" 2@16'-3" 2@17'-7" 2@18'-2" 2@19'-6" 6@5'-1" 3@4'-11" 3@6'-3" 3@4'-10" 3@6'-4" 3@4'-7" 3@6'-7" 11@5'-6" 2@23'-9" 2@25'-5" 2@26'-10" 2@30'-2"
OVAL OVAL SINGLE OVAL RCP DOUBLE OVAL RCP
RCP RCP RCP 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW X Y L h
SIZE SIZE AREA
CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL CONC STEEL
W X H SQ.FT CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB CU YD LB
23"x14" 18" 1.82 1.37 57 1.49 60 1.52 61 1.60 63 1.94 74 2.08 77 2.18 80 2.40 86 10ƒ" 1' -2ƒ" 4' -9" 3"-3•"
30"x19" 24" 3.21 1.95 79 2.13 82 2.17 83 2.27 86 2.64 98 2.85 103 2.97 106 3.25 113 11‚" 1' -3‚" 6' -3" 3"-9•"
34"x22" 27" 4.20 2.30 87 2.50 92 2.55 93 2.66 96 3.11 110 3.34 116 3.49 119 3.81 127 11•" 1' -3•" 7" 4"-1"
R-34
38"x24" 30" 5.15 2.57 93 2.79 99 2.85 100 2.98 104 3.49 119 3.75 125 4.07 129 4.28 137 11ƒ" 1' -3ƒ" 7"-6" 4"-3•"
42"x27" 33" 6.39 2.94 113 3.20 120 3.26 121 3.40 125 4.00 141 4.30 148 4.49 153 4.91 162 11ƒ" 1' -3ƒ" 8"-3" 4"-6•"
45"x29" 36" 7.37 3.31 122 3.53 128 3.68 130 3.82 134 4.48 152 4.81 159 5.04 164 5.47 174 1' -0•" 1' -4•" 9" 4"-10"
53"x34" 42" 10.15 4.06 164 4.42 173 4.50 175 4.68 180 5.48 199 5.90 209 6.14 214 6.69 226 1' -1" 1' -5" 10"-3" 5"-4"
60"x38" 48" 12.86 4.81 182 5.24 192 5.33 194 5.54 199 6.49 221 6.98 231 7.26 238 7.90 251 1' -1•" 1' -5•" 11"-6" 5"-9"
NOTES:

18 inches set 2 • inches clear of surface of concrete except as noted. Bar
ends shall be kept 1 • inches clear of surface of concrete. Reinforcing


5. Dimensions X, Y, L, and h to remain constant regardless of minor

variations in wall thickness due to class of pipe used. SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
6. For estimating headwall quantities on skewed culverts: DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
CULVERT HEADWALLS
over 55° - calculate quantities required. 23" x 14" OVAL RCP TO
60" x 38" OVAL RCP
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
OVAL LENGTH OF REINFORCING BARS
SINGLE OVAL RCP

RCP
0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW
SIZE
No. 5 No. 4 No. 5 No. 4 No. 5 No. 4 No. 5 No. 4
W & H
F G M N K F G M M1 N K F G M M1 N K F G M M1 N K
68"x43" 13@2'-9" 10@7'-10"12@5'-8" 9@18'-2" 10@6' 14@2'-9" 12@7'-10" 6@5'-6" 6@6'-10" 9@19'-8" 11@6' 15@2'-9" 12@7'-10" 6@5'-4" 6@6'-10" 9@20'-4" 12@6' 16@2'-9" 13@7'-10" 6@5'-2" 6@6'-10" 9@21'-10" 13@6'
76"x48" 15@2'-9" 12@8'-4" 12@6'-4" 9@20'-4" 12@6'-6" 16@2'-9" 13@8'-4" 6@6'-2" 6@7'-7" 9@22' 13@6'-6" 16@2'-9" 13@8'-4" 6@6' 6@7'-7" 9@22'-9" 13@6'-6" 17@2'-9" 15@8'-4" 6@5'-10" 6@7'-7" 9@24'-5" 15@6'-6"
91"x58" 25@3'-9"18@9'-8" 16@7'-7" 10@20'-4" 12@7'-6" 27@3'-9" 20@9'-8"8@7'-5" 8@9'-1" 10@26'-4"13@7'-6" 28@3'-9" 21@9'-8" 8@7'-3" 8@9'-1" 10@27'-9" 14@7'-6" 30@3'-9" 23@9'-8" 8@7'-1" 8@9'-1" 10@29'-2" 15@7'-6"
DOUBLE OVAL RCP
68"x43" 19@2'-9" 11@7'-10" 12@6'-8" 9@26'-8" 11@6' 20@2'-9"12@7'-10"6@5'-6" 6@6'-10" 9@28'-6" 12@6' 21@2'-9" 13@7'-10" 6@5'-4" 6@6'-11" 9@30'-2" 13@6' 24@2'-9" 16@7'-10" 6@5'-2" 6@6'-10" 9@33'-10" 16@6'
76"x48" 21@2'-9" 13@8'-4" 12@6'-4"9@29'-10" 13@6'-6" 22@2'-9" 14@8'-4" 6@6'-2" 6@7'-7" 9@31'-10" 14@6'-6"24@2'-9"16@8'-4" 6@6' 6@7'-7" 9@34'-2" 13@6'-6" 26@2'-9" 19@8'-4" 6@5'-10" 6@7'-7" 9@37'-10" 19@6'-6"
91"x58" 37@3'-9"21@9'-8" 16@7'-7"10@35'-9" 14@7'-6" 39@3'-9" 23@9'-8"8@7'-5" 8@9'-1" 10@38'-2"16@7'-6"41@3'-9" 26@9'-8" 8@7'-3" 8@9'-1" 10@40'-5" 17@7'-6" 46@3'-9" 31@9'-8" 8@7'-1" 8@9'-1" 10@45'-4" 20@7'-6"
OVAL OVAL SINGLE OVAL RCP DOUBLE OVAL RCP

RCP RCP RCP 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW 0° SKEW 15° SKEW 30° SKEW 45° SKEW X Y L h
SIZE SIZE AREA CONC. STEEL CONC. STEEL CONC. STEEL CONC. STEEL CONC. STEEL CONC. STEEL CONC. STEEL CONC. STEEL
W X H SQ.FT CU. YD. LB. CU. YD. LB. CU. YD. LB. CU. YD. LB. CU. YD. LB. CU. YD. LB. CU. YD. LB. CU. YD. LB.
68"x43" 54" 16.62 7.19 628 7.82 683 7.98 720 8.34 767 9.86 789 10.58 848 11.07 897 12.11 1031 1'-2•" 2'-2 " 12'-9" 6'-11"
76"x48" 60" 20.55 8.39 746 9.13 805 9.32 813 9.71 889 11.47 921 12.31 985 13.06 1075 15.66 1207 1'-2•" 2'-2•" 14'-3" 7'-5"
91"x58" 72" 29.71 12.11 1168 13.18 1273 13.43 1321 14.02 1412 16.59 1495 17.82 1616 18.61 1730 20.36 1965 1'-3•" 2'-3•" 17' 8'-5"
W NOTES:
W
8" 1. Concrete shall be class A or AA.

-4"
-6"
D
D
2•" Cl. "

2'

-6 "
1'
Bar N '
1
-4 18 inches set 2 • inches clear of surface of concrete except as
2'
X
E Bars N noted. Bar ends shall be kept 1 • inches clear of surface of
concrete. Reinforcing bars may be cut and bent in field.
Bars M Or M1
1•" Cl.
8"
*
8"
Bent Bars G 3. Footings shown are of minimum depth and shall be extended if soil
10"

1'
Bars N
h
R-35
C Bars K
C
10"
* 4. Culvert pipes to be set on a skew shall be mitered when headwalls

E
D
1'
D
Bars F
Bar F *
PLAN
9"
PLAN
Y
Additional N Bar
5. Dimensions X, Y, L, and h to remain constant regardless of minor
Bars M Both Faces For 91" x 58"
variations in wall thickness due to class of pipe used.
0.5L A 0.6L
0.5L W 0.5L
68"x43" and 3'
Bar N Bar N Bars M1 Both Faces 0° to 10° - use quantities for 0° skew.
76"x48"
4' 11° to 25° - use quantities for 15° skew.
91"x58"
2•"Cl. 41° to 55° - use quantities for 45° skew.
SECTION
H

H
FOR ALL HEADWALLS

9"
8"
LEGEND:
*
Bars M-Both Faces Bent Bars G Bent Bars G A W/COS. SKEW ANGLE
Bars N Far Face Bars N Far Face
{ Bars K
Near Face { Bars K
Near Face
B .8H/COS. SKEW ANGLE
ELEVATION C .8H @ RIGHT ANGLE TO PIPE

C
ELEVATION 0.5L W W 0.5L 0
SINGLE OVAL RCP °
to
D FOR 68"X43" AND 76"X48"
SINGLE OVAL RCP A B A 14

0° TO 45° SKEW 0.5L 0.6L E FOR 91"X58"
15
°
S
0° SKEW
°
k
e
to
w * @18" CENTERS 68"X43" AND 76"X48"
H
4
.8 @12" CENTERS 91"X58"
5
W
°
S
W
ke
H
w
STATE OF NEVADA
0°To 45° Skew CULVERT HEADEALLS

For Details Of Other Reinforcing Bars, Add 1-G Bar and 1-K Bar
See Single Culvert Headwalls 68" x 43" OVAL RCP TO
for 68"x43" and 76"x48"
0.5L
A B A
0.6L
ELEVATION
DOUBLE OVAL RCP
{ Add 3-G Bars and 2-K Bars
for 91"x58"
R-2.7.2
91" x 58" OVAL RCP
(502) Signed Original On File
PLAN 15° TO 45° SKEW ADOPTED REVISED

8/69 10/15
‡ "
Pipe Band Band •"
W Band
Pipe 10•" See Detail A Band
4„" •" Dia. Bolts
Bolt Bar See Detail B
Pipe
Pipe
TOP VIEW
END VIEW
Œ" Square
SIDE VIEW 2
2 "
3
2" See Bar and
Strap Detail
7"
SIDE VIEW 5‚"

SIDE VIEW
FRONT VIEW Angle Connection Shown, Bar and Strap TOP VIEW
‰" O-Ring Gasket Type May Be Used at Contractors Option
Band
When Watertight or BAR DETAIL
Siphon Joint is Required 7" Min. Between Dimples, As
2"x2"x ‰" Angle See Connection Required to Fit Helix Angles
Angle Detail
Reformed Rolled For Down Drains, Install
End Annular Bolt Bar
See Synthetic Rubber Strips
2‚" x 8" x.079 Galv.
Band Tension Strap Dimple Detail
1•" Band
Pipe 8 Spaces As
Required to Fit
Helix Angle
Spot Welds Shall Develop
DETAIL A Full Strength of Strap
2"x 2"x ‰"
Angles
Pipe
STRAP DETAIL
12" Min.
Spot Weld or
Arc Weld Strap to Band
BAND DETAIL
Second Angle Connection Assembly See Strap Detail …" Dia. Carriage Bolt
is Optional For Pipe 36" Dia. or Less, With Cut Washers
and Required For Pipe Greater
R-36
Than 36" Dia.

Spot Weld Loop in Strap END VIEW
•" x 6" Galv. Bolts
END VIEW
.064 Thick Galv. Band Band CMP Joint Sealant
To Be Used Only For Existing
Galv. Forged Steel Bar
Helically Corrugated Pipes
See Bar Detail
TWO PIECE
INTEGRAL FLANGE
DIE FORMED FOR USE ON
BAR AND STRAP DETAIL
6", 8", AND 10" HCMP
Rivet, spot weld, or

ALTERNATIVE ANNULAR
DETAIL B
fillet weld at crest
COUPLING BAND FOR For HCMP Down Drains & Slotted Drains
of corrugation at
heel and toe of angle HCMP THRU 84"
8 Spaces As Required
to Fit Helix Angle UNIVERSAL COUPLING BAND
•"
CONNECTION FOR USE ON CMP THRU 36"
ANGLE DETAIL INCLUSIVE

DIMPLE DETAIL
16‚ "
10"
A
NOTES:
B
ANNULAR COUPLING BAND
•" BOLTS
1. All coupling band connecting hardware shall
"W" Each
CORRUGATION PIPE SIZE be galvanized.
(Min.) Connection See Dimple Detail
2 2/3" x•" Thru 30" 7" 2 2. For pipe arches use same width band as for
2 2/3" x•" Thru 60" 12" 3 Dimension A: As Required to Fit Helix Angle, 7" Min. round pipe of equal periphery. STATE OF NEVADA
Dimension B: As Required to Fit Helix Angle, 2 2/3" Min. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

2 2/3" x•" Thru 84" 24" 5
One Piece Band Optional on 42" Diameter 3. For watertight and siphon joints on
3"x1" 54" Thru 60" 14" 3
Two Piece Band Required Above 42" Diameter. alternative annular coupling band, place
3"x1" Thru 96" 26" 5 mastic sealant strip „ inch thick x 1 • inches wide
UNIVERSAL COUPLING BAND FOR USE x 5 inches long in lap between bands. COUPLING BAND DETAILS
ON 42" THRU 60" CMP INCLUSIVE CMP AND PIPE ARCHES
4. For alternative annular coupling band,
2 bar and strap assemblies are required for
pipe greater than 42 inches in diameter, optional for
sizes less than 42 inches. R-2.8.1 (604) Signed Original On File
COUPLING BAND FOR HELICAL WELD SEAM ONLY ADOPTED REVISED

6/71 8/97
* SEE SHEET R-2.8.1. FOR "W" DIMENSION
BAR AND STRAP ANGLE WEDGE AND STRAP
COUPLING TYPE CORRUGATION PIPE SIZE * W OR A THICKNESS THICKNESS THICKNESS BOLTS BAR (DIA.) BAR YIELD DIMENSIONS BOLTS RIVETS ANGLE SPOT WELDS THICKNESS THICKNESS
PIPE WALL BAND STRAP ( DIA.) STRENGTH TO BAND ANGLE TO STRAP WEDGE
(P.S.I.) BAND
TWO PIECE 6" THRU 10" 7"

1•" x ‚" 0.064 - 0.079 0.064 2 - …"
INTEGRAL FLANGE 12" THRU 18" 7" OR 12"
THRU 36" 12" 0.064 - 0.138 0.064 0.079 0.138

2 0.064 - 0.138 0.064 0.079 •" ‡" 3 - •" 5 - •"
UNIVERSAL 2 3 "X •" THRU 36" 12" 32,000 2" x 2" x‰" 3 - …"
42" THRU 60" 16‚" 0.064 - 0.168 0.064 DBL 0.079 •" ‡" 32,000
THRU 36" 12" 0.064 - 0.138 0.064 2" x 2" x‰" 3 - •" 3 - …" 5 - •"
42" THRU 60" 12" 0.064 - 0.079 0.064 2" x 2" x‰" 3 - •" 3 - …" 5 - •"
2
2 3 "X •"
42" THRU 60" 12" 0.064 - 0.168 0.064 2" x 2" xŠ" 3 - •" 5 - …"
66" THRU 84" 24" 0.109 - 0.168 0.064 2" x 2" xŠ" 5 - •" 7 - …"
ANNULAR
48" THRU 60" 14" 0.064 - 0.079 0.064 2" x 2" x‰" 3 - •" 3 - …" 5 - •"
3" X 1" 48" THRU 60" 14" 0.109 0.064 2" x 2" xŠ" 3 - •" 5 - …"
66" THRU 120" 25" 0.064 - 0.079 0.064 2" x 2" xŠ" 5 - •" 9 - …"
THRU 24" ƒ" 0.064 - 0.079 0.079 0.079 •" ‡" 32,000 2" x 2" xŠ" 1 - •" See Note 8
30" THRU 42" ƒ" 0.064 - 0.079 0.079 0.079 •" ‡" 32,000
2
CHANNEL 2 3 "X •"
30" THRU 42" 1" 0.109 0.109 0.079 •" ‡" 32,000
48" THRU 54" 1" 0.064 - 0.079 0.109 0.079 •" ‡" 32,000
NOTES:
1. All coupling band connection hardware shall be

A galvanized or electroplated in accordance with
standard specifications.
2. For pipe arches, use same width band as for

2-Spot Welds to Develop round pipe of equal periphery.
2" x 2" x ‰"
ƒ "
Strength of Bolt
R-37
3. Two piece band is required for pipe greater than

42 inches in diameter.
4. Tension strap may be connected to band or sheet

with either spot welds or fillet welds that
Gasket Required
develop minimum required strength or strap.
Thickness
5. Use 1 ‚ inch gage line dimension on attached angle leg

Thickness
1"+ for rivets and spot welds.
1"+
6. Band thickness shall not be less than 3 standard
thicknesses lighter than the thickness of the pipe.
NOMINAL DIMENSIONS 7. Dimensions and thickness shown are minimum.
•" Carriage bolt THICKNESS A FOR USE WITH CMP 8. Angle 2 inch long with 0.064 inch x 2 inch strap.
0.079" ƒ" 0.079" THICK OR LIGHTER

9. Fillet welds of equivalent strength may be
substituted for spot welds or rivets.
0.109" 1" 0.138" THICK OR HEAVIER
A
SECTION A-A
A
Channel Coupling Band Shall Be Two Piece
CHANNEL COUPLING BAND

FOR USE ON FLANGED END CMP
STATE OF NEVADA
Reformed to Accept Universal,

Annular, and Channel Couplers CMP COUPLING
SPIRAL CMP BAND DETAILS
ADOPTED REVISED
1/78 8/97
Concrete Headwall,
NOTES:
Corrugation Rib
Drop Inlet, or Other
Structure 1. For skew angles 5 degrees, make a perpendicular pipe end-cut and allow long
Corrugation
side of pipe to project into structure (excluding headwalls). For headwall
Valley
connections, pipe shall be trimmed flush with face of headwall for all skew angles.
1•"
See Note 8
2. HDPE pipe end-cuts shall be made in the center of nearest corrugation valley where
possible. adjust non-critical structure locations (3" max) so structure face corresponds
with corrugation valley where appropriate and as directed by the engineer.
3" Min. 3. Install • inch stainless anchor bolts, nuts, and oversized fender washers 12 inches +/- o.c.
Anchor Bolts around circumference of pipe. Adjust anchor position to fall in either the valley or rib
See Notes 3 and 4 of the corrugated outer liner. Attach bolt anchors perpendicular to pipe wall and bend
anchor outside of pipe attachments as necessary to fall inside concrete wall with a
minimum of 1 • inch concrete cover. No direct payment for anchor bolts.
4. Do not over tighten nuts. Tighten nuts against oversized washers and HDPE pipe wall without
HALF-SECTION C-C crushing or deforming pipe wall. Stake or peen non-embedded nuts to prevent loosening.
5. No special treatment is required for connecting HDPE pipe to circular manholes. Make
perpendicular HDPE pipe end-cut in center of corrugation valley.
C
1•" Min.
HDPE Pipe (Type S)
6. For all other HDPE pipe terminations (i.e. plane end pipes, end-sections, etc.), pipe end-cuts
shall be centered in the nearest corrugation valley.
Outer Corrugated Liner

7. Water-tight connections can only be used for 0° skews. Install embedded water stop gasket
r
te
supplied by manufacturer only when water tight joints and connections are specified.
e
m
ia
D
Inner 8. Trim inner pipe liner flush with structure wall. Bevel outer corrugation ribs 1 • inch from
Smooth structure wall around circumference of the pipe to allow concrete to fill void at wall face.
Liner
•" Stainless Anchor Bolts, 9. Skew angles between HDPE pipes and structures should be avoided. Position
Nuts, and Oversized Fender HDPE pipes and structures at 0 degree skews where possible and practical.
Washers.
•"x 6" (D 24")
1• " Mi
Skew
•" x 8" (D 24")
C
(See Notes 3 and 4)

n.
Embedded Water
HDPE Pipe
Stop Gasket
(Type S)
SECTION B-B (See Note 7)
Diameter
R-38
C
C
Corrugation Rib
Structure Wall
at 5°Skew
Corrugation Valley
Concrete Headwall,
Structure
Anchor Bolts
See Notes 3 and 4
Structure Wall
at 0°Skew Perpendicular Pipe End Cut
in Corrugation Valley
C
HDPE Pipe (See Note 1 and 2)

am eter
(Type S)
SECTION A-A
Di C
B B
Concrete Headwall,
Structure
HDPE PIPE CONNECTION FOR:

- 5° -45° Skew (D.I.'s and Other Enclosed Structures)
HDPE Pipe
- All Skewed Headwalls Connections
am eter
(Type S)
(No Anchors
ELEVATION Required)
Di
A A
MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF COVER FOR HDPE PIPE (TYPE S)
STATE OF NEVADA
PIPE DIAMETER MINIMUM COVER * MAXIMUM COVER ** DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
12"-18" 1' 19'
24"-42" 1' 15' HDPE PIPE CONNECTION FOR:

HDPE PIPE
- 0° -5° Skew (D.I.'s and Other Enclosed Structures)
48" 1' 14'
- 0° Skew (Headwalls) CONNECTION DETAILS
* TO BOTTOM OF FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT OR TOP OF RIGID PAVEMENT.
ELEVATION AND FILL HEIGHT TABLE
** BASED ON CLASS 2 BACKFILL MATERIAL AT 90% COMPACTION
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D2321. CONSULT HYDRAULIC R-2.9.1 (502) Signed Original On File
ENGINEER FOR LARGER FILL HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS.
ADOPTED REVISED
5/09 .
C TRAFFIC ‚" Cl. (See Note 5)
NOTES:
2'
Typ. …" …" ƒ" Dia. Hole
‚" 2'-6" L3•"
x 3"x…" Frame
‚" Cl. …" Dia. Rod 1. All concrete shall be class A or AA.
2'-5•"
See Note 5 Spacer Bar
1„ "
3" Grate
See Detail D 1'-11•" 2. Reinforcing bars shall be No. 4 bars with maximum spacing at
2…" to C
L of 1'-2ƒ" …" Dia. Rod •" x 1 •" Bolt C 18 inch centers. Bars to be embedded a minimum of 2 inches
L
2"
* Main Bar Size Spacer Bar and bar ends must clear surface by 1 • inch.
ƒ" Dia. Holes Typ.
3" x …" 5Œ"
in Frame ‚
2'
3. All exposed concrete edges shall be chamfered 1 inch.
-5• "
‚"
3•"
2"
…" Dia. Rod
Spacer Bar 3" x …" Bars 4. Grate and frame angle to be welded at all contact points.
5Ž" 2" to C
L of
ƒ" holes
Typ. 1" x ‚" x 4" Bar 5. ‚ inch maximum clearance between grate and frame on each
1'-3" Typ.
‚" Welded to Frame ‚" side.
2'-0‰"
* Main Bar Size 3" x …" 6. Slope catch basin floors 10:1 from all directions toward
1" outlet pipe. If basin is used as a junction shape flowline(s)

Typ. to outlet pipe, and provide a 10:1 slope to flowline(s).
‚" 4" Center to Center * 20 Bars Equally Spaced 1 •" on Center
Grate hold-down bolt
…" Dia. Rod Spacer Bar
C Install only on approach side of grate and frame 7. 12 inch down drain pipe shown, can be upsized to 15 inch or
SECTION C-C 18 inch with 3 inch or 6 inch increase in the basin depth
DETAIL D respectively. Down drain pipe to be CMP or HDPE or as specified.
GRATE DETAIL GRATE HOLE DETAIL
8. If optional drain is installed, adjust rebar to accommodate
drain
QUANTITIES 9. Riprap can be increased to class 300 with a 6 inch increase in

riprap thickness.
Front edge of Shoulder Dike CONCRETE REINFORCING STRUCTURAL STEEL
with Guard Rail or Barrier Rail STEEL GRATE
10. Additional pipe/drain penetrations for slotted drain,
…" Dia. Rod
0.46 CU. YD. 30 LBS. 245 LBS. trench drain, or pipes may be placed in any wall.
Spacer Bar
(Optional)
Varies For Information Only
See Note 10
3'-6" See Typical Section Structural Steel Grate Includes Frame, Welded Angle,
•" U-Bolt
‚" Cl. Grate and Spacer Bars
2" Max. Hinge Point
See Note 5
C
3•"
3•"
12"
n.
1" x ‚" x 3" Bar
1•"
Mi
-9"
2 Each Side,
R-39
Welded to
n
Additional Anchor Assemblies Required For 20' Maximum

H=1'
Mi
1
2" Down Dr Roa 1…"
Frame Angle ai
n See Not
e7 d F C
i
ll
Sl Length Per Section, When a Pipe Joint Exists Between
1
0:1 ope Œ" Holes
2% Mi
n.Sl
op the Required Anchor Assemblies. •" Plate
e Va
ri
es
6"
…"
6" Anchor Assembly Class 150 Riprap
1 •"
See Note 9
3"
Va
ri
es
SECTION A-A
12" End Section
Length of Down drain Pipe As Shown See Note 7
•" or ƒ" Galvanized Collar of
-6"
On Structure List, Measure On This Line
Anchor Assembly 2" Dia. Pipe
Round Iron
1'
6'x5'x1'-6"
1"
Typ. 1' 2"

1
‚" ELEVATION 6'
Geotextile ‚
•" Nuts
B TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Pipe Anchor
Frame Angle Welds 1 •" x 6'
Weld Weld
3'-6" Detail
See Optional
Grate Detail 9" Min. 2"
See Note 10
Typ. (See Detail) ‚" Cl. Shoulder Dike or Barrier Rail Flatten or
‚
See Note 5 See Section C-C Point
1" x ‚" x 4" Bar
and Detail D
2 Each Side, Welded to Frame
See Note 7
n
Down Drai
ANCHOR ASSEMBLY
-9"
3•"
A
-6"
A
12"
n H=1'
10:1 DETAIL
2'
(Optional)
-11 • "
1" x ‚" x 4 Bar

See Note 10 12" Welded to Frame
Down
Mi
Drain STATE OF NEVADA

1'
L 3•" x 3" x …" Frame DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Station/Offset 6"
•" x 1 •" Bolts B For Slotted CMP
See Section C-C End Slot at Outer 6" 6"
EMBANKMENT PROTECTOR
and Detail D Wall of Structure. 3"
2'-6"
3" TYPE 5
PLAN For Details
See Sheet R-2.1.3

SECTION B-B
ADOPTED REVISED
5/79 10/15
2'-6" TRAFFIC
‚" Cl.
‚" Cl. (See Note 5)
2'-5•"
(See Note 5)
1'-11•" NOTES:
‚" Cl. …" …" ƒ" Dia. Hole
1'-2ƒ" …" Dia. Rod L 3•"
x 3" x…" Frame
2…" to C
L of (See Note 5) …" Dia. Rod
Spacer Bar 1. All concrete shall be class A or AA.
ƒ" Dia. Holes Spacer Bar
1„ "
5Œ"
3" Grate
in Frame
2. Reinforcing bars shall be No. 4 bars with maximum spacing at 18 inch
•" x 1 •" Bolt CL centers. Bars to be embedded a minimum of 2 inches and bar ends
C
2"
2' Typ. must clear surface by 1 • inches.
Typ. 2" to C
L of ‚
5Ž"
‚" ƒ" holes 3. All exposed concrete edges shall be chamfered 1 inch.
‚"
1'-3"
2"
*
2'-0‰" Main Bar Size 3" x …" Bars 4. Grate and frame angle to be welded at all contact points.
See Detail D 3" x …"
1" x ‚" x 4" Bar
2'-11Œ" Welded to Frame 5. ‚ inch maximum clearance between grate and frame on each side.
Typ.
* Main Bar Size
‚"
6. Slope catch basin floors 10:1 from all directions toward outlet pipe.
2'
3" x …"
If basin is used as a junction shape flowline(s) to outlet pipe, and
-5• " * 20 Bars Equally Spaced 1 •" on Center
provide a 10:1 slope to flowline(s).
…" Dia. Rod 1"
Spacer Bar
7. 12 inch down drain pipe shown, can be upsized to 15 inch or 18 inch
SECTION C-C with 3 inch or 6 inch increase in the basin depth respectively. Down
Typ. Grate hold-down bolt
drain pipe to be CMP or HDPE or as specified.
‚" GRATE HOLE DETAIL Install only on approach side of grate and frame
DETAIL D 8. If optional drain is installed, adjust rebar to accomidate drain.
9. Riprap can be increased to class 300 with a 6 inch increase in riprap

Typ.
thickness.
4" Center to Center
‚"
10. Additional pipe/drain penetrations for slotted drain, trench drain,
C or pipes may be placed in any wall.
QUANTITIES
GRATE DETAIL CONCRETE REINFORCING STRUCTURAL STEEL
STEEL GRATE
0.78 CU. YD. 52 LBS. 456 LBS.
For Information Only

Structural Steel Grate Includes Frame, Welded Angle, •" or ƒ" Galv.
Grate and Spacer Bars. Round Iron Collar of 2" Dia. Pipe
•" U Bolt
5'-11 ƒ"
1"
3 •"
•" R
R-40
3" x …" Bars Varies, See Typical Section

2"
1
‚" Cl. …" Dia. Rod Spacer Bar
See Note 5 1 •" ‚
2" Front edge of Shoulder Dike •" Nuts
‚" Cl.
3•" Max. with Guard Rail or Barrier Rail 1…"
Hinge Point Additional Anchor Assemblies Required Pipe Anchor
-9"
Weld Weld
For 20' Maximum Length Per Section, •" Plate
n.
Œ" Holes
"
1 •" x 6'
Mi
12
n H=1'
When A Pipe Joint Exists Between
1• "
-5• "
The Required Anchor Assemblies. 2"

1" x ‚" x 4" Bar …" Flatten
1
2" Down Drai
n Se
1'
Mi
Welded to Frame e Not

e7 or Point
1
0:1 2% Min.Sl
ope
Va
6"
ri
es Roa 3"
d F
i
ll
Slope
6" Optional 6" ANCHOR ASSEMBLY DETAIL

Anchor Assembly
See Note 10
Typ.
‚"
SECTION A-A Class 150 Riprap
Var
i
es See Note 9
Length of down drain pipe as shown
Frame Angle
Weld Frame Angle Welds on structure list (Measure on this line) 12" End Section
(See Detail) Detail See Note 7
Typ.
-6"
‚" Anchor Assembly
Optional
1'
1" x ‚" x 4" Bar …" Dia. Rod Spacer Bar 6' x 5' x 1'-6"
See Note 10
Welded to Frame ‚" Cl.
Shoulder Dike or Barrier Rail
See 9" Min. See Note 5 See Section C-C
Grate Detail
B and Detail D 1'
6' Geotextile
3•"
-9"
n H=1'
See Note 7
n
Down Drai
A A Optional 1" x ‚" x 4 Bar

-6"
-11• "
Welded to Frame
See Note 10
12"
12"
10:1
2'
Mi
Down STATE OF NEVADA

Drain DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
1'
6"
For Slotted CMP
End slot at Outer
EMBANKMENT PROTECTOR
Station/Offset
•" x 1 •" Bolts Wall of Structure. 6" 6" TYPE 5-2G
For Details 3" 3"
See Section C-C B 2'-6"
See Sheet R-2.1.3
And Detail D
L 3•"
x 3" x …" Frame
PLAN SECTION B-B ADOPTED REVISED

5/79 10/15
Place Lid This Direction
Lid All Lifts

1
I
1 Diaphragm
Lacing
Laced At Factory Begin And End Only
1 When Full, Close Lid and Lace to Basket. Optional Wire

Ring Fasteners Allowed As Per Special Provisions.
LACING SINGLE BASKET
LACING BASKET TO BASKET

R-41
Selvedge Wires
Lid
Tie Wire
Diaphragm
I
I
I
H
3'
l
ca
pi
' ll
1 Ty Ce
'
1 ch
Ea
'
1
Internal Connecting Wire 1' 1' 1'
Installed Here When Basket
Is Filled To 2
BASKET HEIGHT 2
H
3' 1/3H and 2/3H

WIRE MESH LACING DETAIL
2 Mesh Openings
1'-6" 1/2H
1' NONE
STATE OF NEVADA
INTERNAL CONNECTING WIRE DETAIL
FOR WIRE MESH GABIONS
GABIONS LACING DETAIL
ADOPTED REVISED
10/85 5/09
C D C NOTES:
Culvert Pipe
B
W 1. When no end section is used, additional riprap shall
Culvert Pipe be as required by the Hydraulic Engineer.
or
Embankment RCB
Slope Type II RCB/ 2. For multiple pipe or RCB installations, this dimension
D
Culvert Headwall shall be adjusted according to the pipe separation
C
L for Metal or information on sheet R-2.1.1 or in the headwall details.
End Section
See Sheet R-2.2.1,
2:1
2:1
3. Transition end of riprap apron to down stream channel.

R-2.2.2 Or R-2.2.3
Apron may be skewed and dimensions adjusted to match
C
C
B for Precast and line up with down stream channel.
End Section
See Sheet R-2.3.1
See Note 1.
C
C
A A RCB
W
2:1 C 2:1 C C
C 2:1 2:1 Type I RCB
A
Headwall
A
End Riprap Apron
At Front Face Of
C
Type I Headwalls
C C C
C C C
2.75 X D | Or
D 2.75 x D + D
See Note 2. Width (W) Of RCB
See Note 2
PLAN
B
Match Headwall Length
D D
PLAN 2:1 2:1
Riprap And Bedding Class
As Shown In Plans. A
(Same Class Shall Be Used For
Culvert Headwall Culvert Pipe
Riprap And Riprap Bedding.) Riprap and Bedding
Or
RCB Class As Shown In
Plans. (Same Class
R-42
Shall Be Used For

Riprap And Riprap Width (W) Of RCB
C
C D Riprap 2:
2:1
2:1
C 1 W Bedding.)
C
1
D H 2: See Note 2
C
D/2
C
2: 1
C
2:
C
1
C
Match Headwall Length

B
C
B
PLAN
C
C
C
Geotextile
Culvert Headwall
Riprap Bedding Riprap and Bedding
RCB Class As Shown In
SECTION A-A Geotextile
Plans. (Same Class
SECTION C-C
Shall Be Used For
RIPRAP APRON Riprap Riprap And Riprap
RIPRAP APRON 2: W 1
FOR END SECTIONS 1 2: Bedding.)
H
FOR CULVERT HEADWALLS
OR TYPE II RCB HEADWALLS
Riprap And Bedding Class
B
As Shown In Plans
(Same Class Shall Be Used For
Riprap And Riprap Bedding)
C
CULVERT SIZE A
12" to 36" PIPE 3D Riprap Bedding
*
2:1
2:1
42" to 84" PIPE 4D Geotextile

*
D/2
1 RCB 4H SECTION D-D
2:
*
RIPRAP APRON
*
B OR AS SPECIFIED
FOR TYPE I RCB HEADWALLS
C
RIPRAP AND B C
Geotextile STATE OF NEVADA
BEDDING CLASS in. in.
150 12 8
300 24 8
SECTION B-B RIPRAP APRON FOR
400 36 10
RIPRAP APRON 550 48
CULVERT HEADWALLS,
12
FOR END SECTIONS 700 60 12 TYPE 1 AND 2 RCB HEADWALLS,

900 72 24 AND END SECTIONS
ADOPTED REVISED
5/09 10/15
BILL OF MATERIALS (RCP HDPE CMP) NOTES:
1. All concrete shall be class A or AA.
SINGLE (ONE GRATE) DOUBLE (TWO GRATES) TRIPLE (THREE GRATES)
* CONCRETE (CY) * REINF. (LB.) * CONCRETE (CY) * REINF. (LB.) * CONCRETE (CY) * REINF. (LB.) 2. Reinforcing steel shall be No.4 bars with maximum spacing
PIPE at 18 inch centers, wired tightly at all intersections and
SIZE BASE ADD BASE ADD STR BASE ADD BASE ADD STR BASE ADD BASE ADD STR embedded 2 inches clear of all concrete surfaces.
(INCH) QUAN. RATE QUAN. RATE STEEL QUAN. RATE QUAN. RATE STEEL QUAN. RATE QUAN. RATE STEEL
(H MIN.) (CY/FT) (H MIN.) (LB/FT) (LB) (H MIN.) (CY/FT) (H MIN.) (LB/FT) (LB) (H MIN.) (CY/FT) (H MIN.) (LB/FT) (LB) 3. Exposed edges of concrete shall be chamfered 1 inch.
<15 0.71 0.19 36 10 211 1.06 0.26 50 13 397 1.41 0.33 70 17 583
4. Dimensions may be varied to fit local conditions if ordered
18 0.89 0.20 40 10 306 1.31 0.28 56 13 574 1.72 0.35 77 18 842 by the engineer.
24 1.08 0.22 58 12 349 1.56 0.30 80 15 652 2.04 0.37 105 20 956
5. Commercial prefabricated gratings approved by the bridge
30 1.28 0.24 63 12 390 1.83 0.31 86 16 729 2.38 0.39 113 20 1068 division may be used in lieu of the field-welded grating
36 1.50 0.26 67 13 524 2.11 0.33 92 16 980 2.72 0.41 120 21 1435 shown.
42 1.71 0.28 90 15 575 2.39 0.35 120 18 1073 3.07 0.43 154 22 1571
6. Extreme low cover situations to be reviewed by hydraulics engineer.
48 1.94 0.30 95 15 707 2.68 0.37 127 18 1329 3.42 0.44 163 23 1951
7. Slope catch basin floors 10:1 from all directions toward

*The Concrete And Reinforcing Quantities Are Based On The H Min. Shown. Increase The Concrete And Reinforcing Base
outlet pipe. If basin is used as a junction, shape flow line(s)
Quantity By The Corresponding Add Rate (Per Foot Of Increased H) If The H Specified Is Larger Than H Min. to outlet pipe and provide a 10:1 slpoe to flow line(s).
8. See sheet R-2.9.1 for details if connecting HDPE pipe.
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS (RCP HDPE CMP) …" Dia. Rod Spacer Bars @ 4" Max. 9. A single Type 2 drop inlet shall be constructed unless a double
Spacing Welded to Main Bars, Flush or triple is specified.
L (FT) With Grate Surface
PIPE A H MAIN FRAME FRAME
SIZE Min. BARS ANGLES BARS See Tab Detail 10. Single grate configuration shown for clarity. Outside dimensions
SINGLE DOUBLE TRIPLE
(INCH) (FT) (INCH) (INCH) (INCH) Frame Angles of each grate shall measure 2 feet by A+4ƒ".
I
GRATE GRATE GRATE
See Table
< 15 2' 2.50 3• X … 4 X 3 X … 4 X … 2' 4' 6' 11. Run rebar continuous thru construction joint. Joint must be a minimum
of 3 inches from horizontal bars.
18 2' 6" 3.00 4• X … 5 X 3 X … 5 X … 2' 4' 6'
Main Bars, See Table
24 3' 3.50 4• X … 5 X 3 X … 5 X … 2' 4' 6' 12. Weld one tab on > of grate and remaining two tabs 6 inches from edge of
frame. Six tabs per inlet, three tabs on each side
30 3' 6" 4.00 4• X … 5 X 3 X … 5 X … 2' 4' 6' SECTION D-D
36 4' 4.50 5• X … 6 X 3• X … 6 X … 2' 4' 6' 13. Weld tabs 6 inches from edge of frame. Four tabs per grate, two on
each side.
42 4' 6" 5.00 5• X … 6 X 3• X … 6 X … 2' 4' 6'
48 5' 5.50 5• X ‹ 6 X 3• X … 6 X … 2' 4' 6' ‚" Gap Max. ‚" Gap Max.
L 14. For multiple grate installations, the station/offset is to the center
C C
(„" Min. See C C („" Min. See of the concrete drop inlet structure.
Note 15) 12 Bars Evenly Spaced Note 15)
Top of Grate Per Grate 15. Grate is to fit in the frame and be easily removed.
R-43
Elevation If the gap between the grate and frame is greater than ‚" on
each side of the grate, the grate and frame shall be removed and
reconstructed to the tolerances specified or, with approval of the
Frame Bars
1
0:1 ‚ engineer, a filler strip up to ‚" in thickness may be welded flush
See Table
Typ. to the top of the frame to reduce the gap to a maximum of ‚"
C C
C C
2"
C
16. Additional pipe penetrations may be placed in any wall.Pipe penetrations
C
9"
C
are to be to the center of the structure wall unless specified otherwise.
1"
1" x ‚" x 4" Bar

Welded to Frame Angle
See Note 12
SECTION B-B SECTION C-C
A+6"
‚ " Gap Max.

C
6"
n.See
C
(Typ.)
6" A+4ƒ" Station/Offset
Note 15)
B
(„ " Mi
(Typ.) See Note 14
A 3" C
P.C.C. Surface or
n.
D
Front Edge of Dense Graded Surface
12" Mi
Shoulder Dike
With Guard Rail or Flow
Barrier Rail, if Present
‚
Typ.
C
L
2" Max.
D D
L + 1'
Optional
A
H
10:1 A
Construction Joint
See Note 11
D
Typ. STATE OF NEVADA
C
C
C C ‚ DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Frame Angles
‚ " Gap Max.
n.See
Welded Together
9"
DROP INLET
Note 15)
Typ.
C
(„ " Mi
‚ Typ.
A+1' TYPE 2
‚
A+ 1'
B

PLAN SECTION A-A GRATE AND FRAME
ADOPTED REVISED
11/70 10/15
CONCRETE (CU. YD.) REINFORCING (LB)
R STRUCTURAL
PIPE SIZE H Min.
C A BASE QUAN. ADD RATE BASE QUAN. ADD RATE
(INCH) (FT) STEEL (LB)
P (H Min.) (CU. YD./FT) (H Min.) (LB/FT) •"
NOTES:
H 15" 2' 2.50 0.71 0.19 36 10 214
D 18" 2' 6" 3.00 0.89 0.20 40 10 235
‚"
P 3" 1. All concrete shall be class A or AA.
24" 3' 3.50 1.08 0.22 58 12 256 Typ.
E 1" x ‚" x 4" Bar
30" 3' 6" 4.00 1.28 0.24 63 12 278
Welded to Frame Angle 2. Reinforcing steel shall be No. 4 bars with maximum spacing
C 36" 4' 4.50 1.50 0.26 67 13 299 (2 Tabs Each Side Set 6" at 18 inch centers, wired tightly at all intersections and
M 42" 4' 6" 5.00 1.71 0.28 90 15 320 1" From Corner of Frame)
embedded 2 inches clear of all concrete surfaces.
P
48" 5' 5.50 1.94 0.30 95 15 341
3. Exposed edges of concrete shall be chamfered 1 inch.
The Concrete And Reinforcing Quantities Are Based On The H Min. Shown. Increase The
Concrete And Reinforcing Base Quantity By The Corresponding Add Rate (Per Foot Of
TAB DETAIL
4. Structural steel weight includes the 2 inch normal diameter pipe
Increased H) If The H Specified Is Larger Than H Min.
standard weight and frame angles (3"x 3"x 3/8") and
(3 1/2"x 3 1/2"x 3/8").
2" Nominal Diameter Pipe ‰"
3" x 3" x …" Grate Angle 5. For 2 inch nominal diameter pipe see ASTM A53.
‰"
Around Perimeter Of Drop Inlet
And Grate 6. See sheet R-2.9.1 for details if connecting HDPE pipe.
7. Slope catch basin floors 10:1 from all directions toward

3" 3" 2' 6" See Detail A outlet pipe. If basin is used as a junction, shape flow
C
line(s) to outlet pipe and provide a 10:1 slope to flow line(s).
3•" x 3•" x …"
Frame Angle
Around Perimeter Of 8. Run rebar continuous thru construction joint. Joint must be
12 "M in .
Drop Inlet And Grate a minimum 3 inches from horizontal bars.

Frame Angle
‚"
9. Additional pipe penetrations may be placed in any wall.
DETAIL A
C C
H
3'
R-44
Optional Typ.
Construction Joint ‚"
1
0:1
See Note 8 Grate Angles
(3) 2" Nom. Dia. Pipe Welded Together
@ 7" Ctrs.
9"
From Center Line

of Frame.
A + 1'
10:1
SECTION A-A
3'
B
Station/Offset
6"
SECTION C-C
A A
Grate
3" x 3" x …" Grate Angle
D
Elevation
A
Welded Back to Back

GRATE DETAIL
Typ. G ‚"Max Finished
„" ‰"
CI.(Typ.) Grade
‰"
6"
STATE OF NEVADA
3•" x 3•" x …"

Frame Angle
B
Around Perimeter Of
DROP INLET
Surface
See Tab Detail Drop Inlet And Grate

TYPE 2A
ow
Fl
SECTION B-B R-4.2.1.1 (609) Signed Original On File

PLAN
ADOPTED REVISED
11/70 10/15
CONCRETE (CU. YD.) REINFORCING (LB)
R STRUCTURAL
PIPE SIZE H Min.
C A BASE QUAN. ADD RATE BASE QUAN. ADD RATE •" NOTES:
(INCH) (FT) STEEL (LB)
P (H Min.) (CU. YD./FT) (H Min.) (LB/FT)
15" 2' 2.50 0.71 0.19 36 10 229 1. All concrete shall be class A or AA.
H
D ‚"
18" 2' 6" 3.00 0.89 0.20 40 10 254 3"
Typ. 2. Reinforcing steel shall be No. 4 bars with maximum spacing
P 1" x ‚" x 4" Bar
24" 3' 3.50 1.08 0.22 58 12 278
E at 18 inch centers, wired tightly at all intersections and
Welded to Frame Angle
30" 3' 6" 4.00 1.28 0.24 63 12 304 embedded 2 inches clear of all concrete surfaces.
(2 Tabs Each Side Set 6"
C 36" 4' 4.50 1.50 0.26 67 13 328 From Corner of Frame)
1"
M 42" 4' 6" 5.00 1.71 0.28 90 15 353 3. Exposed edges of concrete shall be chamfered 1 inch.
P
48" 5' 5.50 1.94 0.30 95 15 378
4. Structural steel weight includes the 2 inch normal diameter pipe
The Concrete And Reinforcing Quantities Are Based On The H Min. Shown. Increase The
TAB DETAIL standard weight and frame angles (3"x 3"x 3/8") and
Concrete And Reinforcing Base Quantity By The Corresponding Add Rate (Per Foot Of (3 1/2"x 3 1/2"x 3/8").
Increased H) If The H Specified Is Larger Than H Min.
Permissible ‚" Max. Joint If
Continuous Bar Not Used 5. For 2 inch nominal diameter pipe see ASTM A53.
„" 6. See sheet R-2.9.1 for details if connecting HDPE pipe.

Typ
3" x 3" x …" Grate Angle Cut From …" Stock 7. Slope catch basin floors 10:1 from all directions toward
•"
‰" outlet pipe. If basin is used as a junction, shape flow
Around Perimeter of Drop Inlet
ƒ" 1"
And Grate ‰" line(s) to outlet pipe and provide a 10:1 slope to flow line(s).
ƒ" 8. Run rebar continuous thru construction joint. Joint must

be a minimum 3 inches from horizontal bars.
3" 3" 2' 6" See Detail A
‚"
9. Additional pipe penetrations may be placed in any wall.
2" Nominal 3•" x 3 •" x…"
Diameter Pipe Frame Angle Around

n.
Perimeter Of Drop Inlet

12"Mi
And Grate
Frame Angle
‚"
C C DETAIL A
H
3'
R-45
Typ.
‚"
Grate Angles (4) 2" Nominal Dia. Pipe

Optional
Welded Together @ 6‚" Ctrs.
Construction Joint 1
0:1(
Typ.
) Evenly Spaced
See Note 8
1" x …" Bars Welded To

9"
2" Pipe and Frame Angles

A+1'
10:1
(Typ.)
SECTION A-A
3'
Station/Offset
6"
SECTION C-C
GRATE DETAIL
A A 1" x …" Bars With
Max. Spacing @ 3Œ" Grate
Center to Center Elevation 3" x 3" x …" Frame Angle
D
A
Welded Back to Back
Typ. G Finished
‰" ‚" Max
C
„" Grade
Cl. (Typ.)
‰"
STATE OF NEVADA
6"
3•" x 3 •" x…"

B Frame Angle Around DROP INLET
Surface
Perimeter Of Drop Inlet TYPE 2B

See Tab Detail And Grate
ow
Fl
PLAN SECTION B-B ADOPTED REVISED

11/06 10/15
Mi
Begi
Mi
End 24"
n.Gutter
n.Gutter
n 24"
C 3' 6" C A 6" C C 3'
C C C
See Table A
A C 10" C
Protective Face Angle
See Detail E
•" 0 Anchors *
2" ‰"
•" 0 Anchors See Detail E, Station/Offset
For Spacing See Note 9. 3•" x 3•"x Š"
C
C
C
Protective Face Angle
B B
C
C C
C
90°
5"
C
C
C
C
C
1"
Grate
… "Fram e
Angl
C
C
C
C
C C
C
C
Depress Gutter Depress Gutter

Transition Area Transition Area
DETAIL E
* Angle anchors shall be embedded midpoint in each endwall,
A
C
evenly spaced, and maximum spacing of 5 feet.
PLAN
R-46
C Depress Gutter C Deduct from C & G C Depress Gutter

C C C
3' Quantities 3'
Slope to Match Sidewalk
•" 0 Anchors See Detail E,

For Spacing See Note 1 This Page.
C 6" C 1'-6" C 2' C J Minus 2'

C C C Protective Face Angle, See Detail E
Top of Grate
1"
C
C Elevation
6" 3" Paving
C
C
C
C
C
6"
6" 6"
Normal 4"
C
C
C
Gutter 3"
n.
C
C
0
See Note 1
C
n.
18" Mi
C
Elevation 3"
C
C
C
18" Mi
C
C
-3"
C
ne
1'
No. 5 Bars @ 4"

ow Li
Normal Gutter
ans
Elevation
C
6"
Shown on Pl
t Fl
t
C
H - To fi
1
0:1
C
} 9" For RCP/HDPE

6" For CMP/CMAP
A (See Table A)
C
C
C 6" C 1' -6" C J C 6"
C C C C 6" Min. 2'-6" 6"
2'-2" Min.
Shape Flow Line
to Outlet
SHEET 1 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA

DROP INLET
TYPE 3
ADOPTED REVISED
10/85 10/15
NOTES:
TABLE A 2. All reinforcing steel shall be tightly wired and embedded 1 • inches
clear of concrete surface. Except as noted, all reinforcing
PIPE SIZE
shall be No. 4 bars with maximum spacing of 12 inch centers, for
STRUCTURAL STEEL * all values of "H" to the maximum as shown in Table A. If H
exceeds these maximums, drop inlet will require special design.
CHANNEL
CMP HDPE RCP A & J MAIN &
Max H FRAME FRAME GRATE FRAME TOTAL
Round Round Round PLATES, 3. Exposed edges of concrete shall be chamfered 1 inch.
Value BARS ANGLES BAR LBS. LBS LBS.
LBS.
12" to 18" 2'-6" 21' 4•" X …" 5" X 3" X …" 5" X …" 229 88 93 409 4. Where pipe intersects drop inlet on a 12° or larger skew
increase J to J , redesign for skews at A.
24" 3' 21' 4•" X …" 5" X 3" X …" 5" X …" 265 96 107 468
cos skew /
30" 3'-6" 16' 4•" X …" 5" X 3" X …" 5" X …" 300 104 126 530
36" 4' 9' 5•" X …" 6" X 3•" X …" 6" X …" 409 134 143 685 5. Where pipe intersects drop inlet on a 12° or larger skew
increase spanto , redesign for skews at A.
span
42" 4' 7' 5•" X …" 6" X 3•" X …" 6" X …" 451 144 160 755
6" X 3•" X …" 6" X …"

cos skew /
48" 5' 7' 5•" X ‹" 550 160 176 886
6. For values of "H" see the plans.
The "A" and "J" values represent the minimum side dimension of the drop inlet (see sheet R-4.2.3) when a pipe 7. "H" is the difference in elevation between the out flow pipe
penetrates the "A" or "J" side of that drop inlet. If no pipe penetrates the "A" side, use A=2'6". If no pipe penetrates the "J" side, and the normal gutter grade line at the curb face minus 3 inches.
use J=2'2". If pipes penetrate both of the sides, use the values above for each side of the drop inlet, depending on the size of the
penetrating pipe. 8. Pipe(s) can be placed in any wall.
When installing an arch or elliptical pipe, using the horizontal dimension (span), choose the equivalent or next larger round diameter 9. For drop inlet, configurations with 2 pipes-inflow pipe invert
dimension as described in the table above. elevation shall be _ 0.1 feet above outflow pipe invert elevation.
Maximum H is based upon the drop inlet having #4 bars at 12" on center. 10. Extreme low cover situations to be reviewed by the hydraulics
engineer.
* Varies with "A" dimension only.

11. Slope catch basin floors 10:1 from all directions toward outlet
pipe. If basin is used as a junction, shape flow line(s) to outlet pipe,
and provide a 10:1 slope to flow line(s).
12. Station/offset distance listed in plans is measured to the face

of curb at the gutter flow line.
R-47
13. See sheet R-2.9.1 for details if connecting to HDPE pipe.
15. Grate is to fit in the frame and be easily removed.

If the gap between the grate and frame is greater than‚" on
reconstructed to the tolerances specified or, with approval of the
Engineer, a filler strip up to ‚" in thickness may be welded flush
to the top of the frame to reduce the gap to a maximum of ‚"
n.See
‚ " Gap Max.
A +6", See Table A

Note 14)
(1/8" Mi
C
C
A+4ƒ"
‚" Gap Max. 2' ‚" Gap Max.
C C
‚ (1/8" Min. See C C (1/8" Min. See
D Note 14) Note 14)
3"
C
C
…" Dia. Rod Spacer Bars @ 4" Max.

‚
C C Spacing Welded To Main Bars, Flush
Typ.
With Grate Surface
C C 1" x ‚" x 4" Bar Frame Angle
2'
Welded to Frame Angle See Table A ‚

C
Typ.
…" Frame Bar Welded
C
to Frame Angles
C
C
1" x ‚" x 4" Bar
C
‚
Typ. Welded to Frame Angle
C
C
1"
C Frame Angles SECTION D-D Main Bars …" (See table A)
C
C
Welded Together
n.See
‚ " Gap Max.
See Table A
SECTION C-C
‚
D
Note 14)
(1/8" Mi
Typ. Typ.
‚
SHEET 2 OF 2
PLAN STATE OF NEVADA
GRATE AND FRAME DETAIL

DROP INLET
TYPE 3
ADOPTED REVISED
10/85 10/15
NOTES:
1. For details and dimensions not shown see sheet R-4.2.1.
2. Reuse existing grate if competent (as determined by Engineer).
LEGEND:
- LIMITS OF REMOVAL
Construct Top of Inlet

Per Standard Plan
Requirements
on
Constructi
New
#4 @ 18" Min.
Centered in Walls
R-48
Area of Removal
6" Min.
Existing Drop
Inlet
Leave 6" of Exposed Vertical

Reinforcement for
Connection to New #4 Bars
ELEVATION
STATE OF NEVADA
ADJUST DROP INLET

TO GRADE
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
Pipe Diameter
NOTES:
TABLE OF QUANTITIES 6" 1. All concrete shall be class A or AA.
Pipe H Concrete Reinf. Steel Str. Stl. Grate Station/Offset

2. Reinforcing bars shall be No. 4 bars at 18 inch centers
Size Min. (Cu. Yd.) (lb) (lb) A A embedded 2 inches clear of concrete surface and wired
C
18" 3' 1" 1.89 81 117
6"
tightly at all intersections, unless otherwise shown.
24" 3' 7" 2.03 98 117
30" 4' 2" 2.20 102 117 3. All exposed concrete edges shall be chamfered 1 inch.
36" 4' 8" 2.34 106 117
42" 5' 3" 2.50 123 117 4. Dimensions may be varied to fit local conditions as
directed by the engineer.
-3ƒ "
48" 5' 9" 2.63 125 117
-6"
-6"
5. No deductions in concrete shall be made for 2 inch
2'
2'
3'
crossbars.
(Typ.)
10:1
6. Steel strap and pipe for crossbars are included in the
structural steel grate quantities.
7. Slope catch basin floors 10:1 from all directions
6"
toward outlet pipe. If basin is used as a junction.
Shape flow line(s) to outlet pipe, and provide a 10:1
slope to flow line(s).
See Note 2
‚ " All Pipes NPS 2 8. Pipe penetration may be placed in any wall.
Steel Strap
Nom. Dia.
…"x1ƒ"x3'-6…" 9ƒ" 9•" 9•" 9•" 9ƒ" 9" 9" 9" 9" 6"
9. NPS = Nominal Pipe Size designator. See ASTM A53.
7'-6" 10. See sheet R-2.9.1 for details if connecting to HDPE pipe.
… "
PLAN
‚"x1„" Hex. Head
Bolt, Hex. Nut
‚"x3•"x4„" Plate
SECTION B-B Steel Strap
R-49
…"x1ƒ"x3'-6…"
2" Nom. Pipe Dia. 1•"
‚"
B C
NP
S
B
2
C
Pi
pe C
Top Of Grate Elevation

2" Nom. Pipe Dia.
4' 3'-6"
2'-8" Edge of
6" 6"
See Detail "C" Concrete
2" 2"
DETAIL "C"
4"
4"
3"
#4 Bar
1ƒ "
#4 Bar
Above Pipe
H
Penetrations
1'Typ
3• "
C
er NP
S
et 2
am
ƒ "
Pi
Di pe
.
C
pe
Pi
1"
STATE OF NEVADA
0:
1 1
…" …" 2†" …" …" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
4„"
10"
3"
DROP INLET
HINGE DETAIL TYPE 7
6"
See Note 2

SECTION A-A
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
NOTES:
‚ "
Steel Strap
…"x1ƒ"x3'-6…" 1. All concrete shall be class A or AA.
2. Reinforcing bars shall be No. 4 bars at 18 inch centers
… "
embedded 2 inches clear of concrete surface and wired
TABLE OF QUANTITIES tightly at all intersections, unless otherwise shown.
Pipe Concrete Reinf. Steel Str. Stl. Grate 3. All exposed concrete edges shall be chamfered 1 inch.
H
Size Min. (Cu. Yd.) (lb) (lb)
4. Dimensions may be varied to fit local conditions as
1ƒ "
18" 3' 1" 2.89 111 168
‚"x1„" Hex. Head directed by the engineer.
24" 3' 7" 3.12 135 168
Bolt, Hex. Nut
30" 4' 2" 3.38 140 168
3• "
C
NP 5. No deductions in concrete shall be made for 2 inch
S
36" 4' 8" 3.59 145 168 2 crossbars.
ƒ "
Pi
pe
42" 5' 3" 3.83 168 168 C
48" 5' 9" 4.03 172 168

SECTION B-B 6. Steel strap and pipe for crossbars are included in the
structural steel grate quantities.
1"
7. Slope catch basin floors 10:1 from all directions
toward outlet pipe. If basin is used as a junction,
shape flow line(s) to outlet pipe, and provide a 10:1
…" …" 2†" …" …"
slope to flow line(s).
4„"
8. Pipe penetration may be placed in any wall.
Pipe Diameter
9. NPS = Nominal Pipe Size designator. See ASTM A53.
HINGE DETAIL
10. See sheet R-2.9.1 for details if connecting to HDPE pipe.
Station/Offset
A A Top Of Grate Elevation

C
C
6"
3'-6" 4' 3'-6"
6" 2'-8" 6"

See Detail "C"
2" 2"
-3ƒ "
4"
-6"
-6"
2'
3'
2'
4"
R-50
(Typ.)
10:1
3"
#4 Bar
6"
#4 Bar
Above Pipe
1'Typ
Penetrations
H
er
See Note 2 et
All Pipes am
Di
.
NPS 2
pe
6" 9" 9" 9" 9" 9ƒ" 9•" 9•" 9•" 9ƒ" 9" 9" 9" 9" 6" Nom. Dia. Pi
11'
1
0:1 0:
1 1
PLAN
10"
3"
See Note 2
SECTION A-A
‚"x3•"x4„" Plate
Steel Strap
…"x1ƒ"x3'-6…"
2" Nom. Pipe Dia. 1•"
‚"
B C
NP
S
B STATE OF NEVADA
2
C
Pi
pe C
2" Nom. Pipe Dia.

DROP INLET
TYPE 8
Edge of
Concrete
DETAIL "C"
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
Station/Offset
C Expansion NOTES:
Joint
Non-Skid Pattern on Frame and Cover 1. Concrete shall be class A or AA.
3"
Extend Curb under Frame to Fit.
2'
2. Forming of the base will not be required.
3"
3. Station/Offset distance listed in plans
is measured to curb flow line.
A A
open
-3"
-3"
-9"
-9" 1" Dia.

Hole
4. T = wall thickness.
6'
•"
2'
2'
1'
B 2'-4‡"
3"
2'-1‚" ‡"
3"
2"
B
2'
Station/Offset
Extend Curb under Frame to Fit. „"
Expansion „"
Joint
1‚"
C Elevation
ƒ"
2' Max Top Of Curb
1'-6"Min. 6" †"
Cover Frame …"
Gutter Curb
2"
1"
1" Dia. Hole
C
8"
PLAN VIEW
10"
1 •" Grout
6"
Depress Depress 6"
n.
Expansion Joint Gutter Top of Curb
1'Mi
Frame Gutter 7"
ans
R-51
(H) See Pl
8"
Flow Line of Curb

8"
See Plan For Cross Drain

Expansion Joint Size and Slope
3" 3"
3" 1'-9" 3"
2'-9"
Grout Or Concrete
FLOW
VIEW C-C
2"
0:
1 1
n.
8" Mi
1‚" Max.
C ‚"
T 2' T
1‚" Min.
C RCP
3" Min. 3" Min.
3' Min.
1"
SECTION A-A
1"
C
STATE OF NEVADA
2" 2" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SECTION B-B DROP INLET

TYPE 10 CASTINGS
TYPE 10
WEDGE LOCK HOLD DOWN FRAME COVER
90 Lbs. 70 Lbs.
For Information Only R-4.2.5 (609) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
11/71 5/09
C 6"
C
C L (Curb Opening Length)
C
C 6"
C
NOTES:
•" 0 Anchors See Detail E,
* QUANTITIES
STEEL (LBS.)
STEEL (LBS.)
1. All concrete shall be class AA or A.
PE
STRUCTURAL
A For Spacing See Note 9.
NG
C
OUTLET PI
NFORCI
Station/Offset
CONCRETE
(CU.YDS.)
2. Reinforcing steel shall be No. 4 bars, except as noted, with maximum
NG
space at 12 inch centers, wired tightly at all intersections, and
OPENI
Begin 24" Min. Gutter
CURB
embedded at least 1• inches clear of concrete surface, except as noted.
REI
End 24" Min. Gutter Back of Curb
Flow See Note 2 3. Exposed edges of concrete shall be chamfered 1 inch.
24" RCP/ 18" RCP/

Back of Curb
C
C
7' 357 126 1.64
C
HDPE
4. See sheet R-4.2.3.1 for grate and frame detail.
C
C
C
10' 384 155 2.01
C
C
C
12' 399 176 5. For values of "H" and "L" see plans.
2.26
10:1
C
C 6. "H" is the difference in elevation between the out pipe flow line
12' 399 179 2.34
HDPE
Protective Face Angle and the normal gutter grade line at the curb face minus 3 inches.
D1
And Curb Supports

15' 426 209 2.72
See Detail E
10:1 7. Curb openings longer than 7 feet shall have one curb support for
each 7 feet increment or fraction thereof, evenly spaced.
C
B B
* ASSUMED MINIMUM H 15"
8. Pipe(s) can be placed in any wall.
INLET PIPE
9. Angle anchors shall be embedded midpoint in each endwall,

Grate C 3' evenly spaced, and maximum spacing of 5 feet.
C
3' See Note 4 10"
Depress Gutter Transition Area
C C
C C
Depress Gutter Transition Area D 10. For drop inlet configurations with 2 pipes-inflow pipe invert
C 2 •" 0 Anchors See Note 9 H 0.1 feet above outflow pipe invert elevations.
C elevation shall be _
2" ‰"
ow
A PLAN 3•" x 3•"x Š"

Fl
C
C Protective Face Angle 11. Slope catch basin floors 10:1 from all directions toward
C outlet pipe. If basin is used as a junction, shape flow line(s)
C
90° to outlet pipe, and provide a 10:1 slope to flow line(s).
Bottom Nut Tight
C 3' C 6" C L (Curb Opening Length) C 6" C 3' On Last Thread
C C C C C 12. Station/offset distance listed in plans is measured
Depress Gutter Depress Gutter
•" 0 Anchors See Detail E, to the face of curb at the gutter flow line.
Transition Area Transition Area
For Spacing See Note 9.
C
Protective Face Angle, See Detail E 13. See sheet R-2.9.1 for details if connecting to
Depress Gutter Pan Curb Support Spacing
Normal HDPE pipe.
C
C Normal 90° 1" 0 Curb Support
Gutter
See Note 7 Gutter Threaded on Top End
Depression Depress Gutter Pan
Depress Gutter Elevation 14. Grate is to fit in the frame and be easily removed.
If the gap between the grate and frame is greater than ‚" on
C
Depress Gutter
3"
C
C
C 4" reconstructed to the tolerances specified or, with approval of the

C
C
C
C
C
C
engineer, a filler strip up to ‚" in thickness may be welded flush

C
C
to the top of the frame to reduce the gap to a maximum of ‚"
C
3" Max. Depression DETAIL E

For Rebar Installation
See Section C-C
R-52
D
C
2 C
TABLE A
PIPE SIZE
C
C Curb Supports STRUCTURAL STEEL *

See Detail E
1
1"
CHANNEL
C
D
C
C Curb Opening
6" 4"
CMP RCP
5"4"
HDPE A & J &
6"
C
C
Max H MAIN FRAME FRAME GRATE FRAME TOTAL
C PLATES,
C
C Round Round Round Value BARS ANGLES
C
BAR LBS. LBS LBS.
C
9" to 15"
C
See Note 2 LBS.

C
3"
C
es
12" to 18" 2'-6" 21' 4•" X …" 5" X 3" X …" 5" X …" 229 88 93 409
C
Vari
24" 3' 21' 4•" X …" 5" X 3" X …" 5" X …" 265 96 107 468
30" 3'-6" 16' 4•" X …" 5" X 3" X …" 5" X …" 300 104 126 530
6" C
C
C 6" C A (See Table A)C C 6" See Note 2 36" 4' 9' 5•" X …" 6" X 3•" X …" 6" X …" 409 134 143 685
C C
C
2'-6" Minimum
42" 4' 7' 5•" X …" 6" X 3•" X …" 6" X …" 451 144 160 755
C 6" C 1' C 6" C 24" Minimum 48" 5' 7' 5•" X ‹" 6" X 3•" X …" 6" X …" 550 160 176 886
C C C C
Slope to Match
ELEVATION
Sidewalk The "A" and "J" values represent the minimum side dimension of the drop inlet (see sheet R-4.2.3) when a pipe
penetrates the "A" or "J" side of that drop inlet. If no pipe penetrates the "A" side, use A=2'6". If no pipe penetrates
J Minus 2'
SECTION C-C the "J" side, use J=2'2". If pipes penetrate both of the sides, use the values above for each side of the drop inlet,
C 6" C 1'-6" C 2' C
C C C
depending on the size of the penetrating pipe.
Top of Grate
1"
C
C Elevation 3" C 3"
C
C C When installing an arch or elliptical pipe, using the horizontal dimension (span), choose the equivalent or next larger
3"
6"
C
C
C
Grate, See Note 4
C
round diameter dimension as described in the table above.

6"
Normal 4"
C
8"C
C
Gutter
C
n.Cover
C
8" C
Elevation 3" C
Maximum H is based upon the drop inlet having #4 bars at 12" on center.
C
C
-3"
C
C
C
C
ne
* Varies with "A" dimension only.

1'
ow Li
-6" Mi
ans
No. 5 Bars @ 4" See Note 2

C
C
6"
See Note 11
Shown on Pl
t Fl
D
2
2 C
C
Station/Offset
1'
t2
H - To fi
C
See Note 2 Side Curb Opening
C
C
C
C
C
To Be Upstream
C
C
of Grate.
See Note 10
D1
Flow
1
0: STATE OF NEVADA
C
1
C
1
0:1 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
9" RCP
C
9" RCP
6" CMP
6" CMP
C
DROP INLET
C 6" C 1' -6" C J C 6" C 6" C
C
A
C
C 6"
C
TYPE 11
C C C C
2'-6" Minimum
2'-2" Min. Shape Flow Line
C
Shape Flow Line to Outlet C
to Outlet
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B R-4.2.6 (609) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
5/85 10/15
NOTES:
Warp Slopes To Warp Slopes To

Drop Inlet (Typ.) Drop Inlet (Typ.)
10'
3' 3'
Station/Offset
3' 3'
Drop Inlet As Specified
3'
On Plans
See Drop Inlet Details
Sl
op e To e To
Slop
Match Gr dn
ig
ad h Gra
i
ng Matc
A A
8"
8"
R-53
6" 6"
6" 6"
Drainage Structure
3'
As Specified On Plans
Drainage Structure Drop Inlet As Specified

As Specified On Plans On Plans
See Drop Inlet Details
10'
SECTION A-A
Warp Slopes To Warp Slopes To

Drop Inlet (Typ.) Drop Inlet (Typ.)
STATE OF NEVADA
DROP INLET
CONCRETE APRON

CONCRETE APRON
ADOPTED REVISED
5/09 .
Pay Limit For Trench Drain NOTES:
Roadway 6" L 3' 6"

1. Revisions require approval by the Engineer in writing prior to construction.
Surface
See Detail "A" 2. Construction of the trench drain shall follow the manufacturers recommendations.
See Note 3 Trench Drain Grate
3. Trench drain grate to be ‚ inch to … inch below adjacent pavement surface.

Pavement Slope
4. L,W, H1, and H2 as specified on plans.

H1
Trench Slope
H2 5. All concrete shall be class A or AA.
Roadway
Y
10°Min. Surface 6. If retrofitting to an existing drop inlet preserve existing rebar during removal of side
wall as needed to tie to trench drain reinforcement. Install additional rebar to facilitate
6"
connection to drop inlet and replace damaged existing rebar. Doweling perpendicular
to side wall in lieu of connecting to existing rebar is not permitted.
Pipe as Specified
Rebar Shown for Clarity
on Plans
See Note 6
LEGEND:
Y = H2 - 3 1/2"
Drop Inlet as - LIMITS OF REMOVAL

SECTION A-A
Specified on Plans
(See Drop Inlet Details)
Front Face of Curb, Dike

or Barrier Rail (Shown)
Pipe as Specified
2" MAX.
on Plans
C 6" Min
W +1'
B (Typ)
A A
R-54
3" Max
(Typical)
W
W+1'
Drop Inlet as
C B Specified on Plans
(See Drop Inlet Details)
EXISTING DROP INLET
PLAN
(REMOVAL)
Trench Drain 5/8" Dia. X 6" Shear Studs @ 6" O.C.
Grate W/Full Penetration Butt Welds

W
See Note 3
Steel Plate
6" (3) - #4 Bars
(W+4") X 39" X 1/4"
as Shown
2" Roadway
Surface 2"
n.
8" Mi
#4 @ 18" Centered
Varies in Walls and Slabs Steel Plate
Roadway
3/16"
Surface (W+4") X 39" X 1/4"
4 1/2"
#4 @ 18" Centered Y Y = H2 - 3 1/2"
in Walls and Slabs
STATE OF NEVADA
3 1/2" x 3 1/2" x 3/8" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
3" Clr. (Typ.) Angle (Length = W+4")
6"
6" (Typ.)
3" Clr. (Typ.)
TRENCH DRAIN
DETAIL A AND DROP INLET
CONNECTION
SECTION C-C SECTION B-B
ADOPTED REVISED
5/09 10/15
NOTES:
Grade 4:1 From Opening to Daylight
6' x 6' x 12" Thick

4" Tack Welds Class 150 Riprap Pad 1. Station and offset approximate, verify location
Equally Spaced of under drain with Engineer.
Both Sides ƒ" Diamond Plate
A
Sidewalk 3. All exposed metal parts shall be galvanized

B B
and all galvanizing damaged by fabrication
or installation shall receive two coats of
L
ƒ" Bar
„ aluminum paint (galvonox or equal).
‰
6"
2‚" ƒ" Diamond Plate

4. Details shown are for standard typical
(Galvanized)
construction of two sidewalk under drain
-6"
C&G
cells. Sidewalk under drains can be

1'
constructed with any number of cells as

specified with the construction of detail D
components between each cell.
4" Tack Welds ‰"
A >
Equally Spaced
3" x 3" x ‚"
Both Sides
(Galvanized)
•" x 3" Steel

PLAN Anchor 12" O.C.
LEGEND:
DETAIL "C" L = SIDEWALK WIDTH
3" x 3" x ‚" { (Galvanized)

1'-6" 6" L
1" ƒ" Diamond Plate

(Galvanized)
1"
R-55
6" Min. 50:1

Grade 4:1 From
Opening to Daylight
Existing Ground
1
00:
1Mi
n.
Flow
„" ƒ" Bar „"
ƒ" Diamond ƒ" Diamond
2‚" 2‚"
Plate Galvanized ‰" Plate
(Galvanized)
6"
6"
6" Type 1 Class B 6' x 6' x 12" Thick

Aggregate Base Class 150 Riprap Pad
Bend Plate To Geotextile ‰" ‰"

Match Curb Face
3" x 3" x ‚" 3" x 3" x ‚"
(Galvanized) (Galvanized)
SECTION A-A •" x 3" Steel •" x 3" Steel

Anchor 12" O.C. Anchor 12" O.C.
DETAIL "D"
2' 1' 2' 6"
6" ƒ" Diamond Existing 4" Sidewalk

Existing 4" Sidewalk
Plate (Galvanized)
See Detail "D"
STATE OF NEVADA
6" Type 1 Class B DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
6"
Detail "C" Aggregate Base

Typ.
6"
3"
No. 4 Rebar @ 12"
No. 4 Rebar @ 12"

No. 4 Rebar @ 12" SIDEWALK UNDER DRAIN
SECTION B-B
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
TYPE 1 ECCENTRIC TYPE 2 ECCENTRIC TYPE 3 ECCENTRIC
Material Pipe Size Material Pipe Size Material Pipe Size
RoundRCP 24" Max RoundRCP 36" Max. Round RCP 48" Max.
Concrete Arch Pipe 11"x18" (15" Eqv), 13-1/2"x22" (18" Eqv) Max. Concrete Arch Pipe 18"x28-1/2" (24" Eqv), 22-1/2"x36-1/4" (30" Eqv) Max. Concrete Arch Pipe 26-5/8"x43-3/4" (36" Eqv) Max.
Concrete Elliptical 14"x23" (18" Eqv) Max. Concrete Elliptical 19"x30" (24" Eqv) Max. Concrete Elliptical 24"x38" (30" Eqv), 27"x42" (33" Eqv), 29"x45" (36" Eqv), 32"x49" (39" Eqv) Max.
HDPE 24" Max HDPE 36" Max. HDPE 48" Max.
CMP 24" Max CMP 36" Max. CMP 48" Max.
C C
A A B B Flow
1
10:
Flow
Flow
1
(Typ.)
10:
10:1
Station/Offset
Station/Offset
Station/Offset
PLAN
PLAN PLAN
Manhole Lid, See Frame & Cover Detail
C
Street Elev.
C
C
C 3" or 6" Grade Ring
Manhole Lid, See Frame & Cover Detail as Required to Meet
C
Street Elevation
C
C
Street Elev.
36"
C
48" to 30" Eccentric RCP
C
30" Dia.
C
Tapered Section
Manhole Lid C 3" or 6" Grade Ring
as Required to Meet
30"Dia. See Frame & Cover Detail
C
Street Elevation
C
C
C
36"
48" to 30" Eccentric RCP

C
8" Precast Lid
R-56
30" Dia.
C
Street Elev. Tapered Section
C
C
C T C 48" Dia.
4" Mi
C
4" Mi
See Note 4
3" or 6" Grade Ring as Required
C
36"C
To Meet Street Elevation Manhole Step
C
C
8" Precast Lid
n
C
H
C 48" to 30" Eccentric
C
C
C
C C
C
RCP Tapered Section T C 48" Dia.
C
4" Mi
4" Mi
See Note 4
48" RCP Sections

Manhole Step C
1',2',3',or 4' Lengths 72" RCP
See Note 4
n
C
n
H
As Required Sections 1'2'3'or 4'

C Lengths, as Required
C
H
C
Manhole Step Concrete
60" RCP Bench
C
C
C
Concrete Sections 1'2'3'or 4'
Concrete Mortar Joint
us
Bench Lengths, as Required
us
Radi
Radi
C
C
us
Concrete
Radi
Bench
C
C
C
C
12"
C
Shape Flow Line
C
C
C
C
C
C
To Outlet. See
12"
C
12"
C
Note 3
C
T+6"C C D = 48" C T+6"

C
T+6" C C D = 60" C T+6" D = 72"

C C C T+6" C
C
C
C
C
C T+6"
Shape Flow Line
Shape Flow Line
To Outlet.
To Outlet.
See Note 3
See Note 3
SECTION C-C
SHEET 1 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
TYPE 3 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
TYPE 1 TYPE 2 ECCENTRIC

ECCENTRIC ECCENTRIC MANHOLES
TYPE 1, 2 AND 3
TYPE 1, 2 AND 3 MODIFIED
ADOPTED REVISED
10/85 10/15
B B
NOTES:
1. For cast in place concrete base all reinforcing steel to be No. 4 bars at 18 inch
centers tightly wound at all intersections and embedded in concrete at
least 2 inches and bar ends must clear concrete surfaces by 1 • inches.
PLAN Precast concrete base may be used in lieu of cast-in place base.
Manhole Lid
See Frame and Cover Detail 3. Inflow pipe invert elevations shall be _ 0.1 foot above outflow pipe elevation.
Street Elev. 4. For values of "H" see plans. "H" is the difference in elevation between the outflow
3" or 6" Grade Ring
pipe invert elevation and the top of manhole elevation at street grade.
As Required to Meet
Street Elevation
5. Do not place pipes in tapered section.
8"Precast Lid
6. Manhole cover shall bear entity identification and system function (if applicable).
30" Dia.
6"
7. Precast concrete pipe sections, tapered sections, lids, grade rings, bases, and steps
shall conform to AASHTO M 199 (ASTM C-478).
8. Shape flow line in manhole to outlet pipe, and provide a 10:1 minimum slope from all
T D T
directions toward flow line.
SECTION B-B 9. T = manhole pipe wall thickness.
10. Rotate precast lid or eccentric RCP tapered section to locate ladder away from
pipe openings and to keep manhole cover out of the wheel path or other undesirable
For Use in Minimum Cover Situation Where
locations as directed by the engineer.
Tapered Section Will Not Fit.
11. See sheet R-4.3.3 for use in minimum cover situation where tapered section will not fit.
TYPE 1, 2 AND 3
MODIFIED
R-57
C D
C
Shape Flow Line

See Note 3
C
Concrete
Bench
E
SECTION E-E
SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
MANHOLES
TYPE 1, 2 AND 3
TYPE 1, 2 AND 3 MODIFIED
ADOPTED REVISED
10/85 10/15
Frame and Cover
B Street Grade
Varies
3" or 6" Grade Rings
(One or More as Required)
12"Min-72"Max Pipe NOTES:
Grout Joints to Suit Grade
0'-0"
12" 48" Min. 18" 1. All concrete shall be class A or AA.
30" 48" to 30" (x3') Eccentric RCP
3'-•"
Cement Mortar Tapered Section (may rotate
Max. 2. Inflow pipe invert elevations shall be greater than
e Cover
for Joints for step placement)
or equal to 0.1 foot above the outflow pipe invert
ev.Out See Note 3

elevation.
48" RCP Section
Top of Manhol
(Lengths as Required)
ow
3. For values of "H", see plans. "H" is the difference
18"
Fl
in elevation between the outflow pipe invert
elevation and the top of manhole elevation at
n.
For Top Slab Reinforcing

6"
Manhole Step street grade.

Mi
See Detail B
H
4. Precast concrete pipe sections, tapered sections,
ne El
Const Jt.
72" Max.
lids, grade rings, bases, and steps shall conform to

n.
2•"
12" Mi
12"
A 10:1 10:1 A AASHTO M 199 (ASTM C-478).
es
stance from
pe
Li
Flow
Vari
n.
Pi
4"
Mi
n.
5. Manhole cover shall bear entity identification and
ow
Mi
4"
to Fl
system function (if applicable).
72"Max.
n.
pe
12"Mi
Pi
6. Shape flowline in manhole to outlet pipe, and provide
n.
Di
Flow
12"
No. 4 Bars
Mi
a 10:1 slope from all directions toward flow line.

12" to 72" @ 18" Ctrs
7. Refer to sheet R-2.9.1 for details if connecting to

12"
No. 6 Bars
HDPE pipe.
2" Cl. @ 6" Ctrs
1
0:1 0:
1 1
ow
6"
Fl
12"
Station/Offset
6" 12" 48" Min or 18"

12" Min-72" Max. Pipe
OD of Outlet Pipe
R-58
B NO. 6 Bars @ 6"
For Variable Height Situations

No. 9 Bars
As Shown
PLAN SECTION A-A
2" Min.
No.6 Bars @ 6"

3" or 6" Grade Rings
(One or More as Required)
Street Grade Grout Joints to Suit Grade
For Top Slab Reinforcing

e Cover
Street 48" or 30"

See Detail B
ev.Out See Note 3
Grade For Top Slab Reinforcing

See Detail B
ne
Li
Top of
Top of Manhol
No. 4 Bars
ev.Out,See Note 3
Const. Jt.
@ 18" Ctrs. 2•"
ow
e Cover to Fl
4" Min.
4" Min.
n.
stance from
4" Mi
30"
H
H
ne El
No. 9 Bars
Const. Jt.
stance from
Li
"
Manhol
2
El
7
Di
-
Top Slab Reinforcing

"
ow
e
Flow Invert Flow

12
ip
to Fl
P
C
Evev.
C
DETAIL B
Invert
Di
12" Min. Invert Elev. Out

Elev. In No. 6 Bars @ 6" Ctrs.
No. 6 Bars @ 6" Ctr. STATE OF NEVADA

For Minimum Height Situation DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
6" 12" 48" Min. or 12" 6"

Hydraulic Engineer Will Look at Other
OD of Optional Pipe
Options for Extreme Minimum Cover Situations.
+ 1'-6" Min.
MANHOLE
SECTION A-A TYPE 4
SECTION B-B
ADOPTED REVISED
10/85 5/09
No. 4 Bars (8 @ 4" Long)
NOTES:
Min. 12" Overlap
4 Lines on Top of Concrete Collar 1. The weight of frame shall be 250 lb. minimum and the weight of
Scored •" Deep. Two Parallel and cover shall be 300 lb. minimum. Traffic-strength manhole frame
Two Perpendicular to Centerline of and cover shall comply with AASHTO M306 H-20 wheel loads. Equivalent
Roadway manhole frames and covers other than shown may be used upon approval
by the Engineer.
A A
2. The frame seat and cover edge shall be machined to a true bearing
surface all around. The frame and cover shall be compatible to the
manufacturers specifications.
3. The surface shown is for illustration only. Any surface design,

other than smooth, may be used upon approval.
4. Frames and covers shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 40 for gray iron
castings.
5. A cast-in-place concrete collar shall be placed around a manhole

Edge of Concrete Collar frame unless otherwise directed.
‚" Radius All Around
(See Note 8) 6. Manhole cover shall bear name of entity and system function
B
(if applicable).
2 - No. 4 Bars With Min. of 12" Overlap
8. Concrete collars may be poured round, or any other appropriate

See Note 10 shape when approved by the engineer.
CONCRETE COLLAR PLAN 9. Commercial prefabricated grade rings for manholes shall conform
to AASHTO M 199 (ASTM C-478).
10. Manhole cover and frame shown. Other shapes may apply to utility
and valve covers and frames.
R Œ"
R-59
Pick Hole
B
Edge of Concrete Collar

‚" Radius All Around
12" Min.
PLAN
Min. 2"
Varies
Finished Roadway Surface Place Collar ‚" Below
6" Finished Roadway Surface
Min. 3" Clearance When Collar

Is In Contact With Dirt and Min.
No. 4 Bars
2" Clearance When Collar Is In
Contact With Manhole Structure
Min. 9" or to Top of Structure

Grade Ring(s) As Required
30" Min.
See Note 10
SECTION A-A
SECTION B-B
STATE OF NEVADA
TRAFFIC-STRENGTH
MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER MANHOLE COVER, FRAME,
AND CONCRETE COLLAR
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 10/15
8•" 1'
1 1 2'-6" 1'-6" 2'
•"R •"R •"R
5" 1" 2' 5" 1" 1' 5" 1" 1'-6"
4•" 7•"
5" 1 1 1
* •"R
6"R
* •"R •"R
6"C
9"R •"R •"R
6"
6"
6"
6"
6"C
6"
6"
6"
6"
6"
1"
C
1"
** **
2" 1•"
(0.05478 cu. yd. per ft.) (0.03627 cu. yd. per ft.) (0.04552 cu. yd. per ft.)
(0.0108 cu. yds. per ft.) (0.0127 cu. yds. per ft.)
SECTION SECTION SECTION
SECTION SECTION TYPE 1 TYPE 4 TYPE 5
TYPE A TYPE B
3' 3'
Epoxy Cement May Be Omitted When Installation Is Temporary C
4•" 7•" 2' 1'

* Omit Rounding When Curbs Are Back To Back (Epoxy Curb To Plantmix Surface)
C C C
** P.C.C. or Dense Graded •"R C

1 3" 3"R
3"R 2" When Positioned On Low Side Of Roadbed
1
Otherwise Gutter Cross Slope To Match That
9"
11" C
6"
C
On Adjacent Roadbed.
C
GLUE DOWN CURBS
6"C
C
C
(0.0613 cu. yd. per ft.)
9"R SECTION
1' (0.06599 cu. yd per ft.)
1
TYPE 7
8"
SECTION
C
1
4•" 7•"
•" R 5" 3" 1" R TYPE 6
** **
9"R NOTES:
* •"R 2'
•"R
4"
1" 4•" 7•" 1. When distance between back of curb on islands
5"
1'
is 4 feet or less, use 4 inches of class A or AA concrete
9"R 1
1"
(island paving) and 2 inches of aggregate base.

R-60
3"R
11"
1'
11"
6"
7"
6"
3. Concrete unit volume for information only.
C
(0.04747 cu. yd. per ft.)

(0.02315 cu. yd. per ft.) (0.02894 cu. yd. per ft.) LEGEND:
SECTION
SECTION SECTION TYPE 8 1 - THIS LINE SHOULD BE USED TO DIMENSION OFFSETS.
TYPE 2 TYPE 3
CURB AND GUTTER
* Omit Rounding When Curbs Are Back To Back.
** P.C.C. or Dense Graded
CURB
3' All Edges Rounded ‚" Radius
3' •" Expansion Joint

4' C C
1'-6" 1'-6"
2' 2' C C
C
C
ELEVATION
C
TYPICAL EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL

6"
6"
C
C
2" 1•" STATE OF NEVADA

(0.07407 cu. yd. per ft.) (0.0556 cu. yd. per ft.)
SECTION SECTION TYPICAL TRANSITION FROM

TYPE 2 TYPE 1 ROLLED CURB TO VERTICAL FACE CURB AND GUTTERS
VALLEY GUTTER R-5.1.1 (502,613) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 10/15
Si
de
wa
4' l
k
Mi
n
Si
de
4'
wa
l
k NOTES:
Mi
n
A
2. Locate flat obstructions to maintain
a 4 foot minimum pedestrian access route. If a 4 foot
pedestrian access route can not be maintained use skid
resistant covers.
A
3. Locate upright obstructions to maintain a 4 foot minimum
pedestrian access route.
Always Use if Obstruction can be Located Completely Out of Sidewalk
4. If locating flat obstructions per Method 3 and the
METHOD 1 sidewalk has a buffer zone then locate the obstructions
in the buffer zone.
Always Use if Obstruction can be Located Completely Out of Sidewalk
5. Upright obstructions are not allowed in new sidewalks.
Si
de
4'
wa
l
k METHOD 1
Mi 6. If flat obstructions are located within a crosswalk
n
use slip resistant covers.
Se
No e
te
2
Si
de
wa
4' l
k
Mi
n
Use Only if Method 1 Can Not be Achieved 4'

LEGEND:
Mi
n
METHOD 2
- FLAT OBSTRUCTION
SLIP RESISTANT COVER OPTIONAL
R-61
Si
de
wa
4' l
k
Mi
n
Se
No e
te Use Only if Method 1 Can Not be Achieved
2 - FLAT OBSTRUCTION
(See Note 3)
SLIP RESISTANT COVER REQUIRED
Se
No e
te
2 METHOD 2
- UPRIGHT OBSTRUCTIONS
LOCATING OBSTRUCTIONS (I.E. UTILITY POLES, SIGN SUPPORTS,
(UPRIGHT) FIRE HYDRANT, SIGNAL CABINETS,

BUS STOPS, LIGHT POLES, ETC.)
Use Only if Method 2 Can Not be Achieved

(See Note 4)
- PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTE
METHOD 3
Curb and 2'
Gutter Typ
5' Min.
Si
de
wa 1.5%
4' l
k
Mi
n
4" Concrete
Sidewalk
4" Aggregate Base

6" Min
Aggregate Base
STATE OF NEVADA
SECTION A-A DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Use Only if Method 3 Can Not be Achieved

SIDEWALKS
METHOD 4
LOCATING OBSTRUCTIONS R-5.2 (613) Signed Original On File
(FLAT) ADOPTED
5/09
REVISED
10/15
NOTES:
Buffer Zone
1. Extend detectable warning the full width of the curb ramp (exclusive of flared sides).
Perpendicular Ramp
See Sheet R-5.2.2 2. Grates for storm drains shall not be placed in the crosswalk or in front of the curb ramp.
Perpendicular Ramps 3. Transitions from ramps to gutters or roadway surface shall be flush and free of abrupt changes.
See Sheet R-5.2.2
4. Plantmix bituminous open-graded surface shall be flush with the edge of the gutter pan.
5. Rough broom texture on curb ramps and wings. Texture shall provide a visual contrast to the sidewalk.
6. For crosswalk markings see sheet T-38.1.3.
Sidewalk
Sidewalk 7. All ramps shall be 8.3% or flatter, 15 foot maximum length, Engineer should be notified for assessment if
the curb ramp exceeds 15 foot in length due to the longitudinal roadway grade.
8. All slope rates are relative to level.
Median Island
See Sheet R-5.2.3 10. Raise gutter flowline 2 inch maximum, when required to prevent ponding at the ramp and maintain
positive drainage.
11. If there are R/W restrictions the sidewalk width can be reduced to no less than 4 foot with approval of
the Assistant Chief Road Design Engineer. If the sidewalk width is less than 5 foot then 5 foot by 5 foot
passing zones are required at 200 foot intervals.
Channeling Island
See Sheet R-5.2.4
12. No direct payment for neat line saw cut. An additional 1 foot of pavement shall be required.
If electing to remove an additional 1 foot match existing structural section with patch.
No adjustment to the plan quantities for removal and patching.
Sidewalk
13. Shared use path ramps, excluding the flared sides, shall be as wide as the share use path.
Si
dew
al
k
R-62
Parallel Ramp
See Sheet R-5.2.2.2
> Ramp
Perpendicular Ramp
See Sheet R-5.2.2
Back of Curb 6" Max

Buffer Zone
PLAN VIEW
2'
2' x 4'
Detectable Warning
TABLE 1 - TRANSITIONS TABLE 2 - TRANSITIONS

LENGTHS FOR 8.3% SIDE SLOPES LENGTHS FOR 10% SIDE SLOPES
4'
GRADE % A B GRADE % A B
B TO A MIN. MIN. B TO A MIN. MIN.
4' - 6" -6 TO -5.01 4' 12' - 6"
>-4.00 15'
DETECTABLE WARNING
4' - 6" -5 TO -4.01 4' 10'
-4 TO -3.01 12'
-4 TO -3.01 4' 8' - 6"
-3 TO -2.01 5' 9' - 6"
-3 TO -2.01 4' 7' - 6"
-2 TO -1.01 5' - 6" 8' -2 TO -1.01 STATE OF NEVADA
4' - 6" 6' - 6"
-1 TO 1 7' 7' -1 TO 1 5' - 6" 5' - 6"
8' 1.01 TO 2 6' - 6" 4' - 6"
1.01 TO 2 5' - 6"
9' - 6" 2.01 TO 3 7' - 6" 4'
2.01 TO 3 5' CURB RAMPS
3.01 TO 4 8' - 6" 4'
3.01 TO 4 12' 4' - 6"
15'
4.01 TO 5 10' 4' AND
> 4.00 4' - 6" 5.01 TO 6 12' - 6" 4'
DETECTABLE WARNING
Tables apply to curb with 6" curb face.
If curb has greater than a 6" curb face a special detail is required. R-5.2.1 (613) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
NOTES:
4' Min
B 1. If buffer zone is wider than 6 feet, the side flares
A may be omitted and a returned curb option may be used.
2. For additional notes see sheet R-5.2.1

Turning ng
i
Space rn ce
1.5 %
1.5 %
Tu pa
dewalk
1.5 %
5'
5'
8. %
Si
3 10
%
1.5 %
8 .3 %
A % B
e
10
F
id
l
A 4' B
a
S
4"
re
6'
d
re
S
a
1
0% 0%
l
id
F
e
2'
10% 10% Detectable Warning
ISOMETRIC VIEW 4" Aggregate Base
SECTION A-A
6"
E.O.P. Detectable Warning

6" 4' 6"
4"
A 4' Min B
5' 6'
PLAN VIEW
R-63
Detectable Warning 4" Aggregate Base

2'
1.5% 8.
3%
SECTION C-C
4"
4" Aggregate Base 6"
Detectable Warning
6"
SECTION B-B
1.5 %
1.5 %
k
dewal
1.5 %
5'
1.5 %
Si
8 .3 %
8 .3 %
Buffer Zone
onal
Buffer Zone
Ram p
onal
6'
C C
Opti
Opti
Detectable Warning Detectable Warning
SHEET 1 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
Crosswalk Marking Crosswalk Marking
PERPENDICULAR
CURB RAMP

CURB RAMP WITH SIDE FLARES CURB RAMP WITH RETURN CURB
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
NOTES:
5'
1. See sheet R-5.2.1 for notes.
5'
10%
'
4 .
in
M
4'
8.3%
Min
10%
'
4
4
'
.
M
in
in
M
10
%
%
.3
8
4'
4'
Min.
Min
'
4 .
10 in
% M
8.3%
5' 5'
10%
10%
Crosswalk
Markings
Crosswalk Markings
R-64
CURB RAMP WITHIN RADIUS CURB RAMP OUTSIDE RADIUS
Distance Greater Than 5'

Detectable Warning Required
5' 5'
Min Building Max 6" Curb
6" Curb
1.5%
1.5%
8.3% 4' 8.3%

8.3%
Min
Bottom of The Ramp
Grade Break is Perpendicular to Grade Break is Perpendicular to
Direction of Travel. Direction of Travel.

SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
CONSTRAINED TURNING SPACE DETECTABLE WARNING PLACEMENT
PERPENDICULAR
CURB RAMP
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
B
A A NOTES:
8. 4'
3%
Mi
n
E.
O.
Cr P
os 5%
1.
sw B
al
k
Ma
rk
i
ng
s
8.
3%
5'
5'
PARALLEL CURB RAMP DETAIL 2' 6"
6"
1.5%
R-65
4"
6"
6" 4" Aggregate Base
Detectable Warning
SECTION A-A
(With Back Curb)
4' Min
4" Concrete
6" Concrete Curb
Sidewalk
8.
3% Ma 3% Max
x 8.
4" Aggregate Base

4" Concrete
Detectable Warning
SECTION B-B
SHEET 1 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
PARALLEL
CURB RAMP
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
5' 8.3%
1.5%
3% 5'
8.
3%
8. 4'
Back Curb
Min
1.
Back Curb
5
%
%
4
3%
'
8.3
M
8.
in
Crosswalk Markings 1.5%
n
4'
Mi
8.3%
Back Curb
Crosswalk Markings
5'
5'
R-66
CURB RAMP WITHIN RADIUS CURB RAMP OUTSIDE RADIUS
5'
%
3
NOTES: 8
.
1. For additional notes see sheet R-5.2.1

1
. Back Curb
5
%
2. 5 foot sidewalk width shall not include 6 inch back curb.
'
4
n
i
M
Crosswalk Markings
SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
PARALLEL
MODIFIED CURB RAMP WITHIN RADIUS CURB RAMP
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
C
NOTES:
A 4'
1. All curb ramps shall be 8.3% or flatter. All slope
Min
rates are relative to level.
5' Min 10% 10%

2. Grates, manholes, valve covers or similar
B B appurtenances shall not be located in area at

the base of the curb ramp or landing area.
8.3%
See Note 10
3. Transitions from ramps to gutters or roadway

n
n
6'Mi
2'Mi
surface shall be flush and free of abrupt changes.
n
4'Mi
Turning
Space
4. Plantmix bituminous open-graded surface shall
be flush with the edge of the gutter pan in the
D D area of the curb ramp.
8.3%
e
F
id
la
S
re
Back Curb Detectable 5. Rough broom texture on curb ramps and wings.
re
S
Warning
la
id
(Typ) Texture shall provide a visual contrast to the
e
10% 10% median island.
A 6. Concrete shall be class A or AA.
Detectable
Warning 7. Avoid drainage pockets in crosswalk areas.
8. See plans for location of curb ramps.

MEDIAN CROSSING PLAN VIEW C
9. 15 foot maximum to accomodiate 8.3% or flatter
(CUT-THROUGH) MEDIAN CROSSING PLAN VIEW concrete ramp.
(PERPENDICULAR RAMP) 10. When the island width is less then 6 feet, no detectable
warnings are required.
R-67
6' Min
See Note 10 W> 4'

Ramp 4' Min Ramp
2' 2' Min 2'
Landing
2" Plantmix Bituminous Surface
4"
3%
8. 8.
3% w/Seal Coat (Plantmix Misc. Area)
Detectable Warning
4" Aggregate Base Aggregate Base
Detectable Warning
4" Aggregate Base
SECTION C-C W< 4'

SECTION A-A
4" Class A or AA Concrete
(Island Paving)
Aggregate Base
6" 5' Min 6"

Varies 4' Varies TYPICAL ISLAND PAVING DETAILS
4"
Min
1
0% 0%
1
STATE OF NEVADA
Detectable Warning
Detectable Warning
4" Aggregate Base
4" Aggregate Base
MEDIAN ISLANDS
CURB RAMPS AND
SECTION D-D ISLAND PAVING
SECTION B-B
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
NOTES:
A B
in
in M
M ' )
' ) 5 p
4 p y
y (T
(T
8
.3
%
8.3%
8.3%
Back Curb
(Typ.)
2'
2'
Detectable A B
Warning Detectable
Warning
R-68
CHANNELIZATION ISLAND CHANNELIZATION ISLAND

(PERPENDICULAR RAMP) (CUT-THROUGH)
Roadway Surface Roadway Surface
Varies 5' x 5' Min Top of Island

Turning Space Width Varies
Roadway Surface Back Curb

Roadway Surface
Ramp 4' Min Top of Island

Width Varies
4"
3%
8. 1.5%
4"
SECTION B-B
STATE OF NEVADA
SECTION A-A DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
CHANNELING ISLAND
CURB RAMPS
ADOPTED REVISED
2/03 10/15
NOTES
1. 4 inch sloping concrete combined curb and gutter should be used

between circulatory roadway and truck apron unless otherwise
Yield Bar
noted. Curb and gutter should be used between the truck apron
and central island.
Cr
os
sw 2. The cross slope of the landing area shall not exceed 2% in the
sidewalk area.
al
n
20'Mi
k
Det
ng
3. Splitter island size and shape will be determined by the roadway
Ma
ni
ecta
deflection.
rk
e W ar
i
n
ng
10'Mi
bl
4. Splitter island should be a raised median with concrete hardscaping
e W
tabl
(preferred). Splitter island should extend a minimum of 50 feet from
n
50'Mi
arni
the yield line.
Detec
ng
A A 5. Detectable warning surface shall be installed at both sides of the
splitter island pedestrian refuge area.
6. When circulatory roadway is concrete, the transverse contraction

joints should line up with contraction joints in the truck apron.
The joints in the truck apron should not be doweled. The combined
6' Min curb and gutter should be tied to the roadway concrete.
Width
k or Shared use Path

Si
onal
dewal
Landsc
Landscape Opti
k or
ape Op
6' Min
Shared
R-69
2' 2' Min 2'

ti
onal
use Pa
dewal
Level
1.5%
4"
Si
th
Detectable Warning
4" Aggregate Base
SECTION A-A
STATE OF NEVADA
SPLITTER ISLAND CROSSING

SPLITTER ISLAND
CROSSING
ADOPTED REVISED
2/03 10/15
A
1. Concrete shall be Class A or AA.
5'
2. Ramped median island nose will be paid for with
concrete island paving.
Type 3 Curb Profile
1'
Road Surface
6"
ans
dth
For W i
See Pl
10:1
6"
1'
1' X 1'
See Plans For Width

Curb
Typical Island A
Paving
PLAN SECTION A-A
Cu
rb
To
po
fM
edi
an
Cu I
sland 5'
rb
Top of Curb
5'
R-70
Road Surface
1
0:
To 1
po
fS
urface
6" 6"
6"
EXCAVATION
'
1
X
'
1
dth
Wi
or
f
ans
Pl
ISOMETRIC Se
e
Top of Curb
5'
Concrete Quantity (cu. yd.)
.261 + ( X x .139)
1
0:1 Road Surface
6"
1'
STATE OF NEVADA
ELEVATION
RAMPED MEDIAN
ISLAND NOSE
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
DIMENSION LIMITS (SEE NOTE 6)
W= 12' MINIMUM FOR ONE-WAY DRIVEWAYS D = THROAT DEPTH

24' MINIMUM FOR TWO-WAY DRIVEWAYS
25' MINIMUM
40' MAXIMUM
35' MINIMUM FOR
> 50 CARS/ DAY
B= 20' MINIMUM & 25' MAXIMUM
> 150 CARS/ DAY
65' MINIMUM FOR
Street
Utility Easement Property Line
C= 7' MINIMUM, FACE TO FACE 100' MINIMUM FOR
> 300 CARS/ DAY See Note 2
E= 50' MINIMUM R2 = 25' MIN.

See Note 8
C
C C
C
H= 8' MINIMUM & 15' MAXIMUM
6' Min.
R1= 25' MINIMUM C
"Utility Feature"
See Note 3
Gutter DIMENSION LIMITS FOR C

Curb
SECURITY GATE
Sidewalk CONTROLLED DRIVEWAY DETAIL
C
C
C
Gutter
See Note 6
C
C
R1 F= ISLAND LENGTH
Sidewalk
20' MINIMUM
Curb
ne
CW C See Note 8 CW C W C W
C
See Note 8
Property Li
G= 13' Min. See Note 4
G
Street
F
W
C
C
C
de
n.
Detail For Security Gate

Departure Si
See Note 5
R2+6'Mi
Controlled Driveways
R2 NOTES:
C
n.
6'
Mi
1. All residential properties may have only one curb cut except circular driveways as shown.
C
C
2. No driveway shall be located, wholly or partially, on or over a utility easement which
Throat Depth
Utility
runs perpendicular to the curb line.
See Note 3
R-71
C E 3. No driveway shall be located within 6 feet of a light pole, fire hydrant, mail box, above-ground
D
electrical transfer box. Block wall higher than 2 feet, or the curb return at a street
R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 intersection or alley.
C 4. Common driveway construction may be permitted at any two residential properties of 60 feet in
H
width or less. the width of the joint driveway shall be a maximum of 24 feet. A joint driveway
agreement shall be required.
5. Multi-family residential and all non-residential driveways shall conform to the commercial
driveway standards.
C C W C C W C C C B C C C B
See Note 7 See Note 7 See Note 7
6. All driveway locations shall be subject to review and approval by the Engineer.
35'
Median C 7. For curb ramps and driveway types, see sheets R-5.2.1 to R-5.2.2.3 and R-5.3.2 to R-5.3.2.2
C 100' Min.
8. Driveway spacing, clearances, and return radii shall be in accordance with NDOT
Access Management System aand Standards.
NOTES:
1. Driveways shall be constructed in accordance with sheet R-5.3.3.
2. The total width of driveway curb openings shall not exceed 65% of front footage. LEGEND:
3. No driveway shall be located within 6 feet of a light pole, fire hydrant, mail box, above-ground electrical
W - WIDTH OF DRIVEWAY, 12' MINIMUM:
transfer box, or block wall higher than 2 feet.
FOR 1-2 CAR GARAGE; 16' MAXIMUM
4. The centerlines of driveways on opposite sides of the street at a median opening should be D +
10 feet from FOR 3+CAR GARAGE, 28' MAXIMUM.
each other. When a property line falls in a median opening a joint driveway agreement shall be
required or no driveway will be allowed.
5. ADA Accessible Facilities shall be provided. See sheets R-5.2.1 to R-5.2.2.3 and R-5.3.3.
6. For actual dimensions see structure list. STATE OF NEVADA

7. Driveway spacing, clearances, and return radii shall be in accordance with NDOT
Access Management System aand Standards.
DRIVEWAY GEOMETRICS
COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL,
RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY
AND MULTI-FAMILY DRIVEWAY R-5.3.1 (613) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
1/95 10/15
Driveway B Optional Pour as Needed
Retaining Curb as Needed

NOTES:
Contraction Joint
es
es
Vari
1. All ramps shall be 12:1 or flatter.
Vari
A •" Expansion Joint
•" Expansion Joint
2. Concrete driveway can be poured monolithically with curb
and gutter.
3. All slope rates are relative to level.

1.5%
1.5%
1.5%
5'
4. Length varies according to curb and gutter profile.
Round Slightly
8.3% 8.3%
5. Retaining curbs and acquisition of construction eastment
may be necessary.
6. If there are R/W restrictions, sidewalk width can be

reduced to 4 foot with prior aproval from Assistant Chief
Roadway Design Engineer. A 5 foot by 5 foot passing
zone is required every 200 feet.
Varies Varies
L = Pay Limit for Driveway

(Curb and Gutter Paid Separately)
PLAN VIEW
R-72
1
/2
5' "
Ex
pa
ns
i
on
Jo
i
nt
Curb & Gutter Dr

.5% i
ve
1 wa
y res
i
Va
1.5% 8.
3%
4" es
i Co
ar nt
r
V ac
ti
on
Jo
Var i
nt
4" Aggregate Base i
es .
15% 1
/2
"
Ex
pa
ns
i
on
Jo
i
nt
6"
6" Aggregate Base
SECTION A-A 8.
3%
.
15%
Var
i
es
ISOMETRIC VIEW 5'
METHOD A
Varies
1" Lip
Vare
is
Beveled
1.5% 6"
1:1
SHEET 1 OF 3
STATE OF NEVADA
4" Aggregate Base

SECTION B-B
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
B
Driveway
•" Expansion Joint Optional Pour as Needed

A
NOTES:
Retaining Curb as Needed
Contraction Joint
es
es
Vari
Vari
n
1.5%
4'Mi
1.5%
1.5%
Round Slightly
5'
8.3% 8.3%
-6"
10%
1'
Varies Varies

B
PLAN VIEW
R-73
5' 1
/2
"
Ex
pa
ns
i
on
Jo
i
nt
Co
Curb & Gutter :1 ntr
50 ac
ti
on
Dr Jo
8. ive i
nt
3% wa
1.5% y
4"
es
ri es
i
r
Va Va
4" Aggregate Base

Var .
15%
i
es
n
Mi
0% 4'
1
"
'
1-6
1
/2
6" 8. "
3% Ex
6" Aggregate Base pa
SECTION A-A ns
i
on
Jo
i
nt
:1
50
Var
i
es
5'
ISOMETRIC VIEW
1'-6" 4' Min Varies METHOD B
1" Lip
Vare
is
Beveled 1.5%
1:1 0%
1 6"
SHEET 2 OF 3
STATE OF NEVADA
4" Aggregate Base

SECTION B-B
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
A
B
Driveway
NOTES:
n
1.5%
4'Mi
1.5%
1.5%
n
7'Mi
14%
3'
3'-6" 3'-6"

A
1
/2
PLAN VIEW B "
Ex
pa
ns
i
on
Jo
i
nt
.
15%
Dr
i
ve
wa
y
R-74
7' Min 1
/2
"
Ex
pa
ns
i
on
.
15% Jo
i
nt
Curb & Gutter n
Mi
3'
-6" 4'
1.5% 4%
1
3'
4"
.
15%
4" Aggregate Base
n
Mi
7'
3'
-6"
6"
6" Aggregate Base
SECTION A-A
ISOMETRIC VIEW
METHOD C
3' 4' Min
1.5%
1" Lip
Beveled 4%
1
6"
1:1
SHEET 3 OF 3
STATE OF NEVADA
4" Aggregate Base

SECTION B-B
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
NOTES:
W
Varies 1. Spacing of No. 4 bars less than 18 inches to meet local codes
shall be noted in the structure list.
2. When constructing driveways where curb and gutter exists,

P.C. (See Note 6)
completely remove existing sections. Driveway may be poured
monolithic to A.C. line, in which case the bars shall be
continuous. If optional sectional pour is used, expansion
joints and rebar end clearance shall apply as shown.
P.C. (See Note 6)
Back Side of Curb 3. Concrete shall be class A or AA.

Retaining Curb
> Gutter Line 4. Curb ramps shall be constructed in accordance with sheets
as Needed
R-5.2.1 to R-5.2.2.3.
Level Area
See Note 4 5. For grade changes greater than 3%, vertical curves of at least
10 feet must be used.
A S
6. Driveway geometrics shall go to the P.C.
See Note 4
7. For actual dimensions, see structure list.

S G
8. Avoid drainage pockets in crosswalk areas.
3" Cl.
C&G #4 Bars @ 18" O.C. * Gutter Line
Each Way A •" Expansion Joint at P.T.

3"Cl.* *
•" Expansion Joint * * LEGEND:

•" Expansion Joint * *
* - SEE NOTE 1
•" Expansion Joint at P.T.
* * - SEE NOTE 2
PLAN FOR OPTIONAL SECTIONAL POUR
- DETECTABLE WARNINGS
ne Of
Cross Gutter
i
Street Centerlne
W
R-75
+ 3/ Max.
ow Li
P.C.
Varies
Grade Break
(See Note 5)
Cros
Fl
s
C
Sl
ope 2/
C
Typc
ial
C
DIMENSION LIMITS (SEE NOTE 7)
C
C C
C
W= 12' MINIMUM FOR ONE-WAY DRIVEWAYS
C
24' MINIMUM FOR TWO-WAY DRIVEWAYS
G (Varies) 40' MAXIMUM
(Based On Sidewalk,
Curb and Gutter Width) S = WIDTH OF SIDEWALK - 4 FOOT MINIMUM
P.C.
•" Expansion Joint at P.C. G = WIDTH OF VALLEY GUTTER

> (FROM EDGE OF GUTTER TO BACK OF
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION
vate Street
SIDEWALK)
veway
@ C
L
R= 25'Min.
or Dri
R= 25'Min. 35' Max.

35' Max.
Pri
Back Curb
See Note 4
See Note 4
S S
G (Varies)
C
d=0.01xG 9"
C
Curb and Gutter 3"
C
C
C
C
C
C
STATE OF NEVADA
C
Cross Gutter When DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Required For Drainage.

See Note 1
(For Detail, See Section A-A)
6" Aggregate Base
MULTI-FAMILY,
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL
SECTION A-A DRIVEWAY DETAILS
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
C
L
10' C Shoulder C Travel Lane C Travel Lane Shoulder C 10'
C C C C
Location Marker NOTES:

C
Location Marker
C
1. Minimum 42 inches cover over top of conduit at shoulder line.
2. 12 gage bare copper detection wire to lay in trench adjacent

to conduit and attach to location marker at each end.
A
3. Location marker shall be 2 inch PVC or 5 foot steel fence posts.
FREEWAY CROSSING DETAIL

6" Min. Granular Backfill
C
C
L
10' C Shoulder C Travel Lane C Travel Lane Shoulder C 10' Locate Detection Wire
C C C C C
in Upper Half of Trench
Location Marker
Location Marker C
C
C
Conduit size Varies

See Plans
SECTION A-A
A
R-76
Line Of Stationing
FRONTAGE ROAD DETAIL C
10' C Shoulder C Travel Lane Shoulder C 10'

C C C
Location Marker
C
Location Marker
C
RAMP CROSSING DETAIL

C
L
Sidewalk Shoulder Travel Lane Median Area Travel Lane Shoulder 6'
6' C C C C C C
C C C C C C
Location Marker
Location Marker
C
C
STATE OF NEVADA
A
FOR
A FUTURE WATER LINES
CROSSROAD DETAIL
ADOPTED REVISED
5/73 2/98
Galv. Pipe or Alternate
C
C
NOTES:
C
5'
1'
C C Brace Clamp
-6"C
SIZE OF POSTS-STANDARD FENCING C
See Detail E
C
1. Fence posts and materials shall conform to the requirements
C
3'
7'
of standard specifications and supplements.
C
CORNER, END AND PULL LINE BRACES
…" Galv.
C
C
2. Standard fencing shall consist of galvanized barbed wire.
-6"
ROUND MIN. WT. (LBS/L.F.) MIN. WT. ROUND MIN. WT. (LBS/L.F.) Rod
C
FENCE
Galvanized woven wire (farm fence) or a combination of
PIPE O.D. CLASS 2 T-SECTION (LBS/L.F.) PIPE O.D. CLASS 1 CLASS 2
C
HEIGHT CLASS 1
2'
C
C
both on wood or metal posts or combinations of posts.
C
Concrete
C
3'to 6' 2.375" 3.65 2.64 1.30 1.660" 2.27 1.45
6" 3. Barbed wire shall be spaced as follows:
C
C
C
Turnbuckle or 4 wire - bottom wire 15 • inches above ground, other spacing 11 • inches.
1' Truss Tightener 5 wire - bottom wire 10 inches above ground, other spacing 10 inches.
See Detail G
4. Standard fencing will be designated by type, design of
Galvanized Pipe or Alternate fabric, and/or number of barbed wires. Thus:
TYPE A
10' 10'
C C
C
C CORNER BRACE Type A-881-3B designates metal posts, 32 inch woven (farm) wire,
2"
2"
C 5' Steel Line and 3 barbed wires.

C
Post (T-Sec)
C
C
C
C
C
C
Type B-4B designates wood posts, 4 barbed wires.

C
C
Brace Clamp
n
1' C
2" Mi
n.
-2"
C
See Detail E Notch
-2"
…" Galv. Rod Type C-766-4B designates combination of wood and metal
2" Mi
-6"
6"x8" Post
4'
Toe Nail Top and Sides posts, 26 inch woven (farm) wire, 4 barbed wires.
4'
6"
Steel Line
(20d Nails)
6'
C
Posts (T-Sec)
C
C
6"x8" Post 5. Concrete shall be class A or AA.
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Notch
C
C
C
4"x 4"x 8'
C
-6"
C
-2"
-2"
C
C C
C
Concrete 6. Manufacture steel line posts (t-sec) to tolerances and

Drop Post 1"
4'
C
2'
7'
2'
workmanship as provided in AASHTO M281.
2'
Turnbuckle or Truss
6"x 8" Post
See Detail G
C
C
-6"
(4"+ Above Ground)
C
6" C
C
Brace Posts at Intervals
C
C
C Cross Fence Cross Fence is Not
2'
Note: End Post Not Exceeding 500' 4"x4" 4"x4"
C
1' Min. C to be Attached to
C
Bracing Similar C
C
R/W Fence
TYPE A C
C 8"
C C
8"
INTERMEDIATE BRACED POST Double Galv.
Wire (Twisted) Gage
C
No.8 Stapled on
3 Sides of Post
C
C
TIMBER See Intermediate
2- …"x4" Steel Dowels
Braced Post For
At Each Joint CORNER BRACE R/W Fence
R-77
16'-6" 16'-6" Details Not Shown

4"
C C
C C
4"
6"
Timber C 7' C 4"

Line Post Timber
4"
4"
C
C
C
C
C
Line Post
**
C
**
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
1• "
**
C
C
TYPICAL EXISTING CROSS FENCE TIE
-2"
C
C
-2"
-2"
Notch
C
C
4'
C
4'
4'
4'
7'
C
7'
4"
C
C
C
2-Gage No.8
4"
Galv. Wire Twisted

C
C
C
-6"
6"
-6"
6"
-6"
C
C
C
C
C
C C
C C
2" C
Timber Brace Posts
2'
2'
2'
C
Twisted Wire
C
C
at Intervals Not ** Equally Spaced
C
C
C
Exceeding 660' Stay Midway C

7"
Line Post
C
Between Posts Brace Clamp
C
gn No.939
C
Brace Rail 6"
C
TYPICAL DETAIL OF WOVEN WIRE
C
C
TYPE B
C
C
5•"
C
AND BARBED WIRE FENCE APPLICABLE
C
INTERMEDIATE BRACED POST
No.832
No.726
Post 5"
Desi
C
C
TO TYPE A, B, AND C 4•"
C
4"
C
3•"
C
Every Tenth Post
C
2- …"x4" Steel Dowels 3"
C
DETAIL E
C
At Each Joint Shall Be Timber
1" Tolerance In Spacing Allowed
10' 7' 10'
2"
C C C
C C C
Above Bottom Space
4"
C
C
C
C
C
WOVEN WIRE FABRIC

C
C
C
C
C
C
C
-2"
4"
FARM FENCE
6"
‹" 0 Hole
‚" xƒ" Flat Galv.
n.
-2"
n.
-2"
-2"
C
-6"
Post
4'
Stretcher Bar
2" Mi
2" Mi
4"
C
4'
4'
4'
7'
C
…" x 1" Galv.
6'
4"
Iron Strap
STATE OF NEVADA
C
C
C
C
C
C
Hex Nut DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

C
-2"
-2"
C
C
C
-6"
-6"
C
C
C
Washer
C
C
C
C
Steel Line
2'
C
2-Gage No.8
2'
2'
2'
Posts (T-Sec) Steel Line Not Less Than 4 ‹" 0 Hole

Galv. Wire Twisted
C
C
C
C
C
C
C Posts (T-Sec) Galv. Clamps Per Post C

…" Galv. Rod
Timber Brace Posts FENCE DETAILS
at Intervals Not
Exceeding 660'
DETAIL G
TYPE C DETAIL F
TRUSS TIGHTENER
INTERMEDIATE BRACED POST ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 10/02
NOTES:
1. Fence to consist of 8 foot tall, 12.5 gauge woven wire animal exclusionary
game fence (field fence). Fence to be a minimum of 7.5 feet at lowest point.
12' 12' 12' 12'
2. Fence wire to be placed on the field side of posts.
3. At each location where an electric transmission, distribution or secondary line

crosses fence, the contractor shall furnish and install a ground conforming to
section 9 of the national electric safety code (NBS handbook 81).
8'
4. Main support post shall be spaced at 48 feet. The steel posts shall be 12 feet long
with 2… inch diameter (6.65 lbs/ft) minimum.
8'
2' 5. Cross members shall be steel posts with a 2… inch diameter minimum.
4'
6. 10 foot steel t-posts (grade 133) are to be used between main supports at
12 foot intervals (see line post detail).
LINE POST
7. End post, corner post, and line brace post shall be assembled by the unit and
paid for as such. All work and material associated with each assembly shall be
included in the unit price for that assembly.
8. Pipe connectors, as well as fasteners to attach fence to pipe, are to be

included in the unit price for each assembly.
9. All fence wire ties, brace wires, staples, and other wire appurtenances shall
be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 232.
12' 12' 10. Fence posts located within 30 feet minimum (clear zone) of solid white shoulder
-12.5 Gauge Woven Wire-
stripe shall utilize 12 foot long, 6 inch diameter wooden fence posts with a 2 inch
See Note 4
diameter hole drilled through the post at 4 inches above ground level.
ANIMAL EXCLUSIONARY 11. Concrete shall be class A or AA.
8' GAME FENCE (FIELD FENCE)

6'
R-78
4'
6"
End of
Fence
END POST
12' 12' 12' 12'
See Note 4
8'
6'
2'
1 1
2'
2'
1 1
2'
4'
See Note 4
To be Installed at Least Every 1320 ft
8' LINE BRACE
STATE OF NEVADA
4' DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
CORNER POST
96 INCH
WILDLIFE FENCE
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
See Detail A
Must achieve a
NOTES:
0" to 2" ground
clearance at bend.
1. Tortoise fence to be attached on the habitat side of the fence.
10' 10'
2. Top of tortoise fence to be attached to bottom strand smooth
9"
Project wire with hog rings at 1 foot maximum spacing.
4"
-10"
Habitat 3. Tie tortoise fence to all posts at original ground
23"
4'
and 9 inch max. spacing with wire ties.
22"
4. For details not shown see sheets R-6.1.1.
5. Fence can be moved a maximum of 2 feet inside R/W
2'-2"
to accommodate locations where any portion of tortoise
fence may encroach upon public or private lands.
22"
Cover with 4" depth 6. Tie fence into new or existing culverts and tortoise guards
of native material. when determined necessary to allow tortoise passage
underneath roadways.
14" TYPE A-3S W/ TORTOISE FENCE
7. When attaching tortoise fence to existing R/W fence
ELEVATION adjust height of wire strand so that it can be attached to the
BENT TORTOISE FENCE top of the tortoise fence using hog rings.
See Detail A 8. Ditch shall be backfilled with excavated material and compacted
as directed by the engineer. (ditch work may require hand digging)
9. In areas of difficult trenching tortoise fence is to be

Existing Ground bent 90° towards the habitat side of the fence and covered with
a minimum of 4 inches native material.
10. Metal drive gates shall be constructed as shown on sheet R-6.1.3.
11. Tortoise fence to be installed on the habitat side of the gate and
10' 10' attached with hog rings at 1 foot max. spacing.
9"
R-79
12. Bottom of tortoise fence to be installed 1 inch maximum from
4"
ground on the gate.
-10"
21"
4'
Backfill
24"
Existing Ground
24"
Hog Rings
2'-2"
1' Max Spacing

12"
3-Strand Smooth Wire

or Existing R/W Fence
BURIED TORTOISE FENCE TYPE A-3S W/ TORTOISE FENCE
ELEVATION
1" x 2" mesh 2"
16 gage galvanized
steel hardware fence
1"
Fence Post
-10"
DETAIL A
4'
-10"
4'
1" Max.
Ground Level STATE OF NEVADA

2'-2"
2'-2"
TYPE A-3S
METAL DRIVE GATE WITH TORTOISE FENCE
TORTOISE GUARD
ELEVATION
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
2"
NOTES:
W= 12', 14' or 16'
1. Design is in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design
W-Beams Spaced @ 1'-9" O/C Specifications 6th Edition.

* *
8" 3" 2. Reference specification: Steel Construction Manual 13th Edition.

W8 X 13 Beams
A992 GR. 50
3. Design vehicle: HL-93, owner specified vehicles: HS20, HS25, U80.
ƒ" ƒ" 4. No.4 Reinforcement may be spliced with 24 inch lap.
5. F62 Inserts - bolt diameter & threads/in. 1 inch 8nc with

3"
4† inch height.
Rail Cold Formed ASTM
A 242 Steel Plate 7 Gage
6. F62 Inserts will be wired or welded to internal rebar to ensure they
do not pull out when lifting foundation base.
RAIL CROSS SECTION
7. F45 Cap plugs will be installed in F62 inserts to keep out dirt,
concrete, etc.
P
L ‚" x 8" A36 Cold Formed Rails C8 X 13.7 End Beam 3'
8" GRID PLAN VIEW A572 GR. 50 A992 or A572 GR. 50
Anchor Clips, Both Sides

(Furnished Loose and Field * - End Bay Spacing For: 1 •" 1 •"
(6) Rails spaced @
Weld, Or Shop Weld, As ‰" W= 12' is 1'-7 •"
4 6 •" O/C
Typ Web
Specified). W= 14' is 1'-9" ‚" ‚"
‰" ‰" 4 Typ
W= 16' is 1'-10 •"
Cold Formed Rails
A572 GR. 50
P
L ‚" x 8"
Typ
(‰") C8 x 13.7
Typ P W8 X 13 Beams C8 X 13.7 End Beam

L ‚" x 8" A36 Anchor Clip
A992 GR. 50 A992 or A572 GR. 50
GRID END VIEW
F62 Insert
R-80
GRID ELEVATION
12" 7"
…"
3"
See Plans For Width
See Note 6
3"
1 ‚" - 1 •" No.4 Rebar
11"
2"
A 3"
1" (7), No.4 Rebar

Continuous
7"
3"
3"
12"
19"
ANCHOR CLIP
2" 2" 12"
{3" x 3" x …" X 3"
3" 3"
F62 Inserts with Caps
A
FOUNDATION PLAN VIEW
No.4 Rebar
@ Max 10" O\C
Midway Point of Width

SECTION A-A
11"
F62 Inserts with Caps F62 Inserts with Caps
See Notes 5-7 See Notes 5-7
23" STATE OF NEVADA
12"
TORTOISE GUARD
2'-8" 2'-8"
FOUNDATION ELEVATION ISOMETRIC
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
See Mortise Detail NOTES:
6'-6" Min. Brace See Mortise Detail
6'-6" Min. Brace 60d Ring-Shank Nail
1. Stress panels shall be placed every 1320 feet on tangents.
6" C
6" C
C
C
C
x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
C
x x x
x 2. Stress panels shall be placed every 660 feet on curves.
C
x x x
C
x
1'
C
C
1'
C
C
x x x x x
x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
C
x
-4" 6" 8"

x x x x 3. End panels shall be used wherever a break in the fence
C
-4" 6" 8"
4'
4'
occurs (i.e. gates, cattleguards), and at beginning and
C
C
x x x
x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
-6"
x x
C
x x x
ending of all curves.
-6"
C
x
C
C
6'
C
C C
6'
C
1'
C A A 4. See Table A for wood post spacing on curves.
1'
A A
C
C
C
C
-6"
C
5. Barbed wire shall be used for bottom strand when required
-6"
by Nevada Department of Wildlife or Bureau of Land Management.
2'
See Mortise
2'
6'-6" Min. Brace
Detail
C
6. Wires are to be tied off at stretch points. Wrap and splice
C
C
6'-6" Min. to self with at least 4 turns at opposite end of panels.
C
C C 6' Min. C 6'-6" Min.
8'-3" Max. C C
8'-3" Max. 8'-3" Max.
7. Wood posts shall be 6 inch nominal diameter.
8. Add additional strand of barbed wire and/or rock deadman

STRESS PANEL END PANEL (minimum weight 50 lb.) when space between bottom wire
and ground exceeds 20 inches.
9. Steel post deadman driven approximately 3 feet into ground may

be used in lieu of rock deadman.
**
60d Ring-Shank Nail
16'-6" Ctr. to Ctr. 16'-6" Ctr. to Ctr. 16'-6" Ctr. to Ctr.

C C C
C C CC
C
2 Strands Min. of C 8'-3"
C
9-Ga. Smooth Galv. Wire C
C
C 1"
6"
C
C
C
x ** - Pre Drill Holes

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
C
1'
* * 60d Ring-Shank Nail
C
x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
C
-4" 6" 8"
-6"
4'
C
R-81
C
4'
x
5'
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
12"
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Twisted Wire Stay (36")
1'
Steel Line Post
C
C
2" Min.
C
C
1"
C
C
-6"
TABLE A: WOOD POST SPACING ON CURVED FENCE LINES

1'
Barbless Wire
C
RADIUS OF CURVE RATIO (STEEL POST : WOOD POST)

See Note 5
AT FENCE LINE (FT.)
1,000
< 3:1
1,000 TO 2,500 4:1
LINE PANELS MORTISE DETAIL
2,500 TO 5,000 7:1
5,000 TO 10,000 NO WOOD POST NEEDED BETWEEN
STRESS PANELS AT 660'
>
10,000 TREAT CURVE AS TANGENT
See Mortise Detail
See Mortise Detail

A - Brace Wire
C
C
C
C
C
See Mortise Detail

Mo
C
Le r
C
C
ss e
-6"
Th
C
Th
C
4'
-6"
an an
4'
33
C
6'
33
-6"
0' 0'
4'
6'
C
6'
C
C
C
C
C
A
C
A A
C
C
C
C
A
-6"
C
C
A A
-6"
A A
2'
-6"
2'
STATE OF NEVADA
2'
C
6'
-6
C "
6'
-6 C
C
" 6'
-6
C
6'
NEVADA 4-WIRE FENCE
" -6
C
"
3-POST C 4-POST PANEL DETAILS
C
5-POST
CORNER PANEL CORNER PANEL TYPE C-NV-4B
CORNER PANEL
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/98
C 16'-6" Ctr. to Ctr.
C
2 Strands Min. of
NOTES:
9 Gage Smooth Galv. Wire
C
1. Hinge post shall be 8 feet in length and shall be buried 3 feet in
6"
C
C
x x x x x x x x x x x
ground.
C
x x x x
1'
C
x x x x x x x x
x 2. Barbed wire shall be used for bottom strand when required by
x
C
x
x
-4" 6" 8"

x x
Nevada Department of Wildlife or Bureau of Land Management.
4'
C
x x x x x x x x x x
x x x
x
3. Wires are to be tied off at stretch points. Wrap and splice to
C
self with at least 4 turns at opposite end of panels.
1'
C
C
4. Wood posts shall be 6 inch nominal diameter.
C Steel Line Post

C
5. Add additional strand of barbed wire and/or a rock deadman
(minimum weight 50 lb.) when space between bottom wire and
Deadman, See Notes 5, 6 ground exceeds 20 inches.
6. Steel post deadman driven approximately 3 feet into ground may be

used in lieu of rock deadman.
T-Section Post T-Section Post

PANEL AT MINOR DEPRESSION Fence Type as Specified 7. Steel line posts at 8 feet 3 inch spacing to maintain bottom
C
C
C
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x wire clearance.
OR INTERMITTENT STREAM
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
C
See Note 2 2 Strands Min. of
1'-6"
9 Gage Galv. Wire
T-Section Post
C
C
T-Section Post
C
x x x x x x x x
x
x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x
x
x x x x x x x
x x x
C
C
Staple Wires to Fence
on the Downstream Side
-6"
C
C
Wire Design and Spacing 1'-6"
2'
C
Same as The Main Fence
C
R-82
Additional Barbless Wire

Deadman, See Notes 5, 6
See Note 2 as Required
C 16'-6" Center to Center Max. C 16'-6"
c.c. Max.
or Bank to Bank Width
MINOR DRAINAGE CROSSING
Wood Stay
1 •" Nominal Dia. See Note 1
Wood Stay
See Note 1
1 •" Nominal Dia.
C
C
C
x x x x x
x
C
x x x x x x
x
x x
C
x x x
x C 8'-3", See Note 7 x
x
C
C
x x x x x x
x x
x
16'-6" Center to Center Max. x
C
C x x x x x x x
x x
x C x
x
x x x x x x x
x x x
x x x x
x
x C 8'-3" x
x
x C x
Steel Line Post
C
x
x x
x C x
x x
C
x x
x x
x x x
x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x
x
x x
x
x x x
x x x
3-9 Gage Smooth Wire Loops
x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x
3-9 Gage Smooth Wire Loops x
x
x
x
x x
C
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x
C
END PANEL
C
C
2" Min.
C
36"-Twisted Wire Stay

c/o 2 Strands Min. of
END PANEL 9 Gage Smooth Galv. Wire
Wire Design and Spacing

Same as The Main Fence
STATE OF NEVADA
Barbless Wire, See Note 2 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
NEVADA 4-WIRE FENCE

MAJOR DRAINAGE CROSSING
PANEL DETAILS
TYPE C-NV-4B
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 6/04
NOTES:
Wood Stays
1. Spacing between wires on missouri gate shall be the
See Note 3 1 •" Nominal Dia.
Gate Latch same as wires on adjacent fence.
Gate Post
C
C
2. Gate latch shall be lag bolted firmly to the gate post.
C
C
C
x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
C
3. Hinge posts, latch posts, and cattle guard wing attachment
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x
posts shall be 8 feet in length and shall be buried 3 feet in ground.
-6"
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x
4. For end panel details, see sheet R-6.1.2.
6'
C
C
5. Wire may be used in lieu of metal strap for connection of
cattleguard wing to fence post.
Metal Strap
3 9-Gauge Smooth Wire Loops 6. Use rectangular mesh or 2 inch diamond mesh on metal drive gate.
C
END PANEL END PANEL
MISSOURI GATE Gate Latch Assembly
C
x x x x x x
PLAN
(See Note 3)
C
6" Nominal Dia. (Typ)
C
x x x x
x x x x x
6"x96" Wood Post
1•"x48" Wood Post
C
x x x x x x x x x x
(Missouri Gate)
Lag Bolt to Post
C
x x x x x
Gate Latch Assembly
x x x x x x x x
C
R-83
Barbed Wire
C 6"x78" Wood Post
x x x x x x x
End Panel
60d Nail C
C
See Note 6
END PANEL END PANEL C
C
Steel Strap Barbless Wire
C Brace Wire
CC
Lag Bolt To Post
METAL DRIVE GATE
TYPICAL GATE LATCH

C +
5' C (L) C 5'+
(See Note 3)
See Plan
Wood Stays Gate Closing Device
(1•" Dia.) Gate Post

C
C
C
C
C
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x
Wing Wing
C
x x x x x
x x x x
C
x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x
x x x
For Details Not Shown x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
See Manufacturers Plans

C
C
STATE OF NEVADA
Metal Strap
See Note 5
END PANEL END PANEL END PANEL NEVADA 4-WIRE FENCE

CATTLE GUARD OR GATE GATE DETAILS
TYPE C-NV-4B
ADOPTED REVISED
10/98 10/00
C 10' Chain Link Fence C Gate Opening Between Posts C 10' Chain Link Fence NOTES:
C C C
5' Type A Fence 5' Type A Fence
Brace Clamp 1. Standard gates, chain link gates, and walk gates shall be
Latch Post Gate Post
See Detail C constructed as specified in the standard specifications.
Galv. Pipe
C
C
C
C
12"
2. Braced posts and braces shall conform to the requirements
C
d
of the standard specifications.
nk Fence-As Req'
C
Type A Fence-7'
3. Lumber used in the construction of timber gates shall conform
-6"
ne Posts
to the requirements of the standard specifications.
4'
** 4. Concrete shall be class A or AA.
…" Dia.
C
Galv. Rod
For Li
C
LEGEND:
n Li
8'
*-6"
*
Chai
- 3' FOR FABRIC OVER 60"
3'
2'
** - TURNBUCKLE OR TRUSS TIGHTENER

SINGLE SEE DETAIL B
C
C
3"
10" Min. For Chain Link Fence See Detail of Single Gate
3"
12" Min. For Type A and C Fence Gate Opening Between Posts
12" Gate Post
Min. Gate Post C
C C
Metal Drive Gate Post Size Plunger Rod
C
C
C
Pipe O.D. Pipe Min. Weight

Gate Opening
Min. (in.) Lbs. per Lin.Ft.
Single to 6' or Double to 12' 2.375 3.65
Single over 6' to 13' or Double over 12' to 26' 4.000 9.11
Single over 13' to 18' 6.625 18.97
Plunger Rod
12"
12" Catch
C
6" 6"x 8"x 8' Gate Opening C
6"x 8"
C
Bracing Shown Is For Type A Fencing. For Intermediate Braced

C
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Post Type A Detail, See R-6.1.1 When Type A Fence Is Specified.
C
R-84
-6"
DOUBLE
4'
7'
C
C C C
C
C
Gate Opening Between Posts
C
C
6"x 8" Post C
-6"
-6"
2'
C
Wood Stays
3'
C
1•" to 3" Dia, See Detail A
C
4"x4"
C C
8"
-6"
C
MISSOURI GATE
4'
Gate Opening
8'
Between Posts
C
ng
C
t Fenci
C
Toe Nail Top and Sides (20d Nails) ‹" Dia. Hole
C
-6"
C
ght to Sui
Dbl. Galv. Wire (Twisted)

C
3'
1" Dap 8 Gage Stapled on 3 Sides of Posts
METAL DRIVE GATE

C
C
4"x4"x8' C
C
…" x 1" Galv.
C
IN TIMBER FENCE
C
Hei
4"+ C
Iron Strap
- C 8"
C
C
Hex Nut Post
and
Washer
6"x8" C
4"x4"
STATE OF NEVADA
3'
C
C
Brace Clamp DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
…" Dia. C
Galv. Rod ‹" Dia. Hole

Brace Rail
C
GATE AND
C
3" C 12"
C FENCE DETAILS
DETAIL A DETAIL B
DETAIL C R-6.1.3 (616,724) Signed Original On File
WALK GATE TRUSS TIGHTENER
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 1/05
12'-9"
> > 1 „" ? Hole

12'-3"
•" Steel Plate 1"? Steel Pin

• of 4" O.D.
5'-1 •" •" Steel End-Plate
Steel Pipe Welded
To Plate
(2) •" x 6"

See Detail A See Detail C Steel Bolts
Gate Post 2" Gate 3" O.D. Pipe 8" 6"

4" O.D. Pipe Gate, 3" O.D. Pipe
Welded Loop For Chain

Gate 4" O.D. Pipe
Gate 4" O.D. Pipe Gate, 3" O.D. Pipe

Œ" ? Holes
Typical
-5"
See Detail B 12"

3'
3'
2"
•" Steel End-Plate

Tie Down Post
3" O.D. Pipe 1"? Steel Pin
6"
Finished Grade
(2) •" x 6"

24" x 48" x ‚" Steel Plate Gate Post
Steel Bolts
Welded To Gate For Signs 4" O.D. Pipe
3'
3'
1 „" ? Hole
Concrete Footing Concrete Footing
•" Steel Plate
• of 4" O.D.
R-85
3"
3"
Steel Pipe Welded
ELEVATION To Plate
1' 1'
GATE BRACKETS ASSEMBLY
•" Steel Plate 1 „" ? Hole •" Steel Plate 1 „" ? Hole
NOTES:
• of 4" O.D.
1. All pipes shall be black steel pipes, outside dia. (O.D.)
Steel Pipe Welded
Gate End 3" O.D. Pipe
and all joints welded.
To Plate
2. All steel shall be painted with two coats of primer and
SECTION A-A
SECTION B-B two coats yellow enamel.
3. Provide two 3 inch O.D. steel tie down post for locking
gate in open or closed position. Install with concrete

1"? Steel Pin Thru 2" footing as shown.
•" Round Steel Loop
•" Steel Plate Steel Plate For Pivot
3" O.D. Pipe 4. Concrete shall be Class A or AA.
4" O.D. Pipe Inside Radius of Loop
(2) •" x 6"
To Be 2" and Welded
Steel Bolts •" Steel End-Plate ‚" Steel End-Plate
To 3" O.D. Pipe.
(2) •" x 6"
Tie Down Post
Steel Bolts
•" Steel End-Plate 3" O.D. Pipe
2"
B B
2"
‚" Filet Weld Typical

A A
3" O.D. Pipe
• of 4" O.D. DETAIL C STATE OF NEVADA
Steel Pipe Welded
To Plate • of 4" O.D. 1"? Steel Pin Thru
Steel Pipe Welded Steel Plate For Pivot

4" O.D. Pipe To Plate 1/2" Steel Plate
2" METAL GATE
DETAIL A DETAIL B
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
C
L 5-66" Length of Fencing Wire
C 8' C 8' Entwined in Direct Contact
C C
C With Each Line Wire and Firmly

C
2" Off Vertical C
C
1" Off Vertical C 4 Spaces @ 15' Centers, See Note 2 C Stapled to Post as Shown
Top Horizontal Brace (4" Dia. x 8') Dropper 1" x 1 •" x 48"
15' 4'
4" Brace Pin
C C
C C 3 Required Per 60' Span
From Line Post or Dropper In-Line Strainers
Twitch Stick (1•"x2"x24")
See Detail C See Detail B
9" Brace Pin 9" Brace Pin
ons
C
C
C
m ensi
C
See DetailB
4'
For Di
n.
n.
C
-6" Mi
-6" Mi
C
C
Double Wrap Brace Wire High Tensile Wire Line Post
2'
2'
4'
See Note 9 4" Dia x 6'-6" on 60' Centers
C
-or-
Rise or Dip Post
4" Dia. x 8' Center to Center Spacing Ground Rod
C
as Needed Driven 48", See Note 4 See Note 6

Brace Post Brace Post
End Post
5" Dia.x 8' 4" Dia.x 8'
6" Dia.x 8'
NOTES:
DOUBLE BRACE END ASSEMBLY
1. End posts and line posts are recommended to be mechanically driven into the ground where soil conditions permit, to be determined by
the Engineer.
2. Maximum post spacing is 60 feet on level terrain with droppers on 15 foot centers. Post spacing may be decreased due to terrain conditions.
6" Dia x 8' Post Dropper spacing will remain on 15 foot max. centers. Minimum line post spacing will be on 15 foot centers without droppers, with 4 inch diameter,
With 6" Lean small end, line post when needed.
4' Dia. x 8' Top Horizontal
48" in Ground
Top Horizontal Brace
3. Placement of in-line strainers shall be as close to the center of the fence run as possible. Placement of tension indicator spring shall be
on the second wire from the top. Compression of the indicator spring by 1 ƒ inches will indicate a tension of approximately 250 lb ( + 10 lb).
C
4
4. Maximum length of wire per in-line strainer on level terrain: straight = 5000 feet, 1-90 degree corner: 3000 feet, 2-90 degree corners: 2000 feet,
'
M
3-90 degree corners: 1500 feet, 4-90 degree corners: 1000 feet. For uneven terrain reduce distances by 500 feet for each major rise and dip.
inC
.
Dip or rise posts shall be a minimum of 4 inch diameter small end, 8 feet long, positioned at high points of ridges and low points of gullies.
Wire
Wire 5. Except for fastening line wire, which has been strung around the outsides of wood posts in corners and curves. Fence staples should not
90° be driven vertically into wood posts. Rotating staples slightly away from slash cut points will provide improvement in resistance to pullout.
R-86
n
a
6. Ground rods of galvanized steel ( †"x8'), shall be placed every 150 feet in dry soils, or every 300 feet in moist soils. specific rod positioning to be
C
e
L
determined by the engineer. Fence under power lines shall be grounded at 3 points, one directly under power line and one each side 25 feet to
"
2
50 feet away.
PLAN PLAN 7. It is recommended for tying off wires on end posts to use two (2) Nicopress Sleeves Cat. No. FW-2-3, manufactured by the National
DOUBLE BRACE ALTERNATE FOUR POST Telephone Supply Company or acceptable equal.
CORNER ASSEMBLY CORNER ASSEMBLY 8. It is recommended for splicing wires to use three (3) Nicropress Sleeves or 1 Reliable Wirelink, Number 5057V, manufactured by Reliable
Electric Company or acceptable equal.
9. Proper tension on the brace wire in the end assembly is accomplished by twisting the brace wire a minimum of 6 turns, to a maximum
of 8 turns. The twitch stick should be securely fastened to the top horizontal brace post.
10. Line wires should be stapled to the line post only after taking up preliminary tension (about 150 lb), on each wire. Staples shall not bind
wire after stapling is completed. Tension each wire an additional 100 lb, for a total of 250 lb. Install droppers only after final tension is on
each wire. See note 16, about tension indicator spring.
Dropper Clip
11. Additional construction notes may be found in United States Steel Catalog No. T111575, "How to build fences with United States Steel max ten
Dropper 200 high-tensile fence wire".
1" x 1 •" x 48"

C
13. Farm gate 12 feet or less may be installed on post after final wire tensioning.
C
8"
14. All wood posts and droppers shall be pressure treated in accordance with AASHTO designation or equivalent state specification.
MULTI-GROOVE Concrete Backfill Full
7"
Depth of Hole for End 15. All fence wire, end and corner brace assembly wire shall consist of high tensile fence wire 12• gage, with a minimum of 200,000 lb/in
4'
and Corner Assembly tensile strength and conforms with the requirements for Class 3 Zinc Coating of ASTM A116.
4" 5" 5" 5" 6" 6"
Post Where Soil

48"
Conditions Require 16. Brace pins, dropper clips, tension indicator springs, and in-line strainers shall conform
with the requirements for Class 3 Zinc Coating of ASTM A116.
C
17. Staples are 1 ƒ inch, 9 gage with slash cut points and shall conform with the requirements
for Class 3 Zinc Coating of ASTM A116. STATE OF NEVADA
DETAIL A
C
POST WITH CONCRETE FILL

ANGLE-GROOVE
HIGH-TENSILE
8-WIRE RANGE FENCE
DROPPER DETAIL B
DETAIL C
IN-LINE WIRE STRAINERS AND TENSION INDICATOR SPRING
ADOPTED REVISED
11/82 2/98
C 16' Center to Center C 16' Center to Center
C C
ƒ" x 9" Galv. Iron Eye Bars For
Top and Bottom Turnbuckles,
Cut Brace and ‚" x ƒ" Flat Galv. Stretcher Bar with
ƒ" Hole in Post Web ƒ" x 9"Galv. Bolt ƒ" x 2' Galv. Iron Eye Bars
Weld to Post Not Less Than 7 Galv. Clamps Per Post
for Wire Rope For End Brace Post
C For Center Turnbuckles
C
U-Bolt Clips
C
C C
C
1'
Nut
C
See Detail B
C
C
C
C
C
2' C
C
C
C
C
6' Chain Link - 2" Mesh
•"-6x7 Galv. Iron, Regular
No. 6 Gage Galv. Wire Cut Braces and Weld
-3"
Lay Fiber Core Rope Use Standard Turnbuckles

C
C
to Line Posts (Head Up) Washer •" - 6 x 7 Galv. Iron
For ƒ" Bolts (12" Take Up)
C
C
6'
Reg. Lay Fiber Core Rope

2' C
DETAIL A
C
C
C
1'
C
3"
C
C
C
•" - 6 x 7 Galv. Iron Reg. Lay Fiber Core Rope
C
3'
3'
ƒ"x 9" Galv. Iron Eye Bars for Top and
3'
C
C
Bottom Turnbuckles, ƒ"x 2' Galv. Iron

See Detail A
Eye Bars For Center Turnbuckles
1'-6" x 1'-6" Square 1'-6" x 1'-6" Square 1'-6" x 1'-6" Square
C
Concrete Block Concrete Block Concrete Block Use Standard Turnbuckles
1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-6" For ƒ" Bolts (12" Take Up)
or or or
C
C
C
C
C
C
END POST LINE POST LINE BRACE
C
U-Bolt Clips
BENCH FENCE NOTES:
DETAIL B
1. All posts and braces shall be 50 pound crane rail or
flange (4"x 4"x 13 pound), 9' long.
Shape as Shown and 2. Install line braces at intervals not exceeding 275 feet.
NOTES:
Grade to Fit RCB Flow Line
3. All posts shall be at 16 foot centers.
1. Pipe shall be fastened to the
4. Posts and braces to be set in concrete as shown, except Wingwall with galv. rod (•" x 1').
in rock they may be grouted in drill hole.
Variable 2. Use galv. nuts and washers
C
5. 3 galvanized crosby clips or equal and 1 galvanized wire both sides of pipe.
Alternate Installation
rope thimble shall be used to attach wire rope to eye bars.
C
C
C C
R-87
C
3. Method of attaching fence wire
C
X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X 6. Cut groove in flange of braces for wire rope and eye bar. to pipe shall be approved by
X
X X X
X the engineer.
X
SECTION A-A 7. Secure mesh to line posts with 7 wire ties per post, and
RCB to each wire rope with 1 wire tie per 3 linear feet.
Wingwall
12" Max.
C
C
on
X X X X X X X X X
ternate
ati
C
l
nstal
Al
Galv. Pipe
I
1' 2'
6"
C
C
C
C
es
SECTION B-B
Vari
-6"
D D
V
a
4'
r
ie
s
C
X
C
Standard Braced Posts
X
Type A-832-3B or Grade Wing Area for
C
at Ends of All Fence
X
Type B-832-3B Fence Uniform Fence Line
es
C
C
C
C
Vari
X
6"
X
SECTION C-C
B
X
Method of Attaching Fence

B
to RCB Wingwall (Optional)

X
Type A-832-3B or 6"

Flow Line RCB and Ditch DETAIL C
C
Type B-832-3B Fence

C
C
Type A-832-3B or
X XC See Detail C
C
C
Type B-832-3B Fence
X
Alternate Installation
C
C
C
Fence Type as STATE OF NEVADA

C
Entire Wing Area Fence Type as

X
Specified in Plans DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

to be Graded Specified in Plans
45°
+
A (No Direct Payment) A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
X X X
C C
C C
BENCH FENCE AND
500'
500'
PLAN CATTLE PASS FENCING
Fence Attachment and/or Alternate Installation to be Placed at the
Direction of the Engineer, 1' Minimum From Outer End of Wingwall.

CATTLE PASS FENCING SECTION D-D
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 2/82
NOTES:
A 1. Fence to consist of 8 foot tall, 12.5 gauge woven wire animal exclusionary
game fence (field fence).
2. Fence wire to be placed on the field side of posts.
3. Thrie-Beam guardrail panels that retain fill material for jump outs are
to be secured to posts on the road side.
4. Jump outs will utilize 6 inch diameter wood posts and cross members at the
spacing indicated.
2:1
10'
5. Fence posts located within clear zone will utilize 12 foot long, 6 inch diameter
wooden fence posts with a 2 inch diameter hole drilled through the post
4 inches above ground level.
B B 6. All fence wire ties, brace wires, staples, and other wire appurtenances shall
8' 4:1 be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 232.
4'
7. Ramps to be composed of borrow compacted to 90%.
48' 8. All wood is to be treated per Section 718.
9. Call Enviormental Services at 775-888-7035, ten days prior to construction

for location.
PLAN VIEW
4' 4'
1
4: 4:
1
5'
R-88
48'
4' 4' SECTION B-B
10' 5' 5' 5' 5' 10'
4' 10' 6'
8'
8'
4' 5' 2:
1
(2) - Thrie-Beam
Guardrail Panel Row
(3) - Thrie-Beam Thrie-Beam

Guardrail Panel Row Guardrail Panels
STATE OF NEVADA
(4) - Thrie-Beam
Guardrail Panel Row
(4) - Thrie-Beam
Guardrail Panel Row
SECTION A-A
DEER JUMP OUTS
PROFILE VIEW
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
2‚" Pressed Steel Cap
C
C
(Dome Type)
Latch Clear
3 Strands Std. Barb Wire
Latch Post Clamps for Barb Wire (4 Pt.-5" Ctr. to Ctr.)
NOTES:
Gate Post
C
See Gate Post 1. Diameters and weights listed above are minimums.
Chart for Size Larger sizes may be used on approval of engineer.
1'
C
2. Type II post (3 •" x 3 •") (4.65 lb/ft) can be used

C
in place of 2.875 inch o.d. round gate post.
Tie Wires 3. Concrete shall be class A or AA.

On 12" Ctrs. 1.90" O.D. Frame
A LOCK KEEPER
ght of Fence)
4. … inch adjustable truss rods shall be installed on all gates

over 6 feet in width. See Detail B, sheet R-6.1.3, for truss
A
tightener detail.
ght
C
Gate Hei
C
C
Chain Link Fabric

(Equalto Hei
‚" x ƒ" Stretcher

B
Bar With Bands
B LOCK KEEPER GUIDE
3'
Knuckled Top and

Bottom Selvedges
C
C
C
C
C
8' Max.
ear
C
3• "
Gate Panel
Cl
3'
C Gate Opening (Between Posts)
C
HINGE
C
C
C
1' TUBULAR POSTS
C
C
3" C
C
SINGLE SWING GATE
Turnbuckle or
Truss Rods
R-89
Truss Tightener
FRAME CONSTRUCTION GATES FRAME CONSTRUCTION GATES

C 4"
C
Pressed Steel Cap
3 Strands Std. Barb Wire
Latch Clear Gate Post THRU 12' OPENING OVER 12' to 32' OPENING
(Dome Type)
(4 Pt.-5" Ctr. to Ctr.) See Gate Post
Gate Post
Chart for Size
Clamps for Barb Wire
C
C
C
1'
C
8' Max.
C
C
1.90" O.D. Interior Stay
C
Gate Panel
C
Tie Wires
C
(Typ.) C
C
Plunger Rod Guides

A
ght
2-Req'd.
C
Gate Hei
C
C
C
Truss Rods
Tubular
C
Post Chain Link Fabric ‚" x ƒ" Stretcher

Bar With Bands Turnbuckle or Truss
C
1…" O.D. Plunger Rod

FRAME CONSTRUCTION GATES
3'
FRAME CONSTRUCTION GATES

Knuckled Top and
THRU 6' OPENING THRU 6' to 18' OPENING
Bottom Selvedges
C
C
C
C
C
18" C
ear
3• "
C
Cl
STATE OF NEVADA
15" x 1 †" I.D. GATE POST
3'
C
GATE OPENING ROUND MIN. WEIGHT

C
GATE POSTS
10" IN FEET POUNDS/LIN. FT. FENCE DETAILS
C
3" O.D. DIA.
C
SINGLE GATE DOUBLE GATE (INCHES) CLASS 1 CLASS 2

SWING GATES
C
Gate Opening (Between Posts) Up to 6 Up to 12 2.875 5.79 4.64

FOR UP TO 72" HEIGHT
C C
3" 7 thru 13 13 thru 26 4.000 9.11 6.56

C 1'
14 thru 18 27 thru 36 6.625 18.97 CHAIN LINK 3B FENCE
DOUBLE SWING GATE R-6.3.2 (616) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
3/79 10/97
NOTES:
C Galv. Pipe or Alternate
Inside Outside 1
'
C
Inside Outside 0'
C
C
1
C C
C
Height as Brace Clamp
C
C
45°
C
C
45°
C
1. Chain-link fencing shall consist of galvanized chain-link fabric on steel posts
C
C
Specified C
See Detail E
C
C
C tubular or C-section.
C
C
"
"
2"
18
18
Barb Wire Barb Wire
C
3 Strands 2. All posts shall be set in class A or AA concrete.
C
3 Strands
C
C
C
C …" Galv.
Fixed Type C
C
C
Rod
3' C
Support Arm 3. All posts tops shall be fitted with suitable finials.
Fixed Type
C
Support Arm
C Tension
Corner Post 4. Braces shall be spaced approximately 12 inches below top of terminal posts
C
Wire Concrete
C
C
Barb Base C
and shall extend from end, gate or corner posts to first adjacent line post.
3"
C
C
Eye Top
C
C 1
'
End/Corner Post C
Barb Base Turnbuckle or 5. All fittings shall be hot-dipped galvanized malleable, cast iron, or pressed steel.
Line Post Truss Tightener
See Detail G 6. Fabric shall be fastened to line posts with fabric bands spaced approximately
14 inches apart, and to top tension wire and bottom tension wire with hog rings
CORNER POST LINE POST or tie wires spaced approximately 24 inches apart.
CORNER BRACE
SUPPORT ARM SUPPORT ARM 7. For alternate post and brace rail details see sheets R-6.3.2 thru R-6.3.3.
CHAIN LINK FENCE
‹" Dia. Hole

C
‚" xƒ" Flat Galv.

Post
Stretcher Bar …" x 1" Galv.
C
C
C
Brace Clamp Iron Strap
Brace Rail
Hex Nut &
C
C
Washer C
C
Not Less Than 4
‹" Dia. Hole
Galv. Clamps
Post
Per Post …" Galv. Rod
C
C
DETAIL G
DETAIL E DETAIL F
Galv. Pipe or
Line Stretcher Bar
Galv. Pipe or Alternate
Tension Wire Post See Detail F
R-90
Alternate
10'
C
10' 10' 10' 3•"+
C C C
C C Brace Clamp
1'
C
See Detail E
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
3• "
ght as
ed
ght as
Galv. Pipe or
ed
Turnbuckle or
fi
fi
Line Post Alternate
Speci
Speci
C Truss Tightener
Hei
Hei
Tension Wire
C
C
…"Galv. Rod
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
-6"
-6"
-6"
3"
2" Max.
1 4" Max.
2'
2'
2'
3'
3'
(Chain Link) Turnbuckle or
3"
Brace Posts at
Tension Wire
C
C
C
C
C
C
Truss Tightener
Intervals not
See Detail G
C
C
C
C
C
Exceeding 500'
3"
C
3"
3"
10" Min. C
3"
C C 10" Min.
C 10" Min.
C 10" Min. C C C
1' Min. C 1' Min.
1
INTERMEDIATE BRACED POST CORNER OR END POST

2' For Fence Height 5'
2'-6" For Fence Height 5'
TYPICAL CHAIN LINK FENCE
STATE OF NEVADA
SIZE OF POSTS
CORNER, END, PULL
LINE POSTS BRACE RAIL
AND BRACE POSTS
FENCE DETAILS
FENCE ROUND MIN. WT. (LBS/L.F.) MIN. WT. ROUND MIN. WT. (LBS/L.F.) C-SECTION MIN. WT. ROUND MIN. WT. (LBS/L.F.) C-SECTION MIN. WT.
HEIGHT PIPE O.D.
TYPE II
(LBS/L.F.) PIPE O.D.
CLASS 1 CLASS 2 DIMENSIONS (LBS/L.F.) PIPE O.D. DIMENSIONS (LBS/L.F.) CHAIN LINK FENCE
CLASS 1 CLASS 2 CLASS 1 CLASS 2
3'to 6' 2.375" 3.65 2.64 3.5"x3.5" 4.85 1.900" 2.72 1.94 1.875"x1.625" 1.60 1.660" 2.27 1.45 1.625"x1.250" 1.35
ADOPTED REVISED
10/94 10/15
2‚" C
C
Latch Clear
Pressed Steel Cap
Latch Post (Dome Type) NOTES:
Gate Post
See Gate Post
C Chart for Size 1. Diameters and mass listed above are minimums.
C
larger sizes may be used on approval of engineer.

C
2. Type II post (3•" x 3•") (4.65 lb/ft) can be used

Tie Wires in place of 2.875 inch o.d. round gate post.
A HINGE FOR TUBULAR POSTS

ght
4. … inch adjustable truss rods shall be installed on all

Gate Hei
C gates over 6 feet in width. See detail B, sheet R-6.1.3,
C
for truss tightener detail.
C
Chain Link Fabric

B ‚" x ƒ" Stretcher
Bar With Bands
B LOCK KEEPER GUIDE
3'
Knuckled Top and

Bottom Selvedges
C 8' Max
C
Gate Panel
C
C
C
C
ear
3• "
Cl
3'
C Gate Opening Between Posts
C
C
C
C
C
A LOCK KEEPER
C
C 1' 3"
SINGLE SWING GATE

Turnbuckle or
Truss Rods Truss Tightener
FRAME CONSTRUCTION
FRAME CONSTRUCTION
R-91
GATES THRU 12' OPENING

GATES OVER 12' TO 32' OPENING
Pressed Steel Cap

(Dome Type)
Gate Post
Gate Post C
C
4" Latch Clear See Gate Post C 8' Max.
Chart for Size Gate Panel
C
C
1.90" O.D. Interior Stay

C
Tie Wires
On 12" Ctrs.
1.90" O.D. Frame C
C
C
A
ght
Plunger Rod Guides

B
Gate Hei
2-Req'd. C
C
C
C
Tubular Truss Rods
‚" x ƒ" Stretcher
C
Post Chain Link Fabric

Bar With Bands
C
Turnbuckle or Truss
1…" O.D. Plunger Rod
3'
FRAME CONSTRUCTION
Knuckled Top and FRAME CONSTRUCTION
Bottom Selvedges GATES THRU 6' OPENING
GATES OVER 6' TO 18' OPENING
C
C
C
C
18" C
ear
3• "
C
Cl
15" x 1 †" I.D.

3'
C
GATE POST
C
STATE OF NEVADA
C 10" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
3" ROUND
C
GATE OPENING MIN. WEIGHT

GATE POSTS
POUNDS/LIN. FT.
C
IN FEET
O.D. DIA.
3" SINGLE GATE DOUBLE GATE (INCHES) CLASS 1 CLASS 2 FENCE DETAILS
C Gate Opening (Between Posts)
C
C
Up to 6 Up to 12 2.875 5.79 4.64 SWING GATE FOR UP TO

1'
7 thru 13 13 thru 26 4.000 9.11 6.56 72" CHAIN LINK FENCE
14 thru 18 27 thru 36 6.625 18.97
DOUBLE SWING GATE
ADOPTED REVISED
3/79 1/82
1' For 14' Cattle Guard
End 2' For 12',16',20' Cattle Guards
C C ‚"x4"x7'-2" Steel C
C C C
ed At Low
Straps @ 4' Centers

•"+ C Typ.
3"+ - C
‚
C
C -
B •"+ C
-
C ‚"x 4"x 7'-2" Steel Strap
‚" x 4" Steel Strap
l
‚
C
2•"x Š"x 6Ž"

nstal
Grind Smooth
1'
Typ. ‚
5"
C
C
‚ Typ.
See Detail B S4x7.7
C 12" CMP To Be I
P.C.C.Impact ‚
C
1'
-9"
C
Buffer Block C Typ.
S4x7.7
2• "
2"
1'
C 8"
C C
C
C
C
DETAIL B
C
-11"
A A
C
ƒ "
No.4 Bars
15"
2'
S8x18.4
C
-
7• "+
No.4 Bars
C
C
L
C
-9"
Welded to
C
C
6"
C
C
2'
S8x18.4
C
1'
‚
8" x ‚" Plate Typ.
C
C
1 1" Hole
‡"x12" Galvanized Anchor
C
C
1'
5" Bolts w/Castle Nut and Washer

C
6-S8x18.4@2'-6"=12'-6" for 12'Cattle Guard

7-S8x18.4@2'-5"=14'-6" for 14'Cattle Guard
B 8-S8x18.4@2'-4‚"=16'-6" for 16'Cattle Guard
9-S8x18.4@2'-6ƒ"=20'-6" for 20'Cattle Guard
TYPICAL CONNECTION
P.C.C. Impact Buffer Block
8" C C 8"
C C
12' to 20' Cattle Guards C 7'-3"
C
PLAN 1•" C 13-S4x7.7 @ 7"=7'

C
C 1•" ƒ"x12" Galvanized
C
2" CC 6" 6" C 2" Bolt, Nut, and Washer
C C C See Detail A
C 1
C
4"
8"
6"x6"x7'-3" 8"x‚" Plate
C
C
C
2-No.4 Bars
C
C
x 7' C ‡"x12" Galvanized
C
-3"
Each End
-11"
No.4 Bars as Anchor Bolt w/Castle

-11"
2' Shown Bent into Nut and Washer

3'
8"
2'
C
C End Walls
R-92
1•"Cl.
C
C
C
C
C
C C
L Ž" Dia. Hole
C
C
.
C
2" Cl
.
C
2" Cl
8"
No.4 Bars Bent Into End Walls C 2•" …" Plate

C
No.6U Bars @ 7"Ctrs. (Top Foot Removed for Clarity) C
C
C No.4 Bars @ 18"Ctrs. 1‚ "1‚ " 2"x 2" Metal Tube
2"x 2" Metal Tube C C
No. 6U Bars @ 7" Ctr. ƒ"Bolt, Nut and Washer C C
Wing Support
C Wing Support
C
C
No. 4 Bars @ 18" Ctr.
1‚ "1‚ "
C
C
2ƒ "
SECTION B-B
3• "
2• "
C
‚
C
C
SECTION A-A
C
S4x7.7
‚
PLAN
Nail to Brace
ELEVATION
With 20d Nails
For Use With Optional Metal Wings Only. This Connection Shall Be Made
To Second S4x7.7 Beam At 8.33" From Impact Buffer Blocks.
1'
C
2"x6"x7'-3"
C
C
DETAIL A
-7• "
2"x6"x5'-3"
4"x6"
2"x6"x3'-4"
See Note 4
3'
-3"
C
C
Nail Wing Braces

7'
-7• "
2"x2"x2' w/20d Nails

Nailing Strip Nail to Wheel Guard
Nail to Post
Nail to Post w/40d Nails 2"x6"x8'
With 40d Nails
2"x6"x8'
3'
w/20d Nails (2"X6"X6'-4•" Not Shown)

See Note 4
C
2"x6"x2'-1"
1'
C
1'
-
11C
C
2"x6"x6'-4•" Brace Install Suitable Latch

"
5
C
"C
1
1'
C When Gate is Used

-
C
1
11 C
SHEET 1 OF 2
C
"
12' to 20'
STATE OF NEVADA
6"x6"x7'-3" 2"x6"x4'
2"x6"x5'
PLAN OF WINGS
C
n.
3'Mi
C
C
C
C
STEEL CATTLE GUARD
4"x 6" 4' 12' TO 20' ROADBED
C
12' to 20'
As Required

ELEVATION OF WINGS
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
REINFORCING STRUCTURAL STEEL
12' ROADBED 12' ROADBED
NOTES:
ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS. ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS.
1. All concrete to be class A or AA.
I BEAMS 13 S4x7.7 13' 1301
HORIZONTAL BARS * 12 NO. 4 12'-6" 100
I BEAMS 6 S8x18.4 7' 3" 800 2. Standard metal or timber gates shall be constructed
HORIZONTAL BARS 12 NO. 4 7' 56
SPACERS 72 2•"x5/16" 6Ž" 109 when shown on plans or ordered by the engineer.
HORIZONTAL BARS 18 NO. 4 16'-9" 201
ANCHOR BOLTS 12 ‡" 1' 12
VERTICAL BARS 20 NO. 4 2'-9" 37
END PLATES 2 8"x1/2" 13' 177 3. All connections to be welded.
U-BARS 22 NO. 6 12'-1" 400
STEEL STRAPS 3 4"x1/4" 7' -2" 74
HORIZONTAL BARS 4 NO. 4 13'-2" 35 4. All timber shall be painted white per standard specifications.
TOTAL 2473
TOTAL 900
5. Metal wings are optional, See Detail A. For additional details
14' ROADBED and quantities see sheets R-7.1.3 and R-7.1.3.1.
14' ROADBED
ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS.
6. All wings shall be painted white per standard specifications.
I BEAMS 13 S4x7.7 15' 1502
HORIZONTAL BARS * 12 NO. 4 14'-6" 116 I BEAMS 7 S8x18.4 7'-3" 934
HORIZONTAL BARS 13 NO. 4 7' 61 SPACERS 84 2•"x5/16" 6Ž" 127
HORIZONTAL BARS NO. 4 ANCHOR BOLTS 14 ‡" 1' 14

18 18'-9" 225
VERTICAL BARS NO. 4 END PLATES 2 8"x1/4" 15' 204
22 2'-9" 40
U-BARS STEEL STRAPS 4 4"x1/4" 7'-2" 98
24 NO. 6 12'-1" 436
HORIZONTAL BARS TOTAL 2879
4 NO. 4 15'-2" 41
TOTAL 1009
16' ROADBED
16' ROADBED ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS. BILL OF MATERIALS
I BEAMS 13 S4x7.7 17' 1702 TIMBER
I BEAMS 8 S8x18.4 7'-3" 1067
ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH FT.BM
HORIZONTAL BARS * 12 NO. 4 16'-6" 132 SPACERS 84 2•"x5/16" 6Ž" 127
WHEEL GUARDS 2 6"x6" 7'-3" 43.5
HORIZONTAL BARS 15 NO. 4 7' 70 ANCHOR BOLTS 14 ‡" 1' 14
WING SLOPE 4 2"x6" 8' 32.0
18 NO. 4 END PLATES 2 8"x1/4" 17' 231
HORIZONTAL BARS 20'-9" 249 2 6'-4•"
WING SLOPE 2"x6" 12.8
NO. 4 STEEL STRAPS 4 4"x1/4" 7'-2" 98
VERTICAL BARS 26 2'-9" 48 WING BRACES 2 2"x6" 3'-4" 6.7
NO. 6 TOTAL 3239
U-BARS 29 12'-1" 527 WING BRACES 4 2"x6" 5'-3" 21.0
HORIZONTAL BARS NO. 4
R-93
4 17'-2" 46 WING BRACES 2 2"x6" 7'-3" 14.5

20' ROADBED
TOTAL 1125 WING BRACES 2 2"x6" 2'-1" 4.2
ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS. WING BRACES 2 2"x6" 4' 8.0
20' ROADBED WING BRACES 2 2"x6" 5' 10.0

I BEAMS 13 S4x7.7 21' 2102
WING POST 2 4"x6" AS REQUIRED
I BEAMS 9 S8x18.4 7'-3" 1201
ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS. 2 2"x2" 2' 1.3
NAILING STRIP
SPACERS 108 2•"x5/16" 6Ž" 163
HORIZONTAL BARS * 12 NO. 4 20'-6" 164 ANCHOR BOLTS 18 ‡" 1' 18 GALVANIZED HARDWARE
HORIZONTAL BARS 17 NO. 4 7' 79 END PLATES 2 8"x1/4" 21' 286
HORIZONTAL BARS NO. 4 STEEL STRAPS 5 4"x1/4" 7'-2" 122
18 24'-9" 297
TOTAL 3892 BOLTS 8 ƒ" 12" 15
VERTICAL BARS 30 NO. 4 2'-9" 55
WASHERS 8 ƒ" 1
U-BARS 36 NO. 6 12'-1" 654
WASHERS (LOCK) 4 ƒ" •
NAILS 50 40d 3
TOTAL 1359
NAILS 72 20d 2‚
BOLTS 4 ƒ" 1•" 1
TOTAL 22ƒ
CONCRETE
ALL ROADBED WIDTH
12' ROADBED 6.25 CU. YD.

16' ROADBED 7.79 CU. YD. CORR. METAL PIPE 1 12" ** 2' 20
** PIPE LENGTH AND DRAINAGE DITCH SHALL BE AS

* NO. 4 BARS WELDED TO 8" I BEAMS INDICATED ON THE PLANS.
SHEET 2 OF 2
SACKED ROCK AT END OF PIPE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED STATE OF NEVADA
STEEL CATTLE GUARD

12' TO 20' ROADBED
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
Ž" Dia. Hole 2•"
1' for 26' Cattle Guard and 2' for 32' and 40' Cattle Guards …" Plate
2"x2"Metal Tube 1‚" 1‚" 2"x2"Metal Tube

ƒ" Bolt, Nut and Washer
‚"x 4"x 7'-2" Steel Straps @ 4' Centers Wing Support Wing Support
ed
2ƒ "
1‚ "1‚ "
l
nstal
2• "
3• "
5"
‚"
C 12" CMP To Be I
-9"
S4x7.7
At Low End
-11" 1'
‚"
A A PLAN
ELEVATION
2'
For Use With Optional Metal Wings Only. This Connection Shall Be Made To Second
L
L
-9"
S4x7.7 Beam At 8.33" From Impact Buffer Blocks, Top Foot Removed for Clarity.
2'
1'
DETAIL A
1'
5"
P.C.C. Impact Buffer Block
B
See Detail B ‚"x4"Steel Strap
8" 8"
26', 32', and 40' Cattle Guards 12" ‚"
S4x7.7
Typ.
2• "
1 8"
2"
PLAN
6-S8x18.4@2'-6"=12'-6" for 26' Cattle Guard ‚"
Typ.
7-S8x18.4@2'-7"=15'-6" for 32' Cattle Guard C
C
9-S8x18.4@2'-5‚"=19'-6" for 40' Cattle Guard No.4 Bars
ƒ "
15"
S8x18.4
•" Max
-
7• "+
13',16' or 20' 13',16' or 20' No. 4 Bars Welded to S8x18.4
6" 6"
6"
2•"xŠ"x6Ž"
7‡" 7‡"
1 1 ‚"
C
C See Detail A 8" x ‚" Plate Typ.
7'-3"
Weld 8"x ‚" Plates Together 1"Hole
1•" 13-S4x7.7@7"=7' 1•" ‡"x12"Galv. Anchor Bolts
After Erecting ƒ"x12" Galvanized w/Castle Nut and Washer
4"
Bolt, Nut, and Washer
8"
6"x6"x7'-3" 6"x6"x7'-3"
8"x‚" Plate
R-94
2-No. 4x7'
Each End
‡"x12"Galvanized Anchor Bolts
TYPICAL CONNECTION
-3"
-11"
-11"
No.4 Bars as w/Castle Nut and Washer
2'
3'
Shown Bent into
2'
8"
End Walls 1•" Cl.
.
2" Cl
8"
.
2" Cl
C6121 @7" Centers
No. 4 Bars Bent Into End Walls 1'-10" No. 4 Bars @18"Centers Nail to Brace
With 20d Nails
C6121 Bars @ 7" Center
12"
2"x6"x7'-3"
No. 4 Bars @ 18" Center SECTION B-B
-7• "
2"x6"x5'-3" 4"x6"
2"x6"x3'-4"
SECTION A-A See Note 5
3'
-3"
7'
-7"
-7"
-7• "
2'
2'
2"x 2"x 2'

Nailing Strip
3'
Nail to Post 2"x6"x8'
6'-11"
With 20d Nails
Nail Wing Braces
12"
C6121 With 20d Nails
2"x 6"x 6'-4•" Brace
Nail to Wheel Guard
Nail to Post 2"x6"x8'
With 40d Nails
With 40d Nails (2"X6"X6'-4•" Not Shown) 26', 32' or 40'
See Note No.5
2"x6"x2'-1"
PLAN OF WINGS
1'
-
11
Install Suitable Latch

"
1 When Gate is Used

1'
5
-
1
"
11
"
Typ.
‚
‚"x4"x7'-2"
6"x6"x7'-3" 2"x6"x4' SHEET 1 OF 2
•"+ Steel Strap
- STATE OF NEVADA
•"+ 2"x6"x5' DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
-
‚
n.
Grind Smooth Typ.

3'Mi
P.C.C. Impact
4"x6" 26', 32' or 40' 4' STEEL CATTLE GUARD
Buffer Block
As Required
S4x7.7 26', 32' AND 40' ROADBEDS
ELEVATION OF WINGS
DETAIL B R-7.1.2 (617) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 10/15
REINFORCING STRUCTURAL STEEL
26' ROADBED 26' ROADBED NOTES:
ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS. ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS.
HORIZONTAL BARS *24 NO. 4 13'-3" 212 I BEAMS 26 S4x7.7 13'-5ƒ" 2,699
1,331 2. Standard metal or timber gates shall be constructed when shown
HORIZONTAL BARS 22 NO. 4 7' 103 I BEAMS 12 S8x18.4 7'-3"
on plans or ordered by the engineer.
SPACERS 144 2•"x5/16" 6Ž" 217
ANCHOR BOLTS 24 ‡"O 1' 23
VERTICAL BARS 40 NO. 4 2'-9" 74 3. All connections to be welded.
END PLATES 4 8"x1/4" 13'-6" 320
U-BARS 50 NO. 6 12'-1" 907
STEEL STRAPS 7 4"x1/4" 7'-2" 171 4. All timber shall be painted white per standard specifications.
TOTAL 4,761
TOTAL 1738 5. Metal wings are optional, see Detail A. For additional
32' ROADBED details and quantities see sheets R-7.1.3 and R-7.1.3.1.
32' ROADBED

ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS. 6. All wings shall be painted white per standard specifications.
I BEAMS 26 S4x7.7 16'-5ƒ" 3,299

HORIZONTAL BARS *24 NO. 4 16'-3" 260
I BEAMS 14 S8x18.4 7'-3" 1,553
HORIZONTAL BARS 26 NO. 4 7' 122 SPACERS 168 2•"xŠ" 6Ž" 254
HORIZONTAL BARS 18 NO. 4 36'-9" 442 ANCHOR BOLTS 28 ‡"O 1' 27
VERTICAL BARS 48 NO. 4 2'-9" 88 END PLATES 4 8"x1/4" 16'-6" 392
U-BARS 60 NO. 6 12'-1" 1088 STEEL STRAPS 8 4"x1/4" 7'-2" 195
HORIZONTAL BARS 4 NO. 4 33'-2" 89 TOTAL 5,720
TOTAL 2089
40' ROADBED
40' ROADBED ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS.
ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS. I BEAMS S4x7.7 20'-5ƒ" 4,100
26
I BEAMS 18 S8x18.4 7'-3" 1,997
HORIZONTAL BARS *24 NO. 4 20'-3" 325
SPACERS 326
BILL OF MATERIALS
216 2 •"xŠ" 6Ž"
HORIZONTAL BARS 31 NO. 4 7' 145 ANCHOR BOLTS 36 35 TIMBER
‡"O 1'
HORIZONTAL BARS 18 NO. 4 44'-9" 538 END PLATES 4 8"x‚" 20'-6" 487
ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH FT.BM
R-95
VERTICAL BARS 58 NO. 4 2'-9" 107 STEEL STRAPS 10 4"x1/4" 7'-2" 244
WHEEL GUARDS 2 6"x6" 7'-3" 43.5
U-BARS 74 NO. 6 12'-1" 1344 TOTAL 7,189
WING SLOPE 4 2"x6" 8' 32.0
WING SLOPE 2 2"x6" 6'-4•" 12.8
TOTAL 2569
WING BRACES 2 2"x6" 3'-4" 6.7
WING BRACES 4 2"x6" 5'-3" 21.0
WING BRACES 2 2"x6" 7'-3" 14.5
WING BRACES 2 2"x6" 2'-1" 4.2
WING BRACES 2 2"x6" 4' 8.0
WING BRACES 2 2"x6" 5' 10.0
WING POST 2 4"x6" AS REQUIRED
NAILING STRIP 2 2"x2" 2' 1.3
GALVANIZED HARDWARE
ALL ROADBED WIDTH ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS.
CONCRETE
ITEM NO.REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS. BOLTS 8 ƒ" 12" 15

WASHERS 8 ƒ" 1
CORR. METAL PIPE 1 12" ** 2' 20
WASHERS (LOCK) 4 ƒ" •
NAILS 50 40d 3
** PIPE LENGTH AND DRAINAGE DITCH SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE
* No. 4 BARS WELDED TO 8" I BEAMS NAILS 72 20d 2‚
PLANS. SACKED ROCK AT END OF PIPE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.
BOLTS 4 ƒ" 1•" 1
TOTAL 22ƒ
SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
STEEL CATTLE GUARD

26', 32' AND 40' ROADBEDS
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 5/09
2•"x‰"x5" End Barrier Plate 6'-6" †" Dia. Hole With
3"x3"x7' C C
10 Gage Post •" Dia. x 4" Bolt

Wire Lugs @ 8"+ Ctrs.
Typ. Full Length of Post 2"x 2"x 1'-3ƒ" 10 Gage
‚
Tubing Brace
C
•" Dia.x 5" Bolts
C
2"x 2"x 2'-7‚" 10 Gage
2"x 2"x 7'- 1ƒ" 10 Gage
•" Dia.x 3" Bolts Tubing Brace
Tubing End Section
1ƒ"x ‰"x 1'-10ƒ" Flat Crossarm
-5"
2"x 2"x 3'-11" 10 Gage
Tubing Brace
1ƒ"x ‰"x 2'-9•" Flat Crossarm
4'
e
p
Fi 1ƒ"x ‰"x 3'-8‚" Flat Crossarm
lo
llS ‚"x 4"x 7'-10" 2"x 2"x 5'-2•" 10 Gage
A
S
lop
1
Steel Strap Tubing Brace
1:
e
1"
C 2' C 2' G
C Max. Max. D 8"x ‰" Steel
C
C
-6" C
Side Plate
C
-2"
-6"
C
See Table
1'
1'
2'
2"
C
C
Typ.
C
Slope to Drain
C
C
‚
2"
ate
C
-2"
6"
2• "x ‰ "x 5"
C
C
8" Min.
er Pl
1' C No. 4 Bars 6" 1'-6"

1'
C
6" C
C C C
C
C
C 1'-6" 1'
1' C 4" Dia Drains
C
C 8' -4"
End Barri
C 1' See Note 6 C
C
1' C
Varies: Frame Width + 3"
SECTION B-B
SECTION A-A
Typ.
‚
1' For 14' and 10' Roadways 3"x 3" Rail
2"x 2" Tubing
2' For 12' and 8' Roadways
C
Typ.
C
4'-6" Variable Width - See Table 4' -6"
C C
C C C ‚ C
C C ‚"x 4"x 7'-10" Steel Straps on 4' Centers 1•" †" Dia. Hole in C
C C
2•" x ‰" x 5" C

C
2"
End Barrier Plate
B W/ •" x 2" Bolts
C
2" x Š" x 4"
C
C
C
†" Dia. x 1" Slotted Plate Clip
Holes in C8x11.5
C
ƒ" Dia. x 10" Anchor Bolt
R-96
4 Required Each Side
8'-4"
6'-6"
Typ.
Typ.
‚ DETAIL C DETAIL D
‚
8'
A C
C ‚"x 4"x 7'-10"

Grind Smooth
C
C
C
Steel Strap
C
C8x11.5
B
Conc. Footing
Typ.
‚ W8x18 3"x3"x‰" Tubing
See Detail I
PLAN
DETAIL G
†" Slotted Holes in THIS DESIGN IS NOT FOR USE ON

1ƒ" x ‰" Flat Crossarm
1ƒ" x ‰" Flat Crossarm
MAINLINES, RAMPS, OR CROSSROADS
4ƒ"
Typ.
‚ †" Dia. Holes With
†" Dia. Holes With
•" Dia. x 3" Bolts 3•"
•" Dia. x 5" Bolts C C
‰" C
•" R Max.
3" x 3" x ‰"x 7'
W8x18 BEAM Tubing Brace Post C
C
3"
2" x 2" x 10 Gage C

SHEET 1 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
C
2"
C
‚" Dia. Wire Lug

ƒ" 2" ƒ"
C C
3"x 3"x ‰" Tubing Brace Welded to C
W8x18 Beam as Shown, See Detail H

Typ.
A Welded or Rolled Unit of Equivalent Design Loading
STEEL CATTLE GUARD
„
Capacity May Be Submitted to the Engineer for TYPE B
DETAIL T Approval in Place of a 3" x 3" ‰" Tubing.
DETAIL A DETAIL H R-7.1.3 (617) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
3/71 5/09
NOTES:
2. Alternative design may be substituted by the contractor for

approval by the engineer.
3. Live loading: H-20
4. Cattle guard slope is to conform to the roadway cross

MATERIAL LIST FOR WINGS slope and grade.
ITEM NO. REQD SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS 5. "Frame Width" combinations may be varied to obtain the
specified width of cattle guards.
FLAT CROSSARMS 2 1-3/4"x3/16" 1'- 10ƒ" 4

6. Extend 4 inch drains to facilitate drainage of structure.
FLAT CROSSARMS 2 1-3/4"x3/16" 2'- 9•" 6
FLAT CROSSARMS 2 1-3/4"x3/16" 3'- 8‚" 8 7. All wings shall be painted white per standard specification.
BRACES 2 2"x2"x10 GA 1'- 3ƒ" 11
BRACES 2 2"x2"x10 GA 2'- 7‚" 23
BRACES 2 2"x2"x10 GA 3'- 11" 38
BILL OF MATERIALS
BRACES 2 2"x2"x10 GA 5'- 2•" 45
END BARRIER 4 2"x2"x10 GA 7'- 1ƒ" 123 FRAME SIZE LONGITUDINAL STRINGERS
END BARRIER PLATE 6 2•"x3/16" 5" 4
UPRIGHT POST 2 3"x3"x‰" 7' 96 LENGTH WIDTH NO. REQD SIZE SPACING WT. LBS
8' 14' 6 W8X18 EQUAL 859

8' 12' 5 W8X18 EQUAL 716
8' 10' 4 W8X18 EQUAL 573
MATERIAL LIST FOR ALL SIZES
8' 8' 3 W8X18 EQUAL 430
ITEM NO. REQD SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS
CHANNELS 2 C8x11.5 8' 184
PLATE CLIP 12 2"x3/8" 4•' 9 STRUCTURAL STEEL
ANCHOR BOLT CLIP 14 2"x5/16" 4" 10

ITEM NO. REQD SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS
R-97
RAILS 13 3"x3"x3/16" 14' 1249

SIDE PLATES 2 8"x3/16" 14' 143
CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL RAILS 13 3"x3"x3/16" 12' 1070

SIDE PLATES 2 8"x3/16" 12' 122
LENGTH CUBIC YDS. WT. LBS
RAILS 13 3"x3"x3/16" 10' 892
14' 2.29 82 SIDE PLATES 2 8"x3/16" 10' 102
12' 2.06 74
10' 1.84 67 RAILS 13 3"x3"x3/16" 8' 713
8' 1.62 60 SIDE PLATES 2 8"x3/16" 8' 82
STRUCTURAL STEEL
GALVANIZED HARDWARE ROAD WIDTH ITEM NO. REQD SIZE WT. LBS
ITEM NO. REQD SIZE LENGTH 14' STEEL STRAP 4 1/4"x4"x7'-10" 107
BOLT 6 •" 3" 12' STEEL STRAP 3 1/4"x4"x7'-10" 80

BOLT 16 •" 2"
BOLT 6 •" 5" 10' STEEL STRAP 3 1/4"x4"x7'-10" 80

WASHER 56 9ˆ" -
WASHER 14 Ž" - 8' STEEL STRAP 2 1/4"x4"x7'-10" 53
NUT 28 •" -
NUT 14 ƒ" -
ANCHOR BOLT 14 ƒ" -
SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
STEEL CATTLE GUARD

TYPE B

MATERIAL LISTS ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY
ADOPTED REVISED
3/71 5/09
Varies
Nail to Brace 9"x4"x‚" Plate
2"x6"x7'-3" w/20d Nails
A 9'-11•"
2"x6"x5'-3"
2" Dia. Pipe Sleeves
1' 4' 4' 1'
-7• "
2"x6"x3'-4"
1" Dia.x15" Bolts
3'
-3"
CONNECTION DETAIL
7'
-7• "
-3"
Nail to Brace
7'
w/40d Nails
3'
2"x2"x2' 2"x6"x6'-4•"
Nailing Strip
4"x6"
2"x6"x8' ‚
A Typ.
‚
Typ.
‚"x4"x7'-1" Steel Strap

PLAN
Typ.
‚
PLAN
‚"x4"x7'-10"
red
Grind Smooth Steel Strap

4"x6" As Requi
Nail Wing Braces

2"x6"x2'-1"
1'
w/20d Nails
-
11
Install Suitable Latch 4"x2"x‚"

"
When Gate is Used Structural Tubing

1'
Nail to Wheel Guard

-
11
w/40d Nails
"
2"x6"x4' 6" 5-S7x15.3 @ 2'-3"=9' 6"

DETAIL B 1'-6" 3"
5
2"x6"x5'
"
No. 4 Bars Lifting Lugs, Embed 12"

Plan Slope
n.
6"x6"x7'-3"
3'Mi
Wheel Guard 2- No. 4 Bars

Top and Bottom
Varies 4'
No. 4 Bars @ 18" Ctrs.
R-98
ELEVATION 2-†"Dia.x9" Anchor Bolts Per 1 Beam

6" 6"
TIMBER WINGS
10'
7'-3"
ELEVATION
1•" 13-4"x 2"x ‚" @7" Centers 1•"
4"
ƒ"Dia.x12" Bolt w/Washer
‚"x4"x7'-1" Steel Strap

†" Dia.x 9" Anchor Bolts
7"
-5"
12"
7"x1/4"x9'-11•" Plate
2'
-6"
No. 4 Bars As Shown

1'
THIS DESIGN IS NOT FOR USE ON

6"
MAINLINES, RAMPS, OR CROSSROADS

No. 4 Bars @ 7" Center No. 6 Bars @ 7" Centers
6"
‚
SECTION A-A ‡" Dia. Hole For Wheel Guard Typ.
4"x2"x‚" Structural
No. 4 Bars Welded
Tubing @ 7" Centers
To I Beams
5"x2•"xŠ" Plate
7'-3" 2•"
SEE DETAIL B C 2" Dia. Pipe Sleeves
9" L 9" Depth
6"
Typ. Each End Varies
‚ ƒ"
7"x ‚" S7x15.3 SHEET 1 OF 2
3"
S7x15.3 Plate STATE OF NEVADA

Bituminous Surfacing Material
ƒ" Dia. Hole
6"
Bedding Material Slope to

Match Roadway Crown
STEEL CATTLE GUARD
TYPE C
6"
8" Dia. Hole @ C Typ. Each End

L
See Note 4 TYPICAL CONNECTION
END VIEW ADOPTED REVISED
10/70 5/09
STRUCTURAL STEEL NOTES:
(1-10'-0" COMPONENT)
1. All concrete shall be class DA.

ITEM NO. REQUIRED SIZE LENGTH WT.LBS
2. All connections to be welded.
BEAMS 5 S7x15.3 7' -3" 554.6

3. When gate is not specified:
STRUCTURAL TUBING 13 4"x2"x‚" 9' -11•" 1139.3
Install the required type of intermediate braced post adjacent
SPACER PLATES 60 2•"xŠ" 5" 67.0 to the wing post. Fence wires to be tied to braced post only.
ANCHOR BOLTS 10 †" 9" 9.0
STEEL STRAPS 3 4"x‚" 7' -1" 72.3 4. Extend drain pipes to facilitate drainage of structure.
END PLATES 2 7"x‚" 9' -11•" 118.5

5. Wings shall be painted white per standard specifications.
PIPE SLEEVES 8 2" 6" 14.6
CONNECTION PLATES AS REQUIRED 9"x4"x‚" - -
CONNECTION BOLTS AS REQUIRED 1" 15" -
REINFORCING STEEL
(1-10'-0" COMPONENT)
ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS
TIMBER
* HORIZONTAL BARS 12 NO.4 9'-6" 76
ITEM NO. REQUIRED SIZE LENGTH BD. FT.
HORIZONTAL BARS 18 NO.4 9'-9" 117
HORIZONTAL BARS 18 NO.4 7' 84

WHEEL GUARDS 2 6"X6" 7'-3" 43.5
VERTICAL BARS 44 NO.4 1'-3" 37
WING SLOPE 4 2"X6" 8' 32.0
LIFTING LUGS 4 NO.4 2'-9" 7
WING SLOPE 2 2"X6" 6'-4•" 12.8
U BARS 18 NO.6 9'-6" 259
WING BRACES 2 2"X6" 3'-4" 6.7
R-99
TOTAL 580 2"X6" 5'-3"

WING BRACES 4 21.0
WING BRACES 2 2"X6" 7'-3" 14.5
WING BRACES 2 2"X6" 2'-1" 4.2

WING BRACES 2 2"X6" 4' 8.0
WING BRACES 2 2"X6" 5' 10.0
WING POST 2 4"X6" AS REQUIRED
NAILING STRIP 2 2"X2" 2' 1.3
GALVANIZED HARDWARE
ITEM NO. REQUIRED SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS
BOLTS 8 ƒ" DIA. 12" 15
WASHERS 8 ƒ" - 6
NAILS 50 40d - 3
NAILS 72 40d - 2‚
TOTAL 26‚
CONCRETE
1-10'-0" COMPONENT 1.94 CU. YDS.
* - NO. 4 BARS WELDED TO I BEAMS.
SHEET 2 OF 2
STATE OF NEVADA
STEEL CATTLE GUARD

TYPE C
ADOPTED REVISED
10/70 5/09
3" x 3" x 7' 10 Gage Post (Typ.)
2•" x‰" x 5" End Barrier Plate (Typ.)

4'-6" Varies, See Table 4'-6"
1ƒ" x‰" x 1'-10ƒ" Flat Crossarm (Typ.)
B
1ƒ" x‰" x 2'-9•" Flat Crossarm (Typ.)
9"
Typ.
‚
1ƒ" x‰" x 3'-8‚" Flat Crossarm (Typ.)
Wire Lugs At 8"+

Ctrs. Full Length
A A
See Detail B
-6"
of Post
e
See Detail C
8'
-6"
6'
Fi
lo
llS See Detail E
S
l 2' 2'
1
op
4'
1:
e
Max. Max.
C8x11.5
-6"
9"
W8x18
2'
Mounting Angle
2•" x‰" x 5" See Detail F 8" x 8" Timber See Detail A
End Barrier Plate Varies, See Table ‚
8" x 8" Timber Typ. B Steel Side Plate
Corner Bolt
6" x 8" Timber
Drift Bolt
SECTION A-A
PLAN
2" x 2" x 1'-3ƒ" 10 Gage

Tubing Brace
†" Dia. Hole With
2" x 2" End Barrier •" x 4" Bolt
Typ. Typ. 2" x 2" x 2'-7‚" 10 Gage
‚ Typ. ‰ Tubing Brace
‰ 2" x 2" x 7'-1ƒ" 10 Gage
3 Rails Near Center To Be Welded To Tubing End Barrier 2" x 2" x 3'-11" 10 Gage
2" x …" x 1'-11" Stringer Plates
Tubing Brace
3" x 3" Rails
2" x 2" x 5'-2•" 10Ga.
Removable Panel
Tubing Brace (Typ.) See Detail G
2" x…" x 4•" Plate Clips With
•"o /
x 2" Bolts (Removable Panel Only)
8" x‰" Steel Side Plate
R-100
See Table
2" x Š" x 4" Plate Clips
11"
…" x 8" Steel Side Plate
-10"
ƒ" Dia. x 6" Lag Screws
Typ.
4 Required Each Side ‚
1'
6'-6"
†" Dia. x 1" Slotted Holes In C8 x 11.5 Corner Bolt
†" Dia.
/ Holes In 2•" x ‰" x 5" End Barrier Plate With •" x 2" Bolts C8 x 11.5 8'-8"
8" x 8" Timber
DETAIL B DETAIL C
Plate Clip and Lag Screw
SECTION B-B
3" x 3" x‰" Tubing Brace Welded To 2" x …" x 1'-11"

Corner Bolt Typ. Stringer Plates and Bolted To W8 x 18 Beam As Shown
‚ See Detail D
†" Slotted Hole
†" Dia. Holes With
In Crossarm †" Dia. Holes With •" x 2" Bolts
•" x 3" Bolts †" Dia. Holes With
DETAIL A
•" x 5" Bolts
2" x …" x 4•" Plate Clips
2" x 2" x 10 Gage 1ƒ" x ‰"
Tubing Brace Flat Crossarm 2" x …" x 1'-11" Stringer Plate
4ƒ" W8 x 18 Beam
3•"
3"x 3"x ‰"x 7' Post

‚" Wire Lug DETAIL G
2"
SHEET 1 OF 2
3"
•" R
DETAIL E Max.
‰" STATE OF NEVADA
Typ. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
„ 2"
ƒ" ƒ"
DETAIL F
A Welded Or Rolled Unit Of Equivalent Design Loading
STEEL CATTLE GUARD
Capacity, May Be Submitted To The Engineer For Approval
In Place Of 3" x 3" x‰" Tubing. TIMBER FOUNDATION
DETAIL D R-7.1.5 (617) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
7/77 5/09
MATERIAL LIST FOR WINGS
ITEM REQD. SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS.

NOTES:
FLAT 1ƒ" X ‰"
2 1' - 10ƒ" 4
CROSSARMS
1. Alternate design may be substituted by the contractor for approval by the engineer.
FLAT 6
2 1ƒ" X ‰" 2' - 9•"
CROSSARMS GALVANIZED HARDWARE
2. Live loading: H-20.
FLAT ITEM NO. REQD. SIZE LENGTH
2 1ƒ" X ‰" 3' - 3‚" 8
CROSSARMS 3. Cattle guard is to be placed on level grade across roadway - roadway cross slope is
BOLTS 6 •" 3" to transition from normal section to level section 25 feet back on line and 25 feet ahead
BRACES 2 2" X 2" X 10GA. 1' - 3ƒ" 11
on line from edge of cattle guard.
BOLTS 6 •" 5"
BRACES 2 2" X 2" X 10GA. 2' - 7‚" 23
4. "Frame Width" combinations may be varied to obtain specified width of cattle guards.
BOLTS 16 •" 2"
BRACES 2 2" X 2" X 10GA. 3' - 11" 38
WASHERS 56 Œ" - 5. Use self-locking nuts on removable panel.
BRACES 2 2" X 2" X 10GA. 5' - 2•" 45
WASHERS 14 Ž" -
END 6. All wings shall be painted white per standard specifications.
4 2" X 2" X 10GA. 7' - 1ƒ" 123
BARRIER NUTS 28 -
•"
7. Use single layer foundation unit for each cattle guard frame.
END BARRIER NUTS 14 ƒ" -
6 2•" X ‰" 5" 4
PLATES
8. Timbers used in foundations shall be treated.
LAG SCREWS 14 ƒ" 6"
UPRIGHT POST 2 3" X 3" X ‰" 7' 96
BILL OF MATERIALS
FRAME SIZE LONGITUDINAL STRINGERS STRUCTURAL STEEL

Drill 1ˆ" Dia. Hole
LENGTH WIDTH NO. REQD. SIZE SPACING WT. LBS. ITEM NO. REQD. SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS in Center of Plate
For 1" Dia. Bolt
8' 14' 6 W8X18 EQUAL 859 RAILS 13 3" X 3" X ‰" 14' 1249
16d Nails Counterbore so Nut and

SIDE PLATES 2 8" X ‰" 14' 143
Washer will be Below
Surface. Cut Bolt Flush
8' 12' 5 W8X18 EQUAL 716 RAILS 13 3" X 3" X ‰" 12' 1070 ‚
With Surface if Necessary
SIDE PLATES 2 8" X ‰" 12' 122 •" 3" •" to Seat Cattle Guard
• "
C
10' L‰"o / Holes
8' 10' 4 W8X18 EQUAL 573 RAILS 13 3" X 3" X ‰" 892
R-101
For 16d Nails
3"
SIDE PLATES 2 8" X ‰" 10' 102
8' 8' 3 W8X18 EQUAL 430 RAILS 13 3" X 3" X ‰" 8' 713
• "
8' 4"x 4"x „" Plate
SIDE PLATES 2 8" X ‰" 82
DETAIL H
DETAIL T
MATERIAL LIST FOR ALL SIZES
FRAME SIZE DIM. DIM.
ITEM NO. REQD. SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS.

LENGTH WIDTH "A" "B"
CHANNELS 2 C8 X 11.5 8' 184

8'-8" 14' 4' 6'-4"
STRINGER PLATES 6 2" X…" 1' - 11" 30

8'-8" 12' 3' 5'-4" Bolt Middle Timber to Bottom Timber 1" x 22" M.B. Corner Bolts
w/Standard Nut and Washer
PLATE CLIPS 12 2" X…" 4•" 9
8'-8" 10' 2' 4'-4" C †" x 12" Drift Bolts See Detail H
L
ANCHOR BOLT CLIPS 14 2" XŠ" 4" 10
8'-8" 8' 1' 3'-4"
Dim. "A" Dim. "A" 2'

2'
MATERIAL LIST IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY
2‚ "
4"
Bolt Top Timber To THIS DESIGN IS NOT FOR USE ON
-3• "
1" x 22" M.B. Corner Bolt Middle Timber MAINLINES, RAMPS, OR CROSSROADS
-8"
6" x 8" Timber 3" x 3" x …" x 3" Angles

8'
8" x 8" Timber Weld to Header Plate

8'
ƒ" x 6" L.S. Anchor Bolt

Mortise Joints Cattle guard
11"
C
LFoundations, Symmetrical About
-10"
C
LUnless Noted
4"
Finished Grade
SHEET 2 OF 2
1'
2‚ "
Top of Foundation
†" x 12" Drift Bolt 4" STATE OF NEVADA
Plate, See Detail I 8" x 8" Timber 8" Dim. "B" Dim. "B" 8"
Varies
SIDE ELEVATION END ELEVATION Pilot Holes For ƒ" x 6" Lag Screws,
STEEL CATTLE GUARD
Locate Cattle Guard Anchors From
WITHOUT CATTLE GUARD WITH CATTLE GUARD Cattle guard. TIMBER FOUNDATION
PLAN
TIMBER FOUNDATION DETAILS
ADOPTED REVISED
7/77 5/09
NOTES:
Typ. Typ.
‚ 1. Precast concrete shall reach Fc' = 4500 psi at 28 days.
5•" ‚
C All other concrete shall be class A or AA.
TS 3"x 3"x ‰"
2. Reinforcing steel shall be grade 40 (Fs =20,000 psi).

…"x 4"x 7'-1ƒ" Steel Plate
5•" 1„"
C 3. Design live load H-20.
C
4. Minimum soil bearing pressure of 4000 lb/ftò shall be
C C obtained by placing a fine aggregate (section 706.03.03)
2"x 2"x ‚" bed 3" thick over soil compacted to not less than 95%
density and hand leveled.
2"x 2"x ‚"
W8x18
Typ.
5. Structural steel shall conform to ASTM A36.
‚
6. Fasteners shall be galvanized.
TS 3"x 3"x ‰" ELEVATION 7. Bearing pads shall be 50 durometer hardness.
…"x 4"x 7'-1ƒ" Steel Plate SECTION H-H 8. Cattle guard shall be sloped to conform to the
roadway cross section.
PLAN
9. When cattle guard is installed adequate drainage
shall be provided to insure against possible subgrade
damage. Drainage details shall be as shown on the
plans. 8 inch CMP to be installed at low end. See
structure list for length of CMP, 2 foot minimum.
Units Are Furnished As Required By Specified Cattle Guard Width 10. Approved alternate designs may be used.
C
11. Metal wings shall be painted white per standard

specifications.
6' Short End Unit 8' Intermediate Unit 8' Standard End Unit
C C C
12. Shop drawings showing the details of fabrication
and the proposed layout of units shall be submitted
6" 6-C40510 @ 12" 6" 6" 8-C40510 @ 12" 6" 6" 8-C40510 @ 12" 6"
C C C C C C C C C to the engineer for approval.
6-…"o
l x4" 8-…" o
lx4" Weld Studs @ 12" 8-…" Dia. x 4" Weld Studs @ 12"
C C C
Weld Studs @ 12"
R-102
2"x 2"x ‚"x 5•" …"x 4"x 7'-1ƒ" Steel Plate

5-4058
B at End of Unit
5-4078
2"x 2"x ‚"x 6' 5-4078 C
(2) 2"x 2"x ‚"x 8'
2"x 2"x ‚"x 8' D
2"x 2"x ‚"x 5'-6•"
2"x 2"x ‚"x 7'-6•"
6"
C
C
C
-2"
C
1'
4078 @ 8"
2"x 2"x 6'-2ƒ" 10 Gage Tubing

C
End Section 4078 CMP See Note 9

C C C C
A A
@ 12"
6-C3022 @ 12"
8-4014
8'
W8x18
2"x 2"x 1'-3ƒ" 10 Gage H
Tubing Brace
4"
2"x 2"x 2'-7‚" 10 Gage C
Tubing Brace
TS 3"x 3"x ‰"
2"x 2"x 3'-11" 10 Gage
Tubing Brace
C
-2"
C
2"x 2"x 5'-2•" 10 Gage
Tubing Brace
1'
6"
C
Keys (Typical Between Units

1'-6" See Key Details)
SHEET 1 OF 4
B D
H STATE OF NEVADA
C DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
1'-8‡" 3-Spacers @ 1'-3„"

1'-4•" 4-Spacers @ 1'-9"= 5'-3" 1'-4•" 1'-3‡" 4-Spacers @ 1'-7•"= 1'-9†" 3'-11"
C C C C C C C C C C
1'-6"=3' 4'-10•"
1'-2" 1'-2" PRECAST CATTLE GUARD

C C C
2-ƒ" Dia. Ferrule Loop Inserts
Typical Each Side of Each Unit R-7.1.6 (617) Signed Original On File
PLAN
ADOPTED REVISED
11/88 10/15
3"x3"x7' 10 Gage Post
1ƒ"x‰"x1'-10ƒ" Flat Crossarm
C
1ƒ"x‰"x2'-9•" Flat Crossarm
1ƒ"x‰"x3'-8‚" Flat Crossarm

CE
11‡" 12„" 5-W8x18 @ 1'-9"=7' 12„" 5-W8x18 @ 1'-7•"=6'-6" 11‡"
e
C C C C C C C
p
lo
F
S
ill
-5"
1
S
1:
lo
C
p
4'
5‡" 5‡" 6" 5•"
e
5•" 6" 6" 6"

C C * C Steel * C Steel C * C Steel * C Steel C C * C Steel * C Steel C C
L L L L L L
•" Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate F
Max
C
1'-6"
C
2'-6"
C •" C
1'-11‡"
C
4'
C •" C
1'-9"
C
4'
C
C
•"
1"
C
Max Max
Max
C
C
C
-9"
CG
-6"
1'
1"-3" 9• "
C
1' Dia.
C
2'
W8x18
4078 As Shown
2" Cl.
C
C
C
-3" …"x5‚"x8•" Elastomeric Bearing
4078 @ 8"
C3022 @ 12" Pad Under W8x18 and Bonded
C
4014 @ 12"
1'
to •"x 5•" x 8•" Plate.

C4030 As Shown C4030 As Shown See R-7.1.7. C
1'
C
See Note 9
9"
C
* …"x 4"x 7'-1 ƒ" Steel Plate, Bend Ends of Plate 1 •"
Down Vertical Face of Outside TS Members, See Sec. H-H If Culvert Outlets Are Needed For Drainage
Use 2" Plantmix Bituminous Surface Full
SECTION A-A Width and Grade to Drain, No Direct Payment.
C 8'
C
C 8'
C
C 1'-6" C 6-C3022 @ 12" C 1'-6" C

C C C L 2"x2"x‚" With …" Dia.
8„"
5•" 5•" x 4" Weld Stud
C C
2"x 2"x ‚"x 5•"
5•"
C
5•"
C
Full Penetration Butt Weld

Spacer C
11• "
•"
R-103
2" Cl. 12-TS 3"x3"x‰" @ 7‚" = 6' -7ƒ"

3"
4078 As Shown
C
C
C
C
11 • "
3"
C
C
9• "
C
-8"
W8x18
3'
1'
C
CC
C
C
C
5•" x 8•" x •" PL

1'- 2"
-3"
Key, See Key Detail
3'
…"x 5‚"x 8•" Elastomeric Bearing Pad
- • "
C
1'
C
Under W8x18, Bond Pad to Metal Plate
C4030
2" CL.
C
2'
C
C
ƒ" Dia Ferrule Loop Insert

11" C
C40510 @ 12"
C
C
1'-6" 4' 1'-6"
C
C
C C C
C 6" C 6" C
No. 4 Bars As Shown
C 1'-6" C 5' C 1'-6"

C 8' C C C
C
SECTION B-B
C 1'-2" C 5'-8" C 1'-2"
C C C
SECTION C-C
6" C 8-4014 @ 12" 6"
C
4"
2•"
†" Dia. Holes
C
C
C
C
1'-9 "
3'
SHEET 2 OF 4
C
C
C
STATE OF NEVADA
1'-3" DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

C
3-4078 8"
C4030
C
C
C
PRECAST CATTLE GUARD

C 1'-6" 6" C 4' 6" C 1'-6"
C C C
ALL DIMENSIONS, KEYS, REINFORCING

AND STRUCTURAL STEEL TYPICAL ALL UNITS SECTION D-D
ADOPTED REVISED
11/88 10/15
C
L NOTES:
8‚"
ƒ" Dia. Threaded Rod
w/Washer & 2 Hex Nuts 1. (•" x 5•" x 8•") plate with ferrule and studs attached is to be
C
Galvanize All Parts cast in the concrete frame. After the concrete frame has been
11 • "
manufactured: The ƒ inch dia. A307 threaded rod 1 is to be tightened
into the ferrule. The rod is then to be welded 2 to the plate. The
•"x 2•"x 4‚" Plate
W8x18 elastomeric pad is then bonded to the plate. The steel grate is then
w/ Š" x 2" x 2" Plate
placed and adjusted to its specific position. The metal clamps are
C
placed and the nuts tightened. The first nut is just to be snug tight.
No. 4 Bar Threaded Thru Ferrule the second nut is to be tight against the first nut to lock it in
•" x 5•" x 8•" Plate Loops. Bar To Be Full Length
place. After a final check that the steel grate is still in its
w/…"x 5‚"x 8•" Of Unit Minus End Clearance.
specified position, the metal clamping plate is then welded 3 to
Elastomeric Pad
C
the frame of the steel grate. All welding shall be done at the
2…" Dia.x 6„" Studs (Studs May Be
ƒ" Ferrule Loop Insert Offset To Allow Placing of No. 4 Bar) place of the fabrication. If steel grate and concrete frame are
U.N.C. Thread L ƒ" Dia. x 1'-8" Bolt
shipped separately, they shall be match marked.
w/Nut & Washers
2. Alternate: Use of j-bolt.

(•" x 5•" x 8•") plate with ƒ inch dia. A307 j-bolt 1 and studs
W8x18 ANCHOR ASSY. attached is to be cast in the concrete frame. The j-bolt is to be
TYPICAL welded to both faces of the plate 2 . The elastomeric pad is bonded
to the plate. The steel grate is placed and adjusted to its specified
KEY CONNECTION
position. The metal clamps are placed and the nuts tightened. The first
nut is just to be snug tight. The second nut is to be tight against the
first nut to lock it in place. After a final check that the steel grate
C W8x18 is in its specified position, the metal clamping plate is welded 3
L
ƒ" Dia. A307
1" 4" 3•" to the frame of the steel grate. All welding shall be done at the place
Thread Rod 1 C
C C
C C
2
‰ of fabrication. If steel grate and concrete frame are shipped separately,
they shall be match marked.
•"x2•"x4‚"P L ‚
w/‡" Dia. Hole 3
‚ 3. Precast concrete shall reach Fc' = 4500 psi at 28 days. All other
…"x 5‚"x 8•" Elastomeric Pad concrete shall be class A or AA.
Š"x2"x2" P L
C
w/1 ‚" Dia. Hole, Bond Pad to

C
w/‡" Dia. Hole C
•" x 5•" x 8•" Plate

C
See Sheet R-7.1.6

‰
•"x5•"x8•" Plate
‰
w/‡" Dia. Hole 1" Dia. Hole
3"
ƒ" Ferrule Loop Insert
Typ.
K K
U.N.C. Thread
C
‚
C
C
R-104
6"
C
C
‰ …"x 6„" Studs 1 ‚"
C
1•"1•" 1'-2"
C
C
Min.
No. 4 Bar 4°Draft C
Continuous
C 3"
C
7"
SECTION L-L C 1'-2"
C
"
-7"
5"
-8
1'
-1
5• "
1'
VIEW K-K
5• "
2'
0"
PLAN
5" 1'-2" 1'
†" Dia. Hole 5"
2„"
KEY DETAILS
C
•" Dia.x 5" Bolt C3022 C4030 C40510

w/Nut & Washers
C
3"x 3"x 7'

Typ. 10 Gage Post BAR BENDING DETAILS
1
‚
1:
2•"x ‰"x 5"

End Barrier Plate
2"x 2"x 6'-2ƒ"
10 Gage Tubing
End Section
•"x 4" Bolt w/Nut

DETAIL E & Washers
†" Dia. Hole
2"x 2"x 6'-2ƒ" 10 Gage 1ƒ"x ‰" Flat Crossarm

Tubing End Section
1
1:
Bottom of
C
Steel Plate
‚
C
Typ.
C
Typ.
4"
„ 3"x 3"x 7' ‚
-6"
10 Gage Post End Unit
C
10"
SHEET 3 OF 4
C
4"
1'
†" Dia. Hole
3" C
†" Dia. Hole
STATE OF NEVADA
C
8"+
C
C 2"
C
C
•" Dia. 5" Bolt w/Nut
C
& Washers
C
4•" Dia.
C
1ƒ"x ‰" Flat •"x 8" Bolt w/Nut Typ.

‚ No. 4 BAR
C
Crossarm & Washers Continuous

2•"x 2•"x ‚" PRECAST CATTLE GUARD
2"
‚" Dia. Wire Lug
DETAIL G J-BOLT ALTERNATIVE

DETAIL F
ADOPTED REVISED
11/88 5/09
STRUCTURAL STEEL
TYPICAL CATTLE GUARD INSTALLATION
NOTES:
ON CROWNED ROADWAYS UNIT ITEM REQ'D LENGTH WT. LBS.
1. Precast concrete shall reach Fc' = 4500 psi
at 28 days. All other concrete shall be class A or AA.
C SHORT END TS3" x 3" x ‰" 12 5'-6" 678
L Roadway
W8 x18 4 7' 504
2. Material list is for information only.
C
2% 2% C L 2" x 2" x ‚" 2 0'-5•" 3
a
St ndard 8' St
a ndard 8' L 2" x 2" x ‚" 2 6' 38
Bevee
ld 8' Bevel
ed 8'
8'or6' Un tAs
i UnitAs 8'or6' L 2" x 2" x ‚" 2 5'-6•" 35
Unt
i Uni
t
d Unt
i Requr
ied Requi
red End Un
En i
t …" DIA. STUD 12 0'-4" 2 LEGEND:
ANCHOR ASSY. 8 -------- 90
…" x 4" PLATE 2 7'-1ƒ" 73

Beveled Lt. End C
C Beveled Rt. End - LIMITS OF EXCAVATION AND GRANULAR BACKFILL
1423
0.06 Ft. or 0.72 In. 0.06 Ft. or 0.72 In.
INTERMEDIATE TS3" x 3" x ‰" 12 7'-11ƒ" 984

W8 x18 5 7' 630
Install Using an Even Number of Units as Shown
C 5•"
Above and Indicated in the Table Below L 2" x 2" x ‚" 4 0'-5•" 6 C
Bent Plate ‰" x 9•"

L 2" x 2" x ‚" 4 8' 102
…" DIA. STUD 14 0'-4" 2

C
ANCHOR ASSY. 10 -------- 113
C
2"
…" x 4" PLATE 2 7'-1ƒ" 73
C
1910 C
STANDARD END TS3" x 3" x ‰" 12 7'-6" 925

UNITS FOR ROADWAY CROWNED AT
W8 x18 5 7' 630
…" Dia.x4" Studs Welded @
L 2" x 2" x ‚" 2 0'-5•" 3
WIDTH OF LENGTH OF 8 FT. UNITS 8 FT. UNITS LENGTH 24" Alt @ 12" Each Side
L 2" x 2" x ‚" 2 8' 51
ROADWAY END UNITS BEVELED STANDARD SUPPLIED
L 2" x 2" x ‚" 2 7'-6•" 48
…" DIA. STUD 14 0'-4" 2
24' 2 @ 6' 2 28' ANCHOR ASSY. 10 -------- 113
26' 2 @ 6' 28' …" x 4" PLATE 2 7'-1ƒ" 73

2
28' 2 @ 6' 2 28' 1845
30' This Detail May be Substituted for The 2"x 2"x ‚"
2 @ 8' 2 32'
Armor Angles at The Contractors Option.
32' 2 @ 8' 2 32'
34' 2 @ 6' 2 2 44'

ALTERNATE ARMOR DETAIL
36' 2 @ 6' 2 2 44'
R-105
38' 2 @ 6' 2 2 44'

MATERIAL LIST FOR WINGS
40' 2 @ 6' 2 2 44'
42' 2 @ 6' 2 2 44' ITEM REQ'D SIZE LENGTH WT. LBS.
44' 2 @ 6' 2 2 44' HARDWARE
2 2 48' FLAT CROSSARMS 2 1ƒ"x‰" 1'-10ƒ" 4
46' 2 @ 8'
48' 2 @ 8' 2 2 48' FLAT CROSSARMS 2 1ƒ"x‰" 2'-9•" 6
LOCATION ITEM NO. REQ'D SIZE LENGTH
50' 2 4 FLAT CROSSARMS 2 1ƒ"x‰" 3'-8‚" 8
2 @ 6' 60'
BRACES 2 2"x2"x10 GA 1'- 3ƒ" 11
52' 2 @ 6' 2 4 60' WINGS BOLTS 4 •" 8"
BRACES 2 2"x2"x10 GA 2'- 7‚" 23
54' 2 @ 6' 2 4 60' BOLTS 6 •" 4"
BRACES 2 2"x2"x10 GA 3'-11" 38
2 @ 6' 2 4 60' PER UNIT BOLTS 8 •" 5"
56'
BRACES 2 2"x2"x10 GA 5'- 2•" 45
4 CONNECTION WASHERS 36 ˜" -
58' 2 @ 6' 2 60'
END BARRIER 4 2"x2"x10 GA 6'- 2ƒ" 107
NUTS 18 •" -
60' 2 @ 6' 2 4 60' 1
BARRIER PLATES 2 2•"x2•"x‚" 0'-5" BOLTS 2 ƒ" 1' -8"
BARRIER ANGLES 4 2•"x 2•"x‚" 0'-10" 14
WASHERS 4 Ž" -
UPRIGHT POSTS 2 3"x3"x‰" 7' 96
NUTS 2 ƒ" -
REINFORCING STEEL AND CONCRETE
UNIT NO. REQ'D BAR MARK WT. LBS. CONCRETE

4" Plantmix Bituminous Surface
SHORT END 7 4078 36 1.68 C.Y.

Existing C Precast Cattle Guard Existing
C
10 4058 38
Surface Surface
8 4014 7
6 C3022 5
C
C
C
C
12 C40510 47
6 C4030 12
W8x18
145
18 92
3'
INTERMEDIATE 4078 1.76 C.Y.

12 C3022 10
SHEET 4 OF 4
8 C4030 16 STATE OF NEVADA
180 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
C
STANDARD END 17 4078 87 2.11 C.Y.

8 4014 7
1'-6"
6 C3022 5
C C
PRECAST CATTLE GUARD
16 C40510 62
6 C4030 12
173 METHOD OF PATCHING AT PRECAST CATTLE GUARDS
ADOPTED REVISED
11/88 5/09
C Single Unit W=12', 14', or 16'
Double Unit W=24', 28', or 32'
C 8'
C 8" C 8"
4"
2"
F See Detail G
C
-4"
C
C
Weld Plate to Brace ‰
8"
C Typ
C
L Unit C C Horizontal Strut
1'
C
1ƒ"x 1ƒ"x ‚"/
C
‰
C C Typ Welded To Brace
L/5 Diagonal Brace C
C
C C L/5
4"
2"x 2"x Š"/
C
PLAN 5‚" C
C
C
FOUNDATION C
C
5‚"
C
C 3"x 3"x …"x 3"/
C
ƒ"x 12" Anchor Bolt With 2" Projection,
-6"
Adjust to Accommodate Grid
C C F
L Hook L Hook
2'
C
C
C
C
8"
C
C
-6"
C
2'
C
C
C
C
C
L Unit
8"
C
L Unit
C
C
C
C
C
6- No. 4 Bars E.F.,

4010 @ 1/-6" See Section A-A 4020 @ 1/-6"
"
9
-
1'
ELEVATION
C
8"
FOUNDATION
C
"
C
12
C
C
C
4"
"
C
12
C C
C 2"
R-106
Hook
C
"
12
2" ƒ"x12" Anchor Bolt
C
C
C
With 2" Projection
C
C
"
C
C
8
1•" Cl.
C
-10"
1'
C
-6"
1'
C No.4 Bars
2'
C C
L Œ"Dia. Hole For
C
„"
C 4" C C
C4"
•" x 2" M.B. C
„" C
4020 @ 1'-6"
C
C
C
8"
4010 @ 1'-6" Left-Rail Panel Right-Rail Panel

C
C
C
C
2"C
C C See Detail G
C 2"
2"
C
1'-4"
Bolt Panels Using the
SECTION F-F Same Holes and Bolts

for Wing Connections
SECTION A-A
CONNECTION FOR MULTIPLE

INSTALLATION
C 10" C 5"
1"
4"O.D. C
45°
C
Recess in
C
C
Concrete
C
C
5‚"
C
C
C
Œ"Dia. Hole For

C
C
-4"
•" x 2" M.B.

C
-3"
Š" Bent Brace

C
1'
•" Dia. Steel Cut One Leg 3" C

1'
C
C
C
•"x 2" M.B.

SHEET 1 OF 2
C
C
"
C
C
C8x13.7 End Beam STATE OF NEVADA
C 4"
2
C
C
1"
END VIEW
SIDE VIEW END VIEW STEEL CATTLE GUARD
SIDE VIEW
GRID, WINGS AND
DETAIL B FOUNDATION (BLM)
DETAIL G
ADOPTED REVISED
1/95 5/09
C 2"
‚" Torque Strap
C 2" C
See Note 8
C
Rail Cold Formed ASTM
NOTES:
C
A 242 Steel Plate 7 Gage
C
C
1. Precast concrete shall reach Fc' = 4500 psi at 28 days. All
3"
3"
C
C ‰" other concrete shall be class A or AA.
2. Standard nuts and washers shall be furnished with each

foundation unit including anchor angles. Weld or bolt anchor
C
C angles to cattle guard.
C ƒ"
C
C ƒ"
T.S. 3"x 2"x 0.1875" Cold-Formed
3. On earth-surfaced roads, set top of cattle guard eight inches
Structural Steel Tubing ASTM A 500 Grade B
C 3" above subgrade unless plans or stakes indicate another
CBx13.75 End Beam
Weld to Header Plates elevation. Taper fill back from cattle guard approx. 50 feet in
both directions.
Rails
Beam W8x15, Weld to Header Plates
When Using Alternate Rail, Use 4. No. 4 reinforcement may be spliced with 24 inch lap unless prohibited.
C
15 Rails Evenly Spaced
C
C
C
C C
5. See project plans for width (W).
ALTERNATE RAIL
C
C
C
6. Bolts are to be supplied with standard nuts and washers.
3"x3"x …"x3"/ Weld to Header Plate
7. Rails shall be placed adjacent to the header plates.
8. Provide four (7' 10" x 2" x ‚") torque bars equally spaced,
SECTION C-C welded by ‰ inch fillet welds perpendicular to the top of the
Roadbed C 8' Roadbed rails when alternate rectangular tube rails are provided.
Cattle Guard Frame & Grate
1 Weld Rails to Intermediate and
End Beams At Junctures 9. Steel for components shall be ASTM A36, unless indicated
otherwise on the drawing.
* - Spacing For W=12' is 1'-6"
W=14' is 1'-6 2/3"
W=16' is 1'-8 „" 10. Design loading of grid shall conform to AASHTO H-20.
es
es
Vari
Vari
C
C
C
6"
C
1'-6" Precast Concrete Footings

C C 1'-6"
R-107
LEGEND:
BACKFILL DETAIL
- LIMITS OF BACKFILL
C
C 4"
1"
C Single Unit W= 12',14' or 16' C Š" Bent Plate
C 2"
C
C
C 2"
Double Unit W= 24', 28' or 32' C
"
C
C
C
C
5
C 1'-10" C *
Intermediate Support Beams C 1'-10" 31°
C
C 45°
C
‚" Header Plate
C
C
C
ates
C
…
y Spaced
C
1 Typ
8'Out To Out of Header Pl
DETAIL D
C C
l
s Equal
ts
For Anchor Bol
e
a.Hol
l
Rai
L 1" Di
14
2"
C
C
C
C
C
C 8" 3"x3"x …"x 3"/
Weld to Header Plate ESTIMATED QUANTITIES FOR FOUNDATION SHEET 2 OF 2
C
L 1" Dia. Hole ‚" Header Plate DESCRIPTION QUANTITIES STATE OF NEVADA
For Anchor Bolts DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
UNIT WIDTHS 14' 16' 24' 28' 32'
CONCRETE 2.2 C.Y. 2.5 C.Y. 3.8 C.Y. 4.4 C.Y. 5.0 C.Y.
#4 REINFORCING STEEL 276 L.F. 311 L.F. 471 L.F. 543 L.F. 624 L.F. STEEL CATTLE GUARD
GRID GRID, WINGS AND
FOUNDATION (BLM)
ADOPTED REVISED
1/95 5/09
Guardrail-Bridge rail Connector
C C Galvanized Guardrail (Thrie-Beam) C 37' - 6" or 50'
C C
Wood or Steel Posts Transition

C C Terminal Nested Beams Panel C C
Bid Item Guardrail Terminal (Tangential) Each - See Note 9
C C
Connector See Detail N & Note 5 See Note 6

Hinge Point
1
A
Standard Line Posts
TANGENT END TREATMENT

1 On Retrofit Installation Paving is Optional. On New
Construction Paving is Required. See R-8.2.1
Guardrail-Bridge rail Connector Galvanized Guardrail (Thrie-Beam) 37' - 6" or 50'

C C C
C C
Wood or Steel Posts Transition

C C Terminal Nested Beams Panel C Bid Item Guardrail Terminal (Flared) Each - See Note 7
C C
Connector See Detail N & Note 5 See Note 6

Hinge Point
C
4'
C
C
Normal E.O.P.
A
FLARED END TREATMENT
1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ"
1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ"
R-108
C 6'-3" 3'-1•"
C 3'-1•"C C C C C C C 3'-1•"
C3'-1•"
3'-1•" C C C 6'-3" C 6'-3" C 6'-3" C 6'-3" C 6'-3" C 6'-3" C 6'-3" 37' - 6" or 50'
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
Guardrail End Terminal (Flared)

TYPICAL GUARDRAIL INSTALLATION
C C
NOTES:
1. For details and dimensions not shown see sheets 9. When guardrail is placed at normal edge of pavement, the
R-8.1.2 thru R-8.4.3. tangent guardrail treatment shall be flared at 50:1 taper.
2. See sheet T-35.3.1 for special guardrail terminal 10. Approved guardrail terminals are listed on the NDOT QPL.
end for railroad crossing.
11. A reflectorized object marker shall be installed on the
3. See sheet R-8.2.2 for trailing end anchor. impact head per manufacturers recommendations.
4. Minimum installation: 12. All wood/steel posts shall be stamped with the length on or
Guardrail-bridge rail connector - 14'-4ƒ" near the top surface in a conspicuous place. The stamped
Nested beam section - 12'-6" lettering shall be 1 • inches high and ‚ inch deep for wood
Thrie beam section - 12'-6" and ‚ inch to … inch in height for steel. If the lettering is
Transition panel - 6'-3" disturbing during installation it shall be re-stamped.
Approved NCHRP 350 terminal - 37'-6"
DETAIL N 83'-1ƒ"
NESTED BEAMS Any other variation that reduces the minimum length
2' Min. shall require approval of the Chief Road Design Engineer.
Hinge
See
Point
Note 8 Roadway 5. No direct payment for the additional guardrail panel.
Cross Slope
STATE OF NEVADA
6 The length of the transition panel (6'-3") shall be
Shoulder Dike added to the estimated length of the thrie beam
(R-1.4.1) guardrail, see sheet R-8.4.1.
Wood Post Shown. 7. For grading details not shown, see sheet R-8.2.1.
For Steel Post, for other approved NCHRP 350 terminals not shown,
TYPICAL GUARDRAIL
See Sheet R-8.4.1 refer to manufacturers drawings. INSTALLATION
8. On retrofit installations if minimum cannot be met and
SECTION A-A the distance between back of post and hinge point is R-8.1.1 (618) Signed Original On File
less than 2 feet, the post shall be lengthened 1 foot min.
ADOPTED REVISED
1/89 10/15
TRAFFIC
NOTES:
Varies 13'-1" to 40'-1"
Crash Cushion or
Tangent Guardrail Terminal 1. For guardrail terminals not shown, refer to manufacturer's drawings.
Bridge Structure or 31'-3" Min. See Note 4 (Bi-directional)
10' Min. 2.
Use of shoulder dikes, down drain, and curbs in these areas require
Concrete Barrier Rail
A B Chief Roadway Design Engineer approval.
6'-3" Min. Edge of Travel Lane
3. See sheet R-8.2.2 for details not shown.
ear Zone
4. Galvanized guardrail (Thrie-Beam): See sheet R-8.4.1 and
1
R-8.4.1.1.
See Note 9
Bridge Structure or 6
A Min.
B
See Note 9
ear Zone
5. Crash cushion or tangent end treatment (bi-directional) can be
de Cl
flared at 50:1 taper.
de
25°
Hinge Point
nsi
Outsi
Recoverable Slope 6. Recoverable slopes required behind gating portion of end
I
See Note 5
Cl
treatment or crash cushion.
Edge of Travel Lane 7. On retrofit installations when distance between back of post and
Normal Edge of Pavement hinge point is less than 2 feet, the post shall be lengthened 1 foot
minimum.
TRAFFIC
8. Guardrail heights on stage construction projects shall be governed

by final surfacing height.
9. Reference: AASHTO Roadside Design Guide, current edition.
10. Clear zone shall be based on design year traffic volumes.
11. Recoverable slopes are 4:1 or flatter.

TRAFFIC
Bridge Structure or 31'-3" Min. See Note 4 37'-6" or 50' Flared Guardrail Terminal
See Note 2
4'
R-109
Hinge Point See Note 1

Bridge Structure or Non Recoverable Slopes
Concrete Barrier Rail Trailing End Anchor

A See Note 3
Outside
Recoverable Slope Clear Zone
See Note 9

TRAFFIC
A Edge Travel Lane
See Note 3
25' Min. Hazard Area

(Varies)
Hinge Point
A TRAFFIC
Hinge Point Hinge Point
2' Min.
Roadway Roadway
Cross Slope Cross Slope
Shoulder Dike Shoulder Dike

(R-1.4.1) (R-1.4.1) STATE OF NEVADA
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B TYPICAL GUARDRAIL

INSTALLATION
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
Bid Item-Guardrail Terminal (Tangential) Each Bid Item-Guardrail Terminal (Flared) Each 37' - 6" or 50' 4:1 or Flatter Slope
37' - 6" or 50' Guardrail

3:1 or Flatter Slope 20' 10' Min
pay limit
a
1orFl
3: te
t op
rSl e 20' a
1orFl
4: te
t op
rSl e
(Transition Area) 4:1 or Flatter Slope
a
1orFl
4: te
t op
rSl e 6:
10' Min. 1o
rF
Table 1 l
at
Table 1 Hinge Line 4' t
er
1 Ta
Hinge Line Min pe
Fl 6: 1o r
at
4' 4' 10:1 ter r 2
2 1 Ta
Min. Min. or pe
r 4'
Flatter Slope 10:1
Min 4'
or
Normal Edge 1'-6" Flatter Slope
of Pavement
METHOD A
METHOD C
GUARDRAIL TERMINAL (TANGENTIAL)
GUARDRAIL TERMINAL (FLARED) (PARABOLIC)
Bid Item-Guardrail Terminal (Tangential) Each 4:1 or Flatter Slope Bid Item-Guardrail Terminal (Flared) Each 37' - 6" or 50' 4:1 or Flatter Slope
37' - 6" or 50' Guardrail

pay limit 3:1 or Flatter Slope 20' 10' Min
a
1orFl
3: te
t op
rSl e 20' 10' Min.
(Transition Area) 4:1 or Flatter Slope
a
1orFl
4: te
t op
rSl e 6:
1o
Table 1 rF
l
at
t
er
Hinge Line Ta
Table 1 n
HigeLn
ie 1 pe
2 r
Fl 6: 1o
at 10'
4' 2 1 10:1 ter r
4' Ta
Min. or 4'
Min. pe
Flatter Slope r Min 10:1
4'
R-110
2'-8" or
Flatter Slope
6" Normal Edge
Begin 1:50 of Pavement
Straight Taper Normal Edge of Pavement
End 50:1 Taper
Terminal at 50:1 Straight Taper
METHOD B METHOD D
GUARDRAIL TERMINAL (TANGENTIAL) GUARDRAIL TERMINAL (FLARED) (STRAIGHT)
NOTES:
X Min.
1. For typical guardrail installation, see sheet R-8.1.1.

4' W Normal Edge
See Note 4 of Pavement
2. For details not shown, including heights of posts for soil tube installation on
posts 1 and 2 , see manufacturer's drawings.
Hinge Point
50:1
3. Approved guardrail terminals are listed on the NDOT QPL
ope
Sl
er
t
at
Fl
r
1o
1
3:,4: Breakaway Posts
4. "W" is to the center of post, excluding posts 1 and 2 . Use table 1 for breakaway
And Blocks (Typ) posts with blocks, excluding posts 1 and 2 .
See Note 2 TABLE 1
Terminal Ends W (Flare) X (Widening)
Method A 1'-3‚" 7'-3‚"
TABLE 1 SECTION
1'-3‚" 5'-3‚" to
Method B
STATE OF NEVADA
5'-9‚"
1'-3‚" to 7'-3‚" to
Method C
2'-9‚" 8'-9‚"
1'-3‚" to 7'-3‚" to
GUARDRAIL TERMINALS
Method D
3'-11‚" 9'-11‚" GRADING PLAN
ADOPTED REVISED
4/98 10/15
Wood or Steel Post
NOTES:
(See Sheet R-8.4.1)
1. Anchor cable to be parallel to guard rail for straight runs of rail. Anchor cable may have
See Anchor Plate & Cable
ƒ" Cable 1‚" o
/ Rod angle point at anchor plate is guard rail is curved.
Assembly Details on this Drawing
2. Anchor rod hooks to be in contact with anchor reinforcement when concrete is placed.
Wire ties may be used to position anchor rods.
3. Cable clip connection (Detail A) or clevis and bolt connection (Detail B) to be used with
wood post guard railing installation. For steel post guard rail installations, clevis and bolt
connection (Detail B) is to be used. Other alternatives for attaching cable to anchor rod
PLAN must be approved by the engineer.
4. For trailing end anchor concept, refer to plan view shown on sheets R-8.1.2 and R-8.3.1.
6. The trailing end anchor shall be installed outside the clear zone for opposing traffic.
7. Cable shall be restrained from moving during tightening.

Pay Limit For Trailing End Anchor
6'-3" 6'-3" 5'-6" 1'-3"+
3"+
-
3"+
-
-
†" o/Machine Bolts W/Washers Neutral
Axis
on Front Face (8 Total) Galvanized Guardrail
3"x2ƒ"x1/2"Plate With …"x3"x2‚" End Triple
(Thrie-Beam) A4019 C
L
1ˆ"Dia.Hole Corrugation
Plate w/1ˆ" Dia. Hole
1" Dia. Stud
3"
Secure Cable Loop †" x 1 •"
w/ 4-Cable Clips Hex Head Bolt,
n.
1• "
See Detail A Nut, And
2" Mi
Cover
1„" Washer (8 Req.)
See Anchor Plate & Cable 1'-6" Dia. 2 Hex Nuts
Min. for 1" Stud 2‚"
Assembly Details on This Drawing
‚
Wood or Steel Post
1'
(See Sheet R-8.4.1)
ANCHOR PLATE DETAILS

1‚" o/x4'-6" Galv. Rod W/
R-111
Welded or Drop Forged Eye

ELEVATION
1• "
1• "
2" Min.
4'
Cover
3"
Galvanized Guardrail (Triple Corrugation)
U-Bolt Clip Spacing 2-No.8 Bars As Shown
• "
Steel Post
@ 4•" Ctrs. 1Š" 5"
• "
4-A4019 Bars Eq. Spa
p
Gri
7Ž"
U-Bolts Clip on Short End of Cable Clevis & 1…" Dia. H.S. Bolt
and Tighten to 50 Ft.-Lb.
Grip=Thickness of Eye on Anchor Rods +‚"
See Note 3
DETAIL A
CLEVIS
Galv. RodCL To Coincide
CABLE CLIP INSTALLATION
w/ Axis of Anchor Cable
See Note 3
DETAIL B
6" P
L •" x 5" x 5" Center
6"
1Š" Dia. Hole For Rod
2"
P
L •" x 5" x 5" Center 2" CABLE ANCHOR ASSEMBLY STEEL POST GUARD RAIL
Min.
1Š" Dia. Hole For Rod
C Cable Anchor Assembly 1‚" Dia. Galv. Rod
L
1‚" Dia. Galv. Rod
Max.
6"
Hex. Head Nut
Cable to be Swage Connected

1•" Eye STATE OF NEVADA
‚
1‚" o/x4'-6" Galv. Rod 1'-6" Min. Dia. 1'-6" Min. Dia.
Concrete Anchor Concrete Anchor
No. 8 Bars No. 8 Bar No. 8 Bar
ƒ" Dia.(6x19) Galvanized Cable

Single Anchors Only TRAILING END ANCHOR
SINGLE ANCHOR OPTIONAL ANCHOR ROD END DETAILS
CABLE ASSEMBLY DETAILS
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 6/04
Pay Limit
for W6x15x3'- 10" 3‚"
1' Min. Cover 7"
Steel Post 1…"
Guardrail Pay Limit for End Anchor Over Top of Post
1‡" 3‚" 1‡"
Anchor Rail Washer Back-up Plate ne
7"
i
l 1‚"
1ƒ" x 3" x ‰" Min. Plate nd
See Detail C ou
6'-3" 6'-3" Gr Holes ‡"
Railing splicing
1 ƒ"
bolts(4)
‡"
1 ƒ"x 7"x ‚"
Plate Washer 12" Rail 1 ‚" Holes
See Detail B Element
Ž" 4…" 3‚" 4…"
A A ‚" Plate Washer
Holes
ne
i
l
DETAIL B
nd W6x15x3'-10"
DETAIL A
ou
Gr Steel Post „" Nominal
-6"
See Detail A Thickness. Same
12"
2'
Shape as Rail
Element Section
ƒ" x 2•"
Bolt Slot C
ELEVATION Buried End Anchor Top
2" 1'-6" Min. ofCut
(See Elevation View)
Diameter Back-up Plate, For Use Between
6"x8"x6' 1"x2" Guard Rail and Steel Post
Wood Post(Shown) HS Bolt,

or Hex Nut, &
DETAIL C n
Hig n
e Poit
W6x8.5 or W6x9x6'-8" Cut Washer(4) Ditch Flowline

Steel Post
Varies (See Contract)
See Note 3 Back-up Plate,(2) Normal Edge
See Detail C of Pavement
Rail Element C
PLAN
W-BEAM INSTALLATION
SECTION A-A
1'-9" Min.
1' Min.
R-112
Cover
THRIE-BEAM INSTALLATION W6x15x4'-6" 3‚"

Steel Post 1…" 1
1
4 Min.
Pay Limit 3 Max.
1‚" (Not Steeper Than 4:1)
7"
for 1' Min. Cover (Not Flatter Than 3:1)
Holes
Guardrail Pay Limit for End Anchor Over Top of Post
Anchor Rail Washer (2) Back-up Plate
1ƒ" x 3" x ‰" Min. Plate See Detail F ne

i
l W-Beam Shown
nd
ou
6'-3" 6'-3" Gr
Railing splicing
Rail SECTION C-C
Element
bolts (4)
1 ƒ"x 7"x ‚"

Plate Washer
NOTES:
See Detail B
B B 2. All hardware to be galvanized.
3. For guardrail details not shown, refer to sheet

ne
i
l DETAIL D
nd W6x15x4'-6" R-8.5.1 (W-Beam) or R-8.4.1, R-8.4.1.1 (Thrie-Beam).
ou
Gr Steel Post
-6"
See Detail D 4. Backfill according to section 207.

2'
12"
ƒ" x 2•" Ž"

ELEVATION Bolt Slot
3‚"
Holes
4…" 4…"
6‰ " 7† " 6‰ "
2" 1'-6" Min.

6"x8"x6' Diameter
Wood Post(Shown) 1"x 2"
STATE OF NEVADA
20"
or HS Bolt, Hex Nut, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
W6x8.5 or W6x9x6'-8" & Cut Washer (4)
Steel Post
„" Nominal
See Note 3 Back-up Plate,(2) Thickness. Same
See Detail F Shape as Rail BURIED END ANCHOR
Element Section
Rail Element W-BEAM AND THRIE-BEAM
Back-up Plate, For Use Between
Guard Rail and Steel Post
SECTION B-B R-8.2.3 (618) Signed Original On File

DETAIL F ADOPTED REVISED
1/05 .
TABLE A
Number of Clear Area NOTES:

Radius Guardrail Barrier Rail Connector
CRT Posts L W -or-
8'- 6" 3 25' 15' State Highway Guardrail Bridge Rail Connector 1. Use of this detail requires Chief Roadway Design Engineer approval.
6 This installation is intended for the leading side to a bridge end,

17' 30' 15'
especially where inadequate room is available to install other
25'- 6" 8 40' 20' Galvanized Guardrail (Thrie-Beam)
standard installations of guardrail-bridge rail connectors, guardrail
35' 11 50' 20' and guardrail terminals (flared) or guardrail terminal (tangential) due
Transition to a nearby crossroad or approach.
Guardrail Galvanized Guardrail
6'-3" 2. See contract structure list and standard plans for transition and
terminal connector type.
See Design Criteria Note C
* *
* 3. The slope from the edge of the shoulder into the face of the
Bridge End
* Point B guardrail should be 10:1 or flatter. See sheet R-8.2.1.
See Note 3
PT
g * 4. Guardrail installation shall be W-beam guardrail with breakaway
n CRT posts and without blocks. CRT(controlled release terminal)
i
c timber posts are shown as item "PDE09" in the
a * AASHTO-AGC-ARTBA joint committee Task Force 13 report
p
s
"A Guide to Standardized Highway Barrier Hardware".
e A)
*
t
Radius See Structure List Guardrail Terminal

s
5. Radius in feet shall be etched into plate replacing the letters
(See Tabl
(Flared or Tangential, Flared shown)
o
See Table A "HH" shown on the identification plate detail. Digits shall be
p
1 • inch minimum height and ƒ inch maximum width. Plate shall

*
T
be galvanized after etching.

R
C
The guardrail identification plate shall be mounted at the lower

- Clear Area -
3"
splice bolt on the back side of the rail element at the pc of the
W
* guardrail radius.
-
5"
ƒ" Dia.
6'
6. Anchor terminal to be used only when there is not enough room

Hole ƒ"
to accommodate guardrail terminal.
ƒ "
* A
‚"
A
2"
L (See Table A) Steel
Plate
*
R-113
2ƒ" 1 ‚"
Min. Min.
LEGEND:
*
See Note 5
- CLEAR AREA
IDENTIFICATION
PC PLATE DETAIL
*
3 Spaces @ 6'- 3" O.C.
* - CRT POSTS, NO BLOCKS, SEE NOTE 4.
DESIGN CRITERIA:
POINT A
1 Space Min.
ared shown)
A. Design criteria is from a FHWA Technical Advisory T 5040.32, dated April 13, 1992 called "Curved W-beam Guardrail
6'- 3" O.C. Installations at Minor Roadway Intersections".
B. This installation is acceptable for lower speed (up to and equal to 50 mph), low-volume through roadways
Anchor Terminal intersected by low-speed, low-volume cross roads and/or driveways.
nal
(See Note 6)
,Fl
lTerm i
C. A flat approach to the curved guardrail installation is necessary to ensure proper performance of the system.
al
The cross slope should not exceed 15:1. When adjacent to a superelevated section on the mainline, an analysis should
ared or Tangenti
be performed to evaluate the potential for vaulting of an errant vehicle.

Guardrai
D. In table a, radii are not to be interpolated nor extrapolated. This installation is based on intersection angles near 90 degrees.
E. For the 8 foot 6 inch radius layout, the guardrail panel is not bolted to the one CRT post at the center of the curved nose area.
ƒ" Hole With Snug Fitting
Insert,…" ID, 7•" Long F. For other layouts using larger radii up to 35 feet, the guardrail panel is bolted to the CRT posts in the curved nose area.
(Fl
G. On CRT posts within the arc length, use Š inch diameter bolts. Each CRT post will have ƒ inch hole with a snug fitting insert,
CRT Post … inch id x 7 • inch long. Use 1 • inch washers on backside of CRT.
Š"
1•" SHEET 1 OF 2
Bolt H. Clear area sizes are shown in table A. The clear area must be kept free of fixed objects.
See Note 3 Washer STATE OF NEVADA
For embankment slopes the hinge point should be greater than 2 feet behind the back of posts. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Embankment slopes will be flatter than or equal to a 2:1 maximum. The clear area should
be kept free of pedestrian walkways.
SECTION A-A SPECIAL GUARDRAIL

I. Use the anchor terminal with low-speed, low-volume facilities with a stop condition on
cross road or approach.
INSTALLATION
CRT
ADOPTED REVISED
1/01 2/02
Guardrail Pay Limit Anchor Terminal Pay Limit
6'-3" 6'-3" Anchor Rail Washer
Anchor
( 1 ƒ" x 3" 8 Gage Min.) NOTES:
12" 16" 18"
Plate
1. Use of this detail requires Chief Roadway Design Engineer approval.

End Section
2. To be used only with special guardrail installation. See sheet R-8.2.4.

-3"
Standard 2" ID Pipe 3. Outside nut shall be torqued against inside nut a minimum of 100 ft/lb.
2'
(2) 1" Nuts & Sleeve (2…" OD)

Washers 4. Toenail plate at corners with 10d nails.
See Note 3 Bearing Plate
2"
(8" x 8"x †" Steel Plate
With 1" Dia. Hole,
See Note 4 See Note 4)
(2) 1" Nuts and 1 Washer

See Note 3
Anchor Post Assembly

"
6
=
R
16"
12"
W-BEAM INSTALLATION
30°
2" 8"
Splice Bolt Slot

1" x 1‚"
Guardrail Pay Limit Anchor Terminal Pay Limit PLAN

ELEVATION
6'-3" 6'-3" Anchor Rail Washer
12" 16" 18" ( 1ƒ" x 3" 8 Gage Min.) W-BEAM
Anchor
Plate
END SECTION
End Section
R-114
-8"
2'
Standard 2" ID Pipe Splice Bolt Slot

Sleeve (2…" OD) 1" x 1 ‚"
18"
Bearing Plate
( 8"x 8"x †" Steel Plate R=1"
1
prox.
With 1" Dia. Hole, Ap
X
(2) 1" Nuts & Washers See Note 4)
See Note 3
(2) 1" Nuts and 1 Washer
2" 8ƒ"
See Note 3
Wood Breakaway Post

and 25°
Anchor Post Assembly End Section
THRIE-BEAM INSTALLATION
PLAN ELEVATION
B THRIE BEAM
16" END SECTION
2" 4" 4" 4" 2"
1"R
•"R
-
2"+
‚" ‚" 6'-6"

2‚ "
5‚" ƒ" Cable

35°
3"
(8) †" x 1 •" Machine Bolts

2ƒ "
1• "
2" Swage
w/Hex Nut and Washer, Place
3
• Washer on Face Side of Rail. †"
"
1"
1 ‚" Min.
SHEET 2 OF 2
"
STATE OF NEVADA
1‚ "
1•"
1• "
2‚"
ƒ" Hole (8 Required)
B 1" x 7" Stud
Threaded Full
Length (Typ.)
3" x 2‚" x •" End Plate
ANCHOR TERMINAL
ANCHOR CABLE
SECTION B-B
ANCHOR PLATE - ELEVATION
ADOPTED REVISED
1/01 1/05
NOTES:
OBSTRUCTION Back Spacing Greater than 2'-6"
C 25' Min.
C Wood or Steel Posts 1. Use nested Thrie-Beam, see Detail N sheet R-8.1.1.
C
C 6'-3"
C 2. An approved guardrail terminal shall be used if the one-way facility
C
C
C
is to be used as a two way detour. The terminal should be left in place
once the detour is removed.
C
Face of Guardrail, See Note 3

3. For details of Thrie-Beam guardrail see sheet R-8.4.1.
Trailing End Anchor TRAFFIC 4. For information not shown refer to the most current adopted AASHTO Roadside
R-8.2.2, See Note 2 Standard Installation Design Guide.
METHOD 1 5. Concrete barrier rail is preferred. Check for vehicle roll angle (top of taller vehicles
hitting the obstructions).
6. Spacer material may be wood block or formed structural tubing by prior approval
of the Engineer. For spacer block details see sheet R-8.4.1.
Back Spacing Greater than 1'-8" to 2'-6"
Wood or Steel Posts

OBSTRUCTION
C 25' Min. C 3'-1•"
C C
C 6'-3"
C
C
C
C
C
C
Face of Guardrail, See Note 3 C 12' - 6"

R-115
C C
C Nested Beams
25' Min.
See Note 1
C
Trailing End Anchor C
R-8.2.2, See Note 2 Spacer Blocks at 3'-1•"
3'-1•" Intervals Center to Center
Intervals Center to Center
TRAFFIC 10" C C 10" 1'-6ƒ" Intervals Center to Center

C C
3'-1•"
METHOD 2 C
C
C C
C
C Wood or Steel Posts
OBSTRUCTION
C
C
C
C
C
Face of Guardrail
3'-1•" Intervals
Shape Spacer C C
See Note 3
C C
Blocks to Fit Center to Center 6'-3"
(See Note 6) C
C
25' Min.
0" to 1'
See Note 6
C Varies
C TRAFFIC
Nested Beams, See Note 1
Back Spacing Greater than 1' to 1'-8" Wood or Steel Posts
3'-1•" intervals See Note 5

OBSTRUCTION
C 25' Min.
C C C
C
6'-3"
C
METHOD 4
C
C
C
Face of Guardrail, See Note 3

C
C
25' Min.
Trailing End Anchor C 1'-6ƒ" Intervals
C
R-8.2.2, See Note 2 Center to Center
STATE OF NEVADA
TRAFFIC
See Note 5 GUARDRAIL INSTALLATION

METHOD 3 DEFLECTIONS AND
BACK SPACING
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 8/98
C Varies C 37'-6" C Varies C Varies C 25' C Varies
C C C C C C
3-Sections of Nested Galvanized Guardrail (Thrie-Beam) 2-Sections of Nested Galvanized Guardrail

(Thrie-Beam)
"Modified Post" Cut Off at Obstacle Depth "Modified Post" Cut Off at Obstacle Depth
C 6'-3" to Aid in Guardrail Assembly. C 6'-3" to Aid in Guardrail Assembly.
C C
Obstacle
Obstacle
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
3'-6" Min. C 18'-9" C
3' Min.
TRAFFIC TRAFFIC
C 12'-6"
C
PLAN
PLAN
(Triple Corrugation)
See Note 5
C Varies C 25' C Varies

C Varies C 37'-6" C Varies C C C
C C C
2-Sections of Nested Galvanized Guardrail
3-Sections of Nested Galvanized Guardrail (Thrie-Beam)
(Thrie-Beam) See Note 5
"Modified Post" Cut Off at Obstacle Depth

"Modified Post" Cut Off at Obstacle Depth
to Aid in Guardrail Assembly.
to Aid in Guardrail Assembly.
C C
A A
C
C
C
R-116
C C
A A
ELEVATION ELEVATION
TYPE 2 TYPE 1
2 POSTS MODIFIED 1 POST MODIFIED
NOTES:
1. These details are to be used only when guardrail post cannot be

installed to avoid underground obstructions with guardrail posts.
2. See sheet R-8.4.1 for detail on galvanized guardrail (Thrie-Beam)

not shown.
3. Check feasibility of removing obstacle or extending culvert outside clear

zone versus cost of removal.
4. If the guardrail splice occurs on the posts which are adjacent to the
modified post then three contiguous sections (37'-6") of nested guardrail
STATE OF NEVADA
are required, with the middle section being centered at the location of
the modified post.
SECTION A-A
NESTED BEAMS
GUARDRAIL INSTALLATION
MODIFIED POST
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/02
es
es
" x 1„ "
ƒ " x 2 • "
otted Hol
otted Hol
es
es
7'-3•"
otted Hol
otted Hol
" x 1„ "
ƒ " x 2• "
C
C 6'-3 "
C
C
3‚" †" Steel Washer
Sl
Sl
6"
C
ž
†" Hex Nut
Sl
Sl
C
"
C
ž
C
8
C
C
C C
"
*
C
12‚ "
C
NOTES:
20"
C
3"
C
7† "7‹
C
C
C
C C
C
C
C
6"
3"
1. When distance between back of guardrail
C
C
C
C
post and hinge point is less than 2 feet, the
C
3‚" C
2" C
C "C
C
C
8 post shall be lengthened 1' minimum.
4‚" C
C
C
C
C
4‚" C
C
4‚" C
7‹"
C 2. Guardrail heights on stage construction
22"
C
C
4‚" 2"
C
C
C projects shall be governed by final
7†" surfacing elevations. Height measured
C
†" X 18" at face of rail element.
TRANSITION SECTION
C
Button Head Bolt
(Typ Both Holes) 3. All hardware to be galvanized.
C
LEGEND:
> Post > Post
All Holes To Be Ž" Dia. * - AUXILIARY HOLE TO BE USED WHEN
ROADWAY SURFACE TO RAIL BOTTOM
BLOCK/POST DETAIL IS LESS THAN 10"
PLAN VIEW
C 12•"
C
C
C 2"
13'-6•" C
C C 4‚"
Nominal Beam Dimension 4‚" C
C
C 12"
C C L Slot in Panel 3‚" C
C
C C
C 2" C C
L Post C 6"
6'-3" 6'-3" C
C C
ƒ" x 2•"
6‰ " 7† " 6‰ "

4‚"
C
C
R-117
4‚" C Post Bolt to Slot in Panel

4‚" C
C 4‚" Go In Approach
C
C
C
Rail Bolt Slot Post Bolt Slot
2" C 2"
C
C
Side of Post „" Thickness
20"
C
C
C
C
20"
C
C
ƒ"x 2•" Slot in
C
C
C
Back Up Plate
C
C
Steel Post C
10 or 12 Gage C
ž"x 1„" Slotted

C
TRAFFIC Holes for †" Bolt
For Use Between Guardrail and Steel

Post Bolt Slot
ƒ" x 2•" Block at Posts Between Rail Splices
Rail Bolt Slot
ž" x 1„" RAIL SPLICE BACK-UP PLATE
FRONT ELEVATION
>
6'
C 20" C 6'
C
C
C
C
2…" 3‚" 3‚" 3‚" 3‚" 2…"

C C C C C C
"
C C C C C C
See
1‚" C
1‚" See Normal C
Note 1
•"R
1˜
Normal
C
C C C
1„" 1„" Note 1 E.O.P.
C
C C C C
C
C
0°C E.O.P.
C
C
C
C
1
C
C C
Œ" C Œ"
C
C
Hinge
32"
32"
Hinge
3‚ " +
C See Note 2 See Note 2

"
C
C
Œ" C Œ" C
Point
C Point
C
3‰
eree
lvated
p
C
Su
C
Slope
C
C
C
1ˆ" ope
C
Sl
C
C
C
STATE OF NEVADA
C
6'
ˆ " to ‚ " C
C
6'
…"R Shoulder Dike
•"R GALVANIZED GUARDRAIL

Sym.
About THRIE-BEAM
C
C
>
WOOD POST
SECTION THROUGH RAIL ELEMENT TYPICAL GUARDRAIL INSTALLATIONS R-8.4.1 (618) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
11/86 5/09
Rail element
Wood Block
See Note 5
and Steel Post
NOTES:
†" x 10" Button Head Bolts, H 1. When distance between back of guardrail post and hinge point
No Washers on Bolt Heads, Fasten is less than 2 feet, the post shall be lengthened 1' minimum.
With Hex Nut and Cut Washers on
Threaded End of Bolts. See Note 3. 2. Guardrail heights on stage construction projects shall be
PLAN TRAFFIC
A governed by final surfacing elevations. Height measured at
Rail splice
Rail splice
See Note 5 face of rail element.
Rail element - See Note 5 See Note 5
6'-3" 6'-3" TR 3. Attach guardrail to wood block and steel post with two
AF
FI
C bolts on approaching traffic side of block and post web.
4. Top of guardrail to be 32 inches above ground line or shoulder

Steel Post
surfacing.
C
W6 x 9
or
5. For details of the cross section of thrie beam, rail element,
W6 x 8.5
rail splice, transition section, and backup plate, see sheet R-8.4.1.
Lap Rail Elements in Ground Line or Shoulder
Direction of Traffic Surfacing Under Rail Element
6. All hardware to be galvanized.
STEEL POST
ASSEMBLY
A 8"
†" x 10" Button Head Bolts,
No Washers on Bolt Heads, Fasten
With Hex Nut and Cut Washers on
ELEVATION Threaded End of Bolts. See Note 3.
SINGLE THRIE-BEAM BARRIER 1‚"
"
"
7‹
7† " 6‰
32"
Ž" Dia. Hole
-10"
7† "
Through Block
(Typ.)
1'
1‡
R-118
6" x 8" x 1'-10" "

Wood Block 1„
Ž" Dia. "
Holes
C Steel Post
W6 x 9
8"
or
W6 x 8.5
6"
6"
SECTION A-A
STEEL POST BOLT HARDWARE WOOD BLOCK
TOP AND WOOD BLOCK DETAIL FOR STEEL POST
1„"
6"
1„"
8"
1 ‡"
C 6'
"
C C 6'
C
"
7‹
7‹
1‚" See
Normal See
Note 1 C 1‚"
C
Ž" Dia. C C
Note1
C
E.O.P. Normal
7† "
C
Holes C
C
32" C
E.O.P. C
Note 2
C
32" C
Note 2
-10"
7† "
-9"
Hinge Hinge
See
See
Point Point
6'
Ž" Dia.
1'
Holes Slope ated

C
ree
lv
C
pe
C
C Su
C
C
C
op
Sl e
-9"
-9"
6'
Shoulder Dike
6'
C
Steel Post STATE OF NEVADA
C W6 x 9 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Steel Post or
W6 x 9 W6 x 8.5
C
C
SIDE FRONT or GALVANIZED GUARDRAIL

FRONT SIDE W6 x 8.5
THRIE-BEAM
STEEL POST
6" x 8" x 1'-10" W6 x 9 or W6 x 8.5
TYPICAL GUARDRAIL INSTALLATIONS
WOOD BLOCK STEEL POST R-8.4.1.1 (618) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 6/09
6'-3" Standard Spacing (2) Hex Nuts and
Cut Washers
C Steel Posts and Wood Block Shown, See Detail C A B

C C 15'-2ƒ"
For 6" x 8" Post and Block (Wood), See Sheet R-8.4.1 C
C 10" C 3'-1•" C 3'-1•" C 7'-3ƒ" 8" C
C C C C C 2"
3'-1•" 3'-1•" 3'-1•" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ"1'-6ƒ"
1'-6ƒ" 2'-6"
{
CC C C C C C C C C C C
C
C C C C C C C C C C
*
C
C C C
* * * C C
1 2 3
C C C
C
C
C Terminal Connector, See Detail A
(2) †" x 10" Button Head
For This Length the Thrie-Beams to be Nested, A B C Bolts and Flat Plate Washers
See Detail C C
C Steel Post
Taper-See Detail B
W6 x 9
PLAN or
W6 x 8.5
CC Galvanizing Guardrail (Thrie-Beam) C Guardrail-Bridge Rail Connection

C C
Bid Item Bid Item
Attach Thrie-Beam on Approaching Traffic Side of Block and Post Web.

C 10" NDOT Approved Composite Material Spacer Block May Be Substituded.
For This Length the Thrie-Beams to be Nested, C 15'-2ƒ"
C
C See Detail C C See Sheet R-8.4.1.1. for Details not shown. For Wood Post/Block
C C 2'-6" Details, See Sheet R-8.4.1.
C
C 3'-1•" C 3'-1•" C 3'-1•" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ"1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ"1'-6ƒ"
C C C C C C C 3'-1•" C 3'-1•" C 7'-3ƒ" 8" C
C C C C C C C C C C C C C 2"
(Nested Thrie-Beam Shown)
DETAIL C
C
C
C
C
-9"
-8"
STEEL POST AND
-8"
-9"
C
2'
-9"
2'
2'
WOOD BLOCK ASSEMBLY
2'
3"
20ƒ "
1'
C
C
C
C
C
Top of Approach Slab of Bridge Deck
ELEVATION LEGEND:
C D
Typ. 4" ‚" Steel *
R-119
C - 1 „" DIA. CORE DRILLED HOLES FOR ‡" DIA. GALVANIZED

‰" C
Plate
C
HIGH STRENGTH HEX BOLTS AND NUTS WITH 3" x ‚" SQUARE
C
-8ƒ "
GALVANIZED STEEL WASHER WITH 1" DIA. HOLE.
"
1 ‚" E.S.
Typ. C Pipe Spacer
7‰
3" A
‰"
C
1'
C
C
C
C
-10"
C
C
7† "
1 ‚" E.S.
Pipe Spacer 19
SPACER BLOCK TABLE
1'
C
C
C
C
C
SPACER BLOCK A B C D
C
-2ƒ " Top of Approach Slab
"
C C
5'
1
C
2
6„ "
C
Profile Grade 1 4" 2‚" 2‚" 4"
6" C
7‰
C
C
6„ "
2 3•" 1‚" 1‚" 3„"
C
C
C
3 2„" ƒ" ƒ" 2„"
Method of Tapering Bridge Rail C
C
C C
For Guardrail Connections
2‚" B
C C
8"
DETAIL B
SIDE VIEW ISOMETRIC
SPACER BLOCK 1 DETAIL

Varies (See Bridge Plans For C D Typ. ‚" Steel
See Spacer Dimensions and Rebar)
C
C C 3…" ‰"
* C A Plate
Block Detail 2Š"
C
C
C
C
C
Neutral Axis
"
C
" Taper
C
Typ.
C
C
C
C
" 7† " 7‰
4‡"
-10"
C ‰"
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C 3" C
1 ‚" E.S.
-10"
1'
7†" 10"R 2'-6"
7†" C
C
C Pipe
-8"
-5‹
C
C
-9"
-9"
1'
Spacer
-8"
4‚"
C
-8"
2'
C
"
1'
2'
"
8"
2'
C
C
C C
2'
CC C 2" C
2'
3"
7‰
C
-6‰
-6‰
C
C
C
C
7"
1'
6‰"
C
1'
C
C
-8"
7†"
C
C
STATE OF NEVADA
C
8"
C
C
7†" C 4Œ"
C
B DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
1'
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
7†"
C
C
C
10"R
C
C
C
6‰"
C
C
C
C
C
3"
Top of Bridge Deck Top of Bridge Deck

2…"
GUARDRAIL/BRIDGE RAIL
or Approach Slab or Approach Slab ž " x 1 „" slots ISOMETRIC SIDE VIEW
(For Barrier Rail Dimensions not shown see Section C-C) 1" Dia. Holes
CONNECTION
ƒ" x 2•" Post
Bolt Slot (Optional)
SPACER BLOCKS THRIE-BEAM
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C 2 AND 3 DETAIL R-8.4.2 (618) Signed Original On File
DETAIL A
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 9/06
6'-3" Standard Spacing (2) Hex Nuts and
A B Cut Washers
C 15'-2ƒ"
C
C Steel Posts and Wood Block Shown, See Detail C
C C 10" C 3'-1•" C 3'-1•" C 7'-3ƒ" 8" C
For 6" x 8" Post and Block (Wood), See Sheet R-8.4.1 C C C C C 2"
C 2'-6"
C
C
C C
3'-1•" 3'-1•" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ"1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ"
{
CC C 3'-1•" C C C C C C C
C C C C C C C C C
*
C C C
* * * C C
1 2 3
C C C
C
C
C Terminal Connector, See Detail A (2) †" x 10" Button Head
For This Length the Thrie-Beams to be Nested, C A B C Bolts and Flat Plate Washers
C Steel Post
See Detail C
Taper-See Detail B W6 x 9
PLAN or
W6 x 8.5
CC Galvanizing Guardrail (Thrie-Beam) C Guardrail-Barrier

Rail Connection
C C
Bid Item Bid Item
C 10"
For This Length the Thrie-Beams to be Nested, C C 15'-2ƒ"
C See Detail C C Attach Thrie-Beam on Approaching Traffic Side of Block and Post Web.
C 2'-6"
C
C NDOT Approved Composite Material Spacer Block May Be Substituded.
3'-1•" 3'-1•" 3'-1•" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ"1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 3'-1•" 3'-1•" 7'-3ƒ" 8"
C C C C C C C C C C C C C See Sheet R-8.4.1.1. for Details not shown. For Wood Post/Block
C C C C C C C C C C C C C 2"
1 ‚" 1 ‚" Details, See Sheet R-8.4.1.
C
C
(Nested Thrie-Beam Shown)

C
C
DETAIL C
-8"
-8"
2'
2'
STEEL POST AND
20ƒ "
3"
WOOD BLOCK ASSEMBLY
C
C
C
C
C
Roadway Surface
LEGEND:
ELEVATION ‚" Steel
C D
Typ. C 4"
‰" C Plate
* - 1 „" DIA. CORE DRILLED HOLES FOR ‡" DIA.
C
C
C
GALVANIZED HIGH STRENGTH HEX BOLTS AND NUTS
1 ‚"
-8ƒ "
"
R-120
WITH 3"x ‚" SQUARE GALVANIZED STEEL WASHER

Typ. C E.S.
7‰
3" A WITH 1" DIA. HOLE.
‰" Pipe
C
C
C
1'
Spacer
C
C
C
** - DENSE GRADE OR PROFILE GRADE
-10"
C
C
C
C
7† "
1 ‚" E.S.
C
Pipe Spacer 19
1'
C 6" Base
C
C
C
C
C
-2ƒ "
7‰ "
C C
5'
1 Dense Grade or
C
2
6„ "
C
Profile Grade C C
6"
C
6„ "
C
SPACER BLOCK TABLE
C
C
Method of Tapering Barrier Rail
C
C C SPACER BLOCK A B C D
For Guardrail Connections
2‚"
B
C C
8" 1 4" 2‚" 2‚" 4"
2 3•" 1‚" 1‚" 3„"

DETAIL B
3 2„" ƒ" ƒ" 2„"
SIDE VIEW ISOMETRIC
SPACER BLOCK 1 DETAIL

No. 4 Rebar
See Sheet R-8.6.1 For Details
C D Typ. ‚" Steel
C
‰" Plate
9†" See Spacer 9†" 9†" 3…" A
C
C
C
C
C
C C
C C
C
Block Detail C 2Š"
C
C
*
7‰ " 7† " 7‰ "

-5‹ " (Taper)
Neutral Axis
C
C Typ.
*
C
C
-10"
C
‰"
C
C
C C 4‡"
C
C
C
C
-10"
C
C
C
CC C
C 3"
C
C
1'
C
10"R
-9‚ "
-9‚ "
7†" 7†" C 2'-6"

C
C
C
1'
C
C
C
-8"
-8"
-8"
1 ‚" E.S.
C
C
4‚"
C
Pipe Spacer
"
"
2'
2'
C
1'
8"
2'
2'
2'
C
C C
CC C 2" C
3"
C
-6‰
-6‰
C
C
C
7"
**
1'
1'
6‰"
C
** C
C
**
C
C
-8"
7†"
C
C
C
8"
C
STATE OF NEVADA
C
7†" B C 4Œ"
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
1'
C
7†"
3" C C
10"R
C
C
C
6‰"
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
ž " x 1 „" Slots 2…" ISOMETRIC SIDE VIEW GUARDRAIL/BARRIER RAIL

Base Material Base Material Base Material ƒ" x 2•" Post 1" Dia. Holes CONNECTION
Bolt Slot (Optional) THRIE-BEAM
SPACER BLOCKS
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C DETAIL A 2 AND 3 DETAIL R-8.4.3 (618) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 9/06
4"
"
Bolt Holes for Splice
.90
5 NOTES:
4‚" Wide x …" Deep Groove Steel Post
Full Length of Block W6x9
6" or 1. All holes ƒ inch dia.
4"
W6x8.5
"
8 2. For metal posts - rail mounts to block with bolt on
4‚"
‡" approaching traffic side of block and post web.
3"
Œ" 3. On retrofit installations when distance between back of
†" Hex Nut
Sym. About > …" guardrail post and hinge point is less than 2 feet, the post
shall be lengthened 1 foot min.
12‚ "
†" Steel Washer
erance
4. Guardrail heights on staged constructions projects shall be
•"R
governed by final surfacing elevations.
" Tol
1 ˜" 3‚"
7"
5. Not to be used on new or retrofit construction,
for repair purposes only.
ˆ
14"
•"R
†" x 10"
Button Head Bolt
10° ‡"
1 ˆ" 1„"
1„" †" Hex Nut

1‡"
3 ‚"
Use 2-20d Nails to 6"
2‚"
Prevent Block Rotation
"
8
4"
TRAFFIC
SECTION THRU RAIL ELEMENT
**
†"
6" Steel
C
3" Washer
STEEL POST AND WOOD BLOCK 8
"
7"
14"
R-121
12•"
†" x 18"
6' Min.
Normal E.O.P. 4‚" 4‚" Button Head Bolt
2" 2"
** Auxiliary Hole to be Used When
See Note 4
C
Roadway Surface to Rail Bottom
C
7" L Post bolt slot is Less Than 1'-2".
1"
ƒ" x 2•"
1"
Hinge Post Bolt Slot

-9"
29" |
Point
WOOD POST AND BLOCK
1'
6'-8" Steel Post

or ž" x 1 „"
6' Wood Post Splice Bolt Slot
See Note 4 For †" Bolt
TRAFFIC
6'-3"
RAIL SPLICE
TYPICAL GUARD RAIL INSTALLATION
6" x 8" Wood Post and Block
2-20d Nails
PLAN
TRAFFIC
Rail
Splice
WOOD POST AND BLOCK
‰" 6'-3"
‡"
Š"
STATE OF NEVADA
6" x 8"
Block
1‚" †"
1…" 1Š" Steel Post
W6x9
or
GALVANIZED GUARDRAIL
†" SPLICE BOLT †" RECESSED NUT W6x8.5 W-BEAM
PLAN
METAL POST AND WOOD BLOCK
ADOPTED REVISED
2/79 10/15
3"
C
* Ž" Drilled Holes For †" Button Head Bolts A For This Length The W-Beams
11"
C
C
With Hex Nuts and Flat Plate Washer Are To Be Nested, See Detail C
C
C
Top of
C Approach Slab
C
* or Bridge Deck
6'-3" Standard Spacing

6"x 8" Post and Block (Wood)
5'-2ƒ "
DETAIL B
C 1
W6 x 8.5 (Or 9.0) Post and Block(Steel) METHOD OF TAPERING BRIDGE RAIL
FOR GUARDRAIL CONNECTIONS
T N DETAIL C
H 3'-1•" 3'-1•" O 3'-1•" 3'-1•" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ"
C
C
IS
C
C
C
C
T C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
15'-2ƒ" REF
B
C
C T C
O O 10" C
3'-1•"
C
C 3'-1•"
C
C 6'-3"
C
12ƒ"
C
2"
4"C
N B 12'-6"
C
4"
N
C
C
C
E E 2'
**
C U C ** C
** C
** C
C C
T S 1 2 3
C
I
C C
C
O D
C
N
I
S F O A Terminal Connector - See Detail A B
C
C
O A N C
R
C
N
C
O N NOTES: 15'-2ƒ" (Taper-See Detail "B")
T R E PLAN
E W 1. Wood spacer blocks (of the proper
* * 1„" Dia. Core Drilled Holes For‡" Dia.Galvanized High Strength Hex Bolts
N P dimensions) may be substituted for
& Nuts With 3"x1/4" Sq. Galvanized SteelWasher With 1" Dia. Hole.
C A O
the detailed steel blocks
H IR R C
10" 15'-2ƒ" REF
R
C
C
C
P W R A C
2'-6"
C
3'-1•" 3'-1•" 3'-1•" 3'-1•"

O E
1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 3'-1•" 3'-1•" 6'-3"
R-122
3
C C C C C C C
T
C C C C C C C C C C C
4"
50 R R C 2'
K O
C
C
A F
C
C
O
C
-8"
P N T
-4"
-3"
P
C
2'
L
C
-9"
R
2'
2'
Y C
-9"
3"
O
1'
O
11"
1'
V N
C
C
C
S
C
C
D T Top of
F R Approach Slab
O U or Bridge Deck
ELEVATION
R C
T
T IO
E N Neutral Axis SPACER BLOCK TABLE
C
S
C
D
Varies (See Bridge Plans)
T Typ. ‚" Steel SPACER BLOCK A B C D
C
C
3… "
C 3"
‰ Plate C
2" A
** See Spacer * *
C
L
C
C
C
C C 2'-6" 1 6" 3ƒ" 3ƒ" 6"

C
Block Detail C
E
C
C
Typ.
C
V
C
C
7"
‰ 2 5†" 3…" 3„" 5…"

C
7"
C
E
C
-2"
-2"
L 4‚" 3 4„" 1‡" 1…" 3†"

C
10"R 8•" 4" 4"

1'
C
2"
1'
3"
C
C
C
C C C C C
C
C
C C C C C C C
C
C
-8"
3
-8"
C
-8"
2†"
-4"
C
1‚" E.S.
7"
2'
2'
2'
-9"
12‚ "
C
Pipe
2'
C
-9"
3•"
C
Spacer
1'
C
C
C
10"
C
C
1'
3•"
C
C
C C
C
C
C
2†" STATE OF NEVADA

8"
C
B C
ž"x1„" slots DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
C 1" Dia. Holes
C
C
SIDE VIEW ƒ"x 2•" Post Bolt Slot

C
C
C
C
3"
(Optional)
Top of Approach Slab GUARD RAIL/BRIDGE RAIL
Top of Approach Slab
or Bridge Deck
ELEVATION
or Bridge Deck DETAIL A CONNECTIONS
(For Barrier Rail Dimensions Not Shown See Sec. C-C) W-BEAM
SPACER BLOCK DETAIL
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C
ADOPTED REVISED
11/86 10/98
3"
X Ž" Drilled Holes For †" Button Head Bolts A For This Length The W-Beams
C
With Hex Nuts and Flat Plate Washer Are To Be Nested, See Detail C
11"
C
C
C
Dense Graded or
C
* 6"x 8" Post and Block (Wood) Profile Grade
C
6'-3" Standard Spacing
W6 x 8.5 (Or 9.0) Post and Block(Steel)
C C 5'
1 -2ƒ " DETAIL B
N C
6" METHOD OF TAPERING BARRIER RAIL
T O FOR GUARDRAIL CONNECTIONS
H C
C
3'-1•" C
C T
3'-1•"
C
C
3'-1•" C
C
3'-1•"
C
C
1'-6ƒ"
C
C
1'-6ƒ"
C
C 1'-6ƒ" C
C
1'-6ƒ"
C
A B
IS T C 15'-2ƒ" REF
C
DETAIL C
O 10" 3'-1•" 3'-1•" 6'-3" 12ƒ"
C C
C
C
C
C
C C
2"
O B C 2'
C
12'-6"
4"C C
4" C
N E C
C
N **
E U C ** C ** C ** C
C C C
C S 1 2 3
T E C C
C
I D
C
O
N F O B C
Terminal Connector - See Detail A
I O N A
C
S R A C
N
C
C
* * 1„" Dia. Core Drilled Holes For‡" Dia. Galvanized High Strength Hex Bolts
N R E
PLAN
NOTES: 15'-2ƒ" Taper - See Detail B
and Nuts With 3"x1/4" Sq. Galvanized Steel Washer With 1" Dia. Hole
.
O E W
T P 1. Wood spacer blocks (of the proper
A dimensions) may be substituted for
N IR O the detailed steel blocks
C R 10"
H W R C
C
15'-2ƒ" REF
C
R O E A C
C
3'-1•" 3'-1•" 3'-1•"

P R T 3'-1•" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 1'-6ƒ" 3'-1•" 3'-1•" 6'-3"
2'-6"
C
K R
C C C C C C C
C C C C C C C C C C C
3
R-123
4"
50 O C
C
2'
O F
C
I
C
A N T
C
C
C
-8"
P Y
-4"
-3"
P C
C
2'
C
-9"
O
2'
2'
R
-9"
3"
1'
O N
11"
1'
V S
C
C
C
E T
C
D R
U
F C
(For Barrier Rail Dimensions Not Shown See Sec. C-C)
ELEVATION O T
*** - Dense Graded or Profile Grade
R IO
T N
E
S
** 6" C 2"
T SPACER BLOCK TABLE
See Spacer C
Block Detail L Neutral Axis

E
C
D SPACER BLOCK A B C D
C
C
C
‚" Steel
V
C
C
7"
C
Typ.
C
‰ Plate
E
C
A
3… "
C 3" 6" 3ƒ"
C 1 3ƒ" 6"
C
C
10"R.
L
C
C
C
C
C
C 2'-6"
C
-8"
Typ.
-8"
2 3…" 3„" 5…"

-8"
5†"
3
7"
-4"
‰
2'
2'
-2"
-9"
-2"
2'
2'
4„" 1‡"
-9"
3 1…" 3†"
1'
1'
1'
C
C
4‚"
10"
***
1'
8•" 4" 4"

C
*** *** 3" C C C C C 2"

C
C
C C C C C C C
1‚" E.S.
7"
2†"
C
Pipe Spacer
C
C STATE OF NEVADA
C
C
C
12‚ "
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
3•"
3"
C
C
C
C
3•"
C
C C
C
C
8"
C
B C
C
C GUARD RAIL/BARRIER RAIL
C
C
2†"
ž"x1„" slots CONNECTIONS
Base Mat'l 1" Dia. Holes
Base Mat'l ƒ"x 2•" Post Bolt Slot W-BEAM
ELEVATION SIDE VIEW (Optional)
SECTION B-B SPACER BLOCK DETAIL R-8.5.3 (618) Signed Original On File
SECTION A-A SECTION C-C DETAIL A ADOPTED REVISED
11/86 10/98
Light Pedestal or Sign Base
C
L See Note 12 C
L NOTES:
6"Min.
C
C
6" C C C
9†"
C C 6" C 1. Concrete shall be Class A or AA.
C 2Š" C
1 1 C C
No.4 Bars 4"
C
C
C
Reinforcing Steel: Use 4 - No. 4 bars continuous in Type A and
C
6"
Continuous 2 2
-8" See Note 9
-8" See Note 9

-8" See Note 9
2 Type D, concrete barrier rail. Use 3 - No. 4 bars continuous in
-8" See Note 6

C
4‡" 19 Type B and Type C, concrete barrier rail.
C
C C
6"
C 19
19
C
ystyrene
2. Expansion joints at all structures. Joints in barrier rail
C over a structure shall be at the same location and of the
Leave Surface Rough 10"R
C same dimensions as those in the structure. Joint filler not
If Poured Separately J
J J required in expansion joint in barrier rail.
Pol
C
7"
3" C
2'
2'
2'
3. Bituminous Paving Requirements: The barrier end anchors shall
2'
J be constructed in the first and last 10 feet of the barrier rail
Dense Graded or
C
Profile Grade run. At the contractors option, 6 inch concrete base and barrier
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Pavement rail may be placed monolithically, in which case dowels may be
3" C
C
6"
eliminated. See barrier rail end anchor details.
C
1
C
C
C 1 C
C
C
C Concrete Paving Requirements: Dowels shall be required in the
* C 6" C 6" * C 1'-1 ‰"
V C C first and last 10 feet of the barrier rail run. The surface of the
J 1'-1 ‰"
Varies concrete shall be clean prior to placement of the barrier rail.
C 2'
C See Note 11 At the contractors option, concrete pavement and barrier rail
Barrier Rail
End Anchor may be placed monolithically, in which case dowels may be
eliminated. See concrete section for dowels in barrier rail
TYPE A TYPE B TYPE B TYPE C end anchor.
CONCRETE (INFORMATION ONLY)

CONCRETE (INFORMATION ONLY) 4. Vertical joints shall have a single component hot applied
3 3
0.1208 Yd. Per Lin Ft., Without Base Slab sealant full depth of joint.
0.0702 Yd. Per Lin Ft.
3 5. Joint sealer shall be a single component hot applied sealant
0.1578 Yd. Per Lin Ft., With Base Slab SURFACE AREA (INFORMATION ONLY)
1" thick.
SURFACE AREA (INFORMATION ONLY) 3.28 Sqft Per Lin Ft.

6. The height of the barrier rail shall be measured from the top
6.36 Sqft Per Lin Ft. 9†" of the plantmix bituminous surface or the top of concrete
C
Varies C C pavement.
C
C
7. For impact attenuator attachment details, see manufacturer's
-8" See Note 9

drawings.
2
For guardrail energy absorbing terminal attachment,
es
see sheet R.8.1.1.
Vari
19
R-124
J 8. Depth of 6 inch base shall be checked and increased as needed for

M
C 1'-6" Min. V foundation stability. When barrier rail sits on pavement, the
C J C 6" C 1' J
2'
C C base can be eliminated. Barrier rail and anchors may be
J Min. Min.
C
required.
C
M
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
6"
10"
C
9. For details not shown, see Type A.

C
C
C
h=2'-2"
* 10. B = 2/19 x h + 12"
Max.
C
*
C
Base Material 6"Min.Base 11. See contract plans for exact dimensions.
Cement Treated Base C
C
See Note 8 C B C 1' 12. See sheet R-8.6.2.1 when concrete barrier rail is protecting
C C
bridge substructures.
BITUMINOUS SECTION CONCRETE SECTION
See Note 10
LEGEND:
First and Last 10'
TYPE D
BARRIER RAIL END ANCHOR DETAIL 1 - DIMENSION USED WHEN BARRIER IS PLACED
AGAINST ROCK OR SOLID OBJECT SUCH AS
A RETAINING WALL
M - PAVEMENT (SEE NOTE 3)

Shoulder Width Shoulder Width
Varies Varies
J - JOINT SEALER TYPICAL (SEE NOTE 5)
Norm alEdge
der
Norm alEdge
der
V - VERTICAL JOINT SEALER TYPICAL (SEE NOTE 4)

of Shoul
of Shoul
TravelLane
TravelLane
* - 1"X 8" STEEL DOWEL @ 2' CENTERS

Edge of
Edge of
C 6" C 1' (IF NEEDED SEE NOTE 3)

C 6" C 1' C C
C C
Min. Min.
Min. Min.
- NO. 4 BARS CONTINUOUS
J
J J
M J M
LATERAL FLARE RATES
C
C
C
C
STATE OF NEVADA
C
DESIGN SPEED FLARE RATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

C
75 MPH 22:1
Base Material Cement Treated Base
70 MPH 20:1
60 MPH 18:1
50 MPH 14:1
BITUMINOUS SECTION CONCRETE SECTION 40 MPH 10:1
‚" Scored Joints @ 15' 30 MPH 8:1

NORMAL ROADWAY DETAIL ADOPTED REVISED
11/86 10/15
7•" NOTES:
Light Pedestal See Note 15 C
C C Varies C C
or Sign Base L L
C
C
2. Median barrier rail shall be scored • inch deep vertically every 15 feet.
7•" ƒ" Chamfer or
C 4"
3…" C C •" Radius C C
C 6" 3. All contact joints shall be at planned scored joint locations.
42" See Note 11

C 6"
C C
L C
C
2 4. All joints and other locations needing sealing shall follow
C
C
C
requirement set in sheet R-8.6.1.
6"
es
C
Vari
19
5. For impact attenuator attachment details, see manufacturers drawing.
C
C 6"
No.4 Rebar
Median end treatments shall be bi-directional.
42" See Note 11
42" See Note 11

C
Continuous 2
C
32"
6. Refer to the currently adopted roadside design guide for further
42"
design information not shown here.
ystyrene
19
C
C
7. Expansion joints at all structures. Joints in barrier rail over a
C
10"R
structure shall be at the same location and of the same dimensions
C
4‡"
10"
H=2'-2"
C
Pol
C as those in the structure. Joint filler not required in expansion
C Max.
C
C
7"
joint in barrier rail.
10"
C
C
C
C
C
6" Min.
C
C
C
8. Length 3 feet minimum or length of obstruction, whichever is greater.
C
C
Base
C
C
3"
C See contract plans for exact dimensions.
C
C 6" Min. See Note 9

C
Base 9. Depth of 6 inch base shall be checked and increased as needed

for foundation stability. When barrier rail sits on pavement, the
C 9" Varies 12"
3" C C See Note 9
C C base can be eliminated. Barrier rail end anchors shall be required.
C C
C 24" C 14‚" C 14‚" See sheet R-8.6.1.
C C C
See Note 12 10. The 42 inch Type FA barrier rail may also be considered on the outside
curve next to sensitive areas such as schools, housing developments,
and problem areas that need extra protection.
TYPE FA TYPE FB TYPE FB TYPE FD
11. For details not shown see Type FA.
CONCRETE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY) CONCRETE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY)
12. Varies = 2/19 x H + 12".
3 3
0.1801 yd. Per Lin. Ft. With Base 0.1178 yd. Per Lin. Ft. With Base
13. For transitions for heights, see sheet R-8.6.3.
3 3
0.1431 yd. Per Lin. Ft. Without Base 0.0958 yd. Per Lin. Ft. Without Base
14. For details not shown, see sheet R-8.6.1.
R-125
SURFACE AREA (INFORMATION ONLY) SURFACE AREA (INFORMATION ONLY)

15. See sheet R-8.6.2.1 when concrete barrier rail is protecting
bridge substructures.
7.86 Sqft Per Lin Ft. 4.11 Sqft Per Lin Ft.
7•" to 24"
6" 12"Min. 4" Depth Class A or AA Concrete
8‚" C C
C C C C Island Paving, Crown 2% to Drain
C
C
Rail Type FB Pay
er Li
mi
ri t(
ar 2
e B
et Run
ncr s)
Co
See Note 11
See Note 11
Type FA Type FA
3' Min. Type 2 Class B
42"
42"
Pay Limit C C Pay Limit
CC C C Aggregate Base
CC
B See Note 8
Type FB C
A
C
Type FA
C
C
C
Obstruction
C
C 24" Min.
C
C
40•" Max.
Type FB
C
A
B
Bridge Piers, Light Pedestal,
STATE OF NEVADA
Pedestal or Sign Base. For For Flare Rates See Flare DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Details Not Shown See TYPE FB. Rate Table on Sheet R-8.6.1

PLAN
ADOPTED REVISED
9/97 10/15
> Bridge Support
NOTES:
ƒ" Chamfer or
7•"
4" C C •" Radious 1. Concrete shall be class A or AA modified with f'c = 4000 psi @ 28 days.
C
C
2. All contact joints shall be at planned scored joint locations.
2 No. 6 Bars
@ 12"
-7"
3. All joints and other locations needing sealing shall follow requirement set in
19 sheet R-8.6.1.
3'
6 - No. 6 Bars
-6" to
4. For impact attenuator attachment details, see manufacturers drawing.
Equally Spaced
54"
54"
R6032 to R6043 5. Length 5 feet from edge of obstruction. See contract plans for exact dimensions.
ystyrene
C
C 2" Clr, Typ.
2'
8" x 1" Dowel 6. Depth of 6 inch foundation shall be checked and increased as needed for foundation
10"R
Steel Bars @ 12" stability. Dowels are required for full length of the special concrete barrier rail including
Pol
C transition, regardless of paving type.

151°
C
10"
C C 4"
C C
"
C
7. For Type FA concrete barrier rail see sheet R-8.6.2.
8
C
C
C
C
3" C 6" Min. 8. Joint sealer shall be a single component hot applied sealant 1 inch thick.
C
Foundation
See Note 8
C 9. The height of the barrier rail shall be measured from the top of the plantmix bituminous
C 6" See Note 6
C surface or the top of concrete pavement.
C BENT BAR DETAIL
17"
CONCRETE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY) 10. Extend reinforcing at height transition until the end of the reinforcing is 2•" clear from
the face of concrete.
0.1765 ydó. Per Lin. Ft. With Foundation
2• " Typ.
SURFACE AREA (INFORMATION ONLY)
5.24 Sqft Per Lin Ft. Special Concrete

C Transition 12:1
8" to Varies
C Barrier Rail
7•"
C
9•" C Varies
4" Depth Class A or
C
C
Type FA Rail 2• ",See C C C
C
12"Min. AA Concrete Island
e1 0 C
Not Paving, Crown 2% to
C
C
Drain
6 - No.6 Bars E.F.

C
C
C
ng)
C
(EqualSpaci
Bars
54"
R-126
42"
Type 2 Class B
54"
54"
- No.4
Aggregate Base
C
4 C
C
C
C
C
C
6" Minimum Foundation
C
C
See Note 6
C
6" C C
See Sheet R-8.6.2 39" Lap C 27" Min.
for Foundation Requirements C
Varies
for Type FA Barrier Rail C 8" x 1" Dowel Bars @ 12"
C
2 Sets - R6032 to R6043 @ 12" E.F. R6043 @ 12" N.F.
ELEVATION
Pay Limit LATERAL FLARE RATES
C
C
DESIGN SPEED FLARE RATE
Special Concrete Barrier Rail 75 MPH 22:1

Pay 70 MPH 20:1
Li
mit( 60 18:1
5' Min. 5' Min. 2 MPH
C C Run
C C s)
50 MPH 14:1
Transition 12:1 C See Note 5 See Note 5 Transition 12:1 40
C
C
C MPH 10:1
C Special Concrete C
B 30 MPH 8:1
Barrier Rail
C
Type FA
A
STATE OF NEVADA
C
C
4" Polystyrene
C
C
Type FA
A C
54 INCH
C
Special Concrete
B
Barrier Rail
See Flare Rate Table
Bridge Support
PLAN ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
LEGEND:
NOTES:
A Anchor Pad

P Pavement - See Note 8
P J
A
2. For details not shown, see sheets R-8.6.1 and R-8.6.2.
J Joint Sealer Typical
J P See Note 4
C
3. Vertical joints shall have a single component hot

C
C
C
applied sealant full depth of joint.
C
C
C
V Vertical Joint Sealer Typical
C
6"
C
C
C
See Note 3
C
4. Joint sealer shall be a single component hot applied
* * 1"x 8" Steel Dowel @ 2' Centers sealant 1 inch thick.
*
V if Needed - See Note 8
Base Material Cement Treated Base
5. The height of the barrier rail shall be measured
No. 4 Bars - See Note 7 from the top of the plantmix bituminous surface or
See Note 11 the top of concrete pavement.
CONCRETE SECTION ** Concrete Barrier Rail End
BITUMINOUS SECTION
Anchors Are Not Needed Here
6. See plan sheets for exact dimensions.
SECTION A-A
7. Reinforcing Steel: Use 4 - No. 4 bars continuous in
Type A and Type FA, concrete barrier rail.
a. Use 8 - No. 4 bars continuous thru the joint
into the gore transition.
9†" to 3'-9†" (Type A Rail) 1' to 3'

b. Use 4 - No. 4 bars continuous thru the end of
7•" to 3'-7•" (Type FA Rail)
the structure.
8. Bituminous Paving Requirements: The anchor pads

shall be constructed under the entire structure. At
the contractors option, anchor pad and barrier gore
transition may be placed monolithically, in which
J
case the dowels may be eliminated.
C
2'-8" (Type A Rail)
C
3'-6" (Type FA Rail) Concrete Paving Requirements: Dowels are required
J under the entire structure. The surface of the
P
A concrete shall be cleaned prior to placement of the
Base and Surface
P barrier gore transition. At the contractors option,
J
R-127
C
C
concrete pavement and barrier gore transition may

C
C be placed monolithically, in which the case dowels

C SECTION C-C
C
6"
C C
C
C may be eliminated.
C
*
* 9. For impact attenuator attachment details, see
V Base Material Cement manufacturer's drawings. Dimensions of this section
5' Max. 5' Max.
Treated may vary due to manufacturer's requirements. Approval
2' Min. 2' Min. Base at the discretion of the engineer.
10. Match barrier gore transition dimensions to barrier

See Note 11 CONCRETE SECTION
rail type. When both Type A rail and Type FA rail are
BITUMINOUS SECTION used, match gore transition dimensions to Type FA rail
and use a Type A rail to Type FA rail transition to
SECTION B-B
connect the Type A rail. (see special detail). If
portable precast concrete barrier rail is used, the
4 - No. 4 Bars rail must be drilled and pinned at the barrier gore
Shall Run Continuous
transition. See sheet R-8.7.1 for details.
To The End Of The
Structure.
Concrete Barrier Rail 11. Depth of anchor pad shall be checked and increased
Type A or FA as needed for foundation stability.
See Note 10
C B A
See Note 7b See Note 9

C 5'
C
**
C
Angle Varies
C
1' Construction Joint (Optional) 2'

C
E.O.P.
C
** STATE OF NEVADA
See Note 7a B A
C Length Varies - See Note 6 CONCRETE BARRIER
Bid Item - Concrete Barrier Rail Type A or Type FA (2 Lengths) GORE TRANSITION
PLAN R-8.6.2.2 (502) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
Begin NOTES:
Transition C 10' Transition
C

A B C
2. The height of the barrier rail shall be measured from the top of the
8‚ "
6" 9"
plantmix bituminous surface or the top of concrete pavement.

C
C
C
7• "
C
2'
2'
C
3. Roughen contact face of existing rail to ‚ inch relief prior to pouring new
C
C
rail transition.
8‚ "
9"
C
4. At the indicated reinforcing locations, drill ƒ inch holes in contact face

C
C
C
C
of existing rail to a minimum depth of 9 inches and inclined 5 degrees from
C the horizontal. Secure No. 4 reinforcing bars in the drilled holes with
F-Shape Type FA Barrier Rail an epoxy conforming to Section 728 of the standard specifications.
A B C
Existing Jersey Type A 5. Place straight and/or bent No. 4 reinforcing bars in rail transitions as
Barrier Rail PLAN indicated. Splices in reinforcing steel at transition ends are permitted
(minimum 9 inch lap length).
6. For details not shown, see sheets R-8.6.1 to R-8.6.2.
TYPE FA
7•"
C
C
C
-6"
1-No.4 Bar Continuous
3'
Begin
Transition
Top Of Existing C 10' Transition
See Note 3 C
Jersey Type A Top of F-Shape Type FA Barrier Rail
Barrier Rail C
6" 6"
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
6" 6"
C
C
C
6"
C
C
C
-6"
C
C
32"
C
C
3'
C
-8"
SECTION C-C
C
C
C
2'
10"
C
7"
C
C
C
R-128
C C
EXISTING on
C C
C
C
C
ti
3"
3"
C
JERSEY TYPE A ns
Splices At Transition End
Tra
No.4 Bars-18" Length
See Note 4 0'
1
C
Drilled and Epoxied
2-No.4 Bars Continuous
-8"
C
C
SECTION B-B
2'
ELEVATION
C
C
C
SECTION A-A
C
2'
7•"
C
C 6" C
C
C
C 3…"
C 6" C
C 2" Existing
C
6" 6"
C
No.4 Bars
C
C
6" 6"
C C
7" 4‡"
C
C Continuous
No. 4 Bars
C
6" 6"
C
C
C
F-Shape
C
and
Continuous 10"R
Type FA Barrier Rail
C
C
No. 4 Bars, C
C
C
-8"
18" Length
-6"
No.4 Bars
C
2'
Existing Jersey Continuous 10"R
3'
C
Type A Barrier Rail

10"
C
3" C C
3" C C
C
3" C C
C
C
7"
C
C
3"
2'
C
C STATE OF NEVADA
C
C
C 2'
C 3"
C 2'
C
Leave Surface Rough CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL
If Poured Separately
SECTION A-A JERSEY TYPE A
SECTION B-B SECTION C-C TO TYPE FA
EXISTING JERSEY TYPE A
TYPE FA R-8.6.3 (502) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
1/01 5/09
NOTES:
Begin
Transition C 10' Transition
C 1. Concrete shall be class A or AA.
A B C 2. The height of the barrier rail shall be measured from the

top of the plantmix bituminous surface or the top of concrete
7‚ "
pavement.
6" 9"
C
C
9• "
C
2'
3. Roughen contact face of existing rail to ‚ inch relief prior
2'
C
C
to pouring new rail transition.

C
7‚ "
C
9"
C
C
4. At the indicated reinforcing locations, drill ƒ inch holes in
C
C
contact face of existing rail to a minimum depth of 9 inches
C
C
and inclined 5 degrees from the horizontal. Secure No. 4
F-Shape Type A Barrier Rail reinforcing bars in the drilled holes with an epoxy
A B C conforming to Section 728 of the standard specifications.
Existing Jersey Type A
Barrier Rail
PLAN 5. Place straight and/or bent No. 4 reinforcing bars in rail transitions
as indicated. Splices in reinforcing steel at transition ends are
permitted (minimum 9 inch lap length).
6. For details not shown, see sheets R-8.6.1 to R-8.6.2.
NEW TYPE A
9†"
C
C
C
-8"
Begin
1-No.4 Bar Continuous
2'
Top Of Existing Transition
Jersey Type A See Note 3
Barrier Rail C 10' Transition
C
Top of F-Shape Type A Barrier Rail
C
C
C
6" 6"
6" 6"
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
6"
C
C
C
C
C
-8"
C
C
C
C
32"
C
C
2'
C
C SECTION C-C
10"
C
7"
C
R-129
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
3"
3"
C
C
EXISTING
tion
Splices At Transition End JERSEY TYPE A si
No.4 Bars-18" Length an
Drilled and Epoxied
See Note 4
'Tr
2-No.4 Bars Continuous 0
1
C
-8"
C
C
ELEVATION SECTION B-B
2' C
C
C
SECTION A-A
C
2'
6" 6" 9†"

C
C
C 2" C C C
2Š"
C C
Existing
F-Shape Type A Barrier Rail
C
C
C
C
C
No. 4 Bars
6"
6"
6"
C 7" Continuous C C
4‡"
No.4 Bars
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
No.4 Bars
6"
and
6"
6"
Continuous
10"R
No. 4 Bars, Continuous
-8"
-8"
C
C
C
18" Length C Existing Jersey
10"R
Type A Barrier Rail
2'
2'
C
C
10"
7"
3" C C 3" C C 3" C C
C
C
C
C
C
C
STATE OF NEVADA
3" 3"
2' 2' DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
C 2' C C
C C Leave Surface Rough C
If Poured Separately

SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C JERSY TYPE A
EXISTING JERSEY TYPE A F-SHAPE, TYPE A TO F-SHAPE TYPE A
ADOPTED REVISED
1/01 5/09
I
I
H
H
us
di G
lRa G
tca
i
F
er F
V
of
42"
-6"
p E
To
37„ "
E NOTES:
at
3'
l
ie
32‚ "
of D
Pr D
27… "
22• "
C 1. Use only when specific criteria is met. The criteria factors
C
are the clear zone, direction of traffic, offset distances, and
17† "
B speed zones. Approach and trailing end criteria are treated
12ƒ "
B separately.
7‡ "
C
6" 3"
A Approach End Criteria: Requires Chief Roadway Design Engineer

Pavement Pavement 3"
C
C
approval. May only be used for approach ends when outside
C
C
6"
clear zone or speeds are less than or equal to 40 mph.
Barrier End Anchor Barrier End Anchor
C
Trailing End Criteria: May be used for trailing end for all
* 6" C 6" * speeds when traffic is one-way traffic and beyond the opposing
C
direction clear zone, e.g. some on-ramps, off-ramps, and
C 2'
C divided highways.
C Approach/Trailing End Length - See Table A
C
2. Concrete shall be class A or AA. Transverse joints with 1 inch
premolded expansion joint filler or 1 inch open transverse joints
shall be placed at structures. Joints in barrier rail over
END OF BARRIER TRANSITION VERTICAL TAPER DETAIL
a structure shall be at the same location and of the same
dimension as those in the structure.
TYPE FA 3. 6 inch deep barrier end anchors shall be constructed in the first
and last 10 linear feet of the full height barrier rail run.
If transitions are used, the anchor shall be extended under
the transition section.
4. Vertical joints shall have a single component hot applied

sealant full depth of joint.
TABLE A
5. Joint sealer shall be a single component hot applied
R-130
20' Trailing End Length With 8 - 2'6" Equal Spaces sealant 1 inch thick.
80' Approach End Length With 8 - 10' Equal Spaces

6. The height of the barrier rail shall be measured from the top
of the open graded (plantmix bituminous surface), or the top
of the finish grade (P.C.C.P.).
7. Joint filler shall be placed in open joints in the barrier

as required to match joints in the approach slab detail.
8. Dowels and reinforcing steel to extend into end sections.

Adjust locations and terminate bars as necessary to maintain
2 inch minimum cover.
I 9. For details not shown, see sheet R-8.6.1.

I
C
us
di H
lRa H
tca
i G
er G
V
of F
p F
To
32"
E
-8"
at
28… "
l
ie
E LEGEND:
24ƒ "
of D
2'
Pr
21„ "
D
C
17• "
C * - 1" X 8" STEEL DOWEL @ 2' CENTERS

13‡ "
B (IF NEEDED SEE NOTE 3)

10‚ "
B
6† "
A
C
6" 3"
A
Pavement Pavement 3"
C
C
C
C
6"
Barrier End Anchor Barrier End Anchor

C
* 6" C 6" *
C
C 2'
C
C Approach/Trailing End Length-See Table A

C
STATE OF NEVADA
END OF BARRIER TRANSITION VERTICAL TAPER DETAIL

TYPE A VERTICAL TAPER
ADOPTED REVISED
11/86 2/03
(3) 11'-10" No. 4 C
2-No. 4 B-Bars
Bars Each Face
A 4"
in Base 2'-7"
B
2"
4"
-2"
-8"
-2"
1'
2'
1'
4"
8"
6"
4" ƒ" Dia. Loop Bar 2" Cl.

3" NOTES:
A 39" B
19ƒ" 35ƒ" 35ƒ" 19ƒ"
1. Reinforcing steel shall be grade 60. A minimum clearance of 2 inches
C from reinforcing steel exterior to concrete surface, see detail

section c-c.
2. For edge of bridges, back spacing from the back of the barrier
ELEVATION
rail to the edge of the bridge shall be 4 feet. For the edge of shoulders,
back spacing shall be 3 feet. If back spacing cannot be obtained,
anchor pin all sections adjacent to the bridge edge or shoulder,
(4) anchor pins per section.
D
Unit Length 12'-6" (Laying Length 12'-7") 3. Place reflectors as shown on sheet R-9.2.2.
No. 4 Stirrup Pairs 4. Top washer shall be forged as integral part of rod or shall be
welded as shown.
3•" 8•" 8•"

1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-6" 5. Rods that conform to critical dimensions, (rod length and
Min. 3•" Min.
diameter, washer diameter and thickness) are acceptable if an
Max. Max.
2" approved top configuration for lifting the rod is provided.
9" 1 ‚" Holes for 1" Rod 9"

R-131
7‰"
7. See ASTM D 1785.
2'
9†" 8. Drill 1 inch diameter holes, after placement of rail, for anchor pinning
through the pavement. Drilling operation is not to damage the
pavement.
1 ƒ" R, See Note 11 7‰"

9. The weight per barrier rail panel is approximately 3 tons.
10. Anchor pin first and last units of each run (long term stationary
D as defined by mutcd, part 6).
PLAN 11. Rectangular pockets may be used in lieu of conical pockets.
12. Each ƒ inch diameter loop bar to be hot-dip galvanize after fabrication.
13. When used as a permanent installation, all sections shall be anchor

pinned, except in medians wider than 10 feet.
+ „" -
2"-
3'-3"
11"
3" 3"
5"
TOP VIEW 9'-7"
1'-3" 1'-3"
-8"
-6"
"
1'
6
1'
45°
7"
9"
2'-9" No. 4 B-Bar
SHEET 1 OF 2
No. 4 Rebar SIDE VIEW STATE OF NEVADA
STIRRUP BARS
ƒ" Dia. (A36) CONCRETE BARRIER RAIL
LOOP BAR PORTABLE PRECAST
ADOPTED REVISED
8/98 5/09
Fill Recess With Non-Shrink
9†"
2Š" Grout After Placing Rod
ƒ" chamfer Reflector
1‚" R Barrier Rods Used to
or •" R See Note 3
Anchor Barrier Rail
4‡" to Pavement. Use 2

2
Rods Each End, Each No. 4 S-Bar Each End,
19 Recess to Be Unit. See Notes 2 and 8. Each Unit as Shown With
-8"
4" Width 180° Hooks

†" R ‚" Chamfer
2'
10"R No. 4 S-Bar

3" Barrier
7"
7‚ "
Rod Hole
Form Hole for Barrier Rod
With 1 ‚" Schedule 40 PVC
Pipe. Pipe To Be Left in
3"
No. 4 Bars
-7ƒ "
Place, See Note 7.
@ 2" Cl. 3•" -4" 9"
'
1
ƒ" Chamfer 2' "
1'-3" '
1-6Š
1'
4•"
End of Concrete Barrier
TYPICAL F SHAPE
ELEVATION VIEW @ ANCHOR PINS S-BAR DETAILS
SECTION D-D
2„"
9†" 9†"
2" 2" 2" Min. Cl.
7"
5"
8" 1 ‚"
4"
-2"
1" „"
-2"
•"
-8"
-2"
‹" Dia.
-2"
1• "
1'
2" 8" ‹" Dia.

1'
2" or 2‚" Dia.

2'
1"
1'
1'
Circular Washer „"

R-132
‰"
2" (…" Min. Thickness)
7• "
9" Min. Cl.
2"
4" 2"
-3"
5°
-3"
8"
*
‚" Dia. Hole AlongC ‚"
L of Rod
6"
2"
2'
2'
For ‰" x 2•" Cotter Pin
2' 2' 1" Dia. Rod (ASTM A449)

3" Notched Base Hot-Dip Galvanize After Fabrication
Bottom May Be Beveled to Facilitate Placement

1 •" Deep x 2" Tall Slots ELEVATION VIEW @ 3" DEEP
For Dimensions Not Shown, See Typical F-Shape NOTCHED BASE WELDED OPTION FORGED OPTION
*
Not Required if Barrier Rod is to Be Used to Anchor Barrier Rail to Pavement.
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C Also See SECTION D-D and SECTION E-E
BARRIER ROD DETAIL
Barrier Rod Shown

Partially in Place
1" Cl. At Rod
ƒ" Dia. Loop Bar
ƒ" Dia. Loop Bar 2"

E E Hot-Dip Galvanize
After Fabrication 2"
†" R
1‚" R
1" Dia. 1‚" R
†" R
Barrier
1.3° From Rod
Vertical >
End Face Washer
SHEET 2 OF 2
w/Cotter Pin STATE OF NEVADA
Shown for Rod and Loop Clarification DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

‚" Chamfer
For Details Not Shown, See SECTION A-A and SECTION B-B
SECTION E-E PORTABLE PRECAST
ROD AND LOOP CONNECTION (PLAN VIEW)
ADOPTED REVISED
8/98 5/09
A
NOTES:
Edge of Plywood or Strand boards
1. Straight holes 1 • inch diameter may be used
1'-9" 4'-6" 4'-6" 1'-9" in lieu of the tapered holes.
2. Resin capsule-type anchorage devices may be

4"
substituted for threaded rods.
1" x 6" x 12'-6" (Rough) 1" Dia. Steel Pipe

Screen Support 3. Place screen on work area side of temporary
2'
4" Screen (See Note 6) railing where traffic will only be on one side
~
of the temporary railing. The screen may be
Approved Reflector placed on either side of the pipe support where
traffic will be on both sides of the temporary
railing.
…" Min Thickness 1" x 6" Rough w/
Plywood or •" Thick 1 ‚" Long Screws
Oriented Strand board 4. Clinched 8d box nails may be substituted for
@12" Max. Centers
2'-8" screws. The nails shall be clinched on the work
(See Note 4)
Partial Rebar Shown Above For Screen to Barrier Connection area side of the screen where traffic will only
be on one side of the temporary railing.
1" x 2'-11 •" Steel Pipe
Schedule 40 (2 Per Panel)
5. ‚ inch u-bolts may be substituted for ‚ inch
diameter bolts.
•" Max.
For Details Not Shown, See Sheet R-8.7.1 2'
‚" Dia. Bolt Exposed 6. Openings in the screen area of 3 feet shall be
w/2" Washer and Self-locking Nut,
A Thread provided at 200 foot intervals.
4 Per Panel. (See Note 5)
ELEVATION
Approved Reflector
PORTABLE PRECAST BARRIER RAIL F-SHAPES
(See Standard Plan Work Area
Drawing R-9.2.2) See Note 3
5" 5"
1" 1"
Œ" Dia. Holes For 1" x 2' Steel Pipe

R-133
2" Threaded Rods

Schedule 40
> Post
„" SECTION A-A
4" x 10" x ‚"
Œ" Dia. Hole Plate Work area
„"
PLAN ELEVATION
1" R
2
19 Œ" Dia. Hole in Plate

10"
ANCHOR PLATE DETAIL (ALTERNATIVE A) 11" 9"
B ‚" Plate Bracket
1 •"
C Post = C Bracket ƒ" x 1'-2" Hex Head Bolt
L L
w/2 Plain and Beveled ANSI
1" x 2' Steel Pipe Schedule 40 Washers and Hex Nut
•" Max. 1" Dia. Hole in Temporary

Drill and Bond •" Dia. Threaded Rod ‚" Dia. Bolt „"
Exposed Thread Railing For ƒ" Bolt
w/Nut and Washer-2 Per Anchor Plate. w/2" Washer and
See Note 2 Self-locking Nut
Tapered Hole 1 †" Dia. At Top

Anchor Plate
to 1 …" Dia. at Bottom, See Note 1
SECTION B-B
Anchor
Bolt 6" 1•"
•" 1' 6"
9"
STATE OF NEVADA
B
ALTERNATIVE A ALTERNATIVE B ALTERNATIVE C TEMPORARY

TRAFFIC SCREEN "F"
SCREEN ANCHORAGE DETAILS R-8.8.1 (502) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
8/98 4/02
3"
4"
Min. NOTES:
3" Black
4"
2"
Min.
2"
Black
1. Guidepost reflector color shall conform to the color of adjacent striped edge line.
2"
3• "
3"
3"
3"x 3" White or Yellow 2. Guidepost Spacing:
10"
3"x8" White or Yellow Retroreflective Material
A. Tangent sections and curves with radii greater than 10,000 feet: spacing shall be 400 feet
1'
2"
Facing Traffic
2"
Retroreflective Material both sides of roadway.
Facing Traffic
11• "
8"
1'
3"
3"
8"
B. Curves with radii of 10,000 feet or less: spacing 20 foot minimum - 300 foot maximum.
I. Distance shall be measured along centerline of roadway and projected perpendicularly
across to inside and outside of curve.
II. Guidepost shall be placed at beginning and end of curve, with spacing transitioned
within the tangent as shown in table 1. "1st" indicates guidepost nearest curve,
"3rd" is furthest away.
III. Spacing within curve as shown in table 1.
RIGID POST FLEXIBLE POST
RIGID POST FLEXIBLE POST C. Acceleration/deceleration lanes and ramps: spacing 100 foot maximum for tangents and curves.
All Approaches Shall Be Delineated With White Type 2 Guideposts
at the Beginning and Ending Limits of the Approaches. Type 4 & 5
D. Truck escape ramps: spacing 50 feet.
Approaches Will Have an Additional Guidepost at Each Taper Setback.
ROADWAY - RAMPS
E. Guardrail and barrier rail sections: see sheet R-9.1.2.

TYPE 1 REFLECTORS
TYPE 2 REFLECTORS
F. Islands, curbs and shoulder dikes: spacing 20 foot minimum - 50 foot maximum.
APPROACHES, ACCELERATION/DECELERATION LANES
G. If normal spacing is interrupted by features such as driveways, approaches, etc.,
the guideposts may be moved a maximum of ‚ of normal spacing. Guideposts falling
within such features shall be eliminated.
‚ "
4" 3"
3. Guideposts installed on exit ramps shall have red reflective sheeting installed on the back of
Min.
3"x3" White or Yellow flexible guide posts and conform to Type XI as specified in ASTM D4956 and a red cat eye
3" 1"
Reflectorized Material reflectors installed on the back of rigid guide posts.
3"
TABLE 1 Facing Traffic
1‚ "
Š"
1"
Maximum Spacing For Guideposts On
1'
Horizontal Curves Less Than Or Equal To 10,000'
3"
1'
3"
Reflector Š"
1‚ "
All Distances Shown in Feet and Rounded To The Nearest 5' Black Type 1, 2, or 3
1"
SPACING IN ADVANCE OF 1…"
3"
RADIUS OF SPACING ON AND BEYOND CURVE
R-134
3"
"
CURVE (R) CURVE (S)
9• " 2† "
1ST 2ND 3RD
2“
‚ "
50 20 40 60 120
1'
150 30 60 90 180
es
200 35 70 105 210
es
Vari
RIGID POST FLEXIBLE POST
Vari
250 40 80 120 240
300 50 100 150 300
400 55 110 165 300 ISLANDS, CURBS, SHOULDER DIKES

2'+ 2"
500 65 130 195 300 A A
600 70 140 210 300
TYPE 3 REFLECTORS
3"
700 75 150 225 300 E.O.P.
"
800 80 160 240 300 3'
3ˆ"
1• "+ ˆ
900 85 170 255 300
E.O.P.
1,000 90 180 270 300
3ˆ"
1,200 100 200 300 300 3' 10 OR 11 GAGE THICKNESS
3'
er
1,400 110 220 300 300
n.
RIGID POST DETAILS
i
-6"Mi
ed By Suppl
1,600 120 240 300 300
n.
-6"
-6"Mi
1,800 125 250 300 300
3'
n.
5'
2,000 260 300 300 Œ"
-6"Mi
130 Œ"
-6"
-6"
5'
2,500 150 300 300 300

3'
3'
3,000 165 300 300 300 ‹"

5'
‹"
-6"Max.
-6"Max.
fi
As Speci
5,000 210 300 300 300
1ˆ"
-6"Max.
10,000 300 300 300 300

6'
6'
SPACING FOR SPECIFIC RADII NOT SHOWN MAY BE Curb & Gutter SECTION A-A
INTERPOLATED FROM TABLE 1 OR COMPUTED FROM THE As Specified
6'
FORMULA S= 3 R-50. S REFERS TO THE DELINEATOR

SPACING AND R REFERS TO THE RADIUS OF THE CURVE.
THE MINIMUM SPACING SHOULD BE 20 FEET. THE MAXIMUM
Burial Depth As Specified By STATE OF NEVADA
SPACING ON CURVES SHOULD NOT EXCEED 300 FEET.
Supplier and Approved By the DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
IN ADVANCE OF & BEYOND A CURVE, AND MEASURED
PROCEEDING AWAY FROM THE END POINT OF THE CURVE, Engineer
RIGID POST/REFLECTOR RIGID POST/REFLECTOR
THE SPACING OF THE FIRST DELINEATOR IS 2S. THE
THE SECOND IS 3S, AND THE THIRD 6S; BUT IN NO CASE WITHOUT CURB AND GUTTER WITH CURB AND GUTTER For Tubular Post, Wraparound
TO EXCEED 300 FEET. Reflectors Are Acceptable (See GUIDE POSTS
Types For Vertical Dimensions)
TYPICAL INSTALLATIONS
FLEXIBLE POST
ADOPTED REVISED
GUIDE POSTS 10/15
NOTES:
Reflector
C
1. All reflectors shall be selected and installed pursuant to
the project plans and specifications or at the direction of
the Engineer. The depicted reflectors are for mounting
location information only.
2. Spacing: See "Reflector Placement on Guardrail" notes and

table "A", of this sheet.
TRAFFIC
3. Reflectors shall be mounted at the angle specified by the
manufacturer or as directed by the engineer.
C
90° 4. Color: Shall comply with the guidelines established by the
C
currently adopted MUTCD edition.
See Note 3 C
C
5. Guideposts installed on exit ramps shall have red reflective
sheeting installed on the back of flexible guide posts and
conform to Type XI as specified in ASTM D4956 and a
C
red cat eye reflectors installed on the back of rigid guide posts.
A A
SECTION A-A PLAN REFLECTOR PLACEMENT SPACING ON GUARDRAIL/BARRIER RAIL:
Spacing shall be:
A. 50 foot on tangents and on curves of 300 foot radius or greater. If less

BARRIER RAIL REFLECTOR INSTALLATION than 300 foot radius see table A.
B. Reflectors shall be omitted on the flared sections of guardrail.
C. No direct payment for reflectors on barrier rail.

R-135
TABLE A
Radius Reflector
of Curve Spacing
C
< 50' 20'
3' 150' 30'

C
200' 35'
C
Reflector
250' 40'
C
For Details Not Shown
> 300' 50'
See Sheet R-9.1.1
C
Contract May Specify Either

-6"
Flexible or Rigid Post

3'
C
-8"
Paid As Guide Post

2'
C 6" Min.
Guardrail Posts
C
C
C
Face of Guardrail
TRAFFIC
STATE OF NEVADA
TYPICAL GUARDRAIL/GUIDE POST INSTALLATION GUARDRAIL/GUIDE POST LOCATION

REFLECTORS
GUARDRAIL/GUIDE POST,
BARRIER RAIL
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
PLACEMENT: NOTES:
1. Urban Roads: Adhesive backed vinyl mileposts should be directly applied to traffic signal
poles at intersecting routes that cross the highway that are functionally classified as 1. For sign foundation see sheet T-34.2.1.
minor and principal arterials. (Alternative: aluminum panels could be band-strapped to

traffic signal poles.) 2. Panel must be placed within 50 feet of milepost location detailed in plans. Coordinate
with the Engineer for installations at locations where 50 feet placement is not feasible.
2. Undivided Roads: Mount two milepost panels back to back on a square metal post. place
mileposts on the right side of the roadway in the direction of increasing milepost.
3. Divided and Multilane Roads with Barrier Separation: Aluminum mileposts should be mounted
double sided on square metal post and installed on the median barrier.
4. Divided and Multilane Roads without Barrier Separation: Aluminum mileposts should be
mounted on both sides of the roadway.
9
3.
5
4.
NORTH
6
6.
6
3
4
1
12
1
12.
IR
2
1
80
2
R-136
54
1
4
WA
6
WA
5
43.
MI
LE
48
6
5
1.
EOP
5
24
12'
5
4.
6
IR
24
8
16
7
80
0.
24" - 54"
WA
8
4.
9
4.
1
3
2.8 11.7
1.4 0.7 1.4
15
2.9 2.2 2.9 1.5 1.5
15
1.5 1.5 14.4
2.4 3.2 2.4 3.7 10.6 3.7 1.8 1.8
3.7 10.6 3.7
1.3 5.4 1.3 5 8 5
18
2.5 3 2.5 18 D10-4_18x54;
GNV48-2; Enhanced Milepost Panel;
3.6 3.1 1.3 1.5" Radius, 0.5" Border, White on Green;
1.5" Radius, 0.5" Border, Black on White;
[NORTH] B specified length;
8
[WA] D; [142] Black D;
1.0" Radius, 0.0" Border, Black on White; [MILE] C specified length;
48"
2 •" x 2 •"
[IR] D; [80] D; [24] C specified length;
Square Metal Post
[WA] D;
[142] Black D;
[00] Black D;
REFERENCE PANEL
MILEPOST
STATE OF NEVADA
MILEPOST/
TYPICAL MILEPOST INSTALLATION REFERENCE PANEL
MARKERS
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
2• "
„" Max.
„" Max. 1'
Yellow Reflectorized Type 3 Reflector Plate 3"x3" Amber (Yellow) 1 •"
Mounted Horizontally Reflectorized Material
See Sheet R-9.1.1 For Facing Traffic
Plate and Post Details
7"
1'
-4• "
1'
„" Max.
3'
Blue
1'
Reflective
-6"
Sheeting
-4• "
7'
-6"
1'
•" Holes
7"
1'
1'
1"
Top of Island or Curb
Elev. of
Pavement
6'
-6"
1'
1 •"
2• "
"
1'
6
-
-
1'
6
"
10 or 11 Gage
For Post Details
See Sheet R-9.1.1
-6"
2'
TYPE 2
When Used as "End Of Roadway" Marker, Red Reflectors

USE ON APPROACH END OF
2'
TYPE 2 MODIFIED
On a Red Background or Type III Reflective MEDIAN ISLANDS ONLY
Sheeting Shall be Used MEDIAN CROSSOVER
TYPE 1
MEDIAN OBSTRUCTIONS
Front: Alternating Black and Retroreflective Yellow Stripes

R-137
Sloping Downward At a 45°Angle In The Direction

of Traffic.
Š" x 2" Electroplated Bolt

and Flat Non-Metallic Washer
6"
NOTES:
„ " Max.
1. Markers may be erected to define withdrawn area of material sites,
and shall be set at all corners or irregular lines, and approximately
• mile apart on long tangents.
1• "
1' Back:
Solid White Electroplated Hex Nut
2. These markers are spaced so as to be clearly visible and erected
and Flat Non-Metallic Washer
so that the withdrawn area may easily be established.
2'
4"
-4• "
3. Markers shall be omitted where the withdrawn area is fenced.
PLAN
3
ƒ
1'
"
3'
4
"
-6"
-4• "
10 or 11 Gage 6' Metal Post NOTES:
HIGHWAY C
L
7'
Driven Approx. 3' Into Ground Obstruction
For Post Details
1'
1. Object markers shall be installed to delineate
See Sheet R-9.1.1
bridge ends, underpass abutments and all
Pit Boundary
other obstructions closely adjacent to the
1• "
edges of the roadway. Object markers may
Elev. of
Traffic Side be omitted when guardrail or barrier rail
Pavement
protects the obstruction.
Markers
10 or 11 Gage
PIT AREA For Post Details
-6"
See Sheet R-9.1.1

2'
-3"
3'
STATE OF NEVADA
Pit Boundary
METHOD OF PLACEMENT OBJECT MARKERS

MATERIAL SITE TYPE 3
BOUNDARY MARKERS BRIDGES, PIERS, ABUTMENTS
ADOPTED REVISED
8/69 9/06
Reflector
NOTES:
1. Center the 72 inch long by 4 inch wide markings with rail reflectors or guide post.
2. Markings shall be placed on outside of the radius from P.C. to the P.T.
3. Omit markings for a radius of curve greater than 1250 feet.
Top of Block
4. See standard plan R-9.1.2 for reflector spacing on guardrail / barrier rail.
5. Color shall comply with the guidelines established by the currently adopted
MUTCD.
To The Center of
The Top Rib
Reflector
See Not
e4
See
Not
e4
4" x 72" Marking

Reflector (Typical)
Marking (Typical)
R-138
GUARDRAIL
ISOMETRIC GUARDRAIL
See Not
e4
See
Reflector Not
e4
Top of Barrier
Reflector (Typical)
Reflector Marking (Typical)
6"
ISOMETRIC BARRIER RAIL
STATE OF NEVADA
4" x 72" Marking
FACE OF RAIL MARKINGS

BARRIER RAIL
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
NOTES:
2. Monuments may be poured square or round.
3. Monument stamping shall be done according to

Location Division's "Special Instructions for
Survey, Mapping, or GIS Consultants" manual.
Metal Cap
1 •" Min.
No. 4 Rebar Hoop
Place Collar ‚"
No. 4 Rebar Hoop 50" Length, 14" Dia
Below Finished
50" Length, 14" Dia 6" Min, Overlap
Surface
6" Min, Overlap
Place Collar ‚"
Below Finished
Surface
Finished Collar Finished

5†" 8ƒ" 5†" 8ƒ"
Roadway (Nominal) Roadway
Collar
(Nominal) 3" Surface Surface
‚" 3" ‚"
7•" 7•"
3"
3"
6"
10"
‚" Radius ‚" Radius
(All Around) (All Around)
3"
6" 6"
4"
(REF)
(REF)
27"
R-139
28"
1" Min.
Sand
Use Bondbreaker
18"
18"
Between Concrete
Surfaces
No. 5 Rebar
Length 18"
Marker Disk
20" Min. 20" Min.
SURVEY COVER AND RING ALTERNATE PLACEMENT

CAST IRON CAST IRON
STATE OF NEVADA
SURVEY MONUMENTS
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 7/96
1 ‚" x 18" Dowel Bar
+ ˆ" TOLERANCE
ALL MEASUREMENT See Transverse Contact
-
Joint Single Saw Cut
Epoxy Coated NOTES:
See Notes 11 and 12
1. All weakened plane joints shall be sawed diagonally as shown, except as indicated in the end anchor and structure
…"
C
C
‚" approach details. When only one lane is being constructed alongside existing lanes, joints shall be sawed either
D/2
C
1 ‚" Reservoir Cut diagonally or as directed by the engineer. Offset is 1 in 6 and skewed counterclockwise.
C C
C
C
C
D
Self Leveling 2. Spacing of weakened plane joints shall be successively 15 feet, 13 feet, 14 feet, 12 feet and repeat, except for
Silicone C …"
the first joint at pavement end anchors and at reinforced structure approaches.
D/4
C
Joint Sealant
C
C
C
Non-Absorptive
3. Transverse contact joints shall be constructed at least 6 feet from any transverse weakened plane joint.
Closed Cell
9"
C
Bond Breaker C
C
4. Longitudinal weakened plane joints shall be cut at all lane and shoulder lines except where lane plus adjacent shoulder
C
C width is less than or equal to 16 feet.
„" See Note 5
5. All transverse contact joints shall be sawed and joint sealer used per respective transverse contact joint detail
TRANSVERSE WEAKENED SECTION A-A this sheet.
PLANE JOINT TRANSVERSE CONTACT JOINT

6. All tie bars to be epoxy coated except in Clark Co. Tie bars to be placed in middle 1/3 of slab thickness.
DOUBLE SAW CUT WITH DOWEL BARS

7. Transverse contact joints with dowel bars shall be used at all construction joints and elsewhere if ordered by the
engineer.
8. Pavement end anchors shall be constructed as the terminal panels of all pavement not abutting existing concrete
pavements or structures, and elsewhere if ordered by the engineer.
+ ˆ" TOLERANCE
ALL MEASUREMENT No. 4 Rebar x 24" Tie Bar
-
Epoxy Coated 9. Initial „ inch weakened plane joint saw cut to be done within specified time limit. Reservoir cut shall be done at
…" See Note 6
C
C
‚" ‚" R a later time.
C
C
C
C
1‚ "
Self Leveling 10. Ratio of depth to width of joint sealant shall be 1:1
C
C
Silicone …"
C
Joint Sealant
C
11. Dowel bars shall be located within 1 inch of the planned transverse and depth location and within 2 inches of
D
C
Non-Absorptive the planned longitudinal location.
C
Closed Cell
C
Bond Breaker C
12. The dowel bars shall be parallel to the pavement surface and centerline within a tolerance of • inch in 18 inches.
Initial Lane C 12"

C 13. Dowel bars shall not be placed within 12 inches of longitudinal joints.
TRANSVERSE CONTACT JOINT
SINGLE SAW CUT 14. D = slab thickness.
SECTION B-B
DowelBars@Transverse
R-140
LONGITUDINAL CONTACT JOINT
C C
C
C
1'
nt
der,See Note 13
Transverse Weakened
Contact Joi
C Plane Joint
C
ng 12"
See Notes 1, 2 and 3
12'
+ ˆ" TOLERANCE
Lane
ALL MEASUREMENT
-
TRAFFIC
DowelBar Spaci
C
‚" C
C
‚" 1" Reservoir Cut No. 4 Rebar x 24" Tie Bar
See Longitudinal Weakened plane B
C
C
Joint Single or Double Cut
C C
Epoxy Coated, See Note 6
None On Shoul
C
C
C
C
s)
Self Leveling Silicone 1
D/3
cal
C ‚"
Lane
Joint Sealant
C
C
C
(see Typi
6
C
Non-Absorptive
A A
C
Longitudinal Contact or
es
Closed Cell
C Weakened Plane Joint
Vari
Bond Breaker C
C
D
„"
C C
LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED
C
C
1'
C
PLANE JOINT
DOUBLE SAW CUT
C 12"
C
PLAN
SECTION B-B 15'

Transverse Weakened Plane Joint C
C Asphalt Pavement
LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED
C
C
C
PLANE JOINT
2'
C
C
+ ˆ" TOLERANCE
ALL MEASUREMENT
C
- Concrete Pavement
C
‚" C 2'
‚" C
C
Normal To Centerline
C C
Longitudinal Contact or See Note 8

C
Self Leveling Silicone

D/3
C Weakened Plane Joint

Joint Sealant
‚" B STATE OF NEVADA
PAVEMENT
C
Non-Absorptive
C
Closed Cell
C
END ANCHOR DETAIL
C
Bond Breaker C
PLAIN JOINTED
Longitudinal Tie Bars at Uniform Spacing B
Not To Exceed 1'-6" CONCRETE
LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED See Note 6 PAVEMENT DETAILS
PLANE JOINT
PLAN R-10.1.1 (409) Signed Original On File
SINGLE SAW CUT
TIE BAR DETAIL ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 9/97
+ ˆ" TOLERANCE See Transverse Weakened
ALL MEASUREMENT
- Plane Joint Double Saw Cut d x 18" Dowel Bar Epoxy Coated See Transverse Contact NOTES:
See Notes 11, 12, and 13 Joint Single Saw Cut
…" C 1. All weakened plane joints shall be sawed perpendicular as shown, except
C ‚"
1 ‚" as indicated in the structure approach details. When only one lane
C
Reservoir Cut
C C
C
is being constructed alongside existing lanes, joints shall be sawed
C
C
C
C
D/2
D/2
d
Self-Leveling
C …"
C
C
C
Silicone
C
C
D/3
C
D
2. Spacing of weakened plane joints shall be 15 feet except at reinforced
Joint Sealant
C
C
C
structure approaches.
C
Non-Absorptive
3. Transverse weakened plane joints shall be at least 6 feet from any contact
C
C
Closed Cell
joint.
Bond Breaker
C
C C 9" C 9"
C C 4. Longitudinal weakened plane joints shall be cut at all lane and shoulder
„"
lines except where lane plus adjacent shoulder width is less than or
See Note 5 equal to 16 feet.
TRANSVERSE WEAKENED SECTION C-C
SECTION A-A
PLANE JOINT TRANSVERSE WEAKENED 5. All transverse contact joints shall be sawed and joint sealer used per
respective transverse contact joint detail this sheet.
TRANSVERSE CONTACT JOINT
DOUBLE SAW CUT PLANE JOINT
6. All tie bars to be epoxy coated except in Clark Co. Tie bars to be
placed in middle 1/3 of slab thickness. Tie bars shall not be placed
within 1' of dowel bars.
7. Transverse contact joints with dowel bars shall be used at all

+ ˆ" TOLERANCE
ALL MEASUREMENT
- construction joints and elsewhere if ordered by the engineer.
See Longitudinal Weakened Plane
(t x L) Tie Bar Epoxy Coated
Joint Single or Double Saw Cut
See Note 6 8. Pavement end anchors shall be constructed as the terminal panels of all
…" C
C
‚" pavement not abutting existing concrete pavements or structures, and
C C
‚" R elsewhere if ordered by the engineer.

C
Self-Leveling Silicone
C
C
C
1‚ "
C
Joint Sealant …" 9. Initial „ inch weakened plane joint saw cut to be done within specified time
C
limit. Reservoir cut shall be done at a later time.
C
C
C
D
Non-Absorptive
C
D
Closed Cell 10. Ratio of depth to width of joint sealant shall be 1:1
Bond Breaker
11. Dowel bars shall be located within 1 inch of the planned transverse and
C
C
C
depth location and within 2 inches of the planned longitudinal location.
TRANSVERSE
C
Initial Lane
CONTACT JOINT C C
C 12. Dowel bars shall be parallel to the pavement surface and centerline
L/2 L/2 within a tolerance of • inch in 18 inches.
SINGLE SAW CUT
SECTION B-B
R-141
SECTION B-B 13. Dowel bars shall not be placed within 1 foot of longitudinal joints.
LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED LONGITUDINAL CONTACT JOINT 14. D = slab thickness

PLANE JOINT
+ ˆ" TOLERANCE
ALL MEASUREMENT
-
‚"
C
cals
C
‚"
es
C 1" Reservoir Cut Median Edge of Pavement PAVEMENT

Shoulder LENGTH OF TIE
DOWEL BAR DIA. TIE BAR SIZE
C C
Vari
See
Typi
12"
Transverse Weakened Area THICKNESS

C
Self-Leveling Silicone D IN. d IN. MIN. REBAR t BAR L IN.

D/3
C Plane Joint @ 15'

Joint Sealant
C ‚" C
C
(See Notes 1, 2, And 3)

C
12"
C 10 and Less 1 ‚" No. 4 24
C
C
Non-Absorptive
C
11 Dowel Bars @ 12"
@ Transverse
nt
C
Closed Cell
Contact Joi
1 •"
C
More Than 10 No. 5 30

Bond Breaker C
ders
DowelBars
C „"
TRAFFIC
ng 1'
No DowelBars On Shoul
12'Lane
LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED C C Longitudinal Contact or

12"
Weakened Plane Joint
DowelBar Spaci
PLANE JOINT
C C
DOUBLE SAW CUT

C
Transverse Weakened Asphalt

C
12" C C
Plane Joint C 15'

C Pavement
12'or 14'Lane
s
cal
11 or 13 Dowel Bars @ 12"
C
A A
C
C
See Typi
2'
C
C
Longitudinal Contact or
C
12"
Weakened Plane Joint Concrete Pavement

C 2'
+ ˆ" TOLERANCE
ALL MEASUREMENT C Normal
B
C
-
12"
To Centerline
C
See Note 8
‚"
s
C
cal
C
8'or 10'
C ‚"
PAVEMENT END ANCHOR DETAIL
dr.
See Typi
C C
B
C
Shl
Self-Leveling Silicone 5 Tie Bars @ 30" Shoulder

D/3
Joint Sealant C ‚" Area

C
C Outside Edge STATE OF NEVADA

Non-Absorptive DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
C
of Pavement
Closed Cell
Bond Breaker
LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED DOWELED CONCRETE

PLAN
PLANE JOINT PAVEMENT DETAILS
(TWO LANES SHOWN, TYP. FOR ADDITIONAL LANES)
SINGLE SAW CUT TIE BAR AND DOWEL BAR APPLICATIONS

ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
15' 15' 15' 15' 15' Median Shoulder
See Note 1
Edge of Travel Lane
Transverse Weakened
Plane Joints (Typ.)
Outside Shoulder
See Note 1
See Note 3
Rumble Strip Shall Not Be Used In Urban Areas

For details not shown See Standard Plan Drawing R-10.1.2
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS LOCATION NOTES:

(DOWELED PAVEMENT ONLY)
1. Shoulder transverse joints shall be the same pattern as main roadway.
2. See typical section for width of shoulder and longitudinal weakened

plane joint location.
R-142
3. See sheet R-10.1.9 for concrete pavement rumble strip.
Median Shoulder
15' 13' 14' 12' 15'
See Note 1
Edge of Travel Lane

6
Transverse Weakened
Plane Joints (Typ.)
Outside Shoulder
STATE OF NEVADA
Rumble Strip Shall Not Be Used In Urban Areas
For details not shown See Standard Plan Drawing R-10.1.1
WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS LOCATION WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS

CONCRETE
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 1/01
NOTES:
Shoulder
Width 1. Rumble strips shall be used on all outside shoulders that
Edge of Oil are 4 foot wide or wider on both rural and rural divided highways.
Rumble strips shall be used on all the inside shoulders of
Travel
rural divided highways with shoulder width of 2 feet or more.
Lane
6"
1
2. Rumble strips shall not be placed in urban locations or on ramp
shoulders, bridges, or bridge approach slabs, unless specifically
Travel
designated in the plans.
Lane
Ed 3. Rumble strips may be continuous through all minor approaches,

ge
Shoulder
of but shall be omitted across principal intersecting roadways.
Width Tr
av
el
La 4. Rumble strips can be placed on existing rolled in rumble
ne
strips if present.
Shoulder Stripe
TWO WAY TRAFFIC LAYOUT 5. For ramps and structures, see sheet R-10.1.5.
h
dt
Wi
r
de
l 6. On concrete pavements, due to transverse joints, rumble strips
ou
Sh will require a special detail.
7. Striping shall be placed over edgeline rumble strip.

ne
La
el
av
Tr
C
L
LEGEND:
RUMBLE STRIP DETAIL
Travel Lane(s) Shoulder 4' Min. - PLANTMIX BITUMINOUS SURFACE
16"
Shoulder Stripe
Rumble Strip
7"
5"
R=1' Max.
•" Min. to †" Max.

R-143
SHOULDER SECTION
RUMBLE STRIP CORRUGATIONS

SECTION A-A
R
20' R 20'
A A A A
No Rumble Strips
Principle Approach
No Rumble Strips 20'

Principle Approach
20' R 20'
R 20'
R
No Rumble Strips
Deceleration Lane and Principle Approach
STATE OF NEVADA
RUMBLE STRIPS - RURAL

TYPICAL RUMBLE STRIP PLACEMENT PLANTMIX BITUMINOUS
SURFACE
ADOPTED REVISED
1/01 10/15
NOTES:
1. Rumble strips shall be used on all outside shoulders that are

4 foot wide or wider on both rural and rural divided highways. Rumble
strips shall be used on all the inside shoulders of rural divided
highways with shoulder width of 2 feet or more.
Begin Ramp 2. Rumble strips shall not be placed in urban locations, nor on ramp
3. Rumble strips may be continuous through all minor approaches,

but shall be omitted across principal intersecting roadways.
No Rumble Strips
4. Rumble strips can be placed on existing rolled in rumble strips
if present.
5. For rural non-freeway highways, see standard plan sheet R-10.1.4.
6. On concrete pavements, due to transverse joints, rumble strips

will require a special detail.
LEGEND:
- PLANTMIX BITUMINOUS SURFACE
No Rumble Strips
A A Shoulder
Width
Traveled
R-144
End of Ramp Way
Traveled
TYPICAL RUMBLE STRIP PLACEMENT Way
ENTRANCE AND EXIT RAMPS

Shoulder
Width
DIVIDED HIGHWAY LAYOUT
5" 7"
•" Min. to †" Max.
R=1' Max.
Back Face of
Structure
40" 40"
Shoulder A A Skewed Normal A A
Width Approach Approach
Traveled
Way
* Approach * Approach
Slab Slab RUMBLE STRIP CORRUGATIONS
Traveled SECTION A-A
Way
Shoulder
Width
STATE OF NEVADA
40" 40"
RUMBLE STRIPS
*
If No Approach Slab Then 40" From Back Face of Structure

RAMPS/STRUCTURES
DIVIDED HIGHWAY LAYOUT AT BRIDGE STRUCTURE
ADOPTED REVISED
1/01 10/15
E.O.P. NOTES:
Solid White Line 1. Centerline rumble strips shall not be placed in urban
locations, nor on bridges, railroad R/W, or bridge approach
slabs unless specifically noted in the plans.
2. Centerline rumble strips shall be placed in passing and

non passing zones.
Double Solid Yellow Line, 3. Centerline rumble strips shall be continuous through all
2"
1 Broken Yellow Line, or minor approaches, but shall be omitted across principal
Solid Yellow Line with arterial intersecting roadways and major driveways where
Broken Yellow Line the centerline stripe has been omitted.
4. Centerline rumble strips may be ommited within 1000 feet of

residences.
12" 7"
5. Striping shall be placed over the centerline rumble strips.
y R=1' Max.
Wa
el
av •" Min. to †" Max.
Tr
LEGEND:
PLANTMIX BITUMINOUS SURFACE

SECTION A-A
RUMBLE STRIP DETAIL
Back Face of
40" Structure Normal 40"
Skewed
Approach Approach
R-145
Shoulder
Width
C
L
Travel A A A A
Way
* Approach * Approach
Slab Slab
Travel Lane(s) Travel Lane(s)
Travel
Way Centerline
Centerline
Rumble Strip
Stripe 12"
Shoulder
Width
40"
* If No Approach Slab Then 40" From Back Face of Structure

CENTERLINE SECTION
LAYOUT AT BRIDGE STRUCTURE
Double Solid Yellow Line, Solid White Line

Solid Yellow with Sloid White Line
Broken Yellow Line, or
Broken Yellow Line
Solid Yellow Line with
Broken Yellow Line
Shoulder
Shoulder
Width
Width
Travel
A A Travel
Lane
Lane A A
SHEET 1 OF 2
2-Way Left STATE OF NEVADA
Turn Lane DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Travel
Travel Lane
Lane A A
RUMBLE STRIP
Shoulder
Shoulder
Width
Width CENTERLINE

WITH TWO WAY LEFT TRUN WITHOUT TWO WAY LEFT TURN ADOPTED REVISED
5/09 .
A A
No Rumble Strips
A A
20' 20'
R R
A A A A
PRINCIPAL APPROACH WITH STORAGE LANE
No Rumble Strips
20' 20'
R R
R-146
PRINCIPAL APPROACH WITHOUT STORAGE LANE

RR
R/
W
50'
Shoulder
Width
Travel A A A A
Way
Travel
NO RUMBLE STRIPS
Way
Shoulder
Width
SHEET 2 OF 2
RR
50' STATE OF NEVADA

R/
W
RUMBLE STRIP
CENTERLINE
PRINCIPAL APPROACH WITH RAILROAD TRACKS

ADOPTED REVISED
5/09 .
60' Repeating Cycle 60' Repeating Cycle
48' 12' Gap 48' 12' Gap

R
20' R 20'
A A A A
No Rumble Strips
Principle Approach
No Rumble Strips
20'
Principle Approach
20' 20' R 20'

R R
No Rumble Strips
TYPICAL RUMBLE STRIP PLACEMENT NOTES:
60' Repeating Cycle 1. Rumble strips shall be used on all outside shoulders that
are 4 feet or wider on both rural and rural divided highways.
48' 12' Gap rural divided highways with shoulder width of 2 feet or more.
2. Rumble strips shall not be placed in urban locations, nor on ramp

Shoulder designated in the plans.
Width
but shall be omitted across principle intersecting roadways.
Travel
R-147
Lane
4. Rumble strips can be placed on existing rolled in rumble
strips if present.
Travel 5. For ramps and structures, see sheet R-10.1.5

Lane
Shoulder
Width
48' 12' Gap

LEGEND:
60' Repeating Cycle

TWO WAY TRAFFIC LAYOUT Edge of Oil

6" 6"
R=1' Max.
3/8"
5"
>
Shoulder Stripe
Ed
ge
Travel Lane(s) Shoulder 3'-6" Min. of
Tr SECTION A-A
av
el
5" La
Shoulder ne h
dt
i
Stripe Rumble W
r
Strip de
l
ou STATE OF NEVADA
Sh DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
ne
La RUMBLE STRIP
el
av
Tr BICYCLE
SHOULDER SECTION RUMBLE STRIP DETAIL
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
60' Repeating Cycle 60' Repeating Cycle
48' 12' Gap 48' 12' Gap

R
20' R 20'
A A A A
No Rumble Strips
Principle Approach
No Rumble Strips
20'
Principle Approach
20' 20' R 20'

R R
No Rumble Strips
TYPICAL RUMBLE STRIP PLACEMENT NOTES:
1. Rumble strips shall be used on all outside shoulders that

60' Repeating Cycle
are 4 feet or wider on both rural and rural divided highways.
rural divided highways with shoulder width of 2 feet or more.
48' 12' Gap
2. Rumble strips shall not be placed in urban locations, nor on ramp

Shoulder
Width
but shall be omitted across principle intersecting roadways.
Travel
R-148
Lane 4. Rumble strips can be placed on existing rolled in rumble

strips if present.
5. For ramps and structures, see sheet R-10.1.5

Travel
Lane
Shoulder
Width
48' 12' Gap

LEGEND:
60' Repeating Cycle

TWO WAY TRAFFIC LAYOUT Edge of Oil

R=1' Max.
6" 7"
*
2"
1
>
Shoulder Stripe * - Milling Depths Must Vary Each Rumble from •" to †"
Ed
Travel Lane(s) Shoulder 3'-6" Min.
ge RUMBLE STRIP CORRUGATIONS
of
Tr
av SECTION A-A
el
12" La
Shoulder ne h
dt
i
Stripe Rumble W
r
Strip de
l
ou STATE OF NEVADA
Sh DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
ne
La RUMBLE STRIP
el
av
Tr QUIET
SHOULDER SECTION RUMBLE STRIP DETAIL
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
6"
NOTES:
(Typ)
8• "
1. All rumble strip corrugation shall be 6 inch minimum
from any concrete joint.
Transverse Joint
2. For details not shown, see sheet R-10.1.4 and R-10.1.5.
(Typ)
5"
der
der
Edge of Pavem ent

Edge of Pavem ent
on of Travel
on of Travel
nalShoul
an)
nalShoul
de)
nt (Medi
15'(Typ)
nt (Outsi
(Typ)
7"
tudi
tudi
Joi
Longi
Joi
recti
recti
Longi
Di
Di
(Typ)
8• "
(Typ)
8• "
Transverse Joint
R-149
6"
1
1
2"
Sh
6" ou
l
de
r
Lo
ng
itu
di
na
l
S
ho
ul
de
Tr r
av Jo
el int
W
ay
Shoulder Stripe
STATE OF NEVADA
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
ISOMETRIC VIEW RUMBLE STRIP
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
NOTES:
C
1. Spacing between rumble strips may be
C changed as directed by the Engineer.
C 200' C 100'
Transverse Rumble Strips Warning Sign
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
Speed **
45 mph 300'
50 mph 350'
55 mph 400'
60 mph 450'
65 mph 500'
Stop Bar
70 mph 550'
75 mph 650'
C
C
C
C C
C 300' C 200' C 100' C 100' C Varies
Transverse Rumble Strips
W3-1 Stop Ahead
C
**
R1-1 Stop
W1-7 Sign Used at

T-Intersections
R-150
HIGH SPEED STOP SIGN APPROACH
C
L of Double Yellow Striping
C
White Edge Stripe
4"
C
C
C
C
12"
Cut Groove
C
Roadway Surface
C 12"
4" C C
C
C
C
CA
C
…"
CA
SECTION A-A
STATE OF NEVADA
CUT GROOVE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
TRANSVERSE RUMBLE STRIP
TRANSVERSE
RUMBLE STRIP
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
NOTES:
1. For further information on mailboxes see AASHTO "A Guide for

Erecting Mailboxes on Highways, 1994 Edition".
2. Mailboxes within the clear zone shall be the types shown in

sheets R-12.1.2 and R-12.1.3 or an approved equal.
TRAFFIC
Edge of Traveled Way 3. ADT = average daily traffic, vpd = vehicles per day.
4. For mailbox spacing and variable length see sheets R-12.1.2

Edge of Pavement and R-12.1.3.
W
5. Milled material may be used in lieu of aggregate base.

Edge of Paved
or All-Weather
6. Install mailboxes on flat surface without undulations.
Turnout
X
6'
4:1 Min. Taper for LS 14' Min. Min. 2.5:1 Min. Taper for LS
20:1 Min. Taper for HS Varies 12:1 Min. Taper for HS

See
Note 4
LS = Roads Carrying LOW speed Traffic and for Local and Collector Roads
HS = Roads Carrying HIGH Speed Traffic
Through D (feet)
ad
W = For Suggested Widths See TABLE 1 D (feet) 4
Road 1
Ro
X = For Mailbox Face Offset See TABLE 1 (0" TO 12") Speed Preferred Minimum
nv v nv v
cm 4000 cm 4000
s
M.P.H.
os
40 70 200 150 90
Cr
MAILBOX TURNOUT
55 70 300
Through Road Through Road

R-151
D D
1 2
SUGGESTED GUIDELINES FOR D

TABLE 1 3 Stop Sign
LATERAL PLACEMENT OF MAILBOXES
D
4
WIDTH (W) OF ALL- DISTANCE (X) ROADSIDE FACE OF D (feet)
3
HIGHWAY TYPE AND WEATHER SURFACE OF DEPTH
MAILBOX IS TO BE OFFSET Preferred Minimum Through
TRAFFIC CONDITIONS TURNOUT OR AVAILABLE BASE D (feet)
ad
BEHIND EDGE OF TURN OUT OR Road 2
SHOULDER AT MAILBOX AGGREGATE v
Ro
USABLE SHOULDER Speed v v
90 60 c 50 50 c c
M.P.H. 400 400
1.5n-.5 1.5n-.5 1.5n-.5
s
PREFERRED MINIMUM PREFERRED MINIMUM
RURAL HIGHWAY
os
(FEET) (INCH) (INCH) 40 70 100 100
(FEET) (INCH)
Cr
55 150 150 200
ADT= OVER 10000 vpd 12 12 8 TO 12 0 4
v AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC ON
c
Mailbox
CROSS ROAD, VEHICLES PER DAY
ADT= (Typ.)
12 10 8 TO 12 0 4
1,500 TO 10,000 vpd v
m AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC ON THROUGH
ROAD, VEHICLES PER DAY
ADT= 100 TO 1500 vpd 10 8 8 TO 12 0 4 n NUMBER OF MAILBOXES AT MAIL STOP
RURAL ROAD
ADT= UNDER 100 vpd
MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES TO NEAREST
- OR -
8 6 ** 8 TO 12 8* 4
RESIDENT STREET MAILBOX IN MAIL STOPS AT INTERSECTIONS
WITHOUT CURB OR
ALL WEATHER SHOULDER
8 TO 12 6 0
RESIDENTIAL STREET
CURBED N/A N/A BEHIND TRAFFIC BEHIND TRAFFIC
STATE OF NEVADA
FACE OF CURB FACE OF CURB DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
* IF TURNOUT IS PROVIDED, THIS MAY BE REDUCED TO ZERO.

** RESIDENTIAL STREET WITHOUT CURB MAY BE REDUCED TO ZERO.
MAILBOX TURNOUTS
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 4/04
7†" Bend Line NOTES:
ƒ "
2ƒ" 2ƒ" 1"
1. H = 3'-6" min., 4' max.
2‚ "
2. See structure list for mailbox types.
1• "
Shelf
7• "
H
…" x 3"
3ƒ "
3. Refer to sheet R-12.1.1 Table 1 for
Bracket Long Hex Bolt,
Nominal 2" 36"+ 3" To suggested guidelines for lateral
2-Washers, Ground Line -
Standard Pipe Top of Reflector placement of mailboxes.
3" x 8" 1-Lockwasher, ‹"
1-Nut Facing Traffic 4-Holes
White Reflective
4. Install mailboxes on flat surface
Sheeting
Anti-Twist Device 24" without undulations.
Welded to Pipe (All Posts) ˆ" 2"
Supports
Bend
Nominal 2…" 90
Muffler Clamp
BRACKET Nominal 2…" Dia.
ƒ H (Min.) ƒ H (Min.) Muffler Clamp
(Pipe Posts Only)
SPACING FOR MULTIPLE U-BOLT CLAMP

9"
POST INSTALLATION
"
…" xƒ"
4•"
ˆ
Long Hex Bolt, •" R
2-Washers, ‹Dia.
1-Lockwasher, 7" 15" ˆ"
3"
8-Holes
1• "
1-Nut „" 7•"
3•" 1"
6"
2ƒ "
Platform
No. 8 xƒ" Long
2‚ "
1‰ "
1• "
Slotted Rd Hd. Bolt
4• "
Bracket
4"
(Stove Bolt) 2- Washers
ˆ"
8"
1-Lockwasher, 1-Nut
4" x 4"
or 4"
"
…" x 4•" 1‰"
Wood Post 1•" ‹"x 1•"
• "
Long Hex Bolt,
1‰
1•" ‹" Dia. 2ƒ" 2ƒ" 8-Slots
2-Washers, 4-Holes
Type 1 Reflector 1-Lockwasher, ‚" x•"
See Sht. R-9.1.1 1-Nut ANTI-TWIST PLATE 6-Slots
1‰" ‹" x 1•"

8-Slots
‡ "
• "
3" 2‚"1•"
4" 4"
SINGLE AND DOUBLE MAILBOX ASSEMBLIES
TYPE A - WOODEN POST or PIPE POST SHELF PLATFORM
R-152
"
ˆ
…" x 1ƒ" Long Hex ’" Thick Galv. Steel
Platform
Bolt, 2-Washers
…" x 1…"
1-Lockwasher, 1-Nut No. 8 xƒ" Long Slotted Rd. Hd 4-Slots
Bolt (Stove Bolt) 2-Washers, 2ˆ"2ˆ" ’" x 1ˆ"
1-Lockwasher, 1-Nut 10-Slots
1‡" 1‡"
2" DIA.
4"
1" x 3" …"
2"
4-Slots
1ƒ "1ƒ "1ƒ " 1ƒ "

…" x 2‚" Long Bracket
Hex Bolt, 2 Washers,
2‚" 2‚"
2• "
2‚ " 2‚ "
1 Lockwasher, 1 Nut 4" 4"
Adapter Plate
7•"
9"
2• "
18"
4• "
2 lb./ft. Steel ADAPTER PLATE
1"
Type 1 Reflector Flanged Channel For Double Installations
See Sht. R-9.1.1 3"
6"
H
1‰"
Length …" x 1‚"
…" x ƒ" Long Hex Ground Line to 4-Slots
Fit
2"
Bolt, 2-Washers
1-Lockwasher, 1-Nut
PLATFORM
1"
24"
¢" Thick Galv. Steel
3"
Platform Nominal •"
1•" 2" Std. Wt. Pipe
ƒ H (Min.) ƒ H (Min.)
SPACER STATE OF NEVADA
3"
…" Dia. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

1"
3-Holes
…" x 2‚" Long Bracket
No. 8 x ƒ" Long Slotted Rd. Hd
Hex Bolt, 2 Washers,
Bolt (Stove Bolt) 2-Washers,
1 Lockwasher, 1 Nut
• "
1-Lockwasher, 1-Nut
2 lb./ft. Flanged Channel
MAILBOX SUPPORTS
SINGLE AND DOUBLE MAILBOX ASSEMBLIES POST MOUNTING ANGLE

For Mounting Mailboxes To Post
TYPE B - METAL POSTS 2 Required Per Post
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 4/04
SINGLE MAILBOX MOUNT DOUBLE MAILBOX MOUNT MULTIPLE MAILBOX MOUNT BRACKET MOUNT ALTERNATIVE
n.,48" Max.
n.,48" Max.
n.,48" Max.
NOTES:
1. For further information on mailboxes see AASHTO

"A Guide for Erecting Mail Boxes on Highways", 1994 Edition.
H = 42" Mi
H = 42" Mi
H = 42" Mi
2. Installation of Type C mailbox assemblies shall be in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3. The direction of the mailbox opening in relation to the

travel lanes shall be set by the U.S. Postal Service.
4. White reflectorized sheeting (3" x 8") shall be placed

facing traffic 36 inches +/- 3 inches from ground on all mailbox
support structures.
R-153
5. Lightweight newspaper boxes may be mounted below the

mailbox on the mailbox support.
6. Heavy gauge steel mailboxes ( 11 lb) are not allowed on

high-speed highways.
7. Install mailboxes on flat surface without undulations.

SINGLE SUPPORT SYSTEM DOUBLE SUPPORT SYSTEM MULTIPLE SUPPORT SYSTEM
0"Min.-12"Max.
Insert Wedge
Behind Support
e 1 Sheet R-12.1.1
Edge of Pavem ent
n.,48" Max.
TRAFFIC
3" x 8" White

Reflective Sheeting.
See Tabl
See Note 4
H = 42" Mi
36" + 3"
Wedge
-
NOTE:
Type A, B or C
OPPOSITE ORIENTATION WITH WEDGE ON TRAFFIC APPROACH
Mailbox Assemblies
SIDE OF POST IS ALLOWABLE BUT NOT PREFERRED
Roadway Surface
SUPPORT FRAME AND FOUNDATION ARE PROPRIETARY STATE OF NEVADA
PRODUCTS COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
SINGLE AND MULTIPLE MAILBOX ASSEMBLIES ALTERNATE PLACEMENT MAILBOX SUPPORTS

TYPE C SEE NOTE 3
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 6/04
NEW EXISTING DESCRIPTION NEW EXISTING DESCRIPTION NEW EXISTING DESCRIPTION LABELS DESCRIPTION
PULL BOX No. 3•, CONDUIT RUN LABEL

TRAFFIC CABINET CONTROLLER MICROWAVE DISH
No. 3• MOD, No. 5, No. 5 MOD 25 = CONDUIT RUN SHEET NO.
2505
05 = CONDUIT RUN NO.
PULL BOX LABEL

PULL BOX No. 7, No. 7 MOD, TRAFFIC SIGNAL HEAD WITH ROAD WEATHER INFORMATION
(25a) 25 = PULL BOX SHEET NO.
ITS PULL BOX REFLECTIVE BACKPLATE SYSTEM (RWIS)
a = PULL BOX DESIGNATION
TRAFFIC SIGNAL HEAD, WITH 12" HIGH MAST POLE LABEL

25
PULL BOX No. 9, No. 9 MOD, GREEN, YELLOW AND RED ARROW 25 = HIGH MAST SHEET NO.
RWIS SENSOR/PUCK 05
ITS VAULT SECTIONS, WITH REFLECTIVE 05 = HIGH MAST POLE NO.
BACKPLATE
STREET LIGHTING POLE LABEL

25
POWER SERVICE (120-240 V.A.C. 25 = TYPE 7/14 SHEET NO.
05
J J JUNCTION BOX RED LIGHT DETECTOR 05 = STREET LIGHTING POLE NO.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
25 UNDERPASS LIGHTING LABEL

25 = UNDERPASS LUMINAIRE SHEET NO.
05
VIDEO DETECTION CAMERA SIGNAL HEAD PEDESTRIAN POWER SOURCE 05 = UNDERPASS LUMINAIRE NO.
SIGN LIGHTING LABEL

25
25 = SIGN LUMINAIRE SHEET NO.
05
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION 05 = SIGN LUMINAIRE NO.
F F (CCTV) CAMERA (FIXED)
INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN POWER POLE (WOOD)
POLE LABEL
25
25 = POLE SHEET NO.
A
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION EVD EVD A = POLE DESIGNATION
PTZ
PTZ
(CCTV) CAMERA (PAN-TILT-ZOOM EMERGENCY VEHICLE DETECTION TRANSFORMER

(PTZ))
# DMS STRUCTURE NUMBER
VEHICLE LOOP (ROUND)

4E 4E 4 = PHASE # SIGNAL, LIGHT, OR ITS POLE LOAD CENTER
E = CHANNEL
T-1
R1 REMOVE
4E 4E VEHICLE LOOP (SQUARE) LIGHT POLE, TYPE 7 NEW EXISTING CONDUIT
RR1 REMOVE AND RESET
MICROWAVE RADAR DETECTION LIGHT POLE, TYPE 14

PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON
08PPB
PHASING LABEL
SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION
HIGH MAST LIGHT POLE (NO. OF
LUMINAIRES INDICATED ON PLANS.
VIDEO/MRD DETECTION ZONE
ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF
THROUGH.)
PORTABLE TRAFFIC SIGNAL
(TRAILER MOUNT)
PS
Y Y
FLASHING SIGNAL FLASHERS
UNDERPASS LUMINAIRE
("Y" INDICATES YELLOW LENS)
TRAFFIC SIGNAL SIGN
NOTE: (EXISTING) IDENTFIED ON PLANS BY ALTERNATE COLOR
R R CONDUIT DIRECTIONAL DRILLED

D D
FLASHING SIGNAL FLASHERS (ARROWS INDICATE LIMITS)
OVERHEAD SIGN LIGHT
("R" INDICATES RED LENS)
TRANSFORMER PAD
Y Y Y Y
RAPID RECTANGULAR FLASHING
DMS (DYNAMIC MESSAGE SIGN)
BEACON (RRFB) (YELLOW)
R R R R
RAPID RECTANGULAR FLASHING HIGHWAY ADVISORY RADIO (HAR)
BEACON (RRFB) (RED)
STATE OF NEVADA
ANTENNA
ITS CABINET CONTROLLER
SIGNAL, LIGHTING,
AND ITS SYMBOLS
T-30.1.1 (623) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF TRAFFIC OPS ENGR.
10/15 .
Service Pedestal Enclosure, 12 gage Sheet Metal Body and Pedestal
Equipment Mounting Panel, 14 gage Front Cover(s) and C
L
No. 4 AWG Bare Copper
16 gage Min. For All Other Panels. All Sheet Metal Shall
Multi-Stranded Conductor
Be Finished With Zinc Chromate Primer and Green Baked SERVICE PEDESTAL
Enamel or Powder Coat Finish. Metering Section Per Service Pedestal
P.U.E.S.E.R. Standards.
NOTES: FOUNDATION
Utility Meter Section, 100, 125 Or 200 Amp As Indicated, 1. Supply circuit breaker and Anchor Base, Bolt Spacing Per
On Plans, 120/240 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire. the Section Shall Manufacturer's Recommendations
contactors as indicated on plans.
Have a Hinged Cover with Padlock Tab. 2" Taper
Circuit Breaker Distribution Section, 125 or 200 Amp As 2. Supply photoelectric (PE) cell as
Needed, 120/240 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire. the Section Shall indicated on plans. Finished Grade
be Complete With Separate Dead Front, Copper Bussing,
Space for a Minimum of Ten Full Size (1") GE Type Plug-In
n.- 36" Max.

Bronze Anchor Bolt Grounding
3. Label all circuit breakers and
Circuit Breakers (Excluding Main Breaker), Copper. Curb Connectors, UL Listed for
contactors.
Underground Use (1 Per Bolt)
Neutral/Grounding Bus and Main Breaker as Specified by See Note 1
the Engineer. The Section Shall be Factory Wired to the
n.
Anchor Bolt …" x 18" x 2"
30" Mi
Meter Section with the Appropriate Size Copper Conductors.
Equipment Mounting Panel, 10" h x 12" w Min., Open or Hot-Dip Galvanized with
2 Corrosion Resistant Nuts
24" Mi
Enclosed, for Lighting Contactors as Needed.
and 2 Flat Washers Per Bolt
Distribution and Equipment Section Door with Hinge and Padlock Tab. 2" PVC Service Entrance Conduit
No. 4 AWG Single-Strand Bare Copper

Grounding Conductor
Base and Enclosure

Width 16" Concrete Foundation
No. 15 Felt (2 Layers)

Utility Meter Section 3" Min.
3" Dia. PVC Conduit 24" Square

See Note 6
Circuit Breaker Base Depth Enclosure Depth
Distribution Section 16" 17"
Equipment Mounting Panel
NOTES:
Utility Service Entrance 1. Bare copper grounding conductor shall be looped around anchor bolts one time and connected
Conductor Pull Space
to each anchor bolt before continuing down to the grounding plate.
Per Serving Utility
Requirements. TYPICAL MOUNTING
2. Cabinet covers shall be parallel with curb.
Pull Space Access Door BASE DETAIL
T-2
With Handle, Per 3. In areas where R/W permits, the concrete base shall be placed at the back edge of the sidewalk.
Serving Utility Dimensions May Vary Depending
On Manufacturer 4. Cabinet covers shall open towards the street when cabinets are located at back of walk.
Cabinet covers shall open parallel to the sidewalk facing the direction of traffic when located within the
Separate Pedestal Enclosure sidewalk.
Mounting Base (Optional)
SINGLE METER
5. Ground plate shall be made of nonferrous materials (typically brass or copper).
SERVICE PEDESTAL
6. Grounding Plate - grounding resistance shall not exceed NEC. Add additional grounding as needed.
Supply final grounding test results to Engineer.
Back of Sidewalk Back of Curb

Back of Curb Back of Sidewalk
Back of Curb & C
L Pedestal
Pedestal Right-of-Way
ght-of-W ay
C
L Pedestal
ght-of-W ay
* CL
Front
*
Gutter
* Pedestrian Front
Curb
Front
Access Route C
L Pedestal
Gutter
Gutter
C
L Pedestal
Curb
C
L Pedestal
Ri
Curb
2' Max.
Ri
Concrete Cap
Concrete Cap
Concrete Cap
OPEN AREA
BEHIND SIDEWALK
BACK PORTION OF SIDEWALK
(FOR WIDTHS 5 FT. OR LESS)
(FOR WIDTHS OF 5 FT. OR MORE) STATE OF NEVADA
100 AND 200 AMP

UNDERGROUND
SERVICE PEDESTAL SETBACK WITHIN R/W LIMITS ELECTRICAL SERVICE
*
Where Insufficient Public Right-of-Way is Available to Locate Street

Fixtures Outside The 5 Foot Normal Sidewalk Width, The Pedestrian
Access May be Reduced to 4 Feet for a Length of 2 Feet.
ADOPTED REVISED
12/79 10/15
Cabinet Door
Pull Box
(See Plans for Type
NOTES:
and Location).
NEMA 3R Enclosure for Use
1. See plans for additional conduits
as Stepdown/Stepup Transformer
Cabinet (See Isometric View) Conduit (Per Plans) not related to transformer system.
2. Increase cabinet and foundation size

as needed to fit transformer called
out on plans.
Conduit From
Power Source NEMA 3R Enclosure with
(Per Plans) Plywood Back Panel ƒ" Thick X
Conduit (Per Plans)
12" Wide X 34" High
Plywood Back Panel ƒ" Thick in 1

6"
M
M
X 12" Wide X 34" High for 6"
1 in
Mounting Transformer
Conduit (Per Plans)
NDOT Service Pedestal Foundation

See Sheet T-30.2.1 Apply Adhesive Backed NDOT
Label Centered Horzontally
on Top Portion of
Transformer Cabinet Door.
Controller Cabinet Foundation and Pad

Front Door Pad
n
40" Mi
Locking Cabinet
Cabinet Finish Shall be Painted

the Same Color as a Standard
NDOT Service Pedestal Cabinet.
NDOT Service Pedestal Foundation

T-3
See Sheet T-30.2.1

Controller Cabinet Door
Controller Cabinet Door
(See Plans for Front Door Location)
Cabinet
POWER CONDUIT CONFIGURATION DETAIL

FOR TRANSFORMER CABINET INSTALLATION
Install Cabinet Anchor

Service Pedestal Transformer Pedestal Transformer Pedestal Bolts for Cabinet Bolt Pattern
Step-up 240 or 120 V to 600 V Step-down 600 V to 240 or 120 V

(As Indicated on plans) (As Indicated on plans)
120 or 240 V 120 or 240 V

120 or 240 V (As Indicated
on plans) 600 V 600 V
(As Indicated
on plans)
TRANSFORMER CABINET
(As indicated on plans) +600 V
Breaker Breaker +600 V
+120 V +120 V (Brown) (Brown) +120 V
ISOMETRIC VIEW
Neutral Neutral
-120 V -120 V 0 V (White) 0 V (White) -120 V
Ground Ground (Green) Ground (Green)
STATE OF NEVADA
To Power Company To Step-Down To Step-Up To Controller
Transformer Transformer Transformer Cabinet
STEP-UP TRANSFORMER STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER

CABINET AND FOUNDATION
TRANSFORMER WIRING T-30.2.2 (623) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
Transformer
• Concrete Pad
NOTES:
1. Barrier posts are to be used only where pad mounted transformers are installed in
Concrete Pad
areas subject to damage by vehicular traffic. Coordinate installation with the serving
utility company to determine the exact number of posts required.
3'
3'
2. Footings to be drilled holes, as shown, and filled with Class A or AA concrete.
As Shown
• Concrete Pad on Plans
3. Post constructed of 6 inch standard pipe (well casing) primed and painted yellow, and
concrete filled.
Edge of Travel Way
Permanent Post
Removable Post
TOP VIEW
6" Weld Flange

T-4
†" Dia. Bolts

4'
Tack Weld Nuts to Bottom Flange
2"
Do Not Concrete Above Flange
3'
1' 1'
3"
Removable
Permanent
Post
Post
TRANSFORMER PAD BARRIER POST

STATE OF NEVADA
TRANSFORMER PAD
BARRIER POST
ADOPTED REVISED
8/98 .
Saw Cut Edge & Saw Cut Edge & Saw Cut Edge &
Tack Coat
Tack Coat Tack Coat Tack Coat 6' Min.
All Edges Edge of Roadway C
(Full Depth) (Full Depth) (Full Depth) C
C
C C
C C
24" 12"
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Existing Base
C
C
C C
C C C
C 6"
18" 18" 12"
n.
n.
C
42" Mi
42" Mi
Warning Tape
Back of Sidewalk C
n.
"Caution Electrical Line"
42" Mi
C
Existing Base Existing Base
See Note 20
C
3" 3"
C
C
Existing Base 3"
C
C
C
C
C
C C
C
C
C
Single or Multiple Single or Multiple
C
C
C
Conduit Sizes as Conduit Sizes as Single or Multiple
C
3" 3" Conduit Sizes as
Indicated on the Indicated on the
C 3"
C See Note 5 C
Indicated on the
Plans Plans C See Note 5 C
See Note 5 C
Plans
LONGITUDINAL TRANSVERSE
TRENCHING IN PAVEMENT TRENCHING IN NATIVE SOIL (CLASS A SLURRY)
LEGEND:
NOTES:
- EXISTING PAVEMENT - SAND BEDDING (SEE NOTE 14)
T-5
1. Remove existing pavement and replace with new approved material of same type.
Match existing structural section (including open grade) and
existing pavement depth - LIMITS OF REMOVAL & REPAIR OF PAVEMENT - CLASS A SLURRY CEMENT BACKFILL
but not less than 6 inches, and seal new surface as directed by the Engineer.
2. Recompact existing base material around trench to meet compaction requirements - BACKFILL
for that material type and location.
3. New asphalt and concrete pavement material shall be approved by the Engineer and
obtained from an approved source.
4. Unless otherwise provided for in the base and surface summaries new pavement material 13. Use of rock wheel trenching machines or similar equipment may be permitted within paved areas or within
and trenching shall not be paid for directly but included in the price for the conduit. 1 foot of the edge of paving, as directed by the Engineer.
5. Total trench width shall be 6 inches wider than the outside edges of conduit(s) installed. 14. Sand bedding shall conform to gradation requirements in Subsection 706.03.03.
Use conduit spacers to separate multiple conduits in trench by at least 1 inch. Place spacers
at intervals of 5 feet maximum. Conduits shall be centered in trench. 15. If installing underground electrical facilities or supplies, refer to NAC 408.447 and 408.453.
16. Slurrybackfill in accordance with Section 207 if within the roadside slope or ditches.
6. For trenching in a non-NDOT-owned facility, use the owner's standards for trenching,
compaction, and patching.
17. Conduit couplings shall be staggered.
7. Longitudinal trenching in shoulder: If shoulder is 4 foot wide or less, remove all surface
18. Detectable pull tape shall be installed inside all conduits.
material from edge of oil to shoulder stripe and replace.
19. Return disturbed area to match existing grade.

8. Engineer may for good cause, require wider patch sections or otherwise alter the requirements.
20. Native backfill acceptable when specified on plans or approved in writing by the Engineer.
9. If saw cut is within 2 feet of an existing pavement edge or existing patch, remove existing Native backfill shall not contain rocks larger than 3 inches.
pavement to that edge and replace entire section.
10. If sawcut edges for trench fall within a wheel path, sawcut shall be extended to, and removal
made to edge of the travel lane. Optionally the entire travel lane can be rotomilled to a depth of
2 inches and overlayed with 2 inches of bituminous plantmix as directed by the Engineer.
11. Contractor shall be responsible for replacement of loop detectors, adjustments of utilities and
survey monuments to grade and installation of temporary pavement markings.
STATE OF NEVADA
12. Permanent resurfacing shall not be placed on trenches backfilled with concrete slurry for a minimum
of 7 days after placement of the concrete slurry or similar material. Provide temporary cover or backfill
TRAFFIC CONDUIT
TRENCHING DETAIL
ADOPTED REVISED
2/71 10/15
3•"
Black Border
White NOTES:
1. NDOT approved fiber optic markers shall be installed along fiber optic conduit runs at:
Blue Each side of road crossings

Conduit turn points
As needed to see from one marker to another or at 500 foot spacing
At buried pull box locations
Black
2. Reflective sheeting fiber optic marker stickers shall be installed on flexible guide
markers. Flexible guide markers shall be approximately 4 inches wide and
White
66 inches in height, with an 18 inch installation depth. Each marker shall be orange in
NDOT
color and have 3 inch x 12 inch reflective sheeting at the top of each side of the
BURIED marker. Reflective sheeting shall meet Section 716 requirements.
6"
Each marker and sticker shall be provided and installed by the contractor.
Black FIBER OPTIC
3. The contractor shall contact NDOT for the phone number to be shown on sticker.
CABLE
4. A layout of the sticker shall be provided for approval.
5. Stickers, markers and installation shall be included in the unit price for the installation
Black
CALL of conduit.
Black
XXX-XXXX
DISTRICT I
T-6
3•"
Black Border
White
Blue
NDOT
BURIED
6"
Black FIBER OPTIC

CABLE
Black CALL
Black
XXX-XXXX STATE OF NEVADA
DISTRICT II AND III

FIBER OPTIC
MARKER
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
NOTES:
1. Use a back pulled or installation method

Obstruction that does not rotate or twist multiple
conduits during installation.
Back of Curb or Barrier
24" Min. 2. Conduit deflection shall not exceed 1

foot in the horizontal or vertical
direction per 10 feet in longitudinal
direction (typ).
3. Conduit shall be routed no closer than

24 inches to any obstruction.
4. Core drilling through an obstruction may

1'
TYPICAL HORIZONTAL ROUTING OF

1'
be used as an alternative method, subject

CONDUIT AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION to approval.
10'
10'
10' 5. Backfill under footing shall be Class B
slurry cement conforming to Subsection
207.02.02.
Conduit
Obstruction
Existing Ground
24" Min.
T-7
See Note 3
1'
1'
10'
TYPICAL VERTICAL ROUTING OF
10'
10' CONDUIT UNDER AN OBSTRUCTION
Conduit
1'
42" (Typ)
Pull Box as Shown on Plans
42" Min. 42" Min. 42" Min.
10'
Roadway
STATE OF NEVADA
See Plans for Number

and Sizes of Conduits
DIRECTIONAL
DRILLING DETAILS
TYPICAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING INSTALLATION
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
NOTES:
Rigid Conduit bend
3' Min Radius 1. Pull box shall be installed for the communications per
applicable standards.
Communications
Pull Box
t
Cable 2. Pull box cover shall be inscribed as indicated on plans.
sfy the Condui

ace Curb and Gutter
3. Approximate locations of the proposed communication
Communications pull boxes are shown on the plans. The contractor shall
ng
us
8"Min
ng
Cable be responsible for marking the locations of the proposed
sti
Bend Radi
nt
sti
nt
on Joi
32 ‚"Min communication pull boxes in the field per specification
or to Nearest Exi
on Joi
or to Nearest Exi
8"Min intervals and these locations shall be subject to approval
Back of
W hen Needed to Sati

10'Typ
Sidewalk of the Engineer before installation.
12"MIN
5'Typ
Constructi
Constructi
5"Min
Rem ove/Repl
m um
n
A A
12"Mi
es
ni
Depth Vari
Mi
4" Minimum Clearance
10"
Conduit Ends May Enter
Sidewalk to be
the Bottom of the
Removed and
Pull Box if Necessary Sawcut
5"
Replaced
PVC
Conduit
5" Flowable Backfill or
•" Drain Rock Sidewalk to be
Per Trenching Detail Removed and Replaced
12" Depth
ng
sti
SECTION A-A
nt
ng Curb and Gutter
on Joi
or to Nearest Exi
Pull Box May Also be Placed
PVC Conduit
Near the Back of Curb with
5'Typ
See Plans for
Constructi
an 8" Min Clearance Existing Sidewalk
Size and Quantity
T-8
sti
Obstruction 4" PVC
Exi
Conduit
12" Min
Damaged
Remove Existing Pull Box
Existing
ng Curb and Gutter

Install New Pull Box and Reconstruct
Conduit
Sidewalk or Median as Required
es
10'
Depth Vari
1' 10'
1' 10'
1'
Conduit Bend
sti
Exi
Existing PVC Existing PVC
Conduit to Remain Conduit to Remain
STATE OF NEVADA
PULL BOX DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
REPLACEMENT DETAIL
CONDUIT AND
PULL BOX DETAIL
(EXISTING SIDEWALK)
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
Expansion
‘" Steel Cover … C
" C Joint
(Markings Per Specifications) C 14 Gage Steel Box
C
2‚" C 21 …"
C
C
NOTES:
C
4 - Hole for …" Sleeve

C
C
o cap screw
8 … "
C Bonding 1. Seam weld construction w/ ‰ inch diameter

Conduit
Jumper fillet weld outside edges. Tack weld construction
C
C
for inner frame and angle (‚" x ƒ" x 5") centers.
C
C
C
8• "
C
2. Gasket material („" x 2") neoprene EPDM and

2‚" C SBR sponge with PSA.
C
C
Œ"
C 4 - Drill Hole for C
C Bronze Conduit
3. Where cap screws are used to attach cover
C
…" Cap Screw " Coupling
C
20
C
to box, either of the following methods of

Stainless Steel
C
8" providing adequate threading may be used:
Bands
C
C
•" C A. Tack weld square nut to bottom of
flange (total 4), or
COVER DETAILS PULL BOX DETAIL
* See Subsection 623.02.18
B. Tack weld a (‚" x †" x 8") bar beneath
for Expansion Fitting specifications.
flange (total 2).
EXPANSION FITTING
4. Do not cut or weld to bridge rail reinforcing
DETAIL steel.
Median or Exterior
C Barrier Rail
See Detail A
Conduit to Pole
C
Conduit
Roadway Surface
Surface Varies
C
C
C Pull Box C
C
Expansion
Joint
C
C
T-9
Through Conduit Pull Box
C
C Bridge/Retaining
C
Wall Barrier
Conduit
Drain to Low Side
C
Expansion
Joint
JUNCTION BOX/PULL BOX DETAIL
INSTALLATION IN SLOPING PARAPETS
C
POWER OR FUTURE CONDUCTORS
Expansion
Fitting
C
Bridge Approach Slab
or Roadway Surface
(Adjacent to Retaining Wall)
4 - …" o Stainless Steel

Hex Head Cap Screw C
C Œ" Expansion
Bridge Junction Box
C 1" C Fitting
C Pull box Placed
C
Cover Behind Barrier
C
Rail
C
C
C
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C
Roadway
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C .
Conduit
. .
1"
. . .
.
.
.
.
ˆ" Neoprene Gasket Barrier Rail

. .
C
. .
. .
. . .
C
. .
C
. .
. .
.
. . .
. .
Square Head Nut, Tack weld
. .
. . .
C †" to Pull Box. See Note 3

. .
Roadway Surface
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
C
. .
. .
.
.
.
Pull Box
.
1"
.
.
C .
STATE OF NEVADA
V
C
a
ri
e
s
DETAIL A BRIDGE / BARRIER RAIL

es
i
V
ar JUNCTION BOX
DETAIL
BRIDGE/RETAINING WALL CONDUIT
TERMINATION DETAIL T-30.4.2 (623) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
LO
Lift Hole L
Hold-Down Bolt NOTES FOR PULL BOXES:
1. All traffic rated pull boxes shall be HS-20 loading rating per AASHTO
WO
Standards.
A A
W
2. Steel cover shall have embossed non-skid pattern.
Pull Box Reinforced
with Galvanized 3. Steel reinforcing shall be per manufacturers requirements.
Z-Bar Welded Frame
4. Top of pull boxes shall be flush with surrounding grade or top of
adjacent curb, except that in unpaved areas where pull box is not
immediately adjacent to and protected by a concrete foundation, pole
Reinforced •" Min. Steel Plate
TOP VIEW or other construction, the box shall be placed with its top 1 inch above
Cover, Galvanized After Fabrication, surrounding grade. Where practicable, pull boxes shown in the
with Bead Weld Inscription vicinity of curbs shall be placed adjacent to the back of curb, and
pull boxes shown adjacent to standards shall be placed on side of
Bonding Ground
foundation facing away from traffic, unless otherwise noted. When
Galvanized Z-bar See Note 4 pull box is installed in sidewalk area, the depth of the pull box
Welded Frame shall be adjusted so that the top of the pull box is flush with the
.
top of sidewalk.
.
.
.
.
Pull Box
n
.
Mi
.
.
See
.
.
1'
5. The nominal dimensions of the opening in which the cover sets shall
.
. .
.
Note 16
.
be the same as the cover dimensions except the length and width
.
. .
. .
Special Portland Cement Concrete Footing

.
.
dimensions shall be „ inch greater.
(Pull Box Collar) when Indicated on Plans
. .
Extension
.
.
. .
Min. Depth
.
Seal Around Joint with Mortar

.
. .
6. All covers and boxes shall be interchangeable with Nevada standard
Per Table
male and female gages. When interchanged with a standard male or
. .
n
.
6"
Mi
Extension Required Drain Backfill
.
female gage, the top surfaces shall be flush within „ inch. Top outside
.
.
.
.
.
.
for Modified Pull box . Type II

.
. .
edge of all concrete covers and pull boxes shall have a ‚ inch minimum
2"
Ground radius.
Clamp
4"
7. Pull box shall not be installed within the boundaries of new or
6" Min. Secure Bonding Jumper
existing curb ramps.
All Around to Ground Bushings
3" Min. See Note 12 8. Pull boxes for electroliers and signal standards shall be located at
All Around + foot) as the adjacent electrolier or signal
the same station ( 5
-
standard. Pull boxes shall be placed adjacent to back of curb or
edge of shoulder except where this is impractical, a box may be
placed in another suitable protected and accessible location.
SECTION A-A
9. In areas where the possibility of material eroding from around the
T-10
pull box exists, the pull box shall be placed in drain backfill
PULL BOX Type II - (2 foot depth on each side and 1 foot depth), as directed by
the Engineer.
No. 3 1/2, No. 5, No. 7 & No. 9
10. Use modified pull boxes only when indicated on the plans.
11. Install conduit plug on each unused conduit or innerduct.
PULL BOX MINIMUM DIMENSION TABLE

12. Ground Rod - All metal pull box lids shall be grounded. Install a stranded #4
CONCRETE BOX STEEL COVER EXTENSION (green, 7-strand) THW wire, 7 feet in length, from the lid to
Pull Box Edge the bonding ground. Fasten the #4 conductor to the lid by
LO WO Height L W Height
Taper cad welding. All pull boxes shall recieve a ground rod.
No. 3 • 19"| 12"| 12"| 14•"| 8ƒ"| None 12"
No. 5 25"| 15"| 12"| 20•"| 10•"| None 12" 13. All conduits shall have a minimum of 6 inch clearance
No. 7 35"| 22"| 12"| 30"| 17"| None 12" from the top of the conduit to the cover. Seal all
No. 9 52"| 35"| 24"| 47ƒ"| 30"| None 12" conduit ends with a duct sealing compound.
14. Modified pull box No. 3 •, No. 5, No. 7, and No. 9 include
pull box plus at least one extension.
15. Grounding resistance shall not exceed NEC. Add additional grounding as needed.
AFFI Supply final grounding test results to Engineer.
TR C
S
IGNAL 16. The contractor shall install electronic marker system in all buried
pull boxes. Install a red marker for power pull boxes and orange for
Typical Tongue and
communications pull boxes.
Groove Design
C
C
C
Typical Joint
Detail Ž" Dia. Lifting Inserts
C
2 Total (Typical)
Handling Holes
C
NOTES FOR ELECTRICAL MANHOLE:

C
C6"
C 1. A compacted base and a concrete footing support shall be STATE OF NEVADA

C
constructed prior to placement of the cast iron frame as DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

Match Frame Base
ƒ", 6", 1', to be Shown directed by the Engineer.
C 22" Min.
Clear Opening on Plans or Per Engineer
C 2. Adjustments to elevations shall be made with collar/risers PULL BOXES/
Frame Base as required. Minimum depth 18 inches. ELECTRICAL MANHOLE
3. Refer to Sheet R-4.3.3 for concrete collar details.
FRAME AND COVER
ELECTRICAL MANHOLE ELECTRICAL MANHOLE
FRAME AND COVER COLLAR RISER T-30.4.3 (623) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
35"
NOTES:
See Note 6
See Note 2
1. Numbers in circles refer to items in table.
See Note 12 2 See Note
16 See Note 13 B C
L 2. Backfill according to plans and specifications.
See Note 15
Box
See Note 5 3. Trunk line conduit from the typical trench section
12"
See Note 4 shall not deflect by more than one foot per 10 feet
See Note 2 from the alignment preceding or following the pull box.
(Typ)
3 1
1"
4. See plan sheets for number and size of conduits.
5‡"-7‡"
48" *
(Typ)
6" 6" (Typ) 5. New trunk line fiber optic conduits shall pass under No. 7
pull boxes. At conduit transition locations (bridge
8
structures, metal conduit to HDPE or PVC, etc.) all conduits
2"
1 2 4 6 See shall enter pull box. At locations where power conductors,
A A 6 2 Note 6 detector cables, loop lead-in cables, detector cable, ramp
8"
See
meter signal cables or branch fiber optic cables enter or
Note 5 5
pass through, all other conduits shall enter the pull box.
10"
6. Bottom of conduit centerline shall be aligned to
B See Note 4 exit top of pull box to facilitate cable pulling.
7. Use felt paper to block opening between conduits.
8. Install conduit plug on each empty conduit entering pull box.

SECTION A-A
4 9. Seal ends of all conduits with cables or conductors with
See Note 3 approved material.
10
4 See Note 3 10. A pull box extension can be eliminated if the pull box
* Sweep Conduits from 36" Depth is supplied with a depth of 24 inches or greater.
7 See Note 5
to 48" Depth to Enter Pull Box as
Shown. (Typ) 11. Pull box height above finished grade shall permit
4 inches of surface landscaping, if applicable, to
Do Not Backfill Over Top of Pull See Note 2 22" match existing conditions.
Box For This Stage of Construction.
Place ƒ" Plywood Over Opening For Pull
12. This pull box shall be designed for traffic areas.
Box.
Steel covers shall be used. Cover and box shall support
BELOW GRADE 7 AASHTO H20-44 truck loading.
6
24"
INSTALLATION DETAIL 13. "NDOT" shall be the title engraved in the lid unless noted
otherwise. Bond and ground lid per Subsection 623.02.17.
T-11
14. Ground conductors shall be bonded and grounded

B per standard specifications (as required).
See Note 12
35" See Note 13 15. Pull box lid bonding/ground conductor shall be
4
5‡ "-7‡ "
4 foot of #4 green stranded ground wire, cad welded

See Note 15 See Note 6 9 to the lid. Ground wire shall be coiled for future
(Typ)
See Note 7 bonding and grounding. If pull box installation is

See Note 2 12" Extension replacing an existing pull box, then the conductor
3 1 See Note 5 shall be bonded/grounded to the existing grounding system.
16. Cover top of pull box with 30 pounds felt paper to help protect
metal lid.
6" 6" SECTION B-B
8 17. Contractor to GPS locate and bury all pull boxes per NDOT
(Typ)
36"
2"
1 2 4 6 guide "Special Instructions for Survey, Mapping or GIS

See Note 5
A A 6 2 Consultants," current edition.
8"
See 5 18. The contractor shall install electronic marker system in all buried
Note 5 pull boxes. Install a red marker for power pull boxes and orange for
10"
communications pull boxes.
TABLE
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 WARNING TAPE
2 30 lb FELT PAPER
4
See Note 3 No. 7 PULL BOX WITH EXTENSION WITH EXCEPTIONS AS DRAWN
3
4 See Note 3
B 4 BEDDING MATERIAL PER SHEET T-30.4.3
7 See Note 5
5 SCH. 40 PVC OR HDPE CONDUITS (SEE PLANS FOR SIZE AND QUANTITY)
STATE OF NEVADA
6 45 DEGREE PVC ELBOW OR HDPE BEND 36" RADIUS
INSTALLATION DETAIL
7 90 DEGREE PVC ELBOW OR HDPE BEND 15" RADIUS
Pull Box Layout and Configuration is
NO. 7 PULL BOX
Provided as Reference Design. Substitute 8 CONDUIT BELL END (TYPICAL)
Pull Box Configurations Meeting Project (MODIFIED)
Specifications Configuration May Be Used 9 KNOCK OUT 8" x 12"
if Approved.
BALL MARKER / LOCATOR (SEE NOTE 18) T-30.4.4 (623) Signed Original On File
10
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
40" Min 13'- 9" Min
Splice Closure Tangent 16'- 5" Min

Distance See Note 2 NOTES:
2
See Note 1 1. Backfill according to plans and specifications.

1
2. Trunkline conduits from the typical trench section shall

not deflect by more than one foot per 10 feet from the
6"-8"
(Typ)
1 alignment preceding or following pull box entrance/exit.
3. Top of trunkline conduits entering through side of pull box
n
shall be located at least 20 inches below existing finished grade.
20" Mi
Note 3
See
6 4. See plan sheets for number and size of conduit.
36"
5. All pull boxes shall be furnished with two racks and hooks
5
installed on each of the two long sides.
See Note 2
6. Trunkline conduits shall enter through knockouts.
7. Pull box and steel cover shall support AASHTO H20-44 truck loading.
(Typ)
2"
8. Supply penta head bolts to lock down lid. One penta head socket and
Splice for 8 4
ratchet shall be provided to ndot for every 10 pull boxes.
Ground Cables
See Note 2
9. "NDOT Fiber" shall be the title engraved in the lid or as

indicated on plans.
12"
n
Mi
3 10. All conduits shall have bell ends.

7
See Note 1
11. All power conductors inside pull box shall be tagged "power."
ƒ" x 10' Copper 12. Numbers in circles refer to items in table.

6"
Ground Rod
See Note 19 13. Secure underground splice closures in pull boxes using the racks
SECTION B-B and hooks. Orient the underground splice closure so the end cap
is at least 6 inches below the opposite end.
TABLE
14. Pull box height shall match existing finished grade.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
WARNING TAPE 15. Each ITS pull box shall be equipped with 100 feet of slack
1 Adjustable Torsion
trunkline and branch fiber optic cable for each cable entering
Spring Assisted Steel
T-12
the pull box. (i.e., trunkline typically will have 200 feet of slack.)
2 ITS VAULT WITH LID & EXTENSIONS Cover Marked "NDOT Fiber"
or as Indicated on Plans. 2 Piece Steel Checker Plate Lid Cable slack will be measured and paid for under the apperpiate
with Hold Down Bolts See Note 10 cable bid item.
3 BEDDING MATERIAL PER SHEET T-30.4.3
N
D
O
T
16. Install conduit plugs on each conduit, duct seal, innerduct entering
R
4 FIBER OPTIC CABLE, AS REQUIRED FI
BE
the pull box.
Rack and Hook
T
5 CONDUIT (SEE PLANS FOR SIZE AND QUANTITY) Assembly N
D
O
R 6"
FIBE
Precast Concrete 17. All metal pull box lids shall be grounded. Install a stranded
See Note 6 #4 (green, 7-strand) THW wire, 8 feet in length, from the lid to
6 Material
RACK & HOOK ASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE 6) the bonding ground. Fasten the #4 conductor to the lid by cad
welding. All conduits shall have a minimum of 6 inch clearance
7 90 DEGREE ELBOW, 15" RADIUS 40"
Grounding from the top of the conduit to the lid, at no direct payment.
Overall
Ribbon
8 POWER CONDUCTORS (SEE NOTE 12)
18. Seal all conduit ends with a duct sealing compound.
4"
19. Ground conductors shall be bonded and grounded per
specifications as required.

20. Suitable for use in off street locations where not subject to high
56" Knockout Area density traffic. It shall not be used in travel or parking lanes.
38" Grout and Finish
Openings After 21. Inside dimensions - 30"x48"x36"
Grout and Finish Conduit is
Openings After Installed 22. For use at fiber optic splice points.
Conduit is 9" Sump
Installed
6"|
See Note 11 (Typ)
(Typ)
B B
STATE OF NEVADA
(Typ)
6"|

ITS CONDUIT
AND
See Note 4 ITS VAULT
PLAN VIEW T-30.4.5 (623) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
5/09 10/15
Varies
Varies
Pull Box Lock
1ƒ" Pull Box Pull Box
1…"
•" Diameter
Hold Down Bolt
2• "
A Varies C •" Diameter Hold Down Bolt

2"
es
3"
Vari
Pull Box Lock
ƒ"
A C
A C
B B
A C
PULL BOX LOCK FOR NO. 3 1/2,
5, & 7 TRAFFIC RATED PULL BOXES
ES
3ƒ"
VARI
VARIES
• "
4" x 4" x ‚" Square
2•"
• "
Steel Box Tube 3‚"
4"
4‚ "
3‚ "
8• "
‚"
7• "
Round Lock A C
3"
3"
1‚ "
1‚ "
A C
7• "
7• "
5"
5"
T-13
B B
•" Diameter Bolt with
Lock Washers and
Nuts (Typ)
1‚ "
1‚ "
4•"
4•"
Extension Section
NO. 9 PULL BOX AND
Security Plate ITS VAULT (TYP)
SECTION A-A SECTION C-C
NOTES:
SECTION B-B
1. Contact District Engineer
for type of lock to install.
See Note 1
See Note 1
Extension Section
Security Plate
Extension Section
Security Plate
STATE OF NEVADA
Add Extension Section

Security Plates for Each PULL BOX AND VAULT
Additional Box Extension
LOCKING DETAIL
* Locking Mechanism Shall NO. 9 PULL BOX AND

Cover Hold Down Bolts T-30.4.6 (623) Signed Original On File
NO. 3 1/2, 5, & 7 PULL BOX LOCK ASSEMBLY ITS VAULT LOCK ASSEMBLY ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
.
3" Cl
NOTES:
.
3" Cl
3" Grouted Foundation Cap 1. All dimensions are minimal.
2" Grouted Foundation Cap
2. Rubber tapes shall be rolled after application.
3. When PVC tape is used as a final layer, paint

finished splice with electrical insulating coating.
4. Concrete Shall be Class A or AA.
"D"
20'
Signal pole
Grounding Lug
Hand Hole
A
B B
Anchor Bolt
# 4 Spiral @ 6" Pitch, Ending

Ground
with a 180°Hook. Laps Shall Overlap
Connector
# 4 Spiral 6" Pitch, Ending 1 • Turns and End with a 180°
with a 180° Hook. Laps Shall Overlap Hook.
1 • Turns and End with a 180°
es
Hook.
Vari
Foundation
l.
Vertical Bars Equally Spaced

C
.
l
See 1 Below C
"
Vertical Bars Equally Spaced

4
" Terminal Lug

See 1 Below 4
No. 8 AWG Bonding Provided with
Ground Grounding Plate
T-14
ASTM D226,
Type 1 Felt
See Note 2
(2 Layers) or
Pole Grounding Detail
Type 2 Felt
(1 Layer)
4'
"W"
SECTION B-B 4" 7•" 4"
TYPE 30B AND 35B SECTION A-A

PILE FOUNDATION PILE FOUNDATION
1. Connect Bonding Wire to the Reinforcing
Steel Cage Near the Midpoint of the
Foundation or Anchor Bolts.
2. Ground Plate Shall Be Made of Nonferrous

Material (Typically Brass or Copper).
Grounding
plate grounding resistance shall not exceed NEC.
4 - 2 ‚" x 72" Galv. Anchor Bolts
Add additional grounding as needed. Supply final
w/ 3 Galv. Hex Nuts and 2 Galv. Flat
grounding test results to Engineer.
Washers per Bolt
PILE FOUNDATION TABLE

POLE TYPE
MAST ARM
**"D
**"W ANCHOR BOLTS POLE GROUNDING DETAIL
LENGTH 1 (4 EACH)
1A & 1B N/A 3' 2' ƒ" x 18" x 4"

7 ALL 5' 2'-6" *1" x 36" x 4"
14 ALL 5' 2'-6" *1" x 36" x 4"
Steel Post, 20 ft N/A See Sheet T-33.3.1 See Sheet T-33.3.1 See Sheet T-33.3.1
Tack Weld Steel Post, 30 ft N/A See Sheet T-33.4.1 See Sheet T-33.4.1 See Sheet T-33.4.1
STATE OF NEVADA
30 and 35 45' 12' 3' 1ƒ" x 60 x 6
30A and 35A 60' 12' 3' 2" x 66" x 6"
30B and 35B 85' SEE DETAIL FOR SEE DETAIL FOR 2‚" x 72"
Tack Weld 30B and 35B 30B and 35B
PILE FOUNDATION,
** Unless otherwise shown on plans.
* Not applicable when mounted on structures. POLE GROUNDING DETAIL,
1 - When "W" = 2'-0" use 4 - # 5 bars CONDUCTOR SPLICE METHODS
When "W" = 2'-6" use 8 - # 5 bars
When "W" = 3'-0" use 12 - # 7 bars
When "W" = 4'-0" use 16 - # 9 bars
ADOPTED REVISED
8/98 10/15
LOOP INSTALLATION PROCEDURE:
See Contract Plans For Position
of Leading Edge Loop 1
A A A A A A 1. Circular loops are required for all detector loops unless noted in the contract.
6' C
6' C
6' C
Curb or Pavement Edge 2. Saw slots in pavement for loop conductors as shown in details.
C
Blow out and dry thoroughly with compressed air.
C
C
* * * B B
C
3. Install termination pull box.
2" Min. C
C
C
B B A A
C
4. Install No. 14 AWG loop conductor in slots using a ‰ inch to ‚ inch
C
6' C
6' C
2" Min.
C
C
thick wood paddle (see "loop winding patterns"). Allow additional length for
6'
C
C
the run to termination pull box plus 5 feet of slack in pull box. This additional
C
Curb or Pavement Edge * * length of conductor for each loop circuit shall be twisted together into a
C 6' C 9' C 6' C 9' C 6' C 9' C 6' pair (at least 5 turns per foot) before being run to pull box.
C C C C C C C
C
B B
C
5. Identify loop circuit pairs. Identify start and finish of conductor.
6' C
Lane Stripe
6. Splice loop conductors to lead-in cable. All splices shall be
C
C
soldered using 60/40 resin core solder.
Curb or Pavement Edge *
7. All splices and tapings shall be provided a sound environmental seal.
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
S F
C
B B S
C
C
F 8. Where loop conductors are not to be spliced to a lead-in cable,

LOOP
I 1 ends of conductors shall be taped.
Curb or Pavement Edge 9. Fill slots as shown in details.
10. No more than four loop detector conductors shall be installed

LOOP in one sawed slot. All loop conductors in same slot shall be
LOOP LOOP LOOP LOOP
LOOP 1
4 3 2 1 for same signal phase.
2
IV 11. Lead-in cable shall not be spliced between the termination

pull box and the controller cabinet.
S F
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
LOOP 12. Distance between side of loop and lead-in saw cut shall be
2
S
I
I F 2 foot minimum. Distance between lead-in saw cuts shall be 6 inch
minimum.
13. When lead-in saw cuts are for sampling detectors or for left
turn lane detectors where saw cuts cross other traffic lanes,
LOOP LOOP LOOP LOOP LOOP LOOP
conductors shall be paired for each loop circuit and twisted
T-15
LOOP 6 5 4 3 2 1
five turns per foot between loop and pull box.
DETECTOR LAYOUTS, 3
DIMENSIONS AND WIRING PATTERNS

S
F
LEGEND:
C
C
C
C
C
C
* - Center of Travel Lane

I
II
Direction of Travel
Direction of Travel
Splice To Lead-in Conductors
Conductor identification in pull For Run to Controller
B B
box shall include the following: 6'
Curb
C As Shown on Plans 1. Sensor number and phase
C
2. Loop number Roadway
3. Start (S) and finish (F)
SYMBOL
C
6' C
C
A A Cable identification in controller
cabinet shall include the following:
C
C
C
†" Width Cut

1. Lower case letter as shown on plans
(Two Turns) Conduit 2"
for detector amplifier assignment
2. Phase designation
LOOP DETECTOR At pullbox locations where there
6' x 20' AND LONGER is no curb and gutter the conduit
F shall extend from the pullbox to
S 12 inches inside the edge of the pavement.
WINDING DETAIL SAWCUT DETAIL
‚" •"
C C
C C
C
„" Max. „" Max.

C
C
C
C C
STATE OF NEVADA
2•" Min. 2•" Min. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
3" Max. 3" Max.
Loop Sealant Loop Sealant
Depth C
C Depth
C C
C C
Conductors Leads
C
4 Turns Copper Wire

No. 14 AWG LOOP DETECTORS
9' 9' 9'

SECTION A-A SECTION B-B TYPICAL LOOP DETECTOR INSTALLATION
ADOPTED REVISED
12/79 10/15
C 6'
C
3' 3'
NOTES:
C C
C C
Direction of Travel
C 1' C 1' C 1' C 1' C 1' C 1'
C C C C C C 1. All pull boxes shall be No. 5 (Modified).
6' See Sheet T-30.4.3 for details not shown.
C
1'
2. Payment will be made under conduit, pull box,
C
and loop detector items.
3. Alternate loop detector configuration may be
6'
6 foot x 6 foot square with 3 turns of wire when
indicated on plans.
1'
SYMBOL
F
ans
1'
S
As Shown on Pl
SYMBOL WINDING DETAIL SAWCUT DETAIL
Use only as directed on plans or by Engineer.
ALTERNATE LOOP DETECTOR CONFIGURATION

C
C
C
C
1'
C
C
C 2' C 1' C 1' C 1' C 1'

C C C C C
C
C
1 ‚" Sawcut
ƒ" (Min.) Flexible Tubing
‚" Sawcut
T-16
WINDING DETAIL SAW SLOT DETAIL
C
(TWO TURNS)
C
C
C
QUADRAPOLE LOOP DETECTOR C 6"
C
C 6"
Loop Wire C
C 8"
C 8"
C C
C 1' C
PLAN
6" Max. C
C
C
1'
C
C
C
C
Loop Sealant
Diagonal Slot Pavement Joint or Crack
C
6" Max.
C
Loop Wire
C
C
C
Concrete or Plantmix Concrete
PLAN VIEW OF DIAGONAL

SLOT AT CORNERS
ELEVATION
PAVEMENT JOINT CROSSING DETAILS STATE OF NEVADA

No Direct Payment DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
No. 5 (MODIFIED) PULL BOX &

PAVEMENT JOINT LOOP
CROSSING AND OTHER DETAILS
ADOPTED REVISED
9/97 10/15
Outside Clear Zone
12' or Shield Obstacle
NOTES:
1. Five working days prior to placement of any and all sensors, the Engineer
C
TRAFFI
shall notify the Traffic Operations Section for assistance in
ne
Broken Yellow Line establishing the exact locations.
te Li
2. All loops shall be 6 foot diameter round loops with 4 turns of wire.
C
d W hi
L
3. Each loop shall be a continuous run to the special M-1 cabinet with no splices and
E.O.P
Of Cabinet shall be labeled with proper lane designation and sensor placement (i.e. leading,
i
Sol
middle, trailing sensor).
6'
2'
4. Loop wire homerun pairs shall be twisted no less than 4 times per foot for the
entire home run to No. 5 modified pull box and special M-1 cabinet.
5. Loops shall be centered in all travel lanes and turn lanes.

ne
6. Loop cuts shall be … inch wide and 2• inch - 3 inch maximum depth.
te Li
1'
2'
E.O.P
7. Loop wire shall be AWG-14 stranded, meeting IMSA-51-1 or higher standard.

d W hi
6'
8. No more than four (4) sensors leads can occupy a single saw cut, for greater
detail see sheet T-30.6.1.
2'
i
Sol
9. Loop wire leads and Class 1 Piezoelectric sensor cable leads shall be carried in
(5) 2" Diameter Conduit separate 2 inch conduit from E.O.P. to No. 5 modified pull box and/or special
See Note 9
M-1 cabinet.
10. Loop wire leads and Class 1 Piezoelectric sensor cable leads shall be carried in
2'
separate 4 inch conduit going under pavement areas and/or from No. 5 modified
See Note 11
pull box to special M-1 cabinet.
6'
Special M-1 11. Class 1 Piezoelectric sensor length shall be equal to half of the lane width, and
Cabinet or No. 5 Modified installed in accordance with manufacturer's specifications unless otherwise
Pull Box (See Sheets T-31.1.1 specified here.
and T-30.6.5)
12. Class 1 Piezoelectric sensor cable shall be a continuous run to the special M-1
cabinet with no splices and labeled with proper lane designation and sensor
placement (i.e. leading, middle, trailing sensor).
13. AVC detector shall include all conductors and saw cutting necessary for installation.
T-17
Special M-1 Cabinet 14. If guardrail/barrier rail is provided, the special M-1 cabinet shall be placed a minimum
No. 5 Modified
of 24 inches behind rail.
AVC DETECTOR PLACEMENT DETAIL Pull Box
15. For special M-1 cabinet only, in accordance with the National Electric Code 250-56
OPPOSITE LANE DETAIL NOT SHOWN when the grounding plate does not have a resistance to ground of 25 ohms or
less, it shall be augmented with one additional electrode, preferably a • inch x 96 inch
FOR CLARITY
copper ground rod.
(5) 2" Diameter Conduit

(2) 4" Diameter Conduit
See Note 9
See Note 10
PULL BOX TO M-1 CABINET

CONNECTION DETAIL
STATE OF NEVADA
C
TRAFFI
C
TRAFFI
TRAFFI
C
C
TRAFFI
TRAFFI
TRAFFI
TRAFFI
AVC DETECTOR
CONFIGURATION
1 LANE EACH DIRECTION 2 LANES SAME DIRECTION 3 OR MORE LANES SAME DIRECTION
CABINET LOCATED TO THE OUTSIDE WITH CABINET CABINET LOCATED TO THE OUTSIDE
LOCATED TO THE OUTSIDE ADOPTED REVISED
9/97 10/15
NOTES:
1. All loops shall be 6 foot diameter round loops with 4 turns of wire.
C
* 2. Loop wire pairs from loop proper to pull box shall be twisted
no less than four times per foot.
C
3. Loop wire pairs shall be twisted no less than four times
C
per foot for the entire home run.
C
C
*
4. Loop cuts shall be … inch wide x 2• inch to 3 inch maximum depth.
C
5. Loops shall be centered in all travel and turn lanes.
C
C
2 - LANE
6. Loop wire shall be AWG 14 stranded IMSA-51-1.
BOTH DIRECTIONS
4 - LANE 7. Each individual conductor shall be a continuous run with no
splices and shall be labeled at each end with the lane
assignment.
Varies
300' Max.
8. It shall be the contractors responsibility to ascertain that
C C C
L Of Pull Box the loop placement is not in conflict with other items of work.
9. Five working days prior to placement of loop detectors, the

*
Engineer shall notify the Traffic Operations Section
* * for assistance in establishing the exact location.
C
C
10. Detectors shall be installed after dense grade paving
C
or profile grade is established.
11. Loop location shall be marked on the edge of the pavement by
C
painting the word "loop" in white.
C
C
C
12. See Sheet T-30.6.2 for pavement joint details.

C
C
4 - LANE
4 - LANE
LEGEND:
* No. 5 Pull Box (Modified)
T-18
C 12'
C
*
*
C
Normal Shoulder Line C
Solid White Line
C
C C
C 1' Min.
2'
C
C
C
16' 3" Conduit
TRAFFIC
C
TRAFFIC
6'
C
6 - LANE
C
No. 5 Pull Box (Modified)
2'
C
C
Normal Edge Of Pavement
C
Solid White Line
C
Broken Yellow Line
* *
C
SPEED DETECTOR LOOP PLACEMENT DETAIL

(OPPOSITE LANE LOOPS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY)
STATE OF NEVADA
C
C
C
C
C
C
SPEED DETECTOR LOOP

8 - LANE CONFIGURATION
ADOPTED REVISED
9/97 10/15
Varies
300' Max.
C C C
L Of Special M-1 Cabinet
NOTES:
* *
C
* 1. All loops shall be 6 foot diameter round loops with
4 turns of wire.
C
C
2. Loop wire pairs from loop proper to pull
C
box or Special M-1 Cabinet shall be twisted
no less than four times per foot.
C
C
*
3. Loop wire pairs shall be twisted no less than
C
C
C
four times per foot for the entire home run.
C
C
C
C
2 - LANE 4. Loop cuts shall be … inch wide x 2• inch to 3 inch
BOTH DIRECTIONS 4 - LANE maximum depth.
4 - LANE
WITH ONE SPECIAL M-1 CABINET 5. Loops shall be centered in all travel and
WITH TWO SPECIAL M-1 CABINETS LOCATED IN MEDIAN
turn lanes.
LOCATED TO THE OUTSIDE 6. Loop wire shall be AWG 14 Stranded IMSA-51-1.
Outside Clear Zone 7. Each individual conductor shall be a continuous

C 12' C or Protect Obstruction run with no splices and shall be labeled at each
C C
end with the lane assignment.
C
Normal Shoulder Line C 8. It shall be the contractors responsibility to
C L
ascertain that the loop placement is not in
of Cabinet
conflict with other items of work.
No.5 Pull Box Solid White Line C
* (Modified) 1' Min.C C
9. Five working days prior to placement of loop
C
detectors, the Engineer shall notify
2'
C
the Traffic Operations Section

C
16'
4" Dia.
for assistance in establishing the exact
C
Conduit
location.
TRAFFIC
TRAFFIC
C
6'
10. Detectors shall be installed after dense grade
Special M-1 Cabinet paving or profile grade is established.
C
See Details Below
C
C
C
C
2' 11. Loop location shall be marked on the edge of
C
the pavement by painting the word "loop" in white.
C
Normal Edge
C
of Pavement 12. For Special M-1 Cabinet only, in conformance
4 - LANE with National Electric code 250-56, when the
C
WITH ONE SPECIAL M-1 CABINET Solid White Line grounding plate does not have a resistance to
ground of 25 ohms or less, it shall be augmented
TO THE OUTSIDE
T-19
by one additional electrode preferably a • inch x

C
Broken Yellow Line 96 inch copper ground rod.
13. If guardrail/barrier rail is provided, the cabinet

shall be placed a minimum of 24 inches behind rail.
ATR DETECTOR LOOP PLACEMENT DETAIL
14. See Sheet T-30.6.2 for pavement joint details.
OPPOSITE LANE LOOPS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY
No.5 Pull Box

* (Modified)
LEGEND:
* Special M-1 Cabinet
2 Receptacles Vertically
1 Main Switch Mounted w/ 4" Spacing
C
2 Field Wire Terminal Blocks
3
3 N.E.M.A. Standard Plug Receptacle with
Grounding Contact
C
C
C
4 Radio Interference Suppressor

C
5 Shelf
6 - LANE 6 Thermostat-Controlled Fan with T-Vent
4
WITH ONE SPECIAL M-1 CABINET
6
C
TO THE OUTSIDE
C
C 1
15 Amp. Circuit
Breaker
125 V. AC
1 60Hz Service
C
3
No.5 Pull Box
C
CABINET WIRING
C
* (Modified)
C
C
5
STATE OF NEVADA
5
C
2
C
C
2 C C C
ATR DETECTOR LOOP
C
C
C
CONFIGURATION
8 - LANE
SPECIAL M-1 CABINET T-30.6.5 (623) Signed Original On File
WITH ONE SPECIAL M-1 CABINET TO THE OUTSIDE SEE SHEET T-31.1.1 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS
ADOPTED REVISED
10/98 10/15
C 3'-7ƒ"
C
NOTES:
C 3'-4ƒ" (3) # 5 Bars
C
Evenly Spaced 1. All conduits shall extend above foundations a minimum of 2 inches.
C 3'-2•" C 2'-2" 2. All cabinets shall be painted white on the inside and outside
C
C
30" unless specified in the special provisions.
C
3. • inch x 96 inch ground rod may be substituted in lieu of copper wire.
C
4"
C
4. If a cabinet is to be installed in or near a sidewalk area, the
horizontal and vertical clearance, as shown on Sheet R-5.2,
"Sidewalk Detail," shall be met.
-5"
6' 6. Rough broom texture on front pads.
3" Aggregate Base 7. Install ground rod wire conduit in all cabinet foundations. Ground
rod wire conduit to be used when an additional ground rod is required.
3ƒ"
6' of Copper Wire C
C
8. Wire cabinet per agency requirements or as indicated on plans.
# 5 Bars
Above Foundation C 1" Spaced as Shown
C See Note 3 C
9. Grounding resistance shall not exceed NEC. Add additional grounding
as needed. Supply final grounding test results to Engineer.
Conduit Per Plans SECTION A-A

C
4"
C
C
C
-6"
C
2'
"
-4
C
C 2'
C Type 1 Felt (2 Layers) (4) ƒ" Dia. x 18" x 2"
or 4
Anchor Bolts '-
Type 2 Felt (1 Layer) 1 2"
5"
A
Standard Ground Plate
4'-2" "
2'-4" 25
C C
C C
2•
"
"
TYPE R CABINET
T-20
•
4
"
36
2'-8"Type M & M-1 C

+ Type M-1
1'-7" _ C
C C
1'-5" +Type M
2'-6" Type M-1 C 1'-4ƒ" _+ Type M-1 C

C C
1'-2†" +Type M
C
2'-4†" Type M
Ground Rod with Ground
Fr Clamp.
on
-ƒ " Type M-1
t
C
P
ad
-8"
4'Type M
A
5'
6' of Copper Wire
9"
Above Foundation
4
3• "
See Note 3
3• "
C C '-
2" Conduit Per Plans
4'C
(2) ƒ" Dia. x 18"

C
C
2' C
16"
C 4" (4) ƒ" Dia. X 15" X 2"
Drain Anchor Bolts
C
-6"
C
Anchor Bolts (Typ.)
Conduit
C
C
2'
C
C
C
Conduit
C
C
n.
2'
Mi
3'
C 3' C
FOUNDATION
C
STATE OF NEVADA
C
C
See
C 3' CNote 4 1'-10"
C
C EXTENDED
C
Type 1 Felt (2 Layers), or TYPE M CABINET

Type 2 Felt (1 Layer)
See Electric Service Note 3 For Details Not Shown See CONTROLLER CABINETS
On Sheet T-30.2.1
Type M Cabinet
TYPE M & M-1 CABINET

ADOPTED REVISED
2/71 10/15
Plumbizer
Mast Arm
WT-1 WT-2 WS-1 WS-2 WCS-1
TOP MOUNTINGS SIDE MOUNTINGS CLAMSHELL MOUNT
B-1 B-2b B-2a B-3a B-3b B-3c B2a (S) (M-2)
SIDE BRACKET MOUNTINGS MAST ARM MOUNTINGS

(S) Special 3-Section with Combo
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL-INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL

To be Used Unless Otherwise Specified
(M-4)
T-21
T-1 T-2 T-3 T-1 (S)
MAST ARM MOUNT

TOP MOUNTINGS Slot for
M-2 Mount
11"
Mounting
(S) Special
Bolts
VEHICULAR SIGNALS AND MOUNTINGS

POLE PLATE TERMINAL
COMPARTMENT
CLAMSHELL MOUNTING HARDWARE (CS)

PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS AND MOUNTINGS
To be Used Only when Specified
6"
2‚"
Signal Arm
Signal Arm
‹" Dia.
Thru Hole Plumbizer for M2 Mounting
NOTES:
… 2…" O.D. Std.
1. All signal heads shall have
Pipe Tenon
backplates.
STATE OF NEVADA
M-2 SIDE MOUNT 2. All signal heads shall have DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Pipe Tenon
hoods. Hoods shall be tunnel
See Detail For Mounting Signal Head
type, open at the bottom.
on Sheet T-31.5.3 SPECIAL DETAIL
SIGNAL MOUNTING
FOR MOUNTING SIGNAL HEAD
PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
* *
13 7 13
LIST OF MATERIALS 12 12
15 15
ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION
9
THERMINAL COMPARTMENT FOR SIDE
1 1
MOUNTING
8
1 •" PIPE, (TYP) 11 •" LONG FOR
* 2 2
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL HEADS
17
4
3 2 90° ELBOW WITH LOCKING DEVICE 9 11
8
4 4 1 •" LOCK NIPPLE, (TYP) 1 ƒ" LONG
18
5 2 SIGNAL, SEE PLANS

19
6
6 1 CENTER PIPE, SEE TABLE
THE ABOVE ITEMS
*
ARE TO BE USED IN 10
7 1 TEE, DRILL AND TAP FOR SETSCREW 14
PLACE OF THE ITEMS
8 2 NEOPRENE WASHER OR GASKET SHOWN AT THE RIGHT, 9
FOR CONFIGURATIONS
9 2 FLAT WASHER WITH TWO 3 SECTION 8
HEADS.
10 1 1 •" PIPE COUPLING, AS REQUIRED
4
11 1 1 •" PIPE, SEE TABLE
12 2 90° ELBOW
5
TABLE FOR ITEM 6 ONLY
* 13 2
GNAL FACE
ON
NATI
3C 4C 5C
* 14 1 3C 34 •" 48" 61 •"
COMBI
4C 48" 48" 61 •"

SI
15 2 1 •" PIPE, (TYP) 24 •" LONG

5C 61 •" 61 •" 61 •"
T-22
16 2 1 •" PIPE, (TYP) 24" LONG THREADS ON ONE END ONLY

5
CONDUIT LOCK NUT (FOR CONFIGURATIONS

17 1
UTILIZING 2 3C HEADS)
1 •" PIPE, (TYP) 3" LONG (FOR

18 1
CONFIGURATIONS UTILIZING 2 3C HEADS)
MALLEABLE HEX NUT (FOR CONFIGURATIONS

19 1 UTILIZING 2 3C HEADS)
1
* Special Pipe Length For Use Only With Ped
Signal Single Head Units
4 4
3 3
* *
16 2 16 2
TABLE FOR ITEM 11 ONLY
Pole
GNAL FACE
ON
NATI
3C 4C 5C WHEN REQUIRED THE MOUNT ASSEMBLIES SHALL INCLUDE THE NECESSARY

GASKETS. GASKET WASHERS AND PHYSICAL FEATURES TO MAKE ALL
3C 0 13 •" 27"
COMBI
Mast Arm CONNECTIONS WEATHER-PROOF. THE GASKET MATERIAL SHALL BE NEOPRENE OR

4C 13 •" 0 13 •" SIMILAR SUITABLE SYNTHETIC RUBBER GASKET MATERIAL WHICH IS RATED FOR
SI
5C 27" 13 •" 0 OUTDOOR USE.
TABLE TO BE USED FOR

FINDING PIPE LENGTH
BRACKET MOUNT
STATE OF NEVADA
SIGNAL MOUNTING
DETAIL
TYPICAL MOUNTING ORIENTATION PLAN
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
NOTES:
1. Retroreflective borders shall be constructed from

a 2 inch yellow retroreflective adhesive sheeting border
on the entire outer perimeter of the backplate panels.
2. Retroreflective sheeting shall be fluorescent yellow, Type IX

or XI.
3. The retroreflective border shall be placed no closer than

• inch from all louvers. No sheeting is allowed over
any louvered area.
4. Backplate shall be secured to signal head with four

‚" x 20 x 1" bolts per side. One split lock washer
and one USS washer per bolt.
Retroreflective Border
Cutout and Backplate
8" on Post Mounting

5•" on Mast Arm
Mounting Brackets Drill Signal Head

and Attach Backplate with (4)
10 x 32 Min. Self-Tapping/Locking
T-23
Stainless Steel Machine Screws

or Per Maintaining Agency
Requirements.
2" R
0.051 " Thickness or Heavier 3003-

Cutout and Backplate
H14 Aluminum Sheet
REAR VIEW BACKPLATE BACKPLATE RETROREFLECTIVE BORDER

(All Mast Arm Backplates Shall Be Louvered.)
STATE OF NEVADA
SIGNAL HEAD
BACKPLATE
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
"L"
12"
(R)
(Y)
(Y)
(2) „" x 1" Straps
(G)
Sign as Required
on Plans Signal Mast Arm
1•"
TYPICAL METHOD OF ATTACHMENT

T-24
"L"
"L"
3'
•"L"
5°
5°
Sign as Required
on Plans
Sign as Required
on Plans
MAST ARM SIGNAL AND SIGN PLACEMENT STATE OF NEVADA

"L" = AS SHOWN ON PLANS
TRAFFIC SIGNAL
SIGN PLACEMENT
ADOPTED REVISED
12/79 10/15
NOTES:
1. Islands shall be placed only on slopes greater than 10:1.
2. When using safety bases, the top of the foundation shall be

placed flush with the top of the foundation island.
4. Where detector loops are cut into pavement, 6 foot x 6 foot

square loops may be used in lieu of 6 foot round loop detectors.
5. Placement of loops per maintaining agency or as indicated

on plans.
5
'T
yp
4
'M
i
ca
i
n.
C l
C
C
C
ope
5'
6:1 Sl
C
C
Stop Bar
C
A A
T-25
4'
8'
C
8'
C
C
C
Edge of Pavement
C
C
L
50'
2
:1
S
lo
See Sheet T-32.1.1
p
e
Gen. Notes (Foundations) 5'
C C
C C
C
Edge of
Top of Footing Level with
TYPICAL SIGNAL POLE AND Pavement
C 1" Chamfer Finished Roadway, See Note 2
LOOP DETECTOR LOCATIONS

C
C
C
2:
1
Sl
op
e
Nor
ma
lRoa
dwa
Sl
ope y
See FOUNDATION ISLAND
Not
e 1
PLAN
STATE OF NEVADA
SIGNAL POLE AND

LOOP DETECTOR LOCATIONS
SECTION A-A
FOUNDATION ISLAND
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
NOTES:
1. All fasteners and associated hardware shall be stainless steel.
DETAIL B
2. Two No. 10 AWG conductors shall be installed between the
Brackets as Specified Per 3" Dia. Schedule 40 Pipe
internally illuminated street name sign and the pole luminaire.
Manufacturer or as Indicated Length 9'-10"
on Plans The photo electric (pe) control for the luminaire or electrical
Flexible Conduit 1 •" Watertight
service shall operate the internally illuminated sign.
Grommet
Street Name 3. Wire connections shall be made with insulated compression wire nuts.
Drip Loop
4. Street name sign wiring to run through two water-tight 90°

1 •" Watertight
Grommet 2' Min. fittings with flexible conduit. Use a drip loop sufficient enough
to allow sign movement. Use watertight rubber grommet or
bushing at pole entry.
Street Name
5. Clamp-on details shall be used for internally illuminated street
name sign support arm assembly.
2' Min.
6. Pin bolts shall be A325 with threads excluded from the shear plane.
Pin bolt and ƒ" diameter pipe shall have ‰" diameter holes for a „"
diameter galvanized cotter pin. Back clamp plate shall be furnished
with a ƒ" diameter hole for each pin bolt. An •" diameter hole for
each pin bolt shall be field drilled through the pole after arm
orientation has been approved by the Engineer.
T-26
INSTALLATION METHOD 1 INSTALLATION METHOD 2
2 ‚ " Max
Min. 85%
Gap=1 •" Max
Penetration
°
9
8
‹"x ‚" ƒ"R Dia. as
3"
C
L Street Name Support Arm Required
Lamp Per Maintaining Agency or
10"
•" Dia. Drainage Hole
8"
as Indicated on Plans
3"
3" Dia Schedule 40 Pipe
6' or 8' ‰
Connection Bolt with Hex Nut,

2-Flat Washers and 2-Lock Washers C
C L Pin Bolt
L Street Name
(Total 4 Bolts) Pipe and Hole
(2) †" Dia. Support Arm
(See Note 6)
C Pin Bolt P
…" L
L Pole
Grade 50
22"
ƒ" Dia. Pipe
ELEVATION
SECTION
‹" DETAIL B
Face Colors:
Clamp
CLAMP-ON CONNECTION
Letters Shall be Legend and Border-White Plate See Note 5
8/6 E Mod Series Background-Green
‚"
Min. 85%
* May Have Maintaining Agency Logo as Indicated on Plans. Penetration

STATE OF NEVADA
Arm
DETAIL INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED

ARM BASE WELD STREET NAME SIGNS
ADOPTED REVISED
8/98 10/15
1W1C - 1' Amber Beacon
(Two Per Installation)
SCHOOL
NOTES:
SPEED
1. Locate WNV2-1 sign vertically on mast arm no lower
LIMIT 2' x 4' Standard than 18 feet 6 inches from the roadway surface. Distance is measured
Highway Sign No. S5-1
from the bottom edge of the sign to the actual travel lane
15 surface. Locate the sign horizontally on mast arm centered
WHEN over the travel lanes.
FLASHING
3„" Round Metal 2. Submit shop drawings and structural calculations for the pole,
Sign Post mast arm, sign lighting fixture mount and connections for approval.
(13'-1 •" Shaft Length)
Multi-Directional Slip Base, Height Varies

See Sheet T-34.2.5
EOP
-3"
4'
No. 3• Pull Box
Concrete Footing Shall

Be Class A or AA
1'-6" 1 •" PVC Schedule 40

BACK VIEW
T-27
SCHOOL ZONE FLASHER DETAIL
C
L
C
L Sign No. WNV2-1
Sign Lighting Fixture
4'-8"
5'-2" 5'-2"
Sign Lighting Fixture
1W1C - 1' Amber Beacon C
-9"
L
(Two Per Installation)
3'
PREPARE TO
STOPWHEN
FLASHING
Varies Type 30 Modified Pole

-6"
n.)
(Mi
18'
Roadway Surface STATE OF NEVADA

FLASHING WARNING SIGN

AND
SCHOOL ZONE FLASHER
SIDE ELEVATION
FLASHING WARNING SIGN DETAIL T-31.3.3 (623) Signed Original On File
ADOPTED REVISED
8/98 5/09
Sign No. WNV2-1
NOTES:
1. Locate WNV2-1 sign vertically on mast arm no lower

Sign No. W10-1 than 18 feet 6 inches from the roadway surface. Distance is measured
1W1C - 12" Amber
from the bottom edge of the sign to the actual travel lane
Beacon (Two Per surface. Locate the sign horizontally on mast arm centered
Installation) over the travel lanes.
PREPARE TO
R R 2. Submit shop drawings and structural calculations for the pole,
STOPWHEN R R mast arm, sign lighting fixture mount and connections for approval.
FLASHING
Varies Type 30 Pole

-6"
n.)
(Mi
18'
Roadway Surface
P.G.
C
L
T-28
FLASHING WARNING SIGN DETAIL
8'-9" 8'-9"
6'-3" 6'-3"
C
L STATE OF NEVADA
ACTIVE ADVANCED
RAILROAD FLASHING
BACK VIEW
WARNING SIGN
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
Terminal Compartment
NOTES:
4.1" O.D. Min.
1. For pedestrian push button and sign see sheet T-31.4.2.
C
C
C
Pedestrian Signal Pedestrian Push Button
(When Specified) (When Specified)
C
2. For foundation details see sheet T-30.5.2.

4.1" O.D. Min. C
C
11 Gage or 11 Gage or 3. Mounting heights of signal and pedestrian heads and pedestrian push
Heavier Tapered Heavier Tapered
C
buttons shall be applicable to installations on Pole Types 28, 30 and 35.
7'
C
Metal Pole Metal Pole
-6"
C
C
5" I.D. Min. at Base
Pedestrian Sign
C
3'
(When Specified) 4' Min
C Base
10'
Pedestrian Push Button See Detail F

C
(When Specified)
C
C C
-6"
C
C
n.
7'
Mi
1'
n.
3" x 5" Hand Hole and Cover Cut Hole to Fit Pipe
2'
-6"
Mi
9" ‡" Holes
C
C
C
3'
5" I.D. Min. at Base
C
Base 8•" Dia. BC
C
9"
C
C
C
See Detail F C
C
C
C
B B
C
°
Foundation Same as Type 1 B
TYPE 1 B •" R C 45
TYPE 1 A C
L
DETAIL F
T-29
11 Gage Tapered Metal Pole

Base Plate (Or Heavier)
C
C
C
‚"
C
•"
C
C 5•"
C
Min. SECTION B-B WITH PIPE

5•"
C
C
C
Min.
n.
15" Mi
Optical Detector Unit

n. C
1•" I.D. C
11" Mi
Wire Guide
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
4•" Slip Fitter
6-…"x†" Square
Head Screws
POST TOP MOUNTED SIDE BRACKET MOUNTED FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW STATE OF NEVADA
TERMINAL COMPARTMENTS MOUNTING DETAIL TYPE 1A AND 1B POLES,

OPTICAL DETECTOR OPTICAL MOUNT AND
TERMINAL COMPARTMENTS
ADOPTED REVISED
2/71 5/09
Pedestrian Push Button
See Detail B
10" Max. Conduits Shall Protrude 2" Max. Above

Directional Arrow Finished Surface or Foundation
2•" Galvanized Steel Pipe

Signal Pole NOTES:
Base Cover
10" Max.
1. Arrow to be left or right or both as required.
5' Typ Base 2. Per plans or maintaining agency, 5" x 7" or 9" x 12"
Pedestrian 4' Min. See Detail E sign, black symbols on white background.
Approach
-6"
4-†" Dia. x 12"
Anchor Bolts
1'
1'-6"
Crosswalk
Stop Bar
PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON POST
Pedestrian Push Buttons Shall Be Installed on the Crosswalk Side of

the Signal Pole, With the Proper Directional Arrow Positioned Correctly.
•" R
3" Dia. Saddle or Casting Shaped
ƒ" Dia. Holes
T-30
To Fit Curvature of Post
Sign to meet maintaining

Small Pole agency requirments or as
4•" Dia. BC 10-32 x •" Stainless Steel
indicated on the plans
5"
Larger Pole Vandal Proof Fasteners
Plunger Type Button

2" Min. Dia.
Directional Arrow
A A
DETAIL B
°
45
48" Max.
42"
10" Max. 10" Max.
DETAIL E
2•" Galvanized
Steel Pipe
TYPE 1 TYPE 2
TYPE 1- Position Pedestrian Push Buttons on Signal Pole When the Width of the
‚"
Pole Allows (2) Pedestrian Buttons to Be Mounted At the Same Height.
TYPE 2- Position Pedestrian Push Buttons on Signal Pole When the Width of the …" STATE OF NEVADA
Pole Does Not Allow (2) Pedestrian Buttons to Be Mounted At the Same Height.
Mount Lower Push Button as High as Possible.
Base Plate
PEDESTRIAN PUSH
PUSH BUTTON POSITIONING DETAIL
BUTTON DETAILS
Contractor to verify pole size with Resident Engineer for SECTION A-A WITH PIPE
correct pedestrian push button installation.
ADOPTED REVISED
8/98 10/15
(3) Œ" Holes with •" Dia x 2•" Bolts NOTES:
‚" Steel Plate
and Split Washers (Typical)
See Note 4 1. • inch radius on all corners. smooth and neatly
round exposed edges to a „" radius.
2. All material shall conform to the standard

4 ‚"
specifications for road and bridge construction.
(Typ)
Unless otherwise specified.
3. 1 • inch NPS steel pipe use schedule 40 and 2 inch NPS
steel pipe use schedule 80. 2 inch NPS pipe is only used
with the adjustable extender.
18" 4. Drill and tap holes 20TPI into signal pole.

Typ
18"
‰"
1 •" NPS Steel Pipe 5. Attach push button to mounting plate per
Length Varies to
manufactures recommendations.
Fit Field Conditions
6. Drill • inch holes in mounting plates at lower
extension pipe for conductors. Smooth
edges to prevent damage to insulation.
See Note 6
Signal Pole
Mounting Plate
C6x8.2 Steel Channel
24" Max.
5"
T-31
Push Button
Mounting Plate
10"
10" Max
42"
2" NPS
Steel Pipe
…" Brass Rivit
(2 Sides)
1 •" NPS
Steel Pipe
ELEVATION
2" Min
2" Min
12"
STATE OF NEVADA
12" Max.
PEDESTRIAN
ADJUSTABLE EXTENDER
PUSH BUTTON
(OPTIONAL)
EXTENSION

* No Direct Payment. To be Included on Pedestrian Push Button When Required to Meet ADA Requirements.
ADOPTED REVISED
5/09 10/15
(3) Œ" Holes with •" Dia x 2•" Bolts
and Split Washers (Typical)
NOTES:
See Note 4
Signal Pole
Mounting Plate
1. • inch radius on all corners. Smooth and neatly round exposed edges
C6x8.2 Steel Channel
‚" Steel Plate
to a „" radius.
2. All material shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Road

and Bridge Construction. Unless otherwise specified.
3. 1 • inch NPS steel pipe use schedule 40 and 2 inch NPS steel pipe use
schedule 80. 2 inch NPS pipe is only used with the adjustable extender.
4 ‚"
4. Drill and tap holes 20TPI into signal pole.
(Typ)
Typ 5. Attach push button to mounting plate per manufactures recommendations.

‰"
18"
6. Drill • inch holes in mounting plates at lower extension pipe for conductors.
Smooth edges to prevent damage to insulation.
18"
1 •" NPS Steel Pipe

Length Varies to
Fit Field Conditions
Typ
‰"
T Coupler
Typ
‰"
See Note 6
5"
T-32
Push Button
Mounting Plate
10"
24" Max.
10" Max.
42"
STATE OF NEVADA
PEDESTRIAN
PUSH BUTTON
EXTENSION
PLAN VIEW ELEVATION (DUAL BUTTONS)
* No Direct Payment. To be Included on Pedestrian Push Button When Required to Meet ADA Requirements.
ADOPTED REVISED
CHIEF TRAFFIC OPS ENGR
10/15 .
15' NOTES:
Unless Otherwise Noted
Steel Raintight 1. DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS:
Removable Cap AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic
Signals, 6th Edition 2013 and Interim Revisions through 2015.
2. LOADING:
Round tapered arm A. Wind Importance Factor, Ir = 1.0
1'-3" B. Recurrence Interval = 50 years
C. Wind Speed = 90 mph
Provide Wire Guide Into Shaft D. Ice Load = 3 psf
E. Fatigue Design Loads Specified in Chapter 11 are not required.
3. Shop drawings and structural calculations shall be submitted and approved prior to fabrication.
Field Weld Tenons Centered On Lanes
Or As Indicated On Plans
4. If indicated in the plans, all poles shall be prime painted by manufacturer and finish painted by the
contractor. Section 714
5. The distance from the roadway surface to the bottom of the mast arm signal heads shall be 17 feet.
se)
6. Cold galvanize all field welds.
gh Ri
7. For pole foundation see sheet T-30.5.2.
ght (Standard Or Hi
30'Round Tapered SteelShaft
Tapered Mast Arm
8. For additional details see sheet T-31.5.3.
DETAIL A
Provide Wire Guide Into Shaft
ng Hei
As Shown On Plans
Mounti
As Shown On Plans
-6"
Steel Raintight
18'
As Shown On Plans Removable Cap

T-33
Terminal Block
Hand Hole Located
180°Opposite
Mast Arm Tapered Mast Arm
5°Mfg. Rise
Handhole and Cover Provide Wire Guide Into Shaft

Located 180°Opposite
Mast Arm
Base Cover
20'Round Tapered SteelShaft

POLE TYPE 35 (MAST ARMS 45' AND LESS)
-6"
POLE TYPE 35-A (MAST ARMS 50' TO 60')
18'
POLE TYPE 35-B (MAST ARMS 65' TO 85')
Terminal Block
Hand Hole Located
180°Opposite
Mast Arm
Handhole and Cover

Located 180°Opposite
Mast Arm
C 4•" x 7" Min. (Inside Dim.) Base Cover

Shall Be Mounted With
Tamper Resistant Screws
POLE TYPE 30 (MAST ARMS 45' AND LESS) STATE OF NEVADA

POLE TYPE 30-A (MAST ARMS 50' TO 60')
DETAIL A POLE TYPE 30-B (MAST ARMS 65' TO 85')
TYPE 30, 30A AND 30B
HANDHOLE AND COVER
LOCATED 180°OPPOSITE MAST ARM
POLES
ADOPTED REVISED
7/96 10/15
Arm Plate
2" Dia. Access Hole C
C 0.50" Dia. Key

C 8" C 0.31"
C C5.50" Handhole Rim
C
C
C 6" Formed From
C Pole Tube Wall
C
C Arm Plate 6.75" O.D. x
C 1" .25
C 1.75" C A 0.50" Wall (70
C
7.56"
.88" Ksi Min.) D.O.M.
8.25"
C Wall-0.06" 0
C CA Tubing
Wall+0.06" 45°
C
C
C
C 16.50"
C
C 0.50" C C
2" C
C
C
(2) 0.25" Hex Head
C
C
0.500"
C
3"
C
C
Stainless Steel Screws
C
0.50" Nut Holder
C
9.5"
C
7.75" 5"
C
Pole Plate With Fasteners For
C
C
C
Grounding Located
C
Handhole Cover
C
C
Cover Mtg. Clip
C
At 180° To Handhole
C
0.75" Dia. Hole 11 Gauge H.R.M.S.
.19
0.25" Thick HANDHOLE SECTION A-A
C
C
C Gussets
0.75" C 1.75"
C
C .25
C 1"
8.25" C 5.19"
(3) 0.75" x 1.75" C C
C
Hex Cap Screws
C 16.50"
C
C
LUMINAIRE ARM ATTACHMENT SIGNAL ARM SIMPLEX KEY
Handhole Rim
Pole Tube Wall
(See Pole Type
for Detail)
See Pole Type
for Weld
27"
C
Varies C
C
(2) 0.25" Hex Head
C
(See Pole C
Stainless Steel Screws
C
C A Type Section)
C
C
C 0.38"
CA Handhole Cover
Cover Mtg. Clip 11 Gauge H.R.M.S.
G C
T-34
50' Long 3 Gage
C
11 Gauge Arm Base Section
End Section C 0.50" Nut Holder TERMINAL BLOCK SECTION A-A
C
C With Fasteners For

Grounding Located
C At 180° To Handhole
1" Long x 7 Gage
Back-Up Ring TERMINAL BLOCK HAND HOLE
C
C 0.25"
55' & 60' SIGNAL ARM SPLICE
Tube Thk.
+ 0.06"
"M"
C
C
C
Pole
B B
C
>
Tube Thk.
Š" …" Side Gusset

m
Ar
"Y"
>
C
C Š" Pole Bottom Stiff Pole
C
C
> >
C
…" Thick C
a
L x cosa
< 17°
C
C "S"
C
C
‚"
C
1.5" 1.5"
L
C C
Pole Base
C
a < 25° C C C
C
Š" Dia. +0.06"
C
C
C
C
Arm
Arm
C
‚"
C
>
>
C
C C
"Z"
C
Top Stiff
Š" Š" Š" …" Thick STATE OF NEVADA
C
C
Bottom Stiff SQUARE BOLT THK. HOLE

C
A A …" Thick CIRCLE

C C TYPE "S" "Y" "M" "Z"
30 & 35 17" 16.5" 2" 2"

30A & 35A 19" 19" 2" 2.25" TYPE 35, 35A AND 35B
SECTION B-B SECTION C-C
VIEW A-A 30B & 35B 26" 25" 2.25" 2.5" DETAILS
SIGNAL ARM CONNECTION
SIGNAL ARM ATTACHMENT POLE BASE PLATE
ADOPTED REVISED
10/94 10/15
C 8' C 12'
C 10' C 12' C 12' C 11' C C
C C C C 3' C
C 4' C
C
C 5.5' C 5.5'
C C
C 5.5'
C
C
B A
D A F A
A F
A A
A
A
F 20' THRU 25' SPANS 30' THRU 45' SPANS
50' THRU 60' SPANS
2
3.3 Ft.
C "L"
60 LB. C
C
10' 12' 12' 12'
C
C C C C
C C C C
C 5'
Max.
C
37'
55'-60' SPANS ONLY
C 5.5'
C
C C
A E
C 8' C 12'
A C C
A 3' C
A C
A F
C 5.5'
C
50' THRU 60' SPANS

C
C
ALTERNATE LOADING A
A
A F
C
G
18.5'
H
C
12'
2
3.3 Ft. C "L"
MAX. 45' SPAN
8'
C
60 LB.
C
C Max.
37'
C
T-35
TYPE 30 AND 35
C C
C 8' C 12' C 12' C 12'

C C C C
2
C 4' 3.3 Ft. C "L"
C C
60 LB.
C
C Max.
37'
C 5.5'
C
C C
D A
8' 12' 12' 12'
C
C C C C
A C C C C
A C 4'
C
A F
C
G
18.5'
C 5.5'
MAX. 60' SPAN H
C
C
B
12'
8'
D A
A
C
A
C
C
A
F
Type 30A and 35A Pole Shall also Support
C
G
18.5'
The Alternate Loading Shown Above.
65' THRU 85' SPANS H
C
TYPE 30A AND 35A
12'
8'
TYPE 30B AND 35B
C
C
C
PROJECT WEIGHT
DEVICE DESCRIPTION
AREA(Ft.2 ) (LBS.)
LUMINAIRE ARM DATA
A SIGNAL 12"-3 Sec. w/Backplates (2M) 9.80 70 STATE OF NEVADA
ARM FIXED FREE LUMINAIRE
B SIGN --See Plans-- ---- ---- SPAN END END MOUNTING
GAUGE HEIGHT
"L" DIA. DIA.
C SIGN R3-4 24" x 24" 4.00 10
(FT.) (IN.) (IN.) Low Rise High Rise
D SIGNAL 12"-4 Sec. w/Backplates 13.00 95
6 3.42 2.38 11 31' 32' TYPE 30, 30A AND 30B
E SIGN R10-5d S 36" x 45" 11.25 30
Street Name-Free Swinging
8 3.75 2.38 11 31'-6" 33'-3" TYPE 35, 35A AND 35B
F SIGN 13.44 100 10 4.16 2.38 11 31'-9" 35'
1.68' x 8'
LOADING INFORMATION
G SIGNAL Dual-12"-3 Sec. w/Backplates 17.34 140 12 4.52 2.38 11 33' 36'-6"
H SIGNAL Dual-Pedestrian 8.00 60 15 4.95 2.38 11 33'-6" 37'

ADOPTED REVISED
10/94 10/15
Cap NOTES:
1. RRFB must include pedestrian indication

side flasher that faces crosswalk.
Antenna 2. Install push button on side of pole facing pedestrian ramp.
Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon

Controller (Type 1) 1 See Sheet T-30.5.2 for Foundation
ƒ" x 0.30 Min Stainless Steel Band 2 See Sheet T-33.4.1 and T-33.4.2 for Steel Post, 30-Foot
2' Min
W11-2 (36" x 36" Shown)

Traffic Signal Signs
W11-2 (36" x 36" Shown)
For Dual Mount Only

For Dual Mount Only
4"
16'
W16-7PL (24" x 12" Shown)

Traffic Signal Signs Pedestrrian Indication Side Flasher
14'
12"
W16-7PL (24" x 12" Shown)

R10-25 Series Sign (9" x 12" Shown) For Dual Mount Only
Pedestrian Push Button with Sign
-4"
See Note 2
T-36
-9"
9'
8'
2'
n
Steel Post, 30-Foot

7'Mi
4'Max
Existing or
4' Min Max Finish Grade
NO. 3• Pull Box 2'
See Sheet T-31.6.5 for Midblock Crosswalk Lighting Detail.

Align Post Such That it is Tangent to the Back of the Sidewalk
2" Conduit
and Tangent to the Detectable Warning Joint.
Pole Foundation
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
STATE OF NEVADA
AC POWER PUSH
BUTTON TO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
TURN ON
WARING
LIGHTS
TYPE 1 (RRFB)
RECTANGULAR RAPID
FLASHING BEACON
FRONT FACE OF T-31.6.1 (623) Signed Original On File
PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON ADOPTED REVISED

10/15 .
Cap
Solar Photovoltaic Array NOTES:
(Orientation Facing South,
Angle to the Same Degree 1. RRFB must include pedestrian indication
as the Latitude at Which it is side flasher that faces crosswalk.
4'
Being Installed + 15 Degrees)
2. Install push button on side of pole facing pedestrian ramp.
(36" x 48" Shown)
Antenna
1 See Sheet T-30.5.2 for Foundation

Solar Photovoltaic Controller Controller (Type 1) 2 See Sheet T-33.4.1 and T-33.4.2 for Steel Post, 30-Foot
(with Batery)
ƒ" x 0.30 Min Stainless Steel Band
2' Min Solar Photovoltaic Array

W11-2 (36" x 36" Shown) (Pole Mounted)
W11-2 (36" x 36" Shown)

for Dual Mount Only
Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon

for Dual Mount Only
4"
16'
W16-7PL (24" x 12" Shown)

Traffic Signal Signs Pedestrian Indication Side Flasher
14'
12"
T-37
W16-7PL (24" x 12" Shown)

for Dual Mount Only
R10-25 Series Sign (9" x 12" Shown) 2'
-4"

See Note 2
-9"
9'
8'
Steel Post, 30-Foot

n
7'Mi
4'Max
Existing or
Max Finish Grade

4' Min
2'

Align Post Such That it is Tangent to the Back of the Sidewalk
NO. 3• Pull Box
2" Conduit
PUSH
STATE OF NEVADA
BUTTON TO
TURN ON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Pole Foundation WARING
LIGHTS
1
TYPE 1S (RRFB)
RECTANGULAR RAPID
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW FLASHING BEACON
FRONT FACE OF
SOLAR POWER PEDESTRIAN PUSH T-31.6.2 (623) Signed Original On File
BUTTON ADOPTED REVISED

10/15 .
NOTES:
A Pipe Mount Sign and 1. Locate RRFB vertically on mast arm no lower than 18 feet 6 inches
Flasher as Needed from the roadway surface. Distance is measured from the bottom
edge of the RRFB to the actual travel lane surface. Locate RRFB
W11-2 (36" x 36" Shown) and sign horizontally on mast arm centered over the travel lanes.
2. RRFB must include a pedestrian indication side flasher that faces
Cap crosswalk.
45' and Less
3. See sheet T-31.5.2 for connection and base plate details.
4. See sheet T-30.5.2 for foundation details.

Steel Pole, Type 30
5. Install push button on side of pole facing pedestrian ramp.

Antenna
A '
Controller (Type 1)
W11-2 (36" x 36" Shown)

See Note 1
4"
W16-7PL (24" x 12" Shown)
14'

-4"
R10-25 Series Sign (9" x 12" Shown)

-9"

9'
See Note 5
T-38
8'
n
7'Mi
Max
Existing or Finish Grade
4' Min 10' Max

'

Align Pole Such that it is Tangent to the Back of the Sidewalk
NO. 3• Pull Box
Typical Type 30 Foundation
W11-2 (36" X 36" Shown)
Pipe Mount Sign and

2" Conduit
Flasher as Needed
AC POWER
Mast Arm
PUSH
BUTTON TO
TURN ON
WARING
Mast Arm Pipe Mount
LIGHTS Per Manufacturer
STATE OF NEVADA
FRONT FACE OF PEDESTRIAN
PUSH BUTTON
Install Through Belt
to Prevent Slippage TYPE 2 (RRFB)
RECTANGULAR RAPID
RRFB
FLASHING BEACON

SECTION A-A
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
Cap
Solar Photovoltaic Array
(Orientation Facing South, NOTES:
Angle to the Same Degree
4'
as the Latitude at Which it is 1. Locate RRFB vertically on mast arm no lower than 18 feet 6 inches
Being Installed + 15 Degrees) from the roadway surface. Distance is measured from the bottom
edge of the RRFB to the actual travel lane surface. Locate RRFB
(36" x 48" Shown)
and sign horizontally on mast arm centered over the travel lanes.
2. RRFB must include a pedestrian indication side flasher that faces

Solar Photovoltaic Array (Pole Mounted)
crosswalk.
3. See sheet T-31.5.2 for connection and base plate details.

A Pipe Mount Sign and
Flasher as Needed 4. See sheet T-30.5.2 for foundation details.
W11-2 (36" x 36" Shown) 5. Install push button on side of pole facing pedestrian ramp.
45' and Less

'
Steel Pole, Type 35

Antenna
A
Solar Photovoltaic Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon
Controller (with Battery) Controller (Type 1)
W11-2 (36" x 36" Shown)

See Note 1

T-39
W16-7PL (24" x 12" Shown)

14 '

12"
'
R10-25 Series Sign (9" x 12" Shown)

-4 "

-9"
Align Pole Such that it is Tangent to the Back of the Sidewalk

12"
9'
See Note 5 and Tangent to the Detectable Warning Joint.

n
8'
7'Mi
4'Max
Existing or Finish Grade

4' Min 10' Max
W11-2 (36" X 36" Shown)
Pipe Mount Sign and

Flasher as Needed
NO. 3• Pull Box

Typical Type 35 Foundation
Mast Arm
2" Conduit
Mast Arm Pipe Mount
Per Manufacturer
PUSH
BUTTON TO SOLAR POWER
TURN ON
WARING STATE OF NEVADA
LIGHTS
Install Through Belt

to Prevent Slippage TYPE 2S (RRFB)
FRONT FACE OF PEDESTRIAN RECTANGULAR RAPID
PUSH BUTTON RRFB
FLASHING BEACON

SECTION A-A
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
NOTES:
1. See sheet T-32.1.1 for Type 7 pole details.
2. See sheet T-38.1.3 for crosswalk pavement markings.
25' Type 7 Light Pole

T-40
25'
Type 7 Light Pole
STATE OF NEVADA
MIDBLOCK
CROSSWALK LIGHTING
ADOPTED REVISED
10/15 .
Used Only on Pole Type 14(L)
Pole Type B BC
(in.) (in.)
C 13•"
NOTES FOR ALL POLE TYPES:
7 1 ‚ 11
14 1 ƒ 12 ‚
Used Only on Pole Type 14
DESIGN CRITERIA
C
C
AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs,
C
C
C
Luminaires and Traffic Signals, 4th Edition dated 2001 and current interims
C
C
BC
(excluding section 11: fatigue design).
13• "
B C
C ‚" Gusset ‚ Basic wind speed = 90 mph.

C
C ‚" P L
Top, Bottom & Sides
C
1"Plate
C
C
GALVANIZING
C
C
1. Poles shall be galvanized as per ASTM A-123. Hardware shall be
C
C ‚"P
C
L
C
galvanized as per ASTM A-153.
Pole Base Dia.
+ ˆ"
C 45° ƒ"Plate 7•"
‚ C
2° STEEL SIGNAL AND LUMINAIRE ARMS

4"x 6•" Handhole „ ‚"
1. The last 3 inches of the luminaire arm shall be straight and horizontal with
C
w/Frame & Cover
C
luminaire attached.
C
down stream side 6"
C
C
C
of pole
C
2•"3" 2. Connection between arms and poles shall be made by means of a rain
C
C
2•" tight socket or a design permitting simple removal of the arms.

C
C
‰
C
•" NC Grounding Lug 2…" O.D. Std.

Luminaire Arm ANCHOR BOLTS
Pipe Tenon
1. Provide 4-ASTM F1554 Grade 36 anchor bolts, 8-ASTM A-563 heavy
8"
C
hex nuts, and 8-ASTM F-436 hardened steel washers for each pole.
C
4ƒ " 3"
DETAIL E
9• "
‚
C
LUMINAIRE TENON DETAIL 2. Threads may be cut or rolled, bolts shall be galvanized or plated after
C
C
threads are formed. Each bolt shall be provided with 6 inches of threads.
C
C
C
2" Dia. Hole C 15' 11 Gage 3. When using a safety base, anchor bolts shall not extend above the slip
1‚" Unless Otherwise Noted bolt gasket.
Steel Raintight
„ (11 Gage) Removable Cap
‰" (7 Gage) (3) †" Dia.- II NCX 1 ƒ" STEEL POLES
Hex Head Bolt ASTM A-325 8" 3‡" O.D.
C
1. Base covers are required on all poles except where safety base is
specified.
DETAIL A
DETAIL C 2. A reduced gage for shaft of pole will be acceptable above signal arm
BASE PLATE attachment similar to pole Type 28.
C
C
LUMINAIRE ARM CONNECTION
C
(NOT APPLICABLE WHEN C
C
T-41
4Š" O.D.
SAFETY BASES ARE REQ'D.) 6"
WELDS
1. Longitudinal welds by submerged ARC or ERW circumferential butt welds
shall have permanent back-up rings. All exposed butt welds shall be ground
flush.
See Detail C
C 15' 11 Gage C 15' 11 Gage 2. For weld sizes not shown, use minimum size weld as specified by the
Unless Otherwise Unless Otherwise latest welding code.
Noted Noted
Steel Raintight 3. Break all sharp edges for wire protection.
3‡" O.D. Removable Cap
C
C
11 Gage
C
FOUNDATIONS
C
C
To P.E. Control 3 No. 12 C

E 1. At locations behind curb, all signal and lighting poles shall be located at the
C
(When Applicable) C
C
-4" +
-
To Luminaires 4ŠO.D. min back edge of sidewalk or at the R/W line, to obtain a minimum setback
C
C distance of 5 feet behind the back edge of curb to center of pole. See sheet
C
C
6"
-6"
T-31.3.1 for typical locations.
32'
28'
5 Amp. (Plug-in Type)
2. At locations without curb, poles shall be placed a minimum distance of 6 feet
In-Line Fuse Holder
With Fuse from shoulder or a minimum of 10 feet from travel way, which ever is greater.
C
Slip Bolt Connectors
Copper to Copper 3. For foundation details see sheet T-30.5.2.
C
C
As Shown On Plans No. 10 Conductors
Gage
C 4. For foundation island see sheet T-31.3.1.

Grounding Lug For No. 8
-9"
Bare Copper Conductors

7
32'
Anchor Bolt C

2017StandardPlansEnglish PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

2017StandardPlansEnglish PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

2017 ENGLISH STANDARD PLANS

Printed hardcopies of the Standard Plans are available from:

An electronic version of this document can be found at: http://www.nevadadot.com

2017 BRIDGE DESIGN

SHEET DESCRIPTION PAGE

CULVERTS AND HEADWALLS

SLOPE PAVING, GIRDERS, APPROACH SLAB

CANTILEVER RETAINING WALLS

SHEET DESCRIPTION PAGE

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND HYDRAULICS

SHEET DESCRIPTION PAGE

R-4.2.1.1 DROP INLET TYPE 2A R-44

CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS

FENCES AND CATTLEGUARDS

SHEET DESCRIPTION PAGE

R-6.2.2 DEER JUMP OUTS R-88

SHEET DESCRIPTION PAGE

R-9.2 MILEPOST/REFERENCE PANEL MARKERS R-136

SHEET DESCRIPTION PAGE

SHEET DESCRIPTION PAGE

T-32.1.7 SIGN LIGHTING FIXTURES T-47

SHEET DESCRIPTION PAGE

T-34.2.8 ROUND METAL POSTS BRACED T-95

T-35.3 SIGNAL AND GATE PLACEMENT/PAVEMENT MARKINGS T-116

MEDIAN CROSSOVER AND PAVED CHAIN AREAS

SHEET DESCRIPTION PAGE

T-37.1.1 PERMANENT RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS T-153

1. DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS : "AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 2012".

2. CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS: State of Nevada Department of

T/2 Rounding Radius 3. LIVE LOADS:

C 2' Min. See Note 9 C

Equivalent to 2 feet of Earth Surcharge Applied

4. CONCRETE: Class DA Modified (Major) F'C=4,500 PSI @ 28 Days.

5. REINFORCING STEEL: All reinforcing steel to be ASTM A615 grade 60 or A706.

No. 4 Bars COVER HEIGHTS 10 ft 20 ft

3. LIVE LOADS: 7. Where traffic loads will be placed directly on

Culvert Per Plan 12"

PAVING NOTCH DETAIL

B-20.1.2 (502,505) Signed Original On File

HEIGHT, "H" FT. 3 4 5 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 10

MAXIMUM EARTH COVER FT. 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20

"a" SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

"c" SPACING IN. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

#4@ 12" NUMBER* 40 40 44 44 48 48 44 44 48 48 52 52 56 56 48 48 52 52 56 56 60 60 64 64 56 56 60 60 64 64 68 68 72 72 68 68 72 72 76 76 80 80 84 84 88 88

SPAN, "S" FT. 12 14

HEIGHT, "H" FT. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

MAXIMUM EARTH COVER FT. 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20

"a" SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

"c" SPACING IN. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

* QUANTITY INCLUDES #4 CORNER BARS SHEET 2 OF 2

B-20.1.2.1 (502,505) Signed Original On File

"d" Bars No. 4 Corner

Culvert Per Plan 12"

"b" Bars Reinf.

PAVING NOTCH DETAIL

B-20.1.3 (502) Signed Original On File

HEIGHT, "H" FT. 3 4 5 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 10

MAXIMUM EARTH COVER FT. 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20

INVERT T3 IN. 8 10 8 10 8 10 9• 10• 9• 10• 9• 10• 9• 10• 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 13 11 15 11 15 11 15 11 15 11 15 12 17 12 17 12 17 12 17 12 17 12 17

"a" SPACING IN. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

"c" SPACING IN. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12